YASKAWA AC Drive Z1000

AC Drive for HVAC Fan and Pump

User Manual
Type: CIMR-ZU…A
Models: 200 V Class: 2.2 to 110 kW (3 to 150 HP)
400 V Class: 2.2 to 370 kW (3 to 500 HP)

To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain
for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user
receives this manual.

Receiving 1
Mechanical Installation 2
Electrical Installation 3
Start-Up Programming &
Operation
4
Troubleshooting 5
Peripheral Devices &
Options
6
Specifications A
Parameter List B
BACnet Communications A
C
Standards Compliance D

MANUAL NO. TOEP C710616 45E Quick Reference Sheet E

 This Page Intentionally Blank

Copyright © 2011 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means,
mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Yaskawa. No patent
liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly
striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice.
Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.

2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Table of Contents
i. PREFACE & GENERAL SAFETY.................................................................. 11
i.1 Preface ....................................................................................................................... 12
Applicable Documentation....................................................................................................... 12
Symbols................................................................................................................................... 12
Terms and Abbreviations ........................................................................................................ 12
Trademarks ............................................................................................................................. 12
i.2 General Safety ........................................................................................................... 14
Supplemental Safety Information ............................................................................................ 14
Safety Messages..................................................................................................................... 15
General Application Precautions ............................................................................................. 17
Motor Application Precautions................................................................................................. 18
Drive Label Warning Example................................................................................................. 20
Warranty Information............................................................................................................... 21

1. RECEIVING .................................................................................................... 23
1.1 Section Safety............................................................................................................ 24
1.2 General Description .................................................................................................. 25
Z1000 Model Selection............................................................................................................ 25
Control Mode Selection ........................................................................................................... 26
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check ..................................................................... 27
Drive Nameplate...................................................................................................................... 27
1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types ......................................................................... 29
1.5 Component Names.................................................................................................... 30
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure................................................................................................. 30
IP00/Open-Type Enclosure ..................................................................................................... 33
Front Views ............................................................................................................................. 37

2. MECHANICAL INSTALLATION..................................................................... 39
2.1 Section Safety............................................................................................................ 40
2.2 Mechanical Installation ............................................................................................. 42
Installation Environment .......................................................................................................... 42
Transporting the Drive............................................................................................................. 42
Installation Orientation and Spacing........................................................................................ 43
Instructions on Installation Using the Eye Bolts ...................................................................... 43
Panel Cut-Out Dimensions...................................................................................................... 45
HOA Keypad Remote Usage .................................................................................................. 46
Exterior and Mounting Dimensions ......................................................................................... 49

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 3
Table of Contents

3. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION .............................................................................. 59

3.1 Section Safety......................................................................................................................60
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram...........................................................................................62
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram......................................................................................65
Three-Phase 200 V Class (2A0011 to 2A0273)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (4A0005 to 4A0302)............................................................................... 65
Three-Phase 200 V Class (2A0343 and 2A0396)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (4A0361 to 4A0590)............................................................................... 65
12-Pulse/18-Pulse Rectification ........................................................................................................ 65
Wiring to –/+1 Terminals (2A0343 to 2A0396 and 4A0361 to 4A0590) ............................................ 66
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration ............................................................................................68
3.5 Terminal Cover ....................................................................................................................70
Models 2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590 .......................................................................... 70
3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover............................................................................................72
Removing/Reattaching the HOA Keypad .......................................................................................... 72
Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover ............................................................................................ 73
3.7 Top Protective Cover ..........................................................................................................79
Removing the Top Protective Cover ................................................................................................. 79
Reattaching the Top Protective Cover .............................................................................................. 80
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring..............................................................................................................81
Factory Recommended Branch Circuit Protection ............................................................................ 81
Main Circuit Terminal Functions........................................................................................................ 81
Protecting Main Circuit Terminals ..................................................................................................... 82
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque ................................................................................................ 83
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring ............................................................................................ 86
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring .........................................................................................................91
Control Circuit Connection Diagram.................................................................................................. 91
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions .......................................................................................... 91
Terminal Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 93
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal ................................................................................................... 95
Switches and Jumpers on the Control Board .................................................................................... 99
3.10 Control I/O Connections ...................................................................................................100
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs............................................................................. 100
Input Signal Selection for Terminals A1 and A2.............................................................................. 100
Terminal FM/AM Signal Selection ................................................................................................... 101
MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination .................................................................................................... 101
3.11 Connect to a PC.................................................................................................................102
3.12 External Interlock ..............................................................................................................103
Drive Ready..................................................................................................................................... 103
3.13 Wiring Checklist ................................................................................................................104

4. START-UP PROGRAMMING & OPERATION..................................................... 105

4.1 Section Safety....................................................................................................................106
4.2 Using the HOA Keypad .....................................................................................................107
Keys and Displays........................................................................................................................... 107
LCD Display .................................................................................................................................... 108
ALARM (ALM) LED Displays........................................................................................................... 109
AUTO LED and HAND LED Indications .......................................................................................... 109

4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Table of Contents

Menu Structure for HOA Keypad..................................................................................................... 111

4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes ..............................................112
Real-Time Clock (RTC) ................................................................................................................... 112
Clock Adjustment ............................................................................................................................ 112
Changing Parameter Settings or Values ......................................................................................... 115
Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu .................................................................................... 116
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group......................................................................................... 117
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts ..........................................................................................................119
Flowchart A: Basic Start-Up and Motor Tuning ............................................................................... 120
Subchart A-1: Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control...................................................................... 121
Subchart A-2: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors............................................................... 122
4.5 Powering Up the Drive ......................................................................................................123
Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display..................................................................... 123
4.6 Application Selection ........................................................................................................124
HVAC Application Parameters ........................................................................................................ 124
Setting 1: Fan Application ............................................................................................................... 124
Setting 2: Fan with PI Control Application ....................................................................................... 125
Setting 3: Return Fan with PI Control Application ........................................................................... 125
Setting 4: Cooling Tower Fan Application ....................................................................................... 125
Setting 5: Cooling Tower Fan with PI Control Application............................................................... 126
Setting 6: Pump (Secondary) Application........................................................................................ 126
Setting 7: Pump with PI Control Application.................................................................................... 126
4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments .......................................................................................127
4.8 Auto-Tuning .......................................................................................................................142
Types of Auto-Tuning ...................................................................................................................... 142
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive.......................................................................................................... 143
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes ...................................................................................... 144
Auto-Tuning Operation Example ..................................................................................................... 144
T1: Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning .......................................................... 146
T2: Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning ................................................................... 147
4.9 No-Load Operation Test Run............................................................................................150
No-Load Operation Test Run .......................................................................................................... 150
4.10 Test Run with Load Connected........................................................................................151
Test Run with the Load Connected ................................................................................................. 151
4.11 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes ...............................................152
Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03 ............................................................................................. 152
Parameter Access Level: A1-01...................................................................................................... 152
Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05 ................................................................................................... 152
Copy Function ................................................................................................................................. 153
4.12 Test Run Checklist ............................................................................................................154
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments ...............................................................................155
U1: Operation Status Monitors ........................................................................................................ 192
U2: Fault Trace................................................................................................................................ 192
U3: Fault History.............................................................................................................................. 192
U4: Maintenance Monitors .............................................................................................................. 192
U5: PI Monitors................................................................................................................................ 192
U6: Operation Status Monitors ........................................................................................................ 193

5. TROUBLESHOOTING.......................................................................................... 195

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 5
Table of Contents

5.1 Section Safety....................................................................................................................196

5.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning ......................................................................................198
Fine-Tuning V/f Control ................................................................................................................... 198
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors................................................................... 199
Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation .................................................................. 200
5.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors .....................................................................................201
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors................................................................................................ 201
Alarm and Error Displays ................................................................................................................ 202
5.4 Fault Detection ..................................................................................................................205
Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions ............................................................................. 205
5.5 Alarm Detection .................................................................................................................218
Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions ............................................................................... 218
5.6 Programming Errors .........................................................................................................225
Programming Error Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions.......................................................... 225
5.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection ............................................................................................229
Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions..................................................................... 229
5.8 Copy Function Related Displays .....................................................................................231
Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting ................................................................................................ 231
5.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults.....................................................................................233
Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss ............................................................................... 233
If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs ............................................................................. 233
Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault .............................................................................................. 233
Fault Reset Methods ....................................................................................................................... 234
5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display ...........................................................................235
Common Problems.......................................................................................................................... 235
Cannot Change Parameter Settings ............................................................................................... 235
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing AUTO Button or after Entering External Run
Command ...................................................................................................................................... 236
Motor is Too Hot.............................................................................................................................. 237
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting .......................................... 238
Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long................................................ 238
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command ............. 239
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation............................................................................ 239
Deceleration Takes Longer than Expected ..................................................................................... 239
Noise From Drive or Motor Cables When the Drive is Powered On ............................................... 239
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run .............................................................. 239
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates ..................................................................... 240
PI Output Fault ................................................................................................................................ 240
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection Braking)..... 240
Output Frequency is Not as High as Frequency Reference............................................................ 241
Sound from Motor............................................................................................................................ 241
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM .......................................................................................... 241
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss....................................................................................... 241

6. PERIPHERAL DEVICES & OPTIONS ................................................................. 243

6.1 Section Safety....................................................................................................................244
6.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices ............................................................................246
6.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices .......................................................................................247

6 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Table of Contents

6.4 Option Installation .............................................................................................................248

Prior to Installing the Option ............................................................................................................ 248
Installing the Option......................................................................................................................... 248
6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices ...........................................................................................252
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) or Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) ....... 252
Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side.............................................................. 253
Connecting an AC Reactor.............................................................................................................. 253
Connecting a Surge Absorber ......................................................................................................... 253
Attachment for External Heatsink Mounting .................................................................................... 255
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output ............................................. 263

A. SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................ 265

A.1 Power Ratings ...................................................................................................................266
Three-Phase 200 V Class Drive Models 2A0011 to 2A0088 .......................................................... 266
Three-Phase 200 V Class Drive Models 2A0114 to 2A0396 .......................................................... 267
Three-Phase 400 V Class Drive Models 4A0005 to 4A0027 .......................................................... 268
Three-Phase 400 V Class Drive Models 4A0034 to 4A0096 .......................................................... 269
Three-Phase 400 V Class Drive Models 4A0124 to 4A0302 .......................................................... 270
Three-Phase 400 V Class Drive Models 4A0361 to 4A0590 .......................................................... 271
A.2 Drive Specifications ..........................................................................................................272
A.3 Drive Watt Loss Data ........................................................................................................274
A.4 Drive Derating Data ...........................................................................................................276
Carrier Frequency Derating............................................................................................................. 276
Temperature Derating ..................................................................................................................... 277
Altitude Derating.............................................................................................................................. 278

B. PARAMETER LIST............................................................................................... 279

B.1 A: Initialization Parameters ..............................................................................................280
A1: Initialization ............................................................................................................................... 280
A2: User Parameters....................................................................................................................... 281
B.2 b: Application.....................................................................................................................282
b1: Operation Mode Selection......................................................................................................... 282
b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking......................................................................... 282
b3: Speed Search............................................................................................................................ 283
b4: Timer Function .......................................................................................................................... 284
b5: PI Control .................................................................................................................................. 284
b8: Energy Saving ........................................................................................................................... 288
B.3 C: Tuning............................................................................................................................289
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times ....................................................................................... 289
C2: S-Curve Characteristics............................................................................................................ 289
C4: Torque Compensation .............................................................................................................. 289
C6: Carrier Frequency..................................................................................................................... 290
B.4 d: References.....................................................................................................................291
d1: Frequency Reference................................................................................................................ 291
d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits ................................................................................................. 291
d3: Jump Frequency........................................................................................................................ 292
d4: Frequency Reference Hold Function......................................................................................... 292
d6: Field Weakening........................................................................................................................ 292
d7: Offset Frequency....................................................................................................................... 293

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 7
Table of Contents

B.5 E: Motor Parameters .........................................................................................................294

E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1............................................................................................................... 294
E2: Motor Parameters ..................................................................................................................... 295
E5: PM Motor Settings .................................................................................................................... 295
B.6 F: Communication Option Parameters............................................................................297
F6, F7: Communication Option Card............................................................................................... 297
B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals ........................................................................300
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs ..................................................................................................... 300
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs................................................................................................... 304
H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs .................................................................................................... 306
H4: Analog Outputs ......................................................................................................................... 307
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication ............................................................................. 308
B.8 L: Protection Function ......................................................................................................309
L1: Motor Protection ........................................................................................................................ 309
L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru............................................................................................ 310
L3: Stall Prevention ......................................................................................................................... 311
L4: Speed Detection........................................................................................................................ 312
L5: Fault Restart.............................................................................................................................. 312
L6: Torque Detection....................................................................................................................... 313
L8: Drive Protection......................................................................................................................... 313
B.9 n: Special Adjustment.......................................................................................................316
n1: Hunting Prevention.................................................................................................................... 316
n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking................................................................ 316
n8: PM Motor Control Tuning .......................................................................................................... 317
B.10 o: Operator-Related Settings ...........................................................................................318
o1: HOA Keypad Display Selection................................................................................................. 318
o2: HOA Keypad Functions............................................................................................................. 319
o3: Copy Function ........................................................................................................................... 320
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings................................................................................................... 320
B.11 S: Special Application.......................................................................................................321
S1: Dynamic Noise Control Function .............................................................................................. 321
S2: Sequence Timers...................................................................................................................... 321
S3: Secondary PI (PI2) Control ....................................................................................................... 323
S4: Bypass Operation ..................................................................................................................... 325
S5: HOA Keypad Parameters ......................................................................................................... 325
S6: Z1000 Protection....................................................................................................................... 326
B.12 T: Motor Tuning .................................................................................................................327
T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning..................................................................................................... 327
T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning .............................................................................................................. 327
B.13 U: Monitors.........................................................................................................................329
U1: Operation Status Monitors ........................................................................................................ 329
U2: Fault Trace................................................................................................................................ 330
U3: Fault History.............................................................................................................................. 331
U4: Maintenance Monitors .............................................................................................................. 333
U5: PI Monitors................................................................................................................................ 334
U6: Operation Status Monitors ........................................................................................................ 335

C. BACNET COMMUNICATIONS ............................................................................ 337

C.1 BACnet Configuration.......................................................................................................338

8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Table of Contents

C.2 Communication Specifications ........................................................................................339

C.3 Connecting to a Network ..................................................................................................340
Network Cable Connection.............................................................................................................. 340
Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connections ........................................................................................ 341
Network Termination ....................................................................................................................... 341
C.4 BACnet Setup Parameters................................................................................................342
BACnet Serial Communication........................................................................................................ 342
C.5 Drive Operations by BACnet ............................................................................................346
Observing the Drive Operation........................................................................................................ 346
Controlling the Drive........................................................................................................................ 346
C.6 Communications Timing...................................................................................................347
Command Messages from Master to Drive..................................................................................... 347
Response Messages from Drive to Master ..................................................................................... 347
C.7 BACnet Objects Supported ..............................................................................................348
Present Value Access ..................................................................................................................... 348
Supported Properties of Objects ..................................................................................................... 348
Analog Input Objects ....................................................................................................................... 349
Analog Output Objects .................................................................................................................... 349
Analog Value Objects...................................................................................................................... 349
Binary Input Objects ........................................................................................................................ 350
Binary Output Objects ..................................................................................................................... 351
Binary Value Objects....................................................................................................................... 351
Device Object .................................................................................................................................. 352
C.8 Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command .................................................353
Reading Drive Parameters .............................................................................................................. 353
Writing Drive Parameters ................................................................................................................ 353
Enter Command .............................................................................................................................. 353
C.9 Communication Errors .....................................................................................................354
C.10 Self-Diagnostics ................................................................................................................355
C.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement..........................................356

D. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE .............................................................................. 359

D.1 Section Safety....................................................................................................................360
D.2 European Standards .........................................................................................................362
CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance............................................................................................ 362
EMC Guidelines Compliance .......................................................................................................... 363
D.3 UL/cUL Standards .............................................................................................................368
UL Standards Compliance .............................................................................................................. 368
Drive Motor Overload Protection ..................................................................................................... 371
Precautionary Notes on External Heatsink (IP00/Open-Type Enclosure)....................................... 372

E. QUICK REFERENCE SHEET .............................................................................. 373

E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications........................................................................................374
Drive Specifications......................................................................................................................... 374
Motor Specifications ........................................................................................................................ 374
E.2 Basic Parameter Settings .................................................................................................375
Basic Setup ..................................................................................................................................... 375
Motor Setup..................................................................................................................................... 375

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 9
Table of Contents

Multi-Function Digital Inputs ............................................................................................................ 375

Analog Inputs .................................................................................................................................. 375
Multi-Function Digital Outputs ......................................................................................................... 376
Monitor Outputs............................................................................................................................... 376
E.3 User Setting Table .............................................................................................................377
INDEX ................................................................................................................... 383

10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 i
Preface & General Safety
This section provides safety messages pertinent to this product that, if not heeded, may result in fatality,
personal injury, or equipment damage. Yaskawa is not responsible for the consequences of ignoring
these instructions.

i.1 PREFACE...............................................................................................................12
i.2 GENERAL SAFETY...............................................................................................14

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 11
i.1 Preface

i.1 Preface
Yaskawa manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The selection and
application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user. Yaskawa accepts no
responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no circumstances should any
Yaskawa product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety control. Without exception, all
controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All systems or equipment
designed to incorporate a product manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with appropriate warnings and
instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa must be promptly provided to
the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in conforming to standards and
specifications published in the Yaskawa manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED.
Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims arising from misapplication of its
products.
This manual is designed to ensure correct and suitable application of Z1000-series drives. Read this manual before attempting
to install, operate, maintain, or inspect a drive and keep it in a safe, convenient location for future reference. Be sure you
understand all precautions and safety information before attempting application.

u Applicable Documentation
The following manuals are available for Z1000-series drives:
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-183 ALM
Z1000-Series AC Drive User Manual (TOEPC71061645)
Read this manual first. This manual is packaged together with the product and contains basic information required to install
and wire the drive. It also gives detailed information on fault diagnostics, parameter settings, and BACnet specifications.
F1 F2
M M
ESC
HAND

RESET ENTER

AUTO OFF

The purpose of this manual is to prepare the drive for a trial run with an application and for basic operation. This manual
is available for download on our documentation website, www.yaskawa.com.
WARNING
●

●
Risk of electric shock.
Read manual before installing.
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor
discharge after disconnecting
power supply.
To conform to requirements,
make sure to ground the supply
neutral for 400V class.
After opening the manual switch
●

●
AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1
Risque de décharge électrique.
Lire le manuel avant l'installation.
Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure
de l'alimentation, pour permettre
la décharge des condensateurs.
Pour répondre aux exigences , s
assurer que le neutre soit relié
à la terre, pour la série 400V.
Après avoir déconnécte la protection
Z1000-Series AC Drive Programming Manual (SIEPC71061645)
between the drive and motor, entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez
please wait 5 minutes before patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer
inspecting, performing une opération de montage ou de
maintenance or wiring the drive. câblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
●
Top and Side surfaces may ● Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
危　険
● ● けが．感電のおそれがあります。
●
● 5
据え付け、運転の前には必ず取扱説明書を読むこと。
通電中および電源遮断後 分以内はフロントカバー
●
● 400V
を外さない事。
級インバータの場合は、電源の中性点が接地
●
されていることを確認すること (

This manual provides detailed information on parameter settings, drive functions, maintenance, and MEMOBUS/Modbus
5
保守・点検、配線を行う場合は、出力側開閉器を
。 対応）
遮断後
高温注意 分待って実施してください。
●
●
インバータ上部、両側面は高温になります。
触らないでください。

specifications. Use this manual to expand drive functionality. This manual is available for download on our documentation
website, www.yaskawa.com.

u Symbols
Note: Indicates a supplement or precaution that does not cause drive damage.
TERMS Indicates a term or definition used in this manual.

u Terms and Abbreviations

TERMS • Drive: Yaskawa Z1000-Series Drive
• H: Hexadecimal Number Format
• IGBT: Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
• kbps: Kilobits per Second
• MAC: Media Access Control
• r/min: Revolutions per Minute
• V/f: V/f Control
• OLV/PM: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
• PM motor: Permanent Magnet Synchronous motor (an abbreviation for IPM motor or SPM motor)
• IPM motor: Interior Permanent Magnet Motor (e.g., Yaskawa SSR1 Series and SST4 Series motors)
• SPM motor: Surface mounted Permanent Magnet Motor (e.g., Yaskawa SMRA Series motors)

u Trademarks
• APOGEE® FLN is a registered trademark of Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.
• APOGEE® Anywhere™ is a trademark of Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.
• BACnet is a trademark of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
• GPD is a trademark of Yaskawa, Inc.

12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 i.1 Preface

• Metasys® N2 is a trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

• MODBUS® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.
• Other companies and product names mentioned in this manual are trademarks of those companies.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 13
i.2 General Safety

i.2 General Safety

u Supplemental Safety Information
General Precautions
• The diagrams in this manual may be indicated without covers or safety shields to show details. Replace the covers or shields before
operating the drive and run the drive according to the instructions described in this manual.
• Any illustrations, photographs, or examples used in this manual are provided as examples only and may not apply to all products to
which this manual is applicable.
• The products and specifications described in this manual or the content and presentation of the manual may be changed without notice
to improve the product and/or the manual.
• When ordering a new copy of the manual due to damage or loss, contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales
office and provide the manual number shown on the front cover.
• If nameplate becomes worn or damaged, order a replacement from your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.

WARNING
Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed according
to this manual and local codes.
The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could result
in serious or fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.

DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING! may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION! may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.

NOTICE: may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 i.2 General Safety

u Safety Messages
DANGER
Heed the safety messages in this manual.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings in
this manual.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply
is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any
components.

WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
System may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury.
Clear all personnel from the drive, motor and machine area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft keys and
machine loads before applying power to the drive.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation,
adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations.
Because the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA, IEC/EN 61800-5-1 states that either the power supply must be automatically
disconnected in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor or a protective earthing conductor with a cross-
section of at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
Always use appropriate equipment for Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs).
The drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual current
operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use a type B GFCI
according to IEC/EN 60755.
Fire Hazard
Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this manual.
Failure to comply could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel. The device is suitable for use on a circuit
capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac (200 V class) and 480 Vac (400 V class),
when protected by branch circuit protection devices specified in this manual.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 15
i.2 General Safety

WARNING
Branch circuit protection shall be provided by any of the following: Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300%
of the drive input rating, or Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating, or MCCB sized at
200% maximum of the drive input rating.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.

CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.
Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.
Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized.
Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.
Do not use screws of different sizes in SW1 and SW2.
Failure to comply may cause overheating and electrical damage.

16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 i.2 General Safety

u General Application Precautions

n Selection
Installing a Reactor
Use an AC reactor in the following situations:
• to suppress harmonic current.
• when the drive is running from a power supply system with thyristor converters.
Drive Capacity
For specialized motors, make sure that the motor rated current is less than the rated output current for the drive.
When running more than one motor in parallel from a single drive, the capacity of the drive should be larger than [total motor
rated current × 1.1].
Starting Torque
The overload rating for the drive determines the starting and accelerating characteristics of the motor. Expect lower torque
than when running from line power. To get more starting torque, use a larger drive or increase both the motor and drive capacity.
Emergency Stop
During a drive fault condition, the output shuts off but the motor does not stop immediately. A mechanical brake may be
required when it is necessary to stop the motor faster than the ability of the Fast Stop function of the drive.
Options
NOTICE: The -M, +M, -, +1, and +3 terminals are used to connect optional Z1000-compatible devices only. Connecting non-Yaskawa-
approved devices to these terminals may damage the drive.

n Installation
Enclosure Panels
Keep the drive in a clean environment by installing the drive in an enclosure panel. Be sure to leave the required space between
drives to provide for cooling, and take proper measures so the ambient temperature remains within allowable limits and keep
flammable materials away from the drive. Yaskawa offers protective designs for drives that must be used in areas subjected
to oil mist and excessive vibration. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for details.
Installation Direction
NOTICE: Install the drive upright as specified in the manual. Refer to Mechanical Installation on page 42 for more information on
installation. Failure to comply may damage the drive due to improper cooling.

n Settings
Upper Limits
NOTICE: The drive is capable of running the motor up to 240 Hz. Be sure to set the upper limit for the frequency of the drive to prevent the
possible danger of accidentally operating equipment at higher than rated speed. The default setting for the maximum output frequency is
60 Hz.
DC Injection Braking
NOTICE: Excessive current during DC Injection Braking and excessive duration of DC Injection Braking can cause motor overheat.
Acceleration/Deceleration Times
Acceleration and deceleration times are affected by the amount of torque generated by the motor, the load torque, and the
inertia moment. Set a longer accel/decel time when Stall Prevention is enabled. The accel/decel times are lengthened for as
long as the Stall Prevention function is in operation. Install one of the available braking options or increase the capacity of the
drive for faster acceleration and deceleration.
n General Handling
Wiring Check
NOTICE: Do not connect power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Failure to comply will destroy the drive. Be sure to
perform a final check of all sequence wiring and other connections before turning on the power and also check for short circuits on the
control terminals, which may damage the drive.
Selecting a Circuit Breaker or Circuit Interrupter
Yaskawa recommends installing a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) to the power supply side. The GFCI should be
designed for use with AC drives (e.g., Type B according to IEC/EN 60755).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 17
i.2 General Safety

Select a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) or GFCI with a rated current 1.5 to 2 times higher than the drive rated current
to avoid nuisance trips caused by harmonics in the drive input current. Refer to Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker
(MCCB) or Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) on page 252 for more information.
Magnetic Contactor Installation
WARNING! Fire Hazard, Sudden Movement Hazard. Shut off the drive with a magnetic contactor (MC) when a fault occurs in external
equipment. Refer to Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side on page 253. Failure to comply may cause serious
injury or death due to fire or inadvertent equipment movement.
NOTICE: To get the full performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive power supply
off and on more than once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor.
Inspection and Maintenance
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Capacitors in the drive do not immediately discharge after shutting off the power. Wait for at least the
amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components after shutting off the power. Failure to comply may cause injury to
personnel from electrical shock.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When a drive is running a PM motor, voltage continues to be generated at the motor terminals after
the drive is shut off while the motor coasts to stop. Take the precautions described below to prevent shock and injury:
∙ In applications where the machine can still rotate after the drive has fully stopped a load, install a switch to the drive output side to disconnect
the motor and the drive.
∙ Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed or to rotate the motor when the drive has been
shut off.
∙ Wait for at least the time specified on the warning label after opening the load switch on the output side before inspecting the drive or
performing any maintenance.
∙ Do not open and close the load switch while the motor is running.
∙ If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely stopped before closing the load
switch.
WARNING! Burn Hazard. Because the heatsink can get very hot during operation, take proper precautions to prevent burns. When replacing
the cooling fan, shut off the power and wait at least 15 minutes to be sure that the heatsink has cooled down. Failure to comply may cause
burn injury to personnel.
Wiring
Yaskawa recommends using ring terminals on all drive models. Drive models 2A0031 to 2A0396 and 4A0034 to 4A0590
require the use of ring terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for
crimping.
Transporting the Drive
NOTICE: Never steam clean the drive. During transport, keep the drive from coming into contact with salts, fluorine, bromine, phthalate
ester, and other such harmful chemicals.

u Motor Application Precautions

n Standard Induction Motors
Low-Speed Range
The cooling fan of a standard motor should sufficiently cool the motor at the rated speed. As the self-cooling capability of
such a motor reduces with the speed, applying full torque at low speed will possibly damage the motor. Reduce the load torque
as the motor slows to prevent motor damage from overheat. Figure i.1 shows the allowable load characteristics for a Yaskawa
standard motor. Use a motor designed specifically for operation with a drive when 100% continuous torque is needed at low
speeds.
25% ED (or 15 min)
40% ED (or 20 min)
60% ED (or 40 min)
100
90
80
70
Torque 60
(%) 50
Continuous operation

3 6 20 60
Frequency (Hz)

Figure i.1 Allowable Load Characteristics for a Yaskawa Motor

18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 i.2 General Safety

Insulation Tolerance
NOTICE: Consider motor voltage tolerance levels and motor insulation in applications with an input voltage of over 440 V or particularly
long wiring distances.
High-Speed Operation
NOTICE: Problems may occur with the motor bearings and dynamic balance of the machine when operating a motor beyond its rated speed.
Contact the motor or machine manufacturer.
Torque Characteristics
Torque characteristics differ compared to operating the motor directly from line power. The user should have a full
understanding of the load torque characteristics for the application.
Vibration and Shock
The drive allows selection of high carrier PWM control and low carrier PWM. Selecting high carrier PWM can help reduce
motor oscillation.
Take particular caution when adding a variable speed drive to an application running a motor from line power at a constant
speed. If resonance occurs, install shock-absorbing rubber around the base of the motor and enable the Jump frequency selection
to prevent continuous operation in the resonant frequency range.
Audible Noise
The audible noise of the motor varies based on the carrier frequency setting. However, drive current derating may be required.
When using a high carrier frequency, audible noise from the motor is comparable to the motor noise generated when running
from line power.
n Synchronous Motors
• Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa agent when planning to use a synchronous motor not endorsed by Yaskawa.
• Use a standard induction motor when running multiple synchronous motors simultaneously. A single drive does not have
this capability.
• A synchronous motor may rotate slightly in the opposite direction of the Run command at start depending on parameter
settings and rotor position.
• The amount of generated starting torque differs depending on the control mode and motor type. Set up the motor with the
drive after verifying the starting torque, allowable load characteristics, impact load tolerance, and speed control range.
Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa agent when planning to use a motor that does not fall within these specifications:
• In Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, braking torque is less than 125% when running between 20% and 100% speed.
Braking torque drops to less than 50% when running at less than 20% speed.
• In Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, the allowable load inertia moment is approximately 50 times higher than the
motor inertia moment.
Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa agent for questions concerning applications with a larger inertia moment.
• To restart a coasting motor rotating below 100 Hz, use the Speed Search function if the motor cable is not too long. If the
motor cable is relatively long, stop the motor using Short Circuit Braking.
n Specialized Motors
Multi-Pole Motor
The rated current of a multi-pole motor differs from that of a standard motor, so be sure to check the maximum current when
selecting a drive. Always stop the motor before switching between the number of motor poles. The motor will coast to stop if
a regen overvoltage (ov) fault occurs or if overcurrent (oC) protection is triggered.
Submersible Motor
The rated current of a submersible motor is greater than that of a standard motor, so select the drive capacity accordingly. Use
a motor cable large enough to avoid decreasing the maximum torque level from voltage drop caused by a long motor cable.
Explosion-Proof Motor
The motor and the drive must be tested together to be certified as explosion-proof. The drive is not designed for explosion-
proof areas.
Geared Motor
Make sure that the gear and the lubricant are rated for the desired speed range to avoid gear damage when operating at low
speeds or very high speeds. Consult with the manufacturer for applications that require operation outside the rated speed range
of the motor or gear box.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 19
i.2 General Safety

Single-Phase Motor
Variable speed drives are not designed to operate with single phase motors. Using capacitors to start the motor causes excessive
current to flow and can damage drive components. A split-phase start or a repulsion start can burn out the starter coils because
the internal centrifugal switch is not activated. The drive is for use with three-phase motors only.
Motor with Brake
Take caution when using the drive to operate a motor with a built-in holding brake. If the brake is connected to the output side
of the drive, it may not release at start due to low voltage levels, so be sure to install a separate power supply for the motor
brake. Note that motors with built-in brakes tend to generate a fair amount of noise when running at low speeds.

u Drive Label Warning Example

Always heed the warning information listed in Figure i.2 in the position shown in Figure i.3.

WARNING
Risk of electric shock.
●
Read manual before installing.
●
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor
discharge after disconnecting
power supply.
●
To conform to requirements,
make sure to ground the supply
neutral for 400V class.
● After opening the manual switch
between the drive and motor,
please wait 5 minutes before
inspecting, performing
maintenance or wiring the drive.
Hot surfaces
●
Top and Side surfaces may
become hot. Do not touch.

Figure i.2 Warning Information Example

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-183 ALM

F1 F2
M M
ESC
HAND

RESET ENTER

AUTO OFF

WARNING AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1

Risk of electric shock. Risque de décharge électrique.
● Read manual before installing. ● Lire le manuel avant l'installation.
● Wait 5 minutes for capacitor ● Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure
discharge after disconnecting de l'alimentation, pour permettre
power supply. la décharge des condensateurs.
● To conform to requirements, ● Pour répondre aux exigences , s
make sure to ground the supply assurer que le neutre soit relié
neutral for 400V class. à la terre, pour la série 400V.
● After opening the manual switch ● Après avoir déconnécte la protection
between the drive and motor, entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez
please wait 5 minutes before patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer
inspecting, performing une opération de montage ou de
maintenance or wiring the drive. câblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces

Warning Label
Surfaces Chaudes
●
Top and Side surfaces may ● Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
危　険
● ● けが．感電のおそれがあります。
● 5
据え付け、運転の前には必ず取扱説明書を読むこと。
●
通電中および電源遮断後 分以内はフロントカバー
を外さない事。
●
●
400 級インバータの場合は、電源の中性点が接地
されていることを確認すること。( 対応）
● 5
保守・点検、配線を行う場合は、出力側開閉器を
遮断後 分待って実施してください。
高温注意
インバータ上部、両側面は高温になります。
● 触らないでください。
●

Figure i.3 Warning Information Position

20 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 i.2 General Safety

u Warranty Information
n Warranty Period
This drive is warranted for 12 months from the date of delivery to the customer or 18 months from the date of shipment from
the Yaskawa factory, whichever comes first.
n Scope of Warranty
Inspections
Customers are responsible for periodic inspections of the drive. Upon request, a Yaskawa representative will inspect the drive
for a fee. If the Yaskawa representative finds the drive to be defective due to Yaskawa workmanship or materials and the
defect occurs during the warranty period, this inspection fee will be waived and the problem remedied free of charge.
Repairs
If a Yaskawa product is found to be defective due to Yaskawa workmanship or materials and the defect occurs during the
warranty period, Yaskawa will provide a replacement, repair the defective product, and provide shipping to and from the site
free of charge.
However, if the Yaskawa Authorized Service Center determines that the problem with the drive is not due to defective
workmanship or materials, the customer will be responsible for the cost of any necessary repairs. Some problems that are
outside the scope of this warranty are:
Problems due to improper maintenance or handling, carelessness, or other reasons where the customer is determined to be
responsible.
Problems due to additions or modifications made to a Yaskawa product without Yaskawa’s understanding.
Problems due to the use of a Yaskawa product under conditions that do not meet the recommended specifications.
Problems caused by natural disaster or fire.
After the free warranty period elapses.
Replenishment or replacement of consumables or expendables.
Defective products due to packaging or fumigation.
Other problems not due to defects in Yaskawa workmanship or materials.
Warranty service is only applicable within the country where the product was purchased. However, after-sales service is
available for customers outside of the country where the product was purchased for a reasonable fee.
Contact your local Yaskawa representative for more information.
Exceptions
Any inconvenience to the customer or damage to non-Yaskawa products due to Yaskawa’s defective products whether within
or outside of the warranty period are NOT covered by warranty.
n Restrictions
The drive is not designed or manufactured for use in devices or systems that may directly affect or threaten human lives or
health.
Customers who intend to use the product described in this manual for devices or systems relating to transportation, health
care, space aviation, atomic power, electric power, or in underwater applications must first contact their Yaskawa
representatives or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
WARNING! Injury to Personnel. This product has been manufactured under strict quality-control guidelines. However, if this product is to
be installed in any location where failure of this product could involve or result in a life-and-death situation or loss of human life or in a facility
where failure may cause a serious accident or physical injury, safety devices must be installed to minimize the likelihood of any accident.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 21
i.2 General Safety

This Page Intentionally Blank

22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 1
Receiving
This chapter explains how to inspect the drive upon receipt, and gives an overview of the different
enclosure types and components.

1.1 SECTION SAFETY.................................................................................................24

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................25
1.3 MODEL NUMBER AND NAMEPLATE CHECK....................................................27
1.4 DRIVE MODELS AND ENCLOSURE TYPES........................................................29
1.5 COMPONENT NAMES...........................................................................................30

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 23
1.1 Section Safety

1.1 Section Safety

CAUTION
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than a utility-fed motor and the operating
speed range may reduce motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the additional
heating with the intended operating conditions.

24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 1.2 General Description

1.2 General Description

u Z1000 Model Selection
Refer to Table 1.1 for drive selection depending on the motor power.
Note: The models and capacities in shown here are based on standard settings and operation conditions. Higher carrier frequencies and higher
ambient temperatures require derating.
Table 1.1 Z1000 Models
Three-Phase 200 V Class
Motor Capacity kW (HP)
Model CIMR-Zo Rated Output Current (A)
2.2 (3) 2A0011 10.6 <1>
3.7 (5) 2A0017 16.7 <1>
5.5 (7.5) 2A0024 24.2 <1>
7.5 (10) 2A0031 30.8 <1>
11 (15) 2A0046 46.2 <1>
15 (20) 2A0059 59.4 <1>
18.5 (25) 2A0075 74.8 <1>
22 (30) 2A0088 88 <1>
30 (40) 2A0114 114 <1>
37 (50) 2A0143 143 <1>
45 (60) 2A0169 169 <1>
55 (75) 2A0211 211 <1>
75 (100) 2A0273 273 <1>
90 (125) 2A0343 343 <2>
110 (150) 2A0396 396 <2>

<1> Assumes the carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz.

<2> Assumes the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.

Receiving
Motor Capacity kW (HP) Three-Phase 400 V Class
Input Voltage < 460 V Input Voltage ≥ 460 V Model CIMR-Zo Rated Output Current (A)
1.5 (2) 2.2 (3) 4A0005 4.8 <1>
1
3.0 (4) 3.7 (5) 4A0008 7.6 <1>
4.0 (5) 5.5 (7.5) 4A0011 11 <1>
5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) 4A0014 14 <1>
7.5 (10) 11 (15) 4A0021 21 <1>
11 (15) 15 (20) 4A0027 27 <1>
15 (20) 18.5 (25) 4A0034 34 <1>
18.5 (25) 22 (30) 4A0040 40 <1>
22 (30) 30 (40) 4A0052 52 <1>
30 (40) 37 (50) 4A0065 65 <1>
37 (50) 45 (60) 4A0077 77 <1>
45 (60) 55 (75) 4A0096 96 <1>
55 (75) 75 (100) 4A0124 124 <1>
75 (100) 90 (125) 4A0156 156 <1>
90 (125) 110 (150) 4A0180 180 <1>
110 (150) 150 (200) 4A0240 240 <2>
160 (220) 185 (250) 4A0302 302 <2>

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 25
1.2 General Description

Motor Capacity kW (HP) Three-Phase 400 V Class

Input Voltage < 460 V Input Voltage ≥ 460 V Model CIMR-Zo Rated Output Current (A)
185 (250) 220 (300) 4A0361 361 <3>
220 (300) 260 (350) 4A0414 414 <3>
250 (340) 300 (400) 4A0480 480 <3>
300 (400) 370 (500) 4A0590 590 <3>

<1> Assumes the carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz.

<2> Assumes the carrier frequency is set to 4 kHz.
<3> Assumes the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.
Note: Current derating is required when setting the carrier frequency higher.

u Control Mode Selection

Table 1.2 gives an overview of the Z1000 control modes and the various features associated with those control modes.
Table 1.2 Control Modes and Features
Motor Type Induction Motors Permanent Magnet Motors Comments
Control Mode V/f OLV/PM –
Parameter Setting A1-02 = 0 A1-02 = 5 Default Setting is V/f control (A1-02 = 0)
Open Loop Vector control
Basic Description V/f control –
for PM motors
Motor Type IM PM –
Type of Multi Motor YES – –
Applications Motor data unknown YES – –
High Speed Accuracy – YES –
May fluctuate with characteristics and motor
Speed Control Range 1:40 1:20
temperature.
Speed deviation when operating at constant speed
Speed Accuracy ±2 to 3% ±0.2% may fluctuate with characteristics and motor
temperature.
Control
Characteristics Max. frequency of a speed reference signal that the
Speed Response 3 Hz (approx.) 10 Hz drive can follow may fluctuate with characteristics
and motor temperature.
Starting torque may fluctuate with characteristics and
100% at
Starting Torque 140% at 3 Hz motor temperature.
5% speed
Performance may differ by capacity.
• Energy Saving Tuning • Stationary Automatically adjusts parameter settings that concern
Auto-Tuning
• Line to line resistance • Line to line resistance electrical characteristics of the motor.
Bi-directional speed detection of a coasting motor to
Speed Search YES YES
restart it without stopping.
Saves energy by always operating the motor at its
Energy-Saving Control YES –
maximum efficiency.
Application- Increases motor loss to allow for faster deceleration.
Specific High Slip Braking YES – Effectiveness may vary based on motor
characteristics.
Decelerates the drive to allow it to ride through a
Kinetic Energy Buffering YES YES
momentary power loss and continue operation.
Overexcitation Deceleration YES – Allows faster deceleration without overvoltage trip.
Prevents overvoltage by increasing speed during
Overvoltage Suppression YES YES
regeneration.

26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check

1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check

Please perform the following tasks after receiving the drive:
• Inspect the drive for damage.
If the drive appears damaged upon receipt, contact the shipper immediately.
• Verify receipt of the correct model by checking the information on the nameplate.
• If you have received the wrong model or the drive does not function properly, contact your supplier.

u Drive Nameplate

H MODEL : CIMR-Z REV :

C/C : CIMR-Z
G INPUT : AC3PH 200-240V 50/60Hz 10.6A
IND.CONT.EQ.
F OUTPUT : AC3PH 0-240V 0-240Hz 10.6A 7J48
MASS : 5.6 kg PRG: □□□□ A
E O/N : 6W3050-2-100 VAJ123456
D S/N : J0073D207410100

C FRONT = IP20 AND TYPE1 FILE NO: E131457

BACKSIDE = IP20 AND TYPE12 PASS
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION Assembled in USA
B 2-1 Kurosaki-shiroishi, Yahatanishi-Ku, Kitakyushu 806-0004 Japan

A – Software version E – Lot number

Receiving
B – Address <1> F – Output specifications
C – Enclosure type G – Input specifications
D – Serial number H – AC drive model
Figure 1.1 Drive Nameplate Information Example
1
<1> The address of the head office of Yaskawa Electric Corporation (responsible for product liability) is shown on the nameplate.

CIMR - Z U 2 A 0021 F A A
Drive Z1000 Customized Enclosure Design
No. Specifications No. Type
Series Revision
A Standard model IP00/ Order
Region A
No. Open-Type
Code
U USA IP20/
F NEMA
Type 1
No. Voltage Class
Environmental
2 3-phase, 200-240 Vac No.
Specification
4 3-phase, 380-480 Vac A Standard
Refer to the following table

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 27
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check

n Three-Phase 200 V
Max Motor Capacity Rated Output Current
No. kW (HP) A
0011 2.2 (3) 10.6
0017 3.7 (5) 16.7
0024 5.5 (7.5) 24.2
0031 7.5 (10) 30.8
0046 11 (15) 46.2
0059 15 (20) 59.4
0075 18.5 (25) 74.8
0088 22 (30) 88
0114 30 (40) 114
0143 37 (50) 143
0169 45 (60) 169
0211 55 (75) 211
0273 75 (100) 273
0343 90 (125) 343
0396 110 (150) 396

n Three-Phase 400 V
Max Motor Capacity
kW (HP) Rated Output Current
No. A
Input Voltage < 460 V Input Voltage ≥ 460 V
0005 1.5 (2) 2.2 (3) 4.8
0008 3.0 (4) 3.7 (5) 7.6
0011 4.0 (5) 5.5 (7.5) 11
0014 5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) 14
0021 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 21
0027 11 (15) 15 (20) 27
0034 15 (20) 18.5 (25) 34
0040 18.5 (25) 22 (30) 40
0052 22 (30) 30 (40) 52
0065 30 (40) 37 (50) 65
0077 37 (50) 45 (60) 77
0096 45 (60) 55 (75) 96
0124 55 (75) 75 (100) 124
0156 75 (100) 90 (125) 156
0180 90 (125) 110 (150) 180
0240 110 (150) 150 (200) 240
0302 160 (220) 185 (250) 302
0361 185 (250) 220 (300) 361
0414 220 (300) 260 (350) 414
0480 250 (340) 300 (400) 480
0590 300 (400) 370 (500) 590

28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types

1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types

The following enclosure types are offered for Z1000 drives:
• IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure models mount to an indoor wall or in an enclosure panel.
• IP00/Open-Type enclosure models are designed for installation in an enclosure panel that serves to protect personnel from
injury caused by accidentally touching live parts.
Table 1.3 describes drive enclosures and models.
Table 1.3 Drive Models and Enclosure Types
Enclosure Type
Voltage Class IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure <1> IP00/Open-Type Enclosure
Drive Model CIMR-Zo Drive Model CIMR-Zo
2A0011F –

2A0017F –

2A0024F –
2A0031F –
2A0046F –
2A0059F –

Three-Phase 2A0075F –
200 V Class 2A0088F –
2A0114F –
2A0143F –
2A0169F –
2A0211F –
2A0273F –
– 2A0343A
– 2A0396A
4A0005F –
4A0008F –

Receiving
4A0011F –
4A0014F –
4A0021F –
4A0027F –
4A0034F –
1
4A0040F –
4A0052F –
4A0065F –
Three-Phase
4A0077F –
400 V Class
4A0096F –
4A0124F –
4A0156F –
4A0180F –
4A0240F –
4A0302F –
– 4A0361A
– 4A0414A
– 4A0480A
– 4A0590A

<1> Removing the top protective cover from an IP20/NEMA Type 1 drive voids the NEMA Type 1 protection while maintaining IP20 conformity;
removing the bottom conduit bracket voids the NEMA Type 1 protection and IP20 conformity.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 29
1.5 Component Names

1.5 Component Names

This section gives an overview of the drive components described in this manual.
Note: 1. Refer to Using the HOA Keypad on page 107for a description of the HOA keypad.
2. The drive may have multiple cooling fans depending on the model.

u IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure

n Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0011F to 2A0059F
Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0005F to 4A0052F

D
K
E

I H
G

A – Fan finger guard G – Screw

B – Cooling fan H – Rubber bushing
C – Top protective cover I – Conduit bracket
D – Front cover J – Optional 24 V DC power supply
E – USB port (type-B) connector cover
F – HOA keypad K – Heatsink
L – Mounting hole
Figure 1.2 Exploded View of IP20/NEMA Type 1 Components (2A0011F)

30 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 1.5 Component Names

n Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0075F to 2A0114F

Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0065F to 4A0096F
A

D
K
E

G
J

I
H

Receiving
A – Fan finger guard G – Screw 1
B – Cooling fan H – Rubber bushing
C – Top protective cover I – Conduit bracket
D – Front cover J – Optional 24 V DC power supply
E – USB port (type-B) connector cover
F – HOA keypad K – Heatsink
L – Mounting hole
Figure 1.3 Exploded View of IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Components (4A0096F)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 31
1.5 Component Names

n Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0143F to 2A0273F

Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0124F to 4A0302F

O
D

N
E
F H
G

J
I

L
K

A – Top protective cover I – Terminal cover

B – Fan guard J – Screw
C – Cooling fan K – Rubber bushing
D – Fan bracket L – Conduit bracket
E – Front cover M – Optional 24 V DC power supply
F – USB port (type-B) connector cover
G – HOA keypad N – Heatsink
H – Drive cover O – Mounting hole
Figure 1.4 Exploded view of IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Components (4A0124F)

32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 1.5 Component Names

u IP00/Open-Type Enclosure
n Three-Phase AC 200 V 2A0343A, 2A0396A
A

B
M
C

E
K F G

J
I

Receiving
A – Fan guard H – Drive cover
B – Cooling fan I – Terminal cover
C – Fan bracket J – Screw
D – Circulation fan <1> K – Optional 24 V DC power supply 1
E – Front cover connector cover
F – USB port (type-B) L – Heatsink
G – HOA keypad M – Mounting hole
Figure 1.5 Exploded view of IP00/Open-Type Enclosure Components (2A0343A)
<1> Drive models 2A0343 and 2A0396 have a built-in circulation fan.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 33
1.5 Component Names

n Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0361A

A
B
N
C

M
D
E
F
G
L H

J
I

A – Fan guard H – Drive cover

B – Cooling fan I – Terminal cover
C – Fan bracket J – Front cover screw
D – Circulation fan K – Terminal board
E – Front cover L – Optional 24 V DC power supply
F – USB port (type-B) connector cover
G – HOA Keypad M – Heatsink
N – Mounting hole
Figure 1.6 Exploded view of IP00/Open-Type Enclosure Components (4A0361A)

34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 1.5 Component Names

n Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0414A

A
M B
C
D

O
E

N
F
M
K
L G
J
I
H

A – Fan guard I – Front cover screw

B – Cooling fan J – Front cover
C – Fan bracket K – Circulation fan
D – HOA Keypad L – Terminal board
E – Drive cover 1 M – Mounting hole
F – Drive cover 2 N – Optional 24 V DC power supply

Receiving
G – Terminal cover connector cover
H – USB port (type-B) O – Heatsink
Figure 1.7 Exploded view of IP00/Open Type Enclosure Components (4A0414A)
1

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 35
1.5 Component Names

n Three-Phase AC 400 V 4A0480A to 4A0590A

A

C
O

B D
N

G
F

H
L
K
J I

A – Fan guard I – Terminal cover

B – Circuit board cooling fan J – USB port (type-B)
C – Cooling fan K – Screw
D – Fan bracket L – Front cover
E – Circulation Fan M – Circuit board cooling fan unit case
F – HOA keypad N – Heatsink
G – Drive cover 1 O – Mounting hole
H – Drive cover 2
Figure 1.8 Exploded view of IP00/Open-Type Enclosure Components (4A0480A)

36 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 1.5 Component Names

u Front Views
CIMR-Zo2A0011F CIMR-Zo2A0075F

M
K
L L

K M
F J
I
J A
D
B
I G
H
A H
G
B

E E
F D

E E

A – Terminal TB2 H – Option card connector (CN5)

B – Terminal TB5 (FE) I – DIP switch S2

Receiving
C – Main circuit terminal J – Terminal TB1
D – EMC filter switch SW2 K – Terminal TB3
E – Ground terminal L – Jumper switch S1
F – EMC filter switch SW1 M – Jumper switch S5
G – Terminal TB4
1
Figure 1.9 Front View of Drives

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 37
1.5 Component Names

This Page Intentionally Blank

38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2
Mechanical Installation
This chapter explains how to properly mount and install the drive.

2.1 SECTION SAFETY.................................................................................................40

2.2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION.............................................................................42

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 39
2.1 Section Safety

2.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Fire Hazard
Provide sufficient cooling when installing the drive inside an enclosed panel or cabinet.
Failure to comply could result in overheating and fire.
When multiple drives are placed inside the same enclosure panel, install proper cooling to ensure air entering the enclosure
does not exceed 40 °C.
Crush Hazard
Use a dedicated lifter when transporting the drive by a lifter.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death from falling equipment.
Only use vertical suspension to temporarily lift the drive during installation to an enclosure panel. Do not use vertical
suspension to transport the drive.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death from falling equipment.
Use screws to securely affix the drive front cover, terminal blocks, and other drive components prior to vertical
suspension.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death from falling equipment.
Do not subject the drive to vibration or impact greater than 1.96 m/s2 (0.2 G) while it is suspended by the cables.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death from falling equipment.
Do not attempt to flip the drive over or leave the drive unattended while it is suspended by the wires.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death from falling equipment.

CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.

NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during drive installation
and project construction.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top during installation. Be sure to
remove the temporary cover before start-up, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the unit to overheat.
Observe proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when handling the drive.
Failure to comply could result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and may
lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is required
continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector-control motor. Select a motor that is compatible with the
required load torque and operating speed range.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer.
Continuously operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.

40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.1 Section Safety

NOTICE
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to
the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously operated
at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base or use the frequency jump function to skip a frequency resonating the
machine.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the machine to be used with the motor.
The rated input current of submersible motors is higher than the rated input current of standard motors.
Select an appropriate drive according to its rated output current. When the distance between the motor and drive is long, use
a cable thick enough to connect the motor to the drive to prevent motor torque reduction.
The current rating differs for a motor with variable pole pitches differs from a standard motor.
Check the maximum current of the motor before selecting the drive capacity. Only switch motor poles when the motor is
stopped. Switching between motor during run will trigger overcurrent protection circuitry or result in overvoltage from
regeneration, and the motor will simply coast to stop.
When using an explosion-proof motor, it must be subject to an explosion-proof test in conjunction with the drive.
This is also applicable when an existing explosion-proof motor is to be operated with the drive. Since the drive itself is not
explosion-proof, always install it in a safe place.
Never lift the drive up while the cover is removed.
This can damage the terminal board and other components.

Mechanical Installation
2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 41
2.2 Mechanical Installation

2.2 Mechanical Installation

This section outlines specifications, procedures, and the environment for proper mechanical installation of the drive.

u Installation Environment
Install the drive in an environment matching the conditions below to prolong the optimum performance life of the drive.
Table 2.1 Installation Environment
Environment Conditions
Installation Area Indoors
-10 °C to +40 °C (14 to 104 °F) IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, External Heatsink (2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0005 to 4A0302)
-10 °C to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F) IP00/Open Type Enclosure (2A0343 and 2A0396, and 4A0361 to 4A0590)
Ambient Note: 1. To install a heatsink on the outside of a panel, design the panel to keep the air temperature inside the panel
Temperature within 10 °C (18 °F) [5 °C (9 °F) for 2A0273 and 4A0124] of the outside air temperature.
2. Ambient temperature range for continuous operations is -10 to +40 °C (14 to 104 °F) when external heatsink
installation method is applied for models 2A0343 and 2A0396 and 4A0361 to 4A0590.
Humidity 95% RH or less and free of condensation
Storage -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F)
Temperature
Install the drive in an area free from:
• oil mist and dust
• metal shavings, oil, water, or other foreign materials
• radioactive materials
Surrounding Area • combustible materials (e.g., wood)
• harmful gases and liquids
• excessive vibration
• chlorides
• direct sunlight.
Altitude Up to 1000 meters without derating. Up to 3000 meters with output current and voltage derating
10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2
Vibration 20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2 (2A0011 to 2A0031 and 4A0005 to 4A0027) or
2.0 m/s2 (2A0046 to 2A00396 and 4A0034 to 4A0590)
Orientation Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.
NOTICE: Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can lead to erroneous
operation. If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings and wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation. Failure to comply
could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation. Remove the temporary cover before
drive start-up, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.

u Transporting the Drive

CAUTION! Do not lift drive models 2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096 by the front cover. Failure to comply might result in minor or
moderate injury if the main body of the drive falls.

Figure 2.1 Incorrect Way to Transport the Drive

42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

u Installation Orientation and Spacing

Install the drive upright as illustrated in Figure 2.2 to maintain proper cooling.

Figure 2.2 Correct Installation Orientation

n Single Drive Installation

Figure 2.3 shows the installation distance required to maintain sufficient space for airflow and wiring. Install the heatsink
against a closed surface to avoid diverting cooling air around the heatsink.
Side Clearance Top/Bottom Clearance

A C

Mechanical Installation
D
B B C
D
A

A – 50 mm minimum C – 120 mm minimum

B – 30 mm minimum D – Airflow direction
Figure 2.3 Correct Installation Spacing

Note: IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure and IP00/Open-Type enclosure models require the same amount of space above and below the drive for
installation. 2

u Instructions on Installation Using the Eye Bolts

Eye bolts are used to install the drive or to temporarily lift the drive when replacing it. Using the eye bolts, the drive can be
installed in an enclosure panel or on a wall. Do not leave the drive suspended by the wires in a horizontal or vertical position
for long periods of time. Do not transport the drive over long distances. Read the following precautions and instructions before
installing the drive.
WARNING! Crush Hazard. Observe the following instructions and precautions. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death from
falling equipment.
Only use vertical suspension to temporarily lift the drive during installation to an enclosure panel. Do not use vertical suspension to transport
the drive.
Use screws to securely affix the drive front cover, terminal blocks, and other drive components prior to vertical suspension.
Do not subject the drive to vibration or impact greater than 1.96 m/s2 (0.2 G) while it is suspended by the wires.
Do not leave the drive unattended while it is suspended by the wires.
Do not attempt to flip the drive over while it is suspended by the wires.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 43
2.2 Mechanical Installation

n Horizontal Suspension of Drive Models 2A0343A, 2A0396A, and 4A0361A to 4A0590A

To make a wire hanger or frame for use when lifting the drive with a crane, lay the drive in a horizontal position and pass a
wire through the holes of the four eye bolts.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. When lifting the drive, confirm that the spring washer is fully closed. Failure to comply may deform or
damage the drive when lifted.

A B C D

A – No space between drive and C – Space between drive and washer

washer D – Spring washer open
Figure 2.7

B – Spring washer fully closed

Figure 2.4 Spring Washer

n Vertical Suspension of Drive Models 2A0343A, 2A0396A, and 4A0361A to 4A0590A

When vertical suspension of the drive is required in an enclosure panel, change the orientation of the eye bolts for these models
by turning the eye bolts counterclockwise 90 degrees.

Figure 2.5 Adjusting Angle of Eye Bolts

44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

u Panel Cut-Out Dimensions

W
W1
4-M6 Tap W
4-M8 Tap
W1

H3
A

H2
W A
4-M5 Tap W1

H1
H

H1
H

B
H1
H

H4
H5
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

W
W1 W W
4-M10 Tap 4-M12 Tap 6-M12 Tap
W1 W1
H3

H3

H3
H2

A
W2 W2 W2 W2
H2

H2
W3 A W3 W3 A W3

Mechanical Installation
H1
H

H1
H1

H
H

B
B

2
H4

H4

H4
H5

Figure 4
H5

H5

Figure 5 Figure 6

Table 2.2 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions

Dimensions (in)
Drive Model
Figure W H W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 A B
200 V Class
2A0011 1 6.7 14.8 5.9 – – 14 – – – – 4.6 12.8
2A0017
2A0024 1 6.7 18.3 5.9 – – 17.5 – – – – 4.6 16.3
2A0031
2A0046 2 7.9 21.1 5.1 – – 20.5 – – – – 7.6 18.6
2A0059
2A0075
2A0088 2 12 22.5 11.2 – – 21.9 – – – – 9.4 20
2A0114

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 45
2.2 Mechanical Installation

Dimensions (in)
Drive Model
Figure W H W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 A B
2A0143
2A0169 4 13.4 31.6 9.6 – – 30.7 0.9 0.5 1.2 0.4 12.8 28.6
2A0211
2A0273
2A0343 5 19.7 31.5 14.6 2.2 0.3 30.4 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.5 19.1 29.1
2A0396
400 V Class
4A0005
4A0008 1 6.7 14.8 5.9 – – 14 – – – – 4.6 12.8
4A0011
4A0014
4A0021 1 6.7 18.3 5.9 – – 17.5 – – – – 4.6 16.3
4A0027
4A0034
4A0040 2 7.9 21.1 5.1 – – 20.5 – – – – 7.6 18.6
4A0052ooB
4A0052ooA
4A0065 2 12 22.5 11.2 – – 21.9 – – – – 9.4 20
4A0077
4A0096
4A0124 3 10.9 28.4 6.7 – – 27.8 0.8 0.4 0.9 0.3 10.2 26.1
4A0156
4A0180 4 13.4 31.6 9.6 – – 30.7 0.9 0.5 1.2 0.4 12.8 28.6
4A0240
4A0302 5 17.9 41.9 12.8 – – 40.9 1.1 0.6 1.1 0.5 17.1 38.6
19.7 31.5 14.6 2.2 0.3 30.4 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.5 19.1 29.1
4A0361
4A0414 5 19.7 37.4 14.6 2.2 0.3 36.3 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.5 19.1 35.0
4A0480 26.4 44.9 17.3 4.2 0.3 43.7 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.6 25.7 42.2
4A0590 6 26.4 44.9 17.3 4.2 0.3 43.7 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.6 25.7 42.2

u HOA Keypad Remote Usage

n Remote Operation
The HOA keypad mounted on the drive can be removed and connected to the drive using an extension cable up to 3 m (9.8
ft.) long to facilitate operation when the drive is installed in a location where it can not be easily accessed.
The HOA keypad can also be permanently mounted remote locations such as panel doors using an extension cable and an
installation support set (depending on the installation type).
Note: Refer to Peripheral Devices & Options on page 243 for information on extension cables and installation support sets.
Drive HOA Keypad

Comm Port

Communication Cable Connector

Figure 2.6 Communication Cable Connection

46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

n HOA Keypad Remote Installation

HOA Keypad Dimensions
Installation Holes (2-M3 Screws, Depth 5)

78 (3.07)
15 (0.59)
44 (1.73)

Unit: mm (in)

Figure 2.7 HOA Keypad Dimensions

Installation Types and Required Materials

The HOA keypad mounts to an enclosure two different ways:
• External/face-mount installs the HOA keypad outside the enclosure panel
• Internal/flush-mount installs the HOA keypad inside the enclosure panel
Table 2.3 HOA Keypad Installation Methods and Required Tools
Installation Installation
Description Model Required Tools
Method Support Sets
Simplified installation with the
External/ HOA keypad is mounted on the – – Phillips screwdriver

Mechanical Installation
Face-Mount outside of the panel with two (#1)
screws.
Installation Support Set A Phillips screwdriver
Encloses the HOA keypad in (for mounting with screws EZZ020642A (#1, #2)
Internal/ the panel. The front of the HOA through holes in the panel)
Flush-Mount keypad is flush with the outside Installation Support Set B
of the panel. Phillips screwdriver (#1)
(for use with threaded studs EZZ020642B Wrench (7 mm)
that are fixed to the panel)
NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation and project
construction. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation. 2
Remove the temporary cover before drive start-up, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
External/Face-Mount
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the HOA keypad as shown in Figure 2.8.
2. Position the HOA keypad so the display faces outwards, and mount it to the enclosure panel as shown in Figure
2.9.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 47
2.2 Mechanical Installation

22 (0.87)

78 (3.1)

26 (1.02)
22 (0.87)
2 (0.08)
22 (0.87)

14 (0.56) Unit: mm (in)

Figure 2.8 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (External/Face-Mount Installation)

M3 x 6
HOA Keypad
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw x 2

Enclosure panel

Figure 2.9 External/Face-Mount Installation

Internal/Flush-Mount
An internal/flush-mount requires an installation support set that must be purchased separately. Contact Yaskawa to order an
installation support set and mounting hardware. Figure 2.10 illustrates how to attach the Installation Support Set A.
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the HOA keypad as shown in Figure 2.11.
2. Mount the HOA keypad to the installation support.
3. Mount the installation support set and HOA keypad to the enclosure panel.
Enclosure panel
HOA Keypad

M4 × 10 Installation Support Set A

Phillips truss head screw × 4
(for panel widths between 1 (0.04) and 1.6 (0.06)) M3 × 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw × 2

Unit: mm (in)

Figure 2.10 Internal/Flush Mount Installation

Note: Use a gasket between the enclosure panel and the HOA keypad in environments with a significant amount of dust or other airborne debris.

48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

(0.02)

120 (4.72)
89 (3.5) +0.5
0
45 (1.77)

59 (2.32) +0.5
0
(0.02)

Unit : mm (in)

Figure 2.11 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (Internal/Flush-Mount Installation)

u Exterior and Mounting Dimensions

Table 2.4 Drive Models and Types
Drive Model
Protective Design Three-Phase Three-Phase Page
200 V Class 400 V Class
4A0005F
4A0008F
2A0011F 4A0011F
2A0017F 4A0014F
2A0024F 4A0021F
2A0031F 4A0027F
2A0046F 4A0034F
2A0059F 4A0040F
IP20/NEMA Type 1 2A0075F 4A0052F 50
Enclosure 2A0088F 4A0065F
2A0114F 4A0077F
2A0143F 4A0096F
2A0169F 4A0124F

Mechanical Installation
2A0211F 4A0156F
2A0273F 4A0180F
4A0240F
4A0302F
4A0361A
2A0343A 4A0414A
IP00/Open-Type Enclosure 57
2A0396A 4A0480A
4A0590A

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 49
2.2 Mechanical Installation

n IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drives

Note: Removing the top protective cover or bottom conduit bracket from an IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure drive voids NEMA Type 1 protection
while maintaining IP20 conformity.
4-d 4
4-d 4

H1
H

H1
H
t1
H2

W1 D1
W D

Figure 1 W1 t1

H2
W D1
D
Figure 2
4-d 4 4-d 4
H1

H1
H

H
H2

W1 t1
W D1
D
H2

W1 t1
W D1
D
Figure 3
Figure 4

50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

4-d
4-d

H0
H1
H

H1

H0
H
H2
W1 t1
t1 D1
W1 D1
H2

MAX.W2 W MAX.W2 D
D
MAX.W2 W MAX.W2
Figure 6
Figure 5
4-d
H1

H0
H

Mechanical Installation
W1 t1
H2

D1
MAX.W2 W MAX.W2 D
2
Figure 7

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 51
2.2 Mechanical Installation

Table 2.5 Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure: 200 V Class

Screw
Dimensions (in)
Drive Model Figure Size Wt. (lb)
W H D W1 W2 H0 H1 H2 D1 t1 d
124 357 218 102 345 5 105 2 6
2A0011 <1> (4.88) (14.06) (8.58) (4.02)
- -
(13.60) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(12.3)
1
124 357 218 102 345 5 105 2 6
2A0017 <1> (4.88) (14.06) (8.58) (4.02)
- -
(13.60) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(13.0)
124 447 233 102 436 5 105 2 7
2A0024 <1> (4.88) (17.60) (9.17) (4.02)
- -
(17.15) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(16.3)
2
124 447 233 102 436 5 105 2 8
2A0031 <1> (4.88) (17.60) (9.17) (4.02)
- -
(17.15) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(17.2)
200 510 237 170 496 7 104 2 12
2A0046 <1> (7.87) (20.08) (9.35) (6.69)
- -
(19.53) (0.28) (4.11) (0.09)
M6
(26.5)
3
200 510 237 170 496 7 104 2 13
2A0059 <1> (7.87) (20.08) (9.35) (6.69)
- -
(19.53) (0.28) (4.11) (0.09)
M6
(28.7)
255 542 263 221 527 8 106 2 27
2A0075 <1> (10.04) (21.33) (10.37) (8.70)
- -
(20.76) (0.30) (4.19) (0.09)
M6
(59.5)
255 542 263 221 527 8 106 2 28
2A0088 <1> 4
(10.04) (21.33) (10.37) (8.70)
- -
(20.76) (0.30) (4.19) (0.09)
M6
(61.7)
255 542 263 221 527 8 106 2 29
2A0114 <1> (10.04) (21.33) (10.37) (8.70)
- -
(20.76) (0.30) (4.19) (0.09)
M6
(63.9)
340 774 400 244 6 827 752 10 181 3 65
2A0143 <1> (13.39) (30.47) (15.75) (9.61) (0.23) (32.56) (29.61) (0.41) (7.12) (0.13)
M10
(143.3)
340 774 400 244 6 827 752 10 181 3 68
2A0169 <1> (13.39) (30.47) (15.75) (9.61) (0.23) (32.56) (29.61) (0.41) (7.12) (0.13)
M10
(149.9)
6
340 774 400 244 6 827 752 10 181 3 70
2A0211 <1> (13.39) (30.47) (15.75) (9.61) (0.23) (32.56) (29.61) (0.41) (7.12) (0.13)
M10
(154.3)
340 774 400 244 6 827 752 10 181 3 73
2A0273 <1> (13.39) (30.47) (15.75) (9.61) (0.23) (32.56) (29.61) (0.41) (7.12) (0.13)
M10
(160.9)

<1> Removing the top protective cover from an IP20/NEMA Type 1 drive voids the NEMA Type 1 protection while maintaining IP20 conformity;
removing the bottom conduit bracket voids the NEMA Type 1 protection and IP20 conformity.
Table 2.6 Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure: 400 V Class
Screw
Dimensions (in)
Drive Model Figure Size Wt. (lb)
W H D W1 W2 H0 H1 H2 D1 t1 d
124 357 218 102 345 5 105 2 5
4A0005 <1> (4.88) (14.06) (8.58) (4.02)
- -
(13.60) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(11.9)
124 357 218 102 345 5 105 2 6
4A0008 <1> 1
(4.88) (14.06) (8.58) (4.02)
- -
(13.60) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(12.6)
124 357 218 102 345 5 105 2 6
4A0011 <1> (4.88) (14.06) (8.58) (4.02)
- -
(13.60) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(13.4)
124 447 233 102 436 5 105 2 7
4A0014 <1> (4.88) (17.60) (9.17) (4.02)
- -
(17.15) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(16.1)
124 447 233 102 436 5 105 2 8
4A0021 <1> 2
(4.88) (17.60) (9.17) (4.02)
- -
(17.15) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(16.8)
124 447 233 102 436 5 105 2 8
4A0027 <1> (4.88) (17.60) (9.17) (4.02)
- -
(17.15) (0.20) (4.15) (0.09)
M5
(18.5)
200 510 237 170 497 7 104 2 13
4A0034 <1> (7.87) (20.08) (9.35) (6.69)
- -
(19.53) (0.28) (4.11) (0.09)
M6
(28.7)
200 510 237 170 497 7 104 2 13
4A0040 <1> 3
(7.87) (20.08) (9.35) (6.69)
- -
(19.53) (0.28) (4.11) (0.09)
M6
(28.7)
200 510 237 170 497 7 104 2 13
4A0052ooB <1> (7.87) (20.08) (9.35) (6.69)
- -
(19.53) (0.28) (4.11) (0.09)
M6
(28.7)

52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

Screw
Dimensions (in)
Drive Model Figure Size Wt. (lb)
W H D W1 W2 H0 H1 H2 D1 t1 d
255 542 263 221 527 8 106 2 27
4A0052ooA <1> (10.04) (21.33) (10.37) (8.70)
- -
(20.76) (0.30) (4.19) (0.09)
M6
(59.5)
255 542 263 221 527 8 106 2 29
4A0065 <1> (10.04) (21.33) (10.37) (8.70)
- -
(20.76) (0.30) (4.19) (0.09)
M6
(63.9)
4
255 542 263 221 527 8 106 2 31
4A0077 <1> (10.04) (21.33) (10.37) (8.70)
- -
(20.76) (0.30) (4.19) (0.09)
M6
(68.3)
255 542 263 221 527 8 106 2 32
4A0096 <1> (10.04) (21.33) (10.37) (8.70)
- -
(20.76) (0.30) (4.19) (0.09)
M6
(70.5)
276 700 289 170 6 746 684 7 157 3 46
4A0124 <1> 5
(10.87) (27.56) (11.38) (6.69) (0.23) (29.36) (26.93) (0.28) (6.22) (0.13)
M8
(101.4)
340 774 400 244 6 827 752 10 181 3 73
4A0156 <1> (13.39) (30.47) (15.75) (9.61) (0.23) (32.56) (29.61) (0.41) (7.12) (0.13)
M10
(160.9)
340 774 400 244 6 827 752 10 181 3 76
4A0180 <1> 6
(13.39) (30.47) (15.75) (9.61) (0.23) (32.56) (29.61) (0.41) (7.12) (0.13)
M10
(167.6)
340 774 400 244 6 827 752 10 181 3 79
4A0240 <1> (13.39) (30.47) (15.75) (9.61) (0.23) (32.56) (29.61) (0.41) (7.12) (0.13)
M10
(174.2)
455 1045 480 325 7 1094 1018 13 230 5 130
4A0302 <1> 7
(17.91) (41.14) (18.90) (12.80) (0.28) (43.07) (40.08) (0.51) (9.06) (0.18)
M12
(286.6)

<1> Removing the top protective cover from an IP20/NEMA Type 1 drive voids the NEMA Type 1 protection while maintaining IP20 conformity;
removing the bottom conduit bracket voids the NEMA Type 1 protection and IP20 conformity.

Mechanical Installation
2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 53
2.2 Mechanical Installation

IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Conduit Bracket Dimensions

W W W W
d6
d6 W1 W1 W1 W1 d5
d5

d7

D1
D2

D1
D2
D3

D3
D

D
Figure 1
Figure 2
W W
d6 d5
W1 W1
W W
d6
W1 W1
d5
d7
D1
D2

D2
D1
D3

D3
D

Figure 3 Figure 4

54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

W W W W
W2 W3 W1 W1
d7 W5 W5 d5 W2 W2 d6
d8 W4 W4 d6 d7 W3 W4 W5
d5

D1
D2
D3

D1
D2
D4

D3
D5

D4
D5
D6
d8

D
Figure 5
Figure 6
d5 W W
d7 W1 W1 d6
W2 W2
W3 W3 d8

D1
D2
D3
D4
D5

Mechanical Installation
D

Figure 7

Table 2.7 Conduit Bracket Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 2

Dimensions (in) Diameter (in)
Drive Model Figure
W D W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 d5 d6 d7 d8
200 V Class
2A0011F 1.42 4.15 1.08 - - - - 3.43 3.07 1.74 - - - 0.87 1.10 1.38 -
1
2A0017F 1.42 4.15 1.08 - - - - 3.43 3.07 1.74 - - - 0.87 1.10 1.38 -
2A0024F 1.42 4.15 1.06 - - - - 4.04 3.39 1.78 - - - 0.87 1.38 - -
2
2A0031F 1.42 4.15 1.06 - - - - 4.04 3.39 1.78 - - - 0.87 1.38 - -
2A0046F 1.77 4.11 1.50 - - - - 3.98 3.74 1.89 - - - 0.87 1.38 1.73 -
3
2A0059F 1.77 4.11 1.50 - - - - 3.98 3.74 1.89 - - - 0.87 1.38 1.73 -
2A0075F 2.68 4.19 1.46 - - - - 4.45 4.29 2.72 - - - 1.10 1.97 - -
2A0088F 4 2.68 4.19 1.46 - - - - 4.45 4.29 2.72 - - - 1.10 1.97 - -
2A0114F 2.68 4.19 1.46 - - - - 4.45 4.29 2.72 - - - 1.10 1.97 - -
2A0143F 4.61 7.12 3.90 1.85 1.26 1.18 2.17 7.32 7.20 6.73 5.47 4.21 3.98 0.87 1.10 1.97 2.44
2A0169F 4.61 7.12 3.90 1.85 1.26 1.18 2.17 7.32 7.20 6.73 5.47 4.21 3.98 0.87 1.10 1.97 2.44
6
2A0211F 4.61 7.12 3.90 1.85 1.26 1.18 2.17 7.32 7.20 6.73 5.47 4.21 3.98 0.87 1.10 1.97 2.44
2A0273F 4.61 7.12 3.90 1.85 1.26 1.18 2.17 7.32 7.20 6.73 5.47 4.21 3.98 0.87 1.10 1.97 2.44

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 55
2.2 Mechanical Installation

Dimensions (in) Diameter (in)

Drive Model Figure
W D W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 d5 d6 d7 d8
400 V Class
4A0005F 1.42 4.15 1.08 - - - - 3.43 3.07 1.74 - - - 0.87 1.10 1.38 -
4A0008F 1 1.42 4.15 1.08 - - - - 3.43 3.07 1.74 - - - 0.87 1.10 1.38 -
4A0011F 1.42 4.15 1.08 - - - - 3.43 3.07 1.74 - - - 0.87 1.10 1.38 -
4A0014F 1.42 4.15 1.06 - - - - 4.04 3.39 1.78 - - - 0.87 1.38 - -
4A0021F 2 1.42 4.15 1.06 - - - - 4.04 3.39 1.78 - - - 0.87 1.38 - -
4A0027F 1.42 4.15 1.06 - - - - 4.04 3.39 1.78 - - - 0.87 1.38 - -
4A0034F 1.77 4.11 1.50 - - - - 3.98 3.74 1.89 - - - 0.87 1.38 1.73 -
4A0040F 3 1.77 4.11 1.50 - - - - 3.98 3.74 1.89 - - - 0.87 1.38 1.73 -
4A0052FoB 1.77 4.11 1.50 - - - - 3.98 3.74 1.89 - - - 0.87 1.38 1.73 -
4A0052FoA 2.68 4.19 1.46 - - - - 4.45 4.29 2.72 - - - 1.10 1.97 - -
4A0065F 2.68 4.19 1.46 - - - - 4.45 4.29 2.72 - - - 1.10 1.97 - -
4
4A0077F 2.68 4.19 1.46 - - - - 4.45 4.29 2.72 - - - 1.10 1.97 - -
4A0096F 2.68 4.19 1.46 - - - - 4.45 4.29 2.72 - - - 1.10 1.97 - -
4A0124F 5 3.31 6.22 3.33 1.14 1.02 0.59 0.61 3.74 3.64 3.23 2.48 2.28 - 0.87 1.10 1.38 1.97
4A0156F 4.61 7.12 3.90 1.85 1.26 1.18 2.17 7.32 7.20 6.73 5.47 4.21 3.98 0.87 1.10 1.97 2.44
4A0180F 6 4.61 7.12 3.90 1.85 1.26 1.18 2.17 7.32 7.20 6.73 5.47 4.21 3.98 0.87 1.10 1.97 2.44
4A0240F 4.61 7.12 3.90 1.85 1.26 1.18 2.17 7.32 7.20 6.73 5.47 4.21 3.98 0.87 1.10 1.97 2.44
4A0302F 7 6.10 9.06 5.71 2.95 1.50 - - 8.62 7.52 6.65 5.35 4.76 - 0.87 1.10 1.97 2.44

56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

n IP00/Open-Type Enclosure Drives

W1
4-d

W1 4-d
t2

H1
H

H1
H
H2
t1
t1 D1

H2
Max. W2 W Max. W2 D1 Max W2 W Max W2 D
D
Figure 1 Figure 2
W1 6-d
W3 W3

W1 4-d
t2
H1
H

H1

H
t1

H2
t1

Mechanical Installation
D1
H2

D1 Max W2 W Max W2 D
Max W2 W Max W2
D

Figure 3 Figure 4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 57
2.2 Mechanical Installation

Table 2.8 Dimensions for IP00/Open-Type Enclosure: 200 V Class

Screw
Drive Dimensions (in)
Figure Size Wt. (lb)
Model
W H D W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 t1 d
500 800 350 370 8 773 13 130 5 98
2A0343A – M12
(19.69) (31.50) (13.78) (14.57) (0.30) (30.43) (0.51) (5.12) (0.18) (216.1)
1
500 800 350 370 8 773 13 130 5 99
2A0396A – M12
(19.69) (31.50) (13.78) (14.57) (0.30) (30.43) (0.51) (5.12) (0.18) (218.3)

Table 2.9 Dimensions for IP00/Open-Type Enclosure: 400 V Class

Screw
Drive Dimensions (in)
Figure Size Wt. (lb)
Model
W H D W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 t1 t2 d
500 800 350 370 10 773 13 130 5 5 107
4A0361A 2 – M12
(19.69) (31.50) (13.78) (14.57) (0.39) (30.43) (0.51) (5.12) (0.18) (0.18) (235.9)
500 950 350 370 8 923 13 135 5 5 216
4A0414A 4 – M12
(19.69) (37.40) (14.57) (14.57) (0.31) (36.34) (0.51) (5.31) (0.18) (0.18) (476.2)
670 1140 370 440 6 220 1110 15 150 5 216
4A0480A – M12
(26.38) (44.88) (14.57) (17.32) (0.24) (8.66) (43.70) (0.59) (5.91) (0.18) (476.2)
3
670 1140 370 440 6 220 1110 15 150 5 221
4A0590A – M12
(26.38) (44.88) (14.57) (17.32) (0.24) (8.66) (43.70) (0.59) (5.91) (0.18) (487.2)

58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3
Electrical Installation
This chapter explains the proper procedures for wiring the control circuit terminals, motor, and power
supply.

3.1 SECTION SAFETY.................................................................................................60

3.2 STANDARD CONNECTION DIAGRAM.................................................................62
3.3 MAIN CIRCUIT CONNECTION DIAGRAM............................................................65
3.4 TERMINAL BLOCK CONFIGURATION................................................................68
3.5 TERMINAL COVER................................................................................................70
3.6 HOA KEYPAD AND FRONT COVER....................................................................72
3.7 TOP PROTECTIVE COVER...................................................................................79
3.8 MAIN CIRCUIT WIRING.........................................................................................81
3.9 CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING................................................................................91
3.10 CONTROL I/O CONNECTIONS...........................................................................100
3.11 CONNECT TO A PC.............................................................................................102
3.12 EXTERNAL INTERLOCK.....................................................................................103
3.13 WIRING CHECKLIST...........................................................................................104

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 59
3.1 Section Safety

3.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply
is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait for at least the time specified on the warning label, once all indicators are OFF, measure for unsafe voltages to confirm
the drive is safe prior to servicing.
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or
shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations.
Because the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA, IEC/EN 61800-5-1 states that either the power supply must be automatically
disconnected in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor or a protective earthing conductor with a cross-
section of at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
Always use appropriate equipment for Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs).
The drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual current
operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use a type B GFCI
according to IEC/EN 60755.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply
is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait for at least the time specified on the warning label, once all indicators are OFF, measure for unsafe voltages to confirm
the drive is safe prior to servicing.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Do not install the drive to a combustible surface. Never place combustible materials on the drive.

60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Properly handle the HOA keypad battery.
Improper use of the battery may cause fire by explosion and personal injury.
Correctly install the battery, paying attention to polarity (+/-).
Do not attempt to charge the battery or improperly disassemble the HOA keypad.

CAUTION
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair wires
and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.

Electrical Installation
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Do not heat or throw the battery into fire.
The battery remains in use even when power to the drive has been shut off. Be sure to also remove the battery in the HOA
keypad when the drive will be shut off for long periods of time. 3
A dead battery left inside the HOA keypad may leak and damage the keypad and drive. Be sure to replace the battery with
a new one immediately after the expected lifespan has passed or when the “bAT” error is displayed on the HOA keypad.
Be sure to observe the Perchlorate Best Management Practices (BMPs).
BMPs apply to primary lithium (manganese dioxide) coin batteries sold or distributed in California. Perchlorate Material-
special handling may apply, please refer to: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 61
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

Connect the drive and peripheral devices as shown in Figure 3.1. It is possible to set and run the drive via the HOA keypad
without connecting digital I/O wiring. This section does not discuss drive operation; Refer to Start-Up Programming &
Operation on page 105 for instructions on operating the drive.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this manual. Failure to comply
could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel. The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more
than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac (200 V class) and 480 Vac (400 V class), when protected by branch circuit protection
devices specified in this manual.
Branch circuit protection shall be provided by any of the following: Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300% of the drive input
rating, or Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating, or MCCB sized at 200% maximum of the drive input
rating.
NOTICE: When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to the motor
insulation voltage or use a drive duty motor. Failure to comply could lead to motor insulation breakdown.
NOTICE: Do not connect AC control circuit ground to drive enclosure. Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.
Note: The minimum load for the relay outputs M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, and MA-MB-MC is 10 mA.

62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

<1>

Wiring sequence should shut off

FU
r1
power to the drive when a fault
FV
output is triggered. s1 M
FW
Main
Fuse
t1 Cooling fan
Switch Main Circuit
R R/L1 U
Three-phase U/T1
power supply S/L2 V
S ON ON V/T2 M
200 V/400 V
T/L3
SW1 SW2 W
50/60 Hz T W/T3
12-Pulse/18-Pulse +M OFF OFF <2>
Rectification
-M Control Circuit <3> Ground

Forward Run / Stop S1

Reverse Run / Stop S2

MA Fault relay output
External fault S3
MB 250 Vac, max. 2 A
30 Vdc, max 2 A
Fault reset S4 MC (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)

Multi-function
digtial inputs Multi-speed step 1 S5 M1 Multi-function relay output (During Run)
(default setting) 250 Vac, max. 2 A
M2 30 Vdc, max 2 A
Multi-speed step 2 S6 (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
M3 Multi-function relay output (Zero Speed)
Jog speed S7 250 Vac, max. 2 A
M4 30 Vdc, max 2 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)

M5 Multi-function relay output (Speed Agree 1)

SN 250 Vac, max. 2 A
M6 30 Vdc, max 2 A
Sink / Source mode
selection wire link
SC
Drive (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)

(default: Sink) <4> SP

+ 24 V <5>
FE
Shield ground terminal

<6> Jumper S1
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA A1/A2 Volt./Curr.
2k Selection
A1 Analog Input 1
(Frequency Reference Bias)

Electrical Installation
V
Multi-function 0 to +10 Vdc (20 kW)
analog inputs 4 to 20 mA / 0 to 20 mA (250 ) <7> I

A2 Analog Input 2 A1 A2
(Frequency Reference Bias)
0 to +10 Vdc (20 kW)
4 to 20 mA / 0 to 20 mA (250 ) <7>
AC
0V
+P Externalpower supply,
24 Vdc, max. 150 mA

Termination resistor 3
(120 , 1/2 W)

APOGEE FLN Comm.

DIP FM
Switch S2 Multi-function analog output 1
RS-422/RS-485 R+ － + (Output frequency)
48 kbps
FM 0 to +10 Vdc (2 mA)
R- <8> Jumper S5 4 to 20 mA
BACnet Comm.
AM/FM Volt./Curr.
RS-485 S+ Selection
<9>
max. 76.8 kbps
S-
MEMOBUS/Modbus AM
V Multi-function analog output 2
comm. RS-422/RS-485 IG
max. 115.2 kbps I AC － + (Output current)
AM 0 to +10 Vdc (2 mA)
Metasys N2 Comm. 4 to 20 mA
RS-422/RS-485 Option card FM AM 0V
connector CN5 <10> <9>
96 kbps
FE

shielded line twisted-pair shielded line control circuit terminal main circuit terminal

Figure 3.1 Drive Standard Connection Diagram (example: 2A0011)

<1> Self-cooling motors do not require the same wiring necessary for motors with cooling fans.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 63
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

<2> For floating, impedance grounded, or asymmetrically grounded networks, disconnect the internal EMC filter by moving the SW1
and SW2 screws to the OFF position.
<3> A 24 V power supply option is required to supply power to the to the control circuit separately from the main circuit.
<4> This figure illustrates an example of a sequence input to S1 through S7 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Install
the wire link between terminals SC-SP for Sink mode, between SC-SN for Source mode, or leave the link out for external power
supply. Never short terminals SP and SN, as it will damage the drive.
<5> This voltage source supplies a maximum current of 150 mA.
<6> The maximum output current capacity for the +V terminal on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V and AC, as
it can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.
<7> Use jumper S1 to select between a voltage or current input signal to terminals A1 and A2. The default setting is for voltage
input.
<8> Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position to enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.
<9> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters. They are not
intended for use as a feedback-type signal.
<10> Use jumper S5 to select between voltage or current output signals at terminals FM and AM. Set parameters H4-07 and H4-08
accordingly.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not close the wiring for the control circuit unless the multifunction input terminal parameters are
properly set. Improper sequencing of run/stop circuitry could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing
the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment. When programmed for 3-Wire control, a momentary
closure on terminal S1 may cause the drive to start.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When using a 3-Wire sequence, set the drive to 3-Wire sequence prior to wiring the control terminals
and set parameter b1-17 to 0 so the drive will not accept a Run command at power up (default). If the drive is wired for a 3-Wire sequence
but set up for a 2-Wire sequence (default), and parameter b1-17 is set to 1 so the drive accepts a Run command at power up, the motor
will rotate in reverse direction at drive power up and may cause injury.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before executing the application preset
function. Executing the application preset function or setting A1-06 ≠ 0 will change the drive I/O terminal functions and may cause unexpected
equipment operation. Failure to comply may cause death or serious injury.
NOTICE: When using the automatic fault restart function with wiring designed to shut off the power supply upon drive fault, make sure the
drive does not trigger a fault output during fault restart (L5-02 = 0, default). Failure to comply will prevent the automatic fault restart function
from working properly.

64 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram

3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram

Refer to diagrams in this section when wiring the main circuit of the drive. Connections may vary based on drive capacity.
The DC power supply for the main circuit also provides power to the control circuit.

u Three-Phase 200 V Class (2A0011 to 2A0273)

Three-Phase 400 V Class (4A0005 to 4A0302)
+M
12-Pulse/18-Pulse
Rectification (Option) <1>
-M
Drive

3-Phase power supply R/L1 U/T1

200 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz S/L2 V/T2 Motor
380 to 480 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz
T/L3 W/T3

<1> +M and -M are for rectification options only. Do not use for dynamic braking or line-regeneration.

Figure 3.2 Connecting Main Circuit Terminals

u Three-Phase 200 V Class (2A0343 and 2A0396)

Three-Phase 400 V Class (4A0361 to 4A0590)
+1 +3
12-Pulse/18-Pulse
Rectification (Option) or
DC power power supply −
Drive

R/L1 U/T1
3 Phase power supply
200 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz S/L2 V/T2 Motor
380 to 480 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz T/L3 W/T3

Figure 3.3 Connecting Main Circuit Terminals

Electrical Installation
u 12-Pulse/18-Pulse Rectification
Operation with 12-pulse/18-pulse rectification requires the user to separately prepare a 3-winding/4-winding transformer for
the power supply. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for the transformer specifications.
n Wiring to –M/+M Terminals (2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0005 to 4A0302)
Access the –M/+M terminals by cutting off the protection cover on models 2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096 or by
removing the protection sheet on –M/+M terminals on models 2A0143 to 2A0273 and 4A0124 to 4A0302. 3
–M/+M are for rectification options only. Do not use for dynamic braking or line-regeneration.

A A

A –Protective covering over –M/+M terminals

Figure 3.4 –M/+M Terminals

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 65
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram

u Wiring to –/+1 Terminals (2A0343 to 2A0396 and 4A0361 to 4A0590)

Wire directly to the –/+1 terminals.
n Connection Diagrams

+M U/T1
V/T2 Motor

-M W/T3

Figure 3.5 12-Pulse Connection Diagram (2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0005 to 4A0302)

+20゜
+M U/T1
0゜ V/T2 Motor

-20゜ -M W/T3

Figure 3.6 18-Pulse Connection Diagram (2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0005 to 4A0302)

66 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram

+1 U/T1
V/T2 Motor

- W/T3

Figure 3.7 12-Pulse Connection Diagram (2A0343, 2A0396, and 4A0361 to 4A0590)

+20゜
+1 U/T1
0゜ V/T2 Motor

-20゜ - W/T3

Electrical Installation
Figure 3.8 18-Pulse Connection Diagram (2A0343, 2A0396, and 4A0361 to 4A0590)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 67
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration

3.4 Terminal Block Configuration

Figure 3.9 and Figure 3.10 show the different main circuit terminal arrangements for the drive capacities.

CIMR-Z 2A0011, 0017, 0024, CIMR-Z 2A0075, 0088, 0114

0031, 0046, 0059 CIMR-Z 4A0052 A, 0065, CIMR-Z 4A0124
CIMR-Z 4A0005, 0008, 0011, 0077, 0096
0014, 0021, 0027,
0034, 0040, 0052 B

CIMR-Z2A0143, 0169, 0211, 0273

CIMR-Z4A0302
CIMR-Z4A0156, 0180, 0240

Figure 3.9 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration

68 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.4 Terminal Block Configuration

CIMR-Zo 2A0343, 0396

CIMR-Zo 4A0480, 0590

– +1 +3
– +1 +3
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

CIMR-Z o4A0361

CIMR-Z o4A0414

+1 +3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 – +1 +3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

Electrical Installation
Figure 3.10 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration (continued)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 69
3.5 Terminal Cover

3.5 Terminal Cover

Follow the procedure below to remove the terminal cover for wiring and to reattach the terminal cover after wiring is complete.

u Models 2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590

n Removing the Terminal Cover
1. Loosen the screws on the terminal cover, then pull down on the cover.
Note: The terminal cover and the number of terminal cover screws differ depending on the drive model.
CAUTION! Do not completely remove the cover screws, just loosen them. If the cover screws are removed completely, the terminal
cover may fall off causing an injury.

Figure 3.11 Removing the Terminal Cover

2. Pull forward on the terminal cover to free it from the drive.

Figure 3.12 Removing the Terminal Cover

70 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.5 Terminal Cover

n Reattaching the Terminal Cover

After wiring the terminal board and other devices, double-check connections and reattach the terminal cover. Refer to Wiring
the Main Circuit Terminal on page 90 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on page 95 for details on wiring.

Figure 3.13 Reattaching the Terminal Cover

Note: Connect the ground wiring first, then the main circuit wiring, and finally the control circuit wiring.

Electrical Installation
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 71
3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover

3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover

Detach the HOA keypad from the drive for remote operation or when opening the front cover to install an option card.
NOTICE: Be sure to remove the HOA keypad prior to opening or reattaching the front cover. Leaving the HOA keypad plugged into the drive
when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation caused by a poor connection. Firmly fasten the front cover back into place
before reattaching the HOA keypad.

u Removing/Reattaching the HOA Keypad

n Removing the HOA Keypad
While pressing on the tab located on the right side of the HOA keypad, pull the HOA keypad forward to remove it from the
drive.

Figure 3.14 Removing the HOA Keypad

n Reattaching the HOA Keypad

Insert the HOA keypad into the opening in the top cover while aligning it with the notches on the left side of the opening.
Next, press gently on the right side of the keypad until it clicks into place.

Figure 3.15 Reattaching the HOA Keypad

72 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover

u Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover

n Removing the Front Cover
Drive Models 2A0011 to 2A0059, 4A0005 to 4A0040, and 4A0052ooB
1. Remove the HOA keypad.
2. Loosen the front cover screw using a #2 Phillips screwdriver. Screw sizes vary by drive model.

Figure 3.16 Remove the Front Cover (2A0011 to 2A0059, 4A0005 to 4A0040, and 4A0052ooB)

3. Push in on the tab located on the bottom of the front cover and gently pull forward to remove the front cover.

Electrical Installation
3

Figure 3.17 Remove the Front Cover (2A0011 to 2A0059, 4A0005 to 4A0040, and 4A0052ooB)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 73
3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover

Drive Models 2A0075 to 2A0114, 4A0052ooA, and 4A0065 to 4A0096

1. Remove the HOA keypad.
2. Loosen the front cover screws using a #2 Phillips screwdriver. Screw sizes vary by drive model.

A –Front cover screw locations

Figure 3.18 Remove the Front Cover (2A0075 to 2A0114, 4A0052ooA, and 4A0065 to 4A0096)

3. Pinch the tabs located on the bottom of the front cover and gently pull forward to remove the front cover.

74 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover

A –Location of tabs on front cover

Electrical Installation
Figure 3.19 Remove the Front Cover (2A0075 to 2A0114, 4A0052ooA, and 4A0065 to 4A0096)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 75
3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover

Drive Models 2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590

1. Remove the terminal cover and the HOA keypad.
2. Loosen the installation screw on the front cover.

Figure 3.20 Loosen the Installation Screw (2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590)

3. Push the hooks on each side of the cover that hold it in place.

Figure 3.21 Remove the Front Cover (2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590)

76 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover

n Reattaching the Front Cover

Drive Models 2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096
Reverse the instructions given in Removing the Front Cover (2A0011 to 2A0059, 4A0005 to 4A0040, and 4A0052ooB) on
page 73 and Removing the Front Cover (2A0075 to 2A0114, 4A0052ooA, and 4A0065 to 4A0096) on page 74 to reattach
the front cover. Pinch inwards on the hooks found on each side of the front cover while guiding it back into the drive. Make
sure it clicks firmly into place.
Power lines and signal wiring should pass through the opening provided. Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on
page 90 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on page 95 for details on wiring.
Reattach the front cover after completing the wiring to the drive and other devices.

Electrical Installation
Figure 3.22 Reattach the Front Cover 2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096)

Drive Models 2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590

1. Slide the front cover so the hooks on the top connect to the drive.

Figure 3.23 Reattach the Front Cover (2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590)

2. After connecting the hooks to the drive, press firmly on the cover to lock it into place.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 77
3.6 HOA Keypad and Front Cover

Figure 3.24 Lock the Cover into Place (2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590)

78 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.7 Top Protective Cover

3.7 Top Protective Cover

Drive models 2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0011 to 4A0302 are designed to IP20/NEMA Type 1 specifications with a protective
cover on the top. Removing this top protective cover voids the NEMA Type 1 protection while maintaining IP20 conformity;
removing the bottom conduit bracket voids the NEMA Type 1 protection and IP20 conformity.

u Removing the Top Protective Cover

n Removing the Top Protective Cover: 2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096
Insert the tip of a straight-edge screwdriver into the small opening located on the front edge of the top protective cover. Gently
apply pressure as shown in the figure below to free the cover from the drive.

Figure 3.25 Remove the Top Protective Cover (2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096)

n Removing the Top Protective Cover: 2A0143 to 2A0273 and 4A0124 to 4A0302
Remove the bolts to remove the top protective cover from the drive.

Electrical Installation
3

Figure 3.26 Remove the Top Protective Cover (2A0143 to 2A0273 and 4A0124 to 4A0302)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 79
3.7 Top Protective Cover

u Reattaching the Top Protective Cover

n Reattaching the Top Protective Cover: 2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096
Insert the two small protruding hooks on the rear side of the top protective cover into the provided mounting holes near the
back of the drive, then press down on the front side of the top protective cover to fasten the cover into place.

Figure 3.27 Reattach the Protective Cover (2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096)

n Reattaching the Top Protective Cover: 2A0143 to 2A0273 and 4A0124 to 4A0302
Reverse the procedure to reattach the top protective cover.

Figure 3.28 Reattach the Protective Cover (2A0143 to 2A0273 and 4A0124 to 4A0302)

80 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

This section describes the functions, specifications, and procedures required to safely and properly wire the main circuit in
the drive.
NOTICE: Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive. Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive malfunction due to loose terminal connections.
NOTICE: Do not switch the drive input to start or stop the motor. Frequently switching the drive on and off shortens the life of the DC bus
charge circuit and the DC bus capacitors, and can cause premature drive failures. For the full performance life, refrain from switching the
drive on and off more than once every 30 minutes.

u Factory Recommended Branch Circuit Protection

WARNING! Fire Hazard. Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this manual. Failure to comply
could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel. The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more
than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac (200 V class) and 480 Vac (400 V class), when protected by branch circuit protection
devices specified in this manual.
Branch circuit protection shall be provided by any of the following: Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300% of the drive input
rating, or Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating, or MCCB sized at 200% maximum of the drive input
rating.
Yaskawa recommends installing branch circuit protection according to maintain compliance with UL508C. Semiconductor
protective type fuses are preferred. Alternate branch circuit protection devices are also listed in this manual. Refer to Factory
Recommended Z1000 AC Drive Branch Circuit Protection on page 254 for details.

u Main Circuit Terminal Functions

Table 3.1 Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Terminal Type
200 V 2A0011 to 2A0273 2A0343 and 2A0396
Class Drive Function Page
400 V Model
4A0005 to 4A0302 4A0361 to 4A0590
Class
R/L1
S/L2 Main circuit power supply input Connects line power to the drive 63
T/L3
U/T1

Electrical Installation
V/T2 Drive output Connects to the motor 63
W/T3
+1 DC power supply input (+1 and –) or
– For connecting peripheral devices –
– 12/18 pulse rectification
+3 <1> – – – –
+M
12/18 pulse rectification <2> – Input for 12/18 pulse rectification –
-M
3
For 200 V class: 100 Ω or less Grounding terminal 87
For 400 V class: 10 Ω or less
<1> Not used.
<2> +M and –M are for rectification purposes only. Do not use for dynamic braking or line-regeneration.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 81
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

u Protecting Main Circuit Terminals

n Insulation Caps or Sleeves
Use insulation caps or sleeves when wiring the drive with crimp terminals. Take particular care to ensure that the wiring does
not touch nearby terminals or the surrounding case.
n Insulation Barrier
Insulation barriers are packaged with drive models 4A0361 through 4A0590 to provide added protection between terminals.
Yaskawa recommends using the provided insulation barriers to ensure proper wiring. Refer to Figure 3.29 for instructions on
placement of the insulation barriers.
Insulation Barrier

Figure 3.29 Installing Insulation Barriers

When wiring 4A0124, make sure the crimp terminals on the main circuit are connected so that they are facing in the correct
direction as shown in Figure 3.30.

A –Crimp terminals in correct position

Figure 3.30 Crimp Terminals

82 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

u Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque

Use the tables in this section to select the appropriate wires and crimp terminals.
Gauges listed in the tables are for use in the United States.
Note: 1. Wire gauge recommendations based on drive continuous current ratings using 75 °C 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire assuming ambient
temperature within 40 °C and wiring distance less than 100 m.
2. Terminal +3 is not used. Do not connect devices or wiring to this terminal.
• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is greater
than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following formula to
calculate the amount of voltage drop:
Line drop voltage (V) = 3 × wire resistance (Ω/km) × wire length (m) × current (A) × 10-3
• Refer to UL Standards Compliance on page 368 for information on UL compliance.
Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. To maintain UL/cUL approval, UL Listed
closed-loop crimp terminals are specifically required when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models 2A0031 to
2A0396 and 4A0034 to 4A0590. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.Refer to Closed-
Loop Crimp Terminal Size on page 368 for closed-loop crimp terminal recommendations.
The wire gauges listed in the following tables are Yaskawa recommendations. Refer to NEC table 310-16 for proper wire
gauge selection for terminals -M, +M, -1, +3, and ground.
n Three-Phase 200 V Class
Table 3.2 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Recomm. Gauge Wire Range Screw Tightening Torque
Model Terminal
AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil Size N·m (lb. in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 14
1.6 to 1.8
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 14 M4
(14 to 16)
2A0011 -M, +M – 14 to 8
2.7 to 3.0
– M5
(24 to 27)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10
1.6 to 1.8
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 10 M4
(14 to 16)
2A0017 -M, +M – 14 to 8
2.7 to 3.0
– M5

Electrical Installation
(24 to 27)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 8
1.6 to 1.8
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 8 M4
(14 to 16)
2A0024 -M, +M – 14 to 8
2.7 to 3.0
– M5
(24 to 27)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 8
1.6 to 1.8
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 8 M4
(14 to 16) 3
2A0031 <1> -M, +M – 14 to 8
2.7 to 3.0
– M5
(24 to 27)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 2.7 to 3.0
2A0046 <1> 10 to 4 M5
(24 to 27)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 4 2.7 to 3.0
2A0059 <1> 10 to 4 M5
(24 to 27)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 3 5.4 to 6.0
2A0075 <1> 8 to 2/0 M8
(48 to 53)
-M, +M –
–

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 83
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

Recomm. Gauge Wire Range Screw Tightening Torque

Model Terminal
AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil Size N·m (lb. in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2 5.4 to 6.0
2A0088 <1> 8 to 2/0 M8
(48 to 53)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 1/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 1/0 5.4 to 6.0
2A0114 <1> 8 to 2/0 M8
(48 to 53)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 3×2
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 3×2 13.5 to 15.0
2A0143 <1> 1/0 to 3/0 M8
(120 to 133)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2×2
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2×2 13.5 to 15.0
2A0169 <1> 1/0 to 3/0 M8
(120 to 133)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 1/0 × 2
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 1/0 × 2 13.5 to 15.0
2A0211 <1> 1/0 to 3/0 M8
(120 to 133)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2/0 × 2
27.0 to 30.0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2/0 × 2 M10
(239 to 266)
2A0273 <1> -M, +M – 1/0 to 4/0
13.5 to 15.0
– M8
(120 to 133)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4/0 × 2
32.0 to 40.0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 4/0 × 2 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 –
2A0343 <1> 3/0 to 350
18.0 to 23.0
+3 – M10
(159 to 204)
32.0 to 40.0
– M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 250 × 2
32.0 to 40.0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 250 × 2 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 –
2A0396 <1> 3/0 to 350
18.0 to 23.0
+3 – M10
(159 to 204)
32.0 to 40.0
– M12
(283 to 354)

<1> Drive models 2A0046 to 2A0396 require the use of closed-loop crimp terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the
terminal manufacturer for crimping.

84 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

n Three-Phase 400 V Class

Table 3.3 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Recomm. Gauge Wire Range Screw Tightening Torque
Model Terminal
AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil Size N·m (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 14
1.6 to 1.8
4A0005 U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 14 M4
(14 to 16)
4A0008 -M, +M – 14 to 8
4A0011
2.7 to 3.0
– M5
(24 to 27)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 12
1.6 to 1.8
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 12 M4
(14 to 16)
4A0014 -M, +M – 14 to 8
2.7 to 3.0
– M5
(24 to 27)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10
1.6 to 1.8
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 10 M4
(14 to 16)
4A0021 -M, +M – 14 to 8
2.7 to 3.0
– M5
(24 to 27)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 8
1.6 to 1.8
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 8 M4
(14 to 16)
4A0027 -M, +M – 14 to 8
2.7 to 3.0
– M5
(24 to 27)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 8
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 8 2.7 to 3.0
4A0034 <1> 10 to 4 M5
(24 to 27)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 8
4A0040 U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 8 2.7 to 3.0
10 to 4 M5
4A0052ooB <1> -M, +M – (24 to 27)
–

Electrical Installation
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 5.4 to 6.0
4A0052ooA <1> 8 to 2/0 M8
(48 to 53)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 4 5.4 to 6.0
4A0065 <1> 8 to 2/0 M8
(48 to 53)
-M, +M –
–
3
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 3 5.4 to 6.0
4A0077 <1> 8 to 2/0 M8
(48 to 53)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 1
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 1 5.4 to 6.0
4A0096 <1> 8 to 2/0 M8
(48 to 53)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2/0 5.4 to 6.0
4A0124 <1> 8 to 2/0 M8
(48 to 53)
-M, +M –
–

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 85
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

Recomm. Gauge Wire Range Screw Tightening Torque

Model Terminal
AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil Size N·m (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 3×2
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 3×2 13.5 to 15.0
4A0156 <1> 1/0 to 3/0 M8
(120 to 133)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2×2
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2×2 13.5 to 15.0
4A0180 <1> 1/0 to 3/0 M8
(120 to 133)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 1/0 × 2
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 1/0 × 2 13.5 to 15.0
4A0240 <1> 1/0 to 3/0 M8
(120 to 133)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 3/0 × 2
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 3/0 × 2 27.0 to 30.0
4A0302 <1> 1/0 to 4/0 M10
(239 to 266)
-M, +M –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4/0 × 2 3/0 to 600
32.0 to 40.0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 4/0 × 2 3/0 to 600 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 4/0 to 600
4A0361 <1> 18 to 23
+3 – 3/0 to 600 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
1 1 to 350 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 300 × 2 4/0 to 300
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 300 × 2 4/0 to 300
32.0 to 40.0
4A0414 <1> –, +1 – 3/0 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
+3 – 3/0 to 300
1 1 to 3/0
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 1/0 × 4
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 1/0 × 4
32.0 to 40.0
4A0480 <1> –, +1 – 3/0 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
+3 –
–
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 3/0 × 4
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 3/0 × 4
32.0 to 40.0
4A0590 <1> –, +1 – 3/0 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
+3 –
–

<1> Drive models 4A0034 to 4A0590 require the use of closed-loop crimp terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the
terminal manufacturer for crimping.

u Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring

This section outlines the various steps, precautions, and checkpoints for wiring the main circuit terminals and motor terminals.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect the AC power line to the output terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result
in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.
NOTICE: When connecting the motor to the drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, the phase order for the drive and motor should
match. Failure to comply with proper wiring practices may cause the motor to run in reverse if the phase order is backward.
NOTICE: Route motor leads U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 separate from all other leads to reduce possible interference related issues. Failure to
comply may result in abnormal operation of drive and nearby equipment.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Failure to comply could result in damage
to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault circuit interrupters.

86 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

n Cable Length Between Drive and Motor

Voltage drop along the motor cable may cause reduced motor torque when the wiring between the drive and the motor is too
long, especially at low frequency output. This can also be a problem when motors are connected in parallel with a fairly long
motor cable. Drive output current will increase as the leakage current from the cable increases. An increase in leakage current
may trigger an overcurrent situation and weaken the accuracy of the current detection.
Adjust the drive carrier frequency according to Table 3.4. If the motor wiring distance exceeds 100 m because of the system
configuration, reduce the ground currents. Refer to C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection on page 133.
Table 3.4 Cable Length Between Drive and Motor
Cable Length 50 m or less 100 m or less Greater than 100 m
Carrier Frequency 12.5 kHz or less 5 kHz or less 2 kHz or less
Note: 1. When setting carrier frequency for drives running multiple motors, calculate cable length as the total wiring distance to all connected
motors.
2. The maximum cable length when using OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5) is 100 m.
3. Do not use a long distance shielded line if there is an overvoltage problem at start. Either lower the carrier frequency or switch on the
internal EMC filter if the power supply has a neutral ground.

n Ground Wiring
Follow the precautions below when wiring the ground for one drive or a series of drives.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not touch SW1 or SW2 screws while power is applied to the drive. Failure to comply will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety
regulations. Because the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA, IEC/EN 61800-5-1 states that either the power supply must be automatically
disconnected in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor or a protective earthing conductor with a cross-section of at least
10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Always use a ground wire that complies with technical standards on electrical equipment and minimize
the length of the ground wire. Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment chassis, which could
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Be sure to ground the drive ground terminal (200 V class: ground to 100 Ω or less and 400 V class:
ground to 10 Ω or less). Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.
NOTICE: Do not share the ground wire with other devices such as welding machines or large-current electrical equipment. Improper
equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions. Improper equipment grounding could result in

Electrical Installation
abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Refer to Figure 3.31 when using multiple drives. Do not loop the ground wire.

Figure 3.31 Ground Wiring for Multiple Drives

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 87
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

n Enable the Internal EMC Filter

DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not touch SW1 or SW2 screws while power is applied to the drive. Failure to comply will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Connect the ground cable correctly. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE: When disabling the internal EMC filter, move the screws from ON to OFF and then tighten to the specified torque. Completely
removing the screws or tightening the screws to an incorrect torque may cause drive failure.
NOTICE: Keep SW1/SW2 screws positioned together (ON/ON or OFF/OFF). Screws at different positions may cause drive failure.
Note: For floating, impedance grounded, or asymmetrically grounded networks, disconnect the internal EMC filter by moving the SW1/SW2
screws to the OFF position.
Table 3.5 shows asymmetrical grounded networks. Asymmetrical networks require first moving the SW1 and SW2 screws to
disconnect the internal ground connection. (Drives are shipped with SW1 and SW2 screws installed at the OFF position.)
Table 3.5 Asymmetrical Grounded Network
L1

Grounded at the corner of the delta

L3 L2

L1

Grounded at the middle of the side

L3 L2

L1

Single-phase, grounded at the end point

L1

L1

L2

Three-phase variable transformer without solidly grounded neutral L2

L3

L3

If EMC is a concern and the network is grounded symmetrically, install the SW1 and SW2 screws to the ON position. Installing
the SW1 and SW2 screws enables the internal EMC filter (Drives are shipped with SW1/SW2 screws installed at the OFF
position).
L1

L3 L2

Figure 3.32 Symmetrical Grounded Network

88 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

A C
B B

A – SW1 (ON) C – SW2 (ON)

B – Screw (OFF)
Figure 3.33 EMC Filter Switch Location (2A0011 to 2A0059, 4A0005 to 4A0040, and 4A0052ooB)

A – SW1 (ON) C – SW2 (ON)

B – Screw (OFF)
Figure 3.34 EMC Filter Switch Location (2A0075 to 2A0114, 4A0052ooA, and 4A0065 to 4A0096)

C
A

B
B

A – SW1 (ON) C – SW2 (ON)

B – Screw (OFF)
Figure 3.35 EMC Filter Switch Location (4A0124)

Electrical Installation
C
A

B B

A – SW1 (ON) C – SW2 (ON)

B – Screw (OFF)
Figure 3.36 EMC Filter Switch Location (2A0143 to 2A0273 and 4A0156 to 4A0240)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 89
3.8 Main Circuit Wiring

B
C

A – SW1 (ON) C – SW2 (ON)

B – Screw (OFF)
Figure 3.37 EMC Filter Switch Location (4A0302)

If the SW1/SW2 screws are missing, install proper size screws with the proper tightening torque as shown in Table 3.6.
NOTICE: Do not use screws of different sizes in SW1 and SW2. Failure to comply may cause overheating.
Table 3.6 SW1/SW2 Screw Sizes and Tightening Torques
Drive Model SW1/SW2 Screw Size Tightening Torque
4A0005
2A0011 4A0008 M3 × 16 0.5 to 0.6 N•m
2A0017 4A0011
4A0014
2A0024 4A0021 M3 × 16 0.5 to 0.6 N•m
2A0031 4A0027
4A0034
2A0046 4A0040
2A0059 M3 × 16 0.5 to 0.6 N•m
4A0052ooB

2A0075 4A0052ooA
2A0088 4A0065 M5 × 30
4A0077 2 to 2.5 N•m
2A0114
4A0096
– 4A0124 M5 × 25 2 to 2.5 N•m
2A0143 4A0156
2A0169 4A0180 M5 × 25 2 to 2.5 N•m
2A0211 4A0240
2A0273
– 4A0302 M5 × 25 2 to 2.5 N•m

n Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Shut off the power supply to the drive before wiring the main circuit terminals. Failure to comply may
result in death or serious injury.
Wire the main circuit terminals after the terminal board has been properly grounded.
Models 2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0005 to 4A0302 have a cover placed over the 12/18 rectification terminals prior to shipment
to help prevent miswiring. Use wire cutters to cut away covers as needed for terminals.
Refer to Figure 3.4 on page 65 for details.
n Main Circuit Connection Diagram
Refer to Main Circuit Connection Diagram on page 65 when wiring terminals on the main power circuit of the drive.

90 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

u Control Circuit Connection Diagram
Refer to Figure 3.1 on page 63 when wiring terminals on the drive control circuit.

u Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions

Drive parameters determine which functions apply to the multi-function digital inputs (S1 to S7), multi-function digital outputs
(M1 to M6), multi-function analog inputs (A1 and A2), and multi-function analog monitor output (FM, AM). The default
setting is listed next to each terminal in Figure 3.1 on page 63.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Always check the operation and wiring of control circuits after being wired. Operating a drive with
untested control circuits could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run. Setting parameter
A1-06 may change the I/O terminal function automatically from the default setting. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.

n Input Terminals
Table 3.7 lists the input terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function input.
Table 3.7 Control Circuit Input Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
Multi-function input 1
S1 (Closed: Forward run, Open: Stop)
Multi-function input 2
S2 (Closed: Reverse run, Open: Stop)
Multi-function input 3
S3 • Photocoupler
(External fault, N.O.)
Multi-function input 4 • 24 Vdc, 8 mA
S4 • Set the wire jumper to select between sinking, sourcing mode, and
(Fault reset) 300
the power supply. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for
Multi-function input 5 Digital Inputs on page 100.
Multi-Function S5 (Multi-step speed reference 1)
Digital Inputs
Multi-function input 6
S6 (Multi-step speed reference 2)
Multi-function input 7
S7 (Jog reference)

Electrical Installation
SC Multi-function input common Multi-function input common
SP Digital input power supply +24 Vdc 24 Vdc power supply for digital inputs, 150 mA max 100
NOTICE: Do not jumper or short terminals SP and SN. Failure
SN Digital input power supply 0 V to comply will damage the drive. 100

+V Power supply for analog inputs 10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) 127

Multi-function analog input 1

• 0 to 10 Vdc/100% (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
127 3
A1 • 4 to 20 mA/100%, 0 to 20 mA/100% (input impedance: 250 Ω)
(Frequency reference bias) 174
• Voltage or current input must be selected by Jumper S1 and H3-01.
Frequency
Reference • 0 to 10 Vdc/100% (input impedance: 20 kΩ) 127
Inputs Multi-function analog input 2
A2 • 4 to 20 mA/100%, 0 to 20 mA/100% (input impedance: 250 Ω) 127
(Frequency reference bias)
• Voltage or current input must be selected by Jumper S1 and H3-09. 175
AC Frequency reference common 0V 127
FE Ground for shielded lines and option cards – –

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 91
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

n Output Terminals
Table 3.8 lists the output terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function output.
Table 3.8 Control Circuit Output Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
MA N.O.
Fault Relay 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 2 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 2 A
MB N.C. output –
Output Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
MC Fault output common
M1
Multi-function digital output (During run)
M2
Multi-Function M3 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 2 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 2 A
Digital Output Multi-function digital output (Zero speed) –
<1> M4 Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
M5
Multi-function digital output (Speed Agree 1)
M6
FM Analog monitor output 1 (Output frequency) 0 to 10 V / 0 to 100%
4 to 20 mA / 0 to 100%
Monitor 307
AM Analog monitor output 2 (Output current) Voltage or current output must be selected by Jumper S5 and
Output H4-07 for FM and H4-08 for AM.
AC Monitor common 0V –
External Power +P External Power Supply 24 V (Max. 150 mA) –
Supply
<1> Refrain from assigning functions to digital relay outputs that involve frequent switching, as doing so may shorten relay performance life. Switching
life is estimated at 100,000 times (assumes 2 A, resistive load).

n Serial Communication Terminals

Table 3.9 Control Circuit Terminals: Serial Communications
Type No. Signal Name Function (Signal Level)
R+ Communications input (+) • APOGEE FLN
Comm. RS-422/
R- Communications input (-) RS-485, 4.8 kbps
S+ Communications output (+) • BACnet Comm.
RS-485, max. 76.8
APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/ kbps
Serial Communication Modbus, or Metasys N2 communication: Use
(APOGEE FLN, an RS-422 or RS-485 cable to connect the • MEMOBUS/
BACnet, MEMOBUS/ drive. Modbus Comm.
Modbus, or Metasys S- Communications output (-) RS-422/RS-485,
N2) <1> max. 115.2 kbps
• Metasys N2 Comm.
RS-422/RS-485, 9.6
kbps
IG Communications ground 0V
FE Option card ground –
<1> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in an APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2 network by setting DIP switch
S2 to the ON position. Refer to Control I/O Connections on page 100 for more information on the termination resistor.

92 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

u Terminal Configuration
The control circuit terminals are arranged as shown in Figure 3.38.

TB3 +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC

TB1 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 SN SC SP +P FE

M3 M4 M5 M6
TB2

MA MBMC M1 M2

IG R+ R- S+ S-
TB4

Figure 3.38 Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement

n Wire Size and Torque Specifications

Select appropriate wire type and gauges from Table 3.10. For simpler and more reliable wiring, use crimp ferrules on the wire
ends. Refer to Table 3.11 for ferrule terminal types and sizes.
Table 3.10 Wire Gauges

Electrical Installation
Tightening Bare Wire Terminal Ferrule-Type Terminal
Screw Torque Applicable Recomm. Applicable Recomm.
Terminal Wire Type
Size N•m wire size wire size wire size wire size
(lb. in) mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG)
S1-S7, SC, SN, SP
+V, A1, A2, AC Stranded wire:
0.2 to 1.0
MA, MB, MC 0.5 to 0.6 (24 to 16) 0.25 to 0.5 Shielded wire,
M1-M6
M3 (4.4 to 5.3) Solid wire: 0.75 (18) (24 to 20) 0.5 (20) etc. 3
0.2 to 1.5
FM, AM, AC (24 to 16)
R+, R-, S+, S-, IG

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 93
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

n Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals

Yaskawa recommends using CRIMPFOX 6, a crimping tool manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT, to prepare wire ends
with insulated sleeves before connecting to the drive. See Table 3.11 for dimensions.
d1

8 mm

L
d2

Figure 3.39 Ferrule Dimensions

Table 3.11 Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes

Size mm2 (AWG) Type L (mm) d1 (mm) d2 (mm) Manufacturer
0.25 (24) AI 0.25-8YE 12.5 0.8 1.8
0.34 (22) AI 0.34-8TQ 10.5 0.8 1.8 PHOENIX CONTACT
AI 0.5-8WH or
0.5 (20) 14 1.1 2.5
AI 0.5-8OG

94 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

u Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal

This section describes the proper procedures and preparations for wiring the control terminals.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not remove covers or touch the circuit boards while the power is on. Failure to comply could result
in death or serious injury.
NOTICE: Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, -M, +M, -, +1, +3, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3) and other
high-power lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC, and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit lines. Improper wiring
practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral devices could result in
drive performance degradation due to improper power supply. Refer to NEC Article 725 Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote-Control,
Signaling, and Power Limited Circuits for requirements concerning class 2 power supplies.
NOTICE: Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment. Improper wiring practices could
result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
NOTICE: Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive or
equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Wire the control circuit only after terminals have been properly grounded and main circuit wiring is complete. Refer to
Terminal Wiring Guide on page 95 for details. Prepare the ends of the control circuit wiring as shown in Figure 3.46.
Refer to Wire Gauges on page 93.
NOTICE: Do not tighten screws beyond the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may result in erroneous operation, damage to the
terminal block, or cause a fire.
NOTICE: Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or
equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
Connect control wires as shown in Figure 3.40 and Figure 3.41.
Yaskawa recommends Phoenix Contact screwdriver model SZF 0-0.4 x 2.5 or equivalent to wire the terminal block.

Preparing wire D
terminal ends
C A

0.4 2.5

Electrical Installation
B
A – Loosen screw to insert wire. C – Avoid fraying wire strands when
B – Single wire or stranded wire stripping insulation from wire. Strip
length 5.5 mm.
D – Blade depth of 0.4 mm or less
Blade width of 2.5 mm or less
Figure 3.40 Terminal Wiring Guide
3
Use the cable tie holes and cable hooks when wiring control terminals.
Note: Take proper precautions when wiring the cables so that the front covers will easily fit back onto the drive. Make sure cables are not pinched
between the front covers and the drive when replacing the covers.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 95
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

A – Cable tie hole B – Cable hook

Figure 3.41 Control Terminal Wiring (2A0011 to 2A0031 and 4A0005 to 4A0027)

A – Cable tie hole B – Cable hook

Figure 3.42 Control Terminal Wiring (2A0046, 2A0059, 4A0034, 4A0040, and 4A0052ooB)

96 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

A
B

A – Cable tie hole B – Cable hook

Figure 3.43 Control Terminal Wiring (2A0075 to 2A0114, 4A0052ooA, and 4A0065 to 4A0096)

Electrical Installation
B

A
3

A – Cable hook C – Cable anchor

B – Cable tie hole
Figure 3.44 Control Terminal Wiring (4A0124)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 97
3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

A – Cable tie hole B – Cable hook

Figure 3.45 Control Terminal Wiring (2A0143 to 2A0396 and 4A0156 to 4A0590)

When setting the frequency by analog reference from an external potentiometer, use shielded twisted-pair wires (preparing
wire ends as shown in Figure 3.46) and connect the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
E B
A C

D
A – Drive side D – Control device side
B – Connect shield to ground terminal E – Shield sheath (insulate with tape)
of drive. F – Shield
C – Insulation
Figure 3.46 Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables

NOTICE: The analog signal wiring between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50 meters when
using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the frequency reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system performance.

98 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.9 Control Circuit Wiring

u Switches and Jumpers on the Control Board

The control board is equipped with several switches used to adapt the drive I/Os to the external control signals. Figure 3.47
shows the location of these switches. Refer to Control I/O Connections on page 100 for setting instructions.

Jumper S1
Terminal A1/A2
Voltage/Current Selection

V
I
A1 A2

Jumper S5
Terminal FM/AM
Voltage/Current Selection

V
I
FM AM

DIP Switch S2
RS-422/RS-485
Termination Resistor

OFF ON

Figure 3.47 Locations of Jumpers and Switches on the Control Board

Electrical Installation
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 99
3.10 Control I/O Connections

3.10 Control I/O Connections

u Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs
Use the wire jumper between terminals SC and SP or SC and SN to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power
supply for the digital inputs S1 to S7 as shown in Table 3.12 (Default: Sink mode, internal power supply).
NOTICE: Do not short terminals SP and SN. Failure to comply will damage the drive.
Table 3.12 Digital Input Sink/Source/External Power Supply Selection
Drive Internal Power Supply
Mode External 24 Vdc Power Supply
(Terminals SN and SP)
S6 S6

S7 S7

Sinking Mode (NPN) SN SN

SC SC

24 Vdc 24 Vdc
SP External SP
24 Vdc

S6 S6

S7 S7

Sourcing Mode (PNP) SN SN

SC SC

24 Vdc 24 Vdc
External
SP SP
24 Vdc

u Input Signal Selection for Terminals A1 and A2

Terminals A1 and A2 can be used to input either a voltage or a current signal. Select the signal type using jumper S1 as
explained in Table 3.13. Set parameters H3-01 and H3-09 accordingly as shown in Table 3.14.
Note: If terminals A1 and A2 are both set for frequency bias (H3-02 = 0 and H3-10 = 0), both input values will be combined to create the frequency
reference.
Table 3.13 Jumper S1 Settings
Terminal Voltage Output Current Output
V V

Terminal A1 I I

A1 A2 A1 A2

V V

Terminal A2 I I

A1 A2 A1 A2

100 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.10 Control I/O Connections

Table 3.14 Parameters H3-01 and H3-09 Details

Setting Default
No. Parameter Name Description Range Setting
Selects the signal level for terminal A1.
0: 0 to 10 V with Zero Limit
H3-01 Terminal A1 signal level selection 1: 0 to 10 V without Zero Limit 0 to 3 0
2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
Selects the signal level for terminal A2.
0: 0 to 10 V with Zero Limit
H3-09 Terminal A2 signal level selection 1: 0 to 10 V without Zero Limit 0 to 3 0
2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input

u Terminal FM/AM Signal Selection

The signal type for terminals FM and AM can be set to either voltage or current output using jumper S5 on the terminal board
as explained in Table 3.15. When changing the setting of jumper S5, parameters H4-07 and H4-08 must be set accordingly.
The default selection is voltage output for both terminals.
Table 3.15 Jumper S5 Settings
Terminal Voltage Output Current Output
V V

Terminal FM I I

FM AM FM AM

V V

Terminal AM I I

FM AM FM AM

Table 3.16 Parameter H4-07 and H4-08 Details

Setting Default
No. Parameter Name Description Range Setting
H4-07 Terminal FM signal level selection 0: 0 to 10 Vdc 0, 2 0
H4-08 Terminal AM signal level selection 2: 4 to 20 mA

u MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination

Electrical Installation
This drive is equipped with a built-in termination resistor for the RS-422/RS-485 communication connector. DIP switch S2
enables or disabled the termination resistor as shown in Table 3.17. The OFF position is the default. The termination resistor
should be placed to the ON position when the drive is the last in a series of slave drives. Refer to Switches and Jumpers on
the Control Board on page 99 to locate switch S2.
Table 3.17 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination Switch S2 Settings
S2 Position Description
ON Internal termination resistor ON
3
OFF Internal termination resistor OFF (default setting)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 101
3.11 Connect to a PC

3.11 Connect to a PC
This drive is equipped with a USB port (type-B).
The drive can connect to a USB port on a PC using a USB 2.0, AB-type cable (sold separately).

USB Cable
(Type-AB)

(Type-B) (Type-A)

PC

Figure 3.48 Connecting to a PC (USB)

102 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 3.12 External Interlock

3.12 External Interlock

Systems that may be affected during drive fault conditions should be interlocked with the drive fault output and ready signal.

u Drive Ready
When the “Drive ready” signal has been set to one of the multi-function contact outputs, that output will close whenever the
drive is ready to accept a Run command or is already running. Under the following conditions the Drive ready signal will
switch off and remain off, even if a Run command is entered:
• when the power supply is shut off
• during a fault
• when there is problem with the control power supply
• when a parameter setting error makes the drive unable to run even if a Run command has been entered
• when a fault such as overvoltage or undervoltage is triggered as soon as the Run command is entered
• when the drive is in the Programming mode and will not accept a Run command even when entered
n Interlock Circuit Example
Two drives running a single application might interlock with the controller using the Drive Ready and Fault output signals as
shown below. Figure 3.49 illustrates how the application would not be able to run if either drive experiences a fault or is
unable to supply a Drive Ready signal.
Terminal Output Signal Parameter Setting
MA, MB, MC Fault –
M1-M2 Drive Ready H2-01 = 06
Ready1 Ready2 Fault1 Fault2
Drive Ready
Operation
Circuit
Stop
Drive Ready Run

Drive 1 Controller

MA
Relay 1 SA Relay 1
Max

Electrical Installation
Run Fault MB 250 Vac Fault 1
S1
Output
SN MC

Relay 2
Relay 2 SA Ready 1
M1
Drive Ready M2

3
Drive 2 Controller

MA
Relay 1 SA Relay 1
Max
Run Fault MB 250 Vac Fault 2
S1
Output
SN MC

Relay 2
Relay 2 SA Ready 2
M1
Drive Ready M2

Figure 3.49 Interlock Circuit Example

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 103
3.13 Wiring Checklist

3.13 Wiring Checklist

No. Item Page(s)
Drive, Peripherals, Option Cards
1 Check drive model number to ensure receipt of correct model. 27
2 Make sure you have the correct noise filters and other peripheral devices. –
3 Check the option card model number. –
Installation Area and Physical Setup
4 Ensure that the area surrounding the drive complies with specifications. 42
Power Supply Voltage, Output Voltage
5 The voltage from the power supply should be within the input voltage specification range of the drive. 134
6 The voltage rating for the motor should match the drive output specifications. 27
7 Verify that the drive is properly sized to run the motor. 327

Main Circuit Wiring

8 Confirm proper branch circuit protection as specified by national and local codes. 62
9 Properly wire the power supply to drive terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. 65
Properly wire the drive and motor together.
10 The motor lines and drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 should match in order to produce the desired phase 86
order. If the phase order is incorrect, the drive will rotate in the opposite direction.
11 Confirm that the crimp terminals are in the correct position. 82
12 Use 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire for the power supply and motor lines. 83
Use the correct wire gauges for the main circuit.
• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is
greater than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following
13 formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop: 83
Line drop voltage (V) = 3 × wire resistance (Ω/km) × wire length (m) × current (A) × 10-3
• If the cable between the drive and motor exceeds 50 m, adjust the carrier frequency set to C6-02 accordingly.
For floating, impedance grounded, or asymmetrically grounded networks, disconnect the internal EMC filter by moving
14 88
the SW1 and SW2 screws to the OFF position.
15 Properly ground the drive. 87
16 Tighten control circuit and grounding terminal screws. 83
Set up overload protection circuits when running multiple motors from a single drive.
Power supply Drive MC1 OL1
M1

MC2 OL2
17 M2
MC1 - MCn ... magnetic contactor
OL 1 - OL n ... thermal relay
–
MCn OLn
Mn

Note: Close MC1 – MCn before operating the drive. MC1 – MCn cannot be switched off during run.
18 Verify phase advancing capacitors, input noise filters, or GFCIs are NOT installed on the output side of the drive. –
Control Circuit Wiring
19 Use twisted-pair line for all drive control circuit wiring. 95
20 Ground the shields of shielded wiring to the GND terminal. 95
21 For 3-Wire sequence, set parameters for multi-function contact input terminals S1 to S7, and wire control circuits. –
22 Properly wire the option card. 95
23 Check for any other wiring mistakes. Only use a multimeter to check wiring. –
24 Properly fasten drive control circuit terminal screws. 83
25 Pick up all wire clippings. –
26 Ensure that no frayed wires on the terminal block are touching other terminals or connections. –
27 Properly separate control circuit wiring and main circuit wiring. –
28 Analog signal line wiring should not exceed 50 m. –

104 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4
Start-Up Programming & Operation
This chapter explains HOA keypad functions and gives instructions on programming the drive for
initial operation.

4.1 SECTION SAFETY...............................................................................................106

4.2 USING THE HOA KEYPAD.................................................................................107
4.3 THE DRIVE, PROGRAMMING, AND CLOCK ADJUSTMENT MODES.............112
4.4 START-UP FLOWCHARTS.................................................................................119
4.5 POWERING UP THE DRIVE................................................................................123
4.6 APPLICATION SELECTION................................................................................124
4.7 BASIC DRIVE SETUP ADJUSTMENTS..............................................................127
4.8 AUTO-TUNING.....................................................................................................142
4.9 NO-LOAD OPERATION TEST RUN....................................................................150
4.10 TEST RUN WITH LOAD CONNECTED...............................................................151
4.11 VERIFYING PARAMETER SETTINGS AND BACKING UP CHANGES............152
4.12 TEST RUN CHECKLIST.......................................................................................154
4.13 ADVANCED DRIVE SETUP ADJUSTMENTS.....................................................155

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 105
4.1 Section Safety

4.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may include drives without covers or safety shields to illustrate details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Prepare a separate holding brake.
Wire the holding brake so when a fault occurs, it is activated by an external sequence and shuts the power off or triggers an
emergency switch. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

106 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.2 Using the HOA Keypad

4.2 Using the HOA Keypad

Use the HOA keypad to enter OFF commands, switch AUTO or HAND Mode, change parameters, and display data including
fault and alarm information.

u Keys and Displays

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-183 ALM
12

1
11
F1 F2

2 9
M M
ESC
HAND

3 RESET ENTER
8
10 AUTO OFF

4 5 6 7

Figure 4.1 Keys and Displays on the HOA Keypad

No. Display Name Function

F1
Function Key The functions assigned to F1 and F2 vary depending on the currently displayed menu. The name of
1 (F1, F2) each function appears in the lower half of the display window.
F2

• Returns to the previous display.

2 ESC ESC Key • Moves the cursor one space to the left.
• Pressing and holding this button will return to the Frequency Reference display.
• Moves the cursor to the right.
3 RESET Key
• Resets the drive to clear a fault situation.
Selects the source of Run command and frequency reference.
• Set the drive to AUTO mode.
4 AUTO AUTO Key
• Run command input source depends on b1-02.
• Frequency reference input source depends on b1-01.

Start-Up Programming
5 Up Arrow Key Scrolls up to display the next item, selects parameter numbers, and increments setting values.

6 Down Arrow Key Scrolls down to display the previous item, selects parameter numbers, and decrements setting values.

& Operation
7 OFF OFF Key Follows the stopping method set in b1-03 to stop drive operation.
• Enters parameter values and settings.
8 ENTER Key
• Selects a menu item to move between displays.
The drive runs at a selectable frequency reference source by b1-12. 4
9 HAND HAND Key • Set the drive to HAND mode.
• When b1-13 is set to 1, HAND and AUTO mode can be switched while the drive is running.

10 AUTO AUTO Light Lit while the drive is in AUTO mode. Refer to page 109 for details.

11 HAND
HAND Light Lit while the drive is in HAND mode. Refer to page 109 for details.

12 ALM LED Light Refer to ALARM (ALM) LED Displays on page 109.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 107
4.2 Using the HOA Keypad

u LCD Display
1 2 3

4
5

9 8 7

Figure 4.2 LCD Display

Table 4.1 Display and Contents

No. Name Display Content
MODE Displayed when in Mode Selection.
MONITR Displayed when in Monitor Mode.
VERIFY Indicates the Verify Menu.
1 Operation Mode Menus
PRMSET Displayed when in Parameter Setting Mode.
A.TUNE Displayed during Auto-Tuning.
SETUP Displayed when in Setup Mode.
DRV Displayed when in Drive Mode.
2 Mode Display Area
PRG Displayed when in Programming Mode.
3 Ready Rdy Indicates the drive is ready to run.
4 Data Display — Displays specific data and operation data.
OPR Displayed when the frequency reference is assigned to the HOA keypad.
Displayed when the frequency reference is assigned to the MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
Frequency COM Inputs of the drive.
5 Reference
OP Displayed when the frequency reference is assigned to option card connected to the drive.
Assignment <1>
AI Displayed when the function reference is assigned to an analog input.
OFF Displayed when HAND mode is OFF.
RSEQ Displayed when the run command is supplied from a remote source.
LOCAL/REMOTE LSEQ Displayed when the run command is supplied from the operator keypad.
6
Display <2> RREF Displayed when the run command is supplied from a remote source.
LREF Displayed when the run command is supplied from the operator keypad.
FWD/REV Pressing F2
switches between forward and reverse.
DATA Pressing F2
scrolls to the next display.
→ Pressing F2
scrolls the cursor to the right.
Function Key 2 RESET
7 Pressing F2
resets the existing drive fault error.
(F2)
MonitorPressing F2
switches Monitor mode.
DRV/BYP The multi-function relay selected Drive/Bypass contact will be toggled.
RUNBYP The multi-function relay selected to RUN Bypass will be toggled.
RLY The multi-function relay selected to Relay operator control will be toggled.

108 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.2 Using the HOA Keypad

No. Name Display Content

FWD Indicates forward motor operation.
8 FWD/REV
REV Indicates reverse motor operation.
JOG Pressing F1
executes the Jog function.
HELP Pressing F1
displays the Help menu.
← Pressing F1
scrolls the cursor to the left.
HOME Pressing F1
returns to the top menu (Frequency Reference).
Function Key 1
9 (F1) ESC F1
Pressing returns to the previous display.
MonitorPressing F1 switches Monitor mode.
DRV/BYP The multi-function relay selected Drive/Bypass contact will be toggled.
RUNBYP The multi-function relay selected to RUN Bypass will be toggled.
RLY The multi-function relay selected to Relay operator control will be toggled.
<1> Displayed when in Frequency Reference Mode.
<2> Displayed when in Frequency Reference Mode and Monitor Mode.

u ALARM (ALM) LED Displays

Table 4.2 ALARM (ALM) LED Status and Contents
State Content Display

Illuminated When the drive detects an alarm or error.

• When an alarm occurs.

Flashing • When an oPE is detected.
• When a fault or error occurs during Auto-Tuning.

Off Normal operation (no fault or alarm).

u AUTO LED and HAND LED Indications

Table 4.3 AUTO LED and HAND LED Indications

Start-Up Programming
AUTO LED HAND LED State
AUTO HAND
OFF mode
Off Off

& Operation
AUTO
HAND HAND mode
Off On solid

AUTO
HAND HAND mode when the Frequency Reference is 0 and/or decelerating in HAND mode. 4
Off Long blink (50% duty)
AUTO HAND
Running in AUTO mode
On solid Off

AUTO HAND Running in AUTO mode when the Frequency Reference is 0 and/or decelerating in AUTO
Off mode.
Long blink (50% duty)

AUTO HAND
AUTO mode, Ready, No run command input.
Short blink (15% duty) Off

AUTO HAND
AUTO mode, stopped by a Fast- Stop from a Multi-Function Digital Input.
Double blink Off

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 109
4.2 Using the HOA Keypad

1s

ON ON
Flashing

Flashing ON ON ON ON
quickly

Figure 4.3 AUTO LED and OFF LED Status and Meaning

2s
1s

ON ON ON

Long blink
(50% dut y)

ON ON ON ON ON ON

Double blin k

ON ON

Short lin k
(15% dut y)

Figure 4.4 LEDs and Drive Operation in AUTO Mode

Output Frequency

AUTO Mode Selection

HAND Mode Selection

OFF ON
RUN Command
6 Hz
0 Hz
Frequency

AUTO LED OFF Short blink ON Blink OFF Blink OFF

HAND LED OFF
Operation Mode OFF AUTO

Figure 4.5 LEDs and Drive Operation in HAND Mode

110 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.2 Using the HOA Keypad

u Menu Structure for HOA Keypad

- MODE - DRV Rdy

Freq Ref (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz

Drive Mode <1>

U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
FWD

- MODE - DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy

Monitor Menu Monitor Frequency Ref
U1-01= 0.00Hz U1 -01= 0.00Hz U1- 01 = 0.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF U1-03= 0.00A LREF U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD JOG FWD JOG FWD

- MODE - PRG -MONITR- DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy

Fault Trace Output Freq
Modified Consts
<3> U2 -01= oC U1- 02 = 0.00Hz
Modified
U2-02= oPr LSEQ U1-03= 0.00A LSEQ
X Parameters U2-03= 0.00Hz LREF U1-04= 0 LREF
HELP FWD DATA <4> JOG FWD JOG FWD

- MODE - PRG
Programming Mode <2>

Quick Setting
Initial Display <5>
XXXV, XXXHP
HELP FWD DATA XXXA
Z1000 <XXXXXXXXX>
YASKAWA CIMR-ZXXXXXXXXX
<6>
- MODE - PRG
Programming

HELP FWD DATA

- MODE - PRG Rdy

Auto-Tuning

AUTO

HELP FWD DATA

Start-Up Programming
Figure 4.6 HOA Keypad Menu and Screen Structure

& Operation
<1> AUTO
Pressing or HAND will start the motor.
<2> Drive cannot operate motor.
<3> Flashing characters are shown with white letters on gray background. (Example: 0 )
<4> “X” characters are used as examples in this manual. The HOA keypad will display the actual setting values. 4
<5> The Frequency Reference appears after the initial display that shows the product name.
<6> The information that appears on the display will vary depending on the drive.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 111
4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes

4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes

The drive has a Drive Mode to operate the motor, a Programming Mode to edit parameter settings, and a Clock Adjustment
Mode to adjust the Real Time Clock.
Drive Mode: In Drive Mode the user can operate the motor and observe U Monitor parameters. Parameter settings cannot be
edited or changed when in Drive Mode.
Programming Mode: In Programming Mode the user can edit and verify parameter settings and perform Auto-Tuning. When
the drive is in Programming Mode it will not accept a Run command unless b1-08 is set to 1.
Note: 1. If b1-08 is set to 0, the drive will only accept a Run command in Drive Mode. After editing parameters, the user must exit the Programming
Mode and enter Drive Mode before operating the motor.
2. Set b1-08 to 1 to allow motor operation from the drive while in Programming Mode.

u Real-Time Clock (RTC)

The drive has a Clock Adjustment Mode to set and adjust the Real-Time Clock.
Clock Adjustment Mode: When o4-17 is set to 1, the HOA keypad will show the Clock Adjustment display. In Clock
Adjustment Mode, the user can adjust the Real-Time Clock. When the drive is in Clock Adjustment Mode, it will not accept
a Run command.

u Clock Adjustment
The HOA keypad will display the Real Time Clock Adjustment Display in Figure 4.7 when the drive is powered up for the
first time. Refer to Manual Clock Adjustment Procedure by Setting o4-17 to 1 on page 113 for the Real-Time Clock setting
procedure.
Note: Setting the Real-Time Clock will clear a “TIM” alarm.

YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM A
20 1 0/01/01 00:00
Second per month
+ 0 sec B
FWD
A – Real Time Clock Setting Display B – Gain/Loss Adjustment Display
Figure 4.7 Real Time Clock Adjustment Display

Display Description
YYYY Set the year with the last two digits.
MM Set the month with two digits.
DD Set the day with two digits.
HH:MM Set the hours and minutes, with two digits for each.
Second per month Set the gain or loss in seconds per month.

Moving the Cursor

Pressing the F2 key or the RESET key will move the cursor to the digit on the right. Pressing the F1 key will move the cursor
to the left.
Changing Settings
• Changing YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM: Pressing the up arrow key will increase the number selected by the cursor from 0 to
9. Pressing the down arrow key will decrease the number selected by the cursor from 0 to 9.
• Setting the Seconds per Month: Pressing the up arrow key will increase the number selected by the cursor from -504 to
+488 in increments of 8. Pressing the down arrow key will decrease the number selected by the cursor from -504 to +488
in increments of 8.

112 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes

Verifying the New Time Setting

After pressing ENTER , the display will indicate “Entry accepted” and the new time value will be saved to the Real-Time
Clock (RTC).
If there is a problem with the entered time, the operator will indicate “Input error” and the screen will return to the time setting
display.
Canceling the Input
Pressing the ESC key will display “Aborted” on the operator, and no value will be saved to the RTC. Pressing OFF will abort
the setting process without any display, and no setting changes will be saved to the RTC.
Exiting from the Time Setting Screen Without Making Any Changes
If no changes are entered, the display will exit Real Time Clock Adjustment Display after a few seconds and no changes will
be saved.
n Real-Time Clock Setting at Initial Power-up of a New Drive
Setting the Real-time clock is required at power-up of a new drive or after HOA keypad battery replacement.
Table 4.4 illustrates how to set the Real-Time Clock at initial power-up of a new drive.
Table 4.4 Clock Adjustment Procedure at Power-up of a New Drive
Procedure Display

ALM

Turn the power on. The Real Time Clock Adjustment Display will appear. Use the right arrow YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM
1 key to select the desired digit, then set the correct date and time using the up and down arrow 20 1 0/01/01 00:00
keys. Second per month
+ 0 sec

ALM
After entering the Real-Time Clock data, press the ENTER key to save the changes.
2 The display will indicate “Entry Accepted” and return to the initial display in step 3 and the alarm
Entry accepted
LED will be OFF.

- MODE - DRV Rdy

Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
3 Initial display. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00 A LREF
FWD

Start-Up Programming
n Manual Clock Adjustment by Setting o4-17 to 1
The following actions are possible in the Clock Adjustment Mode:

& Operation
• Set the current time
• Check the time set to the drive Real-Time Clock
Table 4.5 illustrates how to set the Real-Time Clock manually.
Table 4.5 Manual Clock Adjustment Procedure by Setting o4-17 to 1 4
Procedure Display

ALM
- MODE - DRV
The “Time Not Set” (TIM) display will appear if the Real-Time Clock data is not entered within
1 30 seconds of power-up on a new drive. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible TIM
Solutions on page 205 for more details on the TIM display. Time Not Set

FWD RESET

ALM
- MODE - PRG
Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through display menu until the screen displays Programming
2 “Programming”.

HELP FWD DATA

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 113
4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes

Procedure Display

ALM
- PRMSET - PRG
Initialization
3 Press the ENTER key to enter select the parameter setting mode.
A1-00 = 0
Select Language

FWD

ALM
- PRMSET - PRG
Maintenance
4 Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through display menu until parameter o4-17 appears.
o4-17 = 0
Set time

FWD

ALM
- PRMSET - PRG
Set time
o4-17= 0 *0*
5 Press the ENTER key until “0” flashes. --
“0”
FWD

ALM
- PRMSET - PRG
Set time
o4-17= 1 *0*
6 Press the up arrow key so that the display changes to “1”. Set
“0”
FWD

ALM

Press the ENTER key and the time setting screen will appear. Use the right arrow key to select YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM
7 20 1 0/01/01 00:00
the desired digit, then set the correct date and time using the up and down arrow keys.
Second per month
+ 0 sec

ALM

After entering the correct time, press the ENTER key to save the changes.
8 The display will return to the display shown in step 5 and the alarm LED will be OFF. Entry accepted

n o4-17: Set/Reset Real Time Clock

The time setting screen will appear.
Z1000 No.
Software (Addr. LCD Display Name Description Values
Version Hex)
Set Time Sets the current date and time for the Real Time Clock.
PRG: 1012 o4-17 Set/Reset Real Time Default: 0
0: Disabled 0: Disabled
and earlier (3100) Clock Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled 1: Enabled
Set Time Sets the current date and time for the Real Time Clock.
PRG: 1013 o4-17 0: — — Set/Reset Real Time 0: — — No Setting Default: 0
and later (3100) 1: Set Clock 1: Real Time Clock Set Range: 0 to 2
2: Reset 2: Real Time Clock Reset

Setting 0: — —
No Setting
Setting 1: Set
The HOA keypad shows the Clock Adjustment display. In Clock Adjustment Mode the user can adjust the Real Time Clock.
Setting 2: Reset
The Real-Time Clock data is cleared. A TIM fault will occur until o4-17 is set to 1 to set the Real Time Clock.

114 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes

n Drive Mode Details

The following actions are possible in the Drive Mode:
• Run and stop the drive
• Monitor the operation status of the drive (frequency reference, output frequency, output current, output voltage, etc.)
• View information on an alarm
• View a history of alarms that have occurred
n Programming Mode Details
The following actions are possible in the Programming Mode:
• Parameter Setting Mode: Access and edit all parameter settings.
• Verify Menu: View a list of parameters that have been changed from the default values.
• Setup Group: Access a list of commonly used parameters to simplify setup (Refer to Simplified Setup Using the Setup
Group on page 117).
• Auto-Tuning Mode: Automatically calculate and set motor parameters to optimize drive performance.

u Changing Parameter Settings or Values

This example explains changing C1-02 (Deceleration Time 1) from 30.0 seconds (default) to 20.0 seconds.
Step Display/Result
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00 A LREF
FWD

- MODE - PRG
Programming
2. Press or until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
HELP FWD DATA

-PRMSET- PRG
Initialization
A1-00= 0
3. Press to enter the parameter menu tree. Select Language

← FWD →
-PRMSET- PRG
Basic Setup

Start-Up Programming
C1-01= 30.0 sec
4. Press or to select the C parameter group. Accel Time 1

← FWD →

& Operation
-PRMSET- PRG -PRMSET- PRG
Accel/Decel Accel Time 1
C1-01= 30.0 sec C1-01= 30.0Sec
5. Press two times. Accel Time 1 (0.0~6000.0)

← →
“30.0 sec”
FWD ← FWD →
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
4
C1-02= 30.0Sec
6. Press or to select parameter C1-02. (0.0~6000.0)
“30.0 sec”
← FWD →
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
C1-02= 0030.0Sec
7. Press to view the current setting value (10.0 s). The leftmost digit flashes. (0.0~6000.0)
“30.0 sec”
← FWD →
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
C1-02=0030.0Sec
8. Press F1
, F2
, or until the desired number is selected. “1” flashes. (0.0~6000.0)
“30.0 sec”
← FWD →

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 115
4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes

Step Display/Result
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
C1-02=0020.0Sec
9. Press and enter 0020.0. (0.0~6000.0)
“30.0 sec”
← FWD →

10. Press to confirm the change. Entry Accepted

-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1

11. The display automatically returns to the screen shown in Step 4. C1-02= 20.0Sec
(0.0~6000.0)
“30.0 sec”
← FWD →
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
12. Press as many times as necessary to return to the initial display. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00 A LREF
FWD

u Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu

The Verify Menu lists edited parameters from the Programming Mode or as a result of Auto-Tuning. The Verify Menu helps
determine which settings have been changed, and is particularly useful when replacing a drive. If no settings have been changed,
the Verify Menu will read “None”. The Verify Menu also allows users to quickly access and re-edit any parameter settings
that have been changed.
Note: The Verify Menu will not display parameters from the A1 group (except for A1-02) even if those parameters have been changed from their
default settings.
The following example is a continuation of the steps above. Here, parameter C1-02 is accessed using the Verify Menu, and
is changed again from 30.0 s to 20.0 s.
To check the list of edited parameters:
Step Display/Result
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00 A LREF
FWD

- MODE - PRG
Modified Consts
2. Press or until the display shows the top of the Verify Menu.
Modified
X Parameters
HELP FWD DATA

- VERIFY - PRG Rdy

Press to enter the list of parameters that have been edited from their original default Accel Time 1

3. settings. C1-02 = 20.0sec

(0.0~6000.0)
“30.0sec”
If parameters other than C1-02 have been changed, use or to scroll until C1-02 Home FWD DATA
appears.
- VERIFY - PRG Rdy
Accel Time 1
C1-01=0020.0sec
4. Press to access the setting value. The most significant digit flashes. (0.0~6000.0)
“30.0sec”
Home FWD DATA

116 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes

u Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group

The Setup Group lists the basic parameters necessary to set up the drive for an application. This group expedites the startup
process for an application by showing only the most important parameters for the application.
n Using the Setup Group
Figure 4.8 illustrates how to enter and how to change parameters in the Setup Group.
The first display shown when entering the Setup Group is the Application Selection menu. Skipping this display will keep the
current Setup Group parameter selection. The default setting for the Setup Group is a group of parameters most commonly
use in general-purpose applications. Pressing the ENTER key from the Application Selection menu and selecting an
Application Preset will change the Setup Group to parameters optimal for the application selected. Refer to Application
Selection on page 124.
In this example, the Setup Group is accessed to change b1-01 from 1 to 0. This changes the source of the frequency reference
from the control circuit terminals to the HOA keypad.
- MODE - DRV Rdy - MODE - PRG
Freq Ref (AI)
Quick Setting
U1-01= 0.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
FWD HELP FWD DATA

Frequency reference
appears when
powered up
<1> - SETUP - PRG
Application Sel
A1-06= 0 *0*
General

Home FWD DATA

Parameter Display

- SETUP - PRG
Control Method
A1-02= 0 *0*
V/f Control

Home FWD DATA

- SETUP - PRG
Ref Source 1
b1-01= 1 *1*
Analog Input

←
“1”
- SETUP - PRG
Ref Source 1
FWD →
Control Circuit
b1-01= 1 *1*
Analog Input
Terminal
<2>
Home FWD DATA - SETUP - PRG

Start-Up Programming
Ref Source 1
b1-01= 0 *1*
Entry Accepted Operator
“1”
- SETUP - PRG
← FWD →

& Operation
Run Source 1 Operator
b1-02= 1 *1* <2>
Digital Inputs

Home FWD DATA

- SETUP - PRG
4
Oper Ref Method
o2-05= 0 *0*
Disabled

Home FWD DATA

Figure 4.8 Setup Group Example

<1> Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the Setup Group. Press the ENTER key to view or change parameter settings.
<2> To return to the previous menu without saving changes, press the ESC key.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 117
4.3 The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes

n Setup Group Parameters

Table 4.6 lists the parameters available by default in the Setup Group. Selecting an Application Preset in parameter A1-06 or
from the Application Selection Menu of the Setup Group automatically changes the parameters selected for the Setup Group.
Refer to Application Selection on page 124 for more information.
Use the Programming Mode to access parameters not displayed in the Setup Group.
Table 4.6 Setup Group Parameters
Parameter Name Parameter Name
A1-02 Control Method Selection H3-03 Terminal A1 Gain Setting
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 H3-04 Terminal A1 Bias Setting
b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection H3-12 Terminal A2 Bias Setting
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting L5-03 Fault Reset Interval Time
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1
E1-05 Maximum Voltage L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1
E1-06 Base Frequency L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1
E2-01 Motor Rated Current o2-03 User Parameter Default Value
E2-11 Motor Rate Power o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
F6-01 Communications Error Operation Selection

118 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

These flowcharts summarize steps required to start the drive. Use the flowcharts to determine the most appropriate start-up
method for a given application. The charts are quick references to help familiarize the user with start-up procedures.
Note: Refer to Application Selection on page 124 to set up the drive using one of the Application Presets.

Flowchart Subchart Objective Page

A – Basic start-up procedure and motor tuning 120
A-1 Simple motor setup using V/f mode 121
–
A-2 Setting up the drive to run a permanent magnet (PM) motor 122

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 119
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

u Flowchart A: Basic Start-Up and Motor Tuning

Flowchart A in Figure 4.9 describes a basic start-up sequence that varies slightly depending on the application. Use the drive
default parameter settings in simple applications that do not require high precision.

START

Install and wire the drive as explained in Chapters 1, 2, and 3

Apply main power on to the drive

Adhere to safety messages concerning application of power

Application Presets YES

A1-06 used ?

NO
Set the control mode in parameter A1-02. Refer to
Application
Selection section

Set the basic parameters

 E1-01 for input voltage setting
 b1-01/02 for frequency reference and run command source selection
 H1-oo, H2-oo, H3-oo, H4-oo for I/O terminal setting
 d1-oo for multi-speed references if used
 C1-oo and C2-oo for accel./decel. and S-curve time settings

Control Mode
A1-02 =

0: V/f 5: OLV/PM

To To
Flowchart A-1 Flowchart A-2

From Flowchart A-1 or A-2

Fine tune parameters. Adjust application settings (PI, ...) if necessary.

Check the machine operation and verify parameter settings.

Drive is ready to run the application.

Figure 4.9 Basic Start-Up

Note: 1. Execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance if the drive has been Auto-Tuned and then moved to a different location
where the motor cable length exceeds 50 m.
2. Perform Auto-Tuning again after installing an AC reactor or other such components to the output side of the drive.

120 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

u Subchart A-1: Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control

Flowchart A-1 in Figure 4.10 describes simple motor setup for V/f Control. V/f Control is suited for more basic applications
such as fans and pumps. This procedure illustrates Energy Savings and Speed Estimation Speed Search.
From
Flowchart
A

Set or verify the V/f pattern

settings E1-oo.

Energy Savings
(b8-01 = 1) or
Speed Estimation Speed Search NO
(b3-24 = 1) enabled
when b3-01 = 1
or L2-01 = 1,2 ?

YES
Perform Rotational YES
Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Is the motor cable longer than
(T1-01 = 3) 50 meters?

NO Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for

Line-to-Line Resistance (T1-01 = 2)

Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and operation.
Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.

Start-Up Programming
Couple the load or machine to the motor.
Run the machine and check for desired operation.

& Operation
Return to
Flowchart
A

Figure 4.10 Simple Motor Setup with Energy Savings or Speed Search
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 121
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

u Subchart A-2: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors

Flowchart A-2 in Figure 4.11 describes the setup procedure for running a PM motor in Open Loop Vector Control. PM motors
can be used for more energy-efficient operation in reduced or variable torque applications.

From
Flowchart
A

Input the motor data.

(T2-01 = 0)

Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and
operation.Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.

Connect the load to the motor.

Run the machine and check for desired operation.

Return to
Flowchart
A

Figure 4.11 Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors

122 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.5 Powering Up the Drive

4.5 Powering Up the Drive

u Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display
n Powering Up the Drive
Review the following checklist before turning the power on.
Item to Check Description
200 V class: Three-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz
400 V class: Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz
Power supply voltage Properly wire the power supply input terminals (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3).
Check for proper grounding of drive and motor.
Drive output terminals and Properly wire drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 with motor terminals U, V, and W.
motor terminals
Control circuit terminals Check control circuit terminal connections.
Drive control terminal status Open all control circuit terminals (off).
Status of the load and connected Decouple the motor from the load.
machinery

n Status Display
When the power supply to the drive is turned on, the HOA keypad lights will appear as follows:
Status Name Description
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-183
ALM

Normal - MODE - DRV Rdy

The data display area displays the frequency reference. is lit.

Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
Operation U1-02= 0.00Hz
U1-03= 0.00 A
LSEQ
LREF
FWD

LO
ESC
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180
ALM
RE

RESET ENTER
- MODE - DRV
RUNEF3 STOP Data displayed varies by the type of fault. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible
Fault Ext Fault S3
Solutions on page 205 for more information. and are lit.
FWD RESET

External fault (example)

ESC
LO
RE

RESET ENTER

Start-Up Programming
RUN STOP

& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 123
4.6 Application Selection

4.6 Application Selection

Several Application Presets are available to facilitate drive setup for commonly used applications. Selecting one of these
Application Presets automatically assigns functions to the input and output terminals, and sets certain parameters to values
appropriate for the application that was selected.
An Application Preset can either be selected from the Application Selection display in the Setup Group (Refer to Using the
Setup Group on page 117) or in parameter A1-06. The following presets can be selected:
Note: An Application Preset can only be selected if all drive parameters are on at their original default settings. It may be necessary to initialize
the drive by setting A1-03 to “2220” or “3330” prior to selecting an Application Preset.
WARNING! Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before performing a test run. Setting parameter A1-06 may change the
I/O terminal function automatically from the default setting. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

0: Standard
1: Fan
2: Fan with PI Control
3: Return Fan with PI Control
A1-06 Application Presets 0
4: Cooling Tower Fan
5: Cooling Tower Fan with PI Control
6: Pump (Secondary)
7: Pump with PI Control

u HVAC Application Parameters

In addition, the application parameters most likely to be changed for fan and pump applications are assigned to the group of
User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-32. User Parameters provide quicker access to by eliminating the need to scroll through
multiple menus.
Table 4.7 User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-32)
No. Parameter Name No. Parameter Name
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection C1-01 Acceleration Time 1
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
b2-09 Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 H1-07 Selection
b5-01 PI Function Setting H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
b5-03 Integral Time Setting (I) H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection
b5-08 PI Primary Delay Time Constant H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Selection
b5-09 PI Output Level Selection L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts
b5-13 PI Feedback Low Detection Level L6-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
b5-14 PI Feedback Low Detection Time o1-06 User Monitor Selection Mode
b5-15 PI Sleep Function Start Level o1-07 Second Line Monitor Selection
b5-16 PI Sleep Delay Time o1-08 Third Line Monitor Selection

u Setting 1: Fan Application

Table 4.8 Fan: Parameter Settings
No. Name Default Setting
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 1: Coast to Stop
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse operation disabled
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 60 s
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 10
L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1 5: UL3 at speed agree (Alarm)

124 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.6 Application Selection

u Setting 2: Fan with PI Control Application

Table 4.9 Fan with PI Control: Parameter Settings
No. Parameter Name Default Setting
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 1: Coast to Stop
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse operation disabled
b5-01 PI Function Setting 1: Output frequency = PI output 1
b5-03 Integral Time Setting (I) 30 s
b5-08 PI Primary Delay Time Constant 2s
b5-13 PI Feedback Low Detection Level 2%
b5-14 PI Feedback Low Detection Time 25 s
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 60 s
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 10
L6-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 5: UL3 at speed agree (Alarm)

u Setting 3: Return Fan with PI Control Application

Table 4.10 Return Fan with PI Control: Parameter Settings
No. Parameter Name Default Setting
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 1: Coast to Stop
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse operation disabled
b5-01 PI Function Setting 1: Output frequency = PI output 1
b5-03 Integral Time Setting (I) 30 s
b5-08 PI Primary Delay Time Constant 2s
b5-13 PI Feedback Low Detection Level 2%
b5-14 PI Feedback Low Detection Time 25 s
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 60 s
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection 2: 4 to 20 mA
H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection B: PI feedback
H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Selection 16: Differential PI feedback
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 10
L6-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 5: UL3 at speed agree (Alarm)

Start-Up Programming
o1-07 Second Line Monitor Selection 505: PI Differential Feedback

u Setting 4: Cooling Tower Fan Application

& Operation
Table 4.11 Cooling Tower Fan: Parameter Settings
No. Parameter Name Default Setting
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 1: Coast to Stop
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 0: Reverse operation enabled
4
b2-09 Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 10%
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 60 s
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit 30%
H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection 60: Motor Pre-Heat 1
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 10
L6-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 5: UL3 at speed agree (Alarm)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 125
4.6 Application Selection

u Setting 5: Cooling Tower Fan with PI Control Application

Table 4.12 Cooling Tower Fan with PI Control: Parameter Settings
No. Parameter Name Default Setting
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 1: Coast to Stop
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 0: Reverse operation enabled
b2-09 Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 10%
b5-01 PI Function Setting 1: Output frequency = PI output 1
b5-03 Integral Time Setting (I) 30 s
b5-08 PI Primary Delay Time Constant 2s
b5-09 PI Output Level Selection 1: Reverse Output
b5-13 PI Feedback Low Detection Level 2%
b5-14 PI Feedback Low Detection Time 25 s
b5-15 PI Sleep Function Start Level 10.8 Hz
b5-16 PI Sleep Delay Time 25.5 s
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 60 s
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit 30%
H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection 60: Motor Pre-Heat 1
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 10
L6-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 5: UL3 at speed agree (Alarm)

u Setting 6: Pump (Secondary) Application

Table 4.13 Pump (Secondary): Parameter Settings
No. Parameter Name Default Setting
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse operation disabled
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 20 s
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit 20%
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 10
L6-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 5: UL3 at speed agree (Alarm)

u Setting 7: Pump with PI Control Application

Table 4.14 Pump with PI Control: Parameter Settings
No. Parameter Name Default Setting
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 1: Reverse operation disabled
b5-01 PI Function Setting 1: Enabled (PI output becomes output frequency reference)
b5-03 Integral Time Setting (I) 15 s
b5-08 PI Primary Delay Time Constant 10.0 s
b5-13 PI Feedback Low Detection Level 2%
b5-14 PI Feedback Low Detection Time 25 s
b5-15 PI Sleep Function Start Level 72%
b5-16 PI Sleep Delay Time 25.5 s
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 20 s
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit 20%
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 10
L6-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 5: UL3 at speed agree (Alarm)

126 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

This section explains the basic settings required for initial drive operation. Checking these basic parameter settings will help
to ensure a successful drive start-up. Refer to Parameter List on page 279 for a complete listing of drive parameters if more
information is required for parameters not listed in this section or in 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments.
n A1-02: Control Method Selection
Selects the Control Method (also referred to as the control mode) that the drive uses to operate the motor. Parameter A1-02
determines the control mode for the motor.
Note: When changing control modes, all parameter settings depending upon the setting of A1-02 will be reset to the default.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0, 5 0
Setting 0: V/f Control for Induction Motors
Use this mode for simple speed control and for multiple motor applications with low demands to dynamic response or speed
accuracy. The speed control range is 1:40.
Setting 5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
Use this mode when running a PM motor in variable torque applications that benefit from energy efficiency. The drive can
control an SPM or IPM motor with a speed range of 1:20 in this control mode.
n b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO Mode
Selects the frequency reference source 1.
Note: If a Run command is input to the drive, but the frequency reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the AUTO or HAND
indicator LED on the HOA keypad will light and the OFF indicator will flash.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO Mode 0 to 3 1
Setting 0: HOA Keypad
Using this setting, the frequency reference can be input by:
• switching between the multi-speed references from d1-01 to d1-04.
• entering the frequency reference on the operator keypad.
Setting 1: Terminals (Analog Input Terminals)
Using this setting, an analog frequency reference can be entered as a voltage or current signal from terminals A1 or A2.

Start-Up Programming
Voltage Input
Voltage input can be used at any of the two analog input terminals. Make the settings as described in Table 4.15 for the input

& Operation
used.
Table 4.15 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using Voltage Signals
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Signal Level Notes
Function Selection Gain Bias
Selection 4
0 to 10 V H3-01 = 0
with Zero Limit
H3-02 = 0
A1 0 to 10 V H3-03 H3-04
(Frequency Reference Bias)
without Zero H3-01 = 1
Limit Set Jumper S1 on the terminal
0 to 10 V board to “V” for voltage input.
H3-09 = 0
with Zero Limit
H3-10 = 0
A2 0 to 10 V H3-11 H3-12
(Frequency Reference Bias)
without Zero H3-09 = 1
Limit

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 127
4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

Jumper S1
Terminal A1/A2
Voltage/Current
Selection

V
I Drive
V
I
A1 A2
A1 A2

+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

0 to 10 V
2k A1 Analog Input 1

A2 Analog Input 2

AC Analog input common

Figure 4.12 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Voltage Signal at Terminal A1

Use the wiring example shown in Figure 4.12 for any other analog input terminals. When using input terminals A1 and A2,
make sure Jumper S1 is set for voltage input.
Current Input
Input terminals A1 and A2 can accept a current input signal. Refer to Table 4.16 to set terminals A1 and A2 for current input.
Table 4.16 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using a Current Signal
Parameter Settings
Signal
Terminal Signal Level Function Notes
Level Gain Bias
Selection Selection
4 to 20 mA H3-01 = 2 H3-02 = 0
A1 (Frequency H3-03 H3-04
0 to 20 mA H3-01 = 3 Make sure to set Jumper S1 on the
Reference Bias) terminal board to “I” for current
4 to 20 mA H3-09 = 2 H3-10 = 0 input.
A2 H3-11 H3-12
0 to 20 mA H3-09 = 3 (Frequency Bias)

Jumper S1
Terminal A1/A2 V Drive
Voltage/Current I

Selection A1 A2

+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

V
I
A1 Analog Input 1
A1 A2

0 or 4 to 20 mA
A2 Analog Input 2

AC Analog input common

Figure 4.13 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Current Signal to Terminal A2

Switching between Main/Auxiliary Frequency References

The frequency reference input can be switched between the analog terminals A1 and A2 using multi-speed inputs. Refer to
Multi-Step Speed Selection on page 170 for details on using this function.
Setting 2: Serial Communication (APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, Metasys N2)
This setting requires entering the frequency reference via the RS-422/RS-485 serial communications port (control terminals
R+, R-, S+, and S-).

128 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 3: Option Card

This setting requires entering the frequency reference via an option board plugged into connector CN5 on the drive control
board. Consult the option card manual for instructions on integrating the drive with the communication system.
Note: If the frequency reference source is set for Option PCB (b1-01 = 3), but an option board is not installed, an oPE05 Programming Error will
be displayed on the HOA keypad and the drive will not run.

n b1-02: Run Command Selection for AUTO Mode

Determines the Run command selection for AUTO mode.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-02 Run Command Selection for AUTO Mode 1 to 3 1
Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal
This setting requires entering the Run command via the digital input terminals using one of following sequences:
• 2-Wire sequence 1:
Two inputs (FWD/Stop-REV/Stop). Set A1-03 to 2220 to initialize the drive and preset terminals S1 and S2 to these
functions. This is the default setting of the drive.
• 2-Wire sequence 2:
Two inputs (Start/Stop-FWD/REV).
• 3-Wire sequence:
Three inputs (Start-Stop-FWD/REV). Set A1-03 to 3330 to initialize the drive and preset terminals S1, S2, and S5 to these
functions.
Setting 2: Serial Communication (APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, Metasys N2)
This setting requires entering the Run command via serial communications by connecting the RS-422/RS-485 serial
communication cable to control terminals R+, R-, S+, and S- on the terminal block.
Setting 3: Option Card
This setting requires entering the Run command via the communication option board by plugging a communication option
board into the CN5 port on the control PCB. Refer to the option card manual for instructions on integrating the drive into the
communication system.
Note: If b1-02 is set to 3, but an option card is not installed in CN5, an oPE05 Programming Error will be displayed on the HOA keypad and the
drive will not run.

n b1-03: Stopping Method Selection

Selects how the drive stops the motor when the Run command is removed or when a Stop command is entered.

Start-Up Programming
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

& Operation
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Ramp to Stop

When the Run command is removed, the drive will decelerate the motor to stop. The deceleration rate is determined by the 4
active deceleration time. The default deceleration time is set to parameter C1-02.
When the output frequency falls below the level set in parameter b2-01, the drive will start DC injection or Short Circuit
Braking depending on the selected control mode. Refer to b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start Frequency on page 157 for
details.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will shut off its output and the motor will coast (uncontrolled deceleration) to
stop. The stopping time is determined by the inertia and the friction in the driven system.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 129
4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

Run
command ON OFF

Output
frequency
Drive output is shut off

Motor speed

Figure 4.14 Coast to Stop

Note: After a stop is initiated, any subsequent Run command entered will be ignored until the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) has expired. Do
not enter Run command until it has come to a complete stop. Use DC Injection at Start (Refer to b2: DC Injection Braking and Short
Circuit Braking on page 282) or Speed Search (Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 283) to restart the motor before it has completely
stopped.
Setting 2: DC Injection Braking to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will enter baseblock (turn off its output) for the minimum baseblock time
(L2-03). When the minimum baseblock time has expired, the drive will inject the amount DC current set in parameter b2-02
into the motor windings to brake the motor. The stopping time in DC Injection Braking to Stop is significantly faster compared
to Coast to Stop.
Note: This function is not available in OLV/PM control mode (A1-02 = 5).
Run
command ON OFF

DC Injection Braking
Output with the current set in
frequency b2-02

Motor speed

Motor coasts

Minimum Baseblock
Time (L2-03)

Figure 4.15 DC Injection Braking to Stop

DC Injection Braking time is determined by the value set to b2-04 and the output frequency at the time the Run command is
removed. It can be calculated by:
(b2-04) x 10 x Output frequency
DC Injection brake time = Max. output frequency (E1-04)

130 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

DC Injection braking time

b2-04×10

b2-04

Output frequency when 100%

10%
Stop command was entered (Maximum output
frequency)

Figure 4.16 DC Injection Braking Time Depending on Output Frequency

Note: If an overcurrent (oC) fault occurs during DC Injection Braking to Stop, lengthen the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) until the fault no
longer occurs.
Setting 3: Coast with Timer
When the Run command is removed, the drive will turn off its output and the motor will coast to stop. The drive will not start
if a Run command is input before the time t (C1-02) has expired. Cycle the Run command that was activated during time t
after t has expired to start the drive.
Run command ON OFF ON OFF ON

Output Drive output shut off

frequency

Run wait time t

Figure 4.17 Coast with Timer

The wait time t is determined by the output frequency when the Run command is removed and by the active deceleration time.
Run wait time t

Active deceleration time

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
Min Baseblock Time (L2-03)

Min output Output frequency 100%

frequency when Stop command (Max output
was entered frequency)
4
Figure 4.18 Run Wait Time Depending on Output Frequency

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 131
4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

n C1-01 to C1-04: Accel, Decel Times 1 and 2

Four different sets of acceleration and deceleration times can be set in the drive by digital inputs, motor selection, or switched
automatically.
Acceleration time parameters always set the time to accelerate from 0 Hz to the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
Deceleration time parameters always set the time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to 0 Hz. C1-01 and C1-02
are the default active accel/decel settings.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1
0.1 to 6000.0 s 30.0 s
C1-03 Acceleration Time 2
C1-04 Deceleration Time 2
Switching Acceleration Times by Digital Input
Accel/decel times 1 are active by default if no input is set.
Table 4.17 Accel/Decel Time Selection by Digital Input
Accel/Decel Time Sel. 1 Active Times
H1-oo = 7 Acceleration Deceleration
0 C1-01 C1-02
1 C1-03 C1-04

Figure 4.19 shows an operation example for changing accel/decel. times. The example below requires that the stopping method
be set for “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0).
Decel Time 1
(C1-02) Decel Time 2
Accel Time 1 Accel Time 2 (C1-04)
Output (C1-01) (C1-03)
frequency
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)

ON OFF ON
FWD (REV)
Run command

ON
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
(Terminals S1 to S7, H1- oo = “7”)

Figure 4.19 Timing Diagram of Accel/Decel Time Change

Switching Accel/Decel Times by a Frequency Level

The drive can switch between different acceleration and deceleration times automatically. The drive will switch from accel/
decel time 2 in C1-03 and C1-04 to the default accel/decel time in C1-01 and C1-02 when the output frequency exceeds the
frequency level set in parameter C1-11. When the frequency falls below this level, the accel/decel times are switched back.
Figure 4.20 shows an operation example.
Note: Acceleration and deceleration times selected by digital inputs have priority over the automatic switching by the frequency level set to C1-11.
For example, if accel/decel time 2 is selected, the drive will use only accel/decel time 2; it will not switch from accel/decel time 2 to the
selected time.
Output Frequency

C1-11
Accel/Decel Time
Switch Frequency

C1-03 C1-01 C1-02 C1-04

setting setting setting setting
When the output frequency C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 1 (C1-01, -02)
When the output frequency < C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 2 (C1-03, -04)

Figure 4.20 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency

132 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

n C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection

Sets the switching frequency of the drive output transistors. Changes to the switching frequency lower audible noise and reduce
leakage current.
Note: Increasing the carrier frequency above the default value automatically lowers the drive current rating.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1 to 9; A to F Determined by A1-02 and o2-04

Settings:
C6-02 Carrier Frequency C6-02 Carrier Frequency C6-02 Carrier Frequency
1 2.0 kHz 5 12.5 kHz 9 Swing PWM 3
2 5.0 kHz 6 15.0 kHz A Swing PWM 4
3 8.0 kHz 7 Swing PWM 1 B to E No setting possible
4 10.0 kHz 8 Swing PWM 2 F User defined
Note: Swing PWM uses a carrier frequency of 2.0 kHz as a base, then applies a special PWM pattern to reduce the audible noise.
Guidelines for Carrier Frequency Parameter Setup
Symptom Remedy
Speed and torque are unstable at low speeds
Noise from the drive affects peripheral devices
Lower the carrier frequency.
Excessive leakage current from the drive
Wiring between the drive and motor is too long <1>
Audible motor noise is too loud Increase the carrier frequency or use Swing PWM.
<1> The carrier frequency may need to be lowered if the motor cable is too long. Refer to the following table.

Wiring Distance Up to 50 m Up to 100 m Greater than 100 m

1 to 2 (up to 5 kHz),
Recommended setting value for C6-02 1 to F (up to 15 kHz) 1 (up to 2 kHz), 7 (Swing PWM)
7 (Swing PWM)
Note: The maximum cable length is 100 m when using OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5).

n d2-01: Frequency Reference Upper Limit

Sets the maximum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all frequency
references.
Even if the frequency reference is set to a higher value, the drive internal frequency reference will not exceed this value.

Start-Up Programming
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 100.0%

& Operation
n d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit
Sets the minimum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all frequency
references.
If a lower reference than this value is entered, the drive will run at the limit set to d2-02. If the drive is started with a lower 4
reference than d2-02, it will accelerate up to d2-02.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 133
4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

Internal frequency
reference
d2-01
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Operating
range

Frequency Reference Lower Limit

d2-02

Set frequency reference

Figure 4.21 Frequency Reference: Upper and Lower Limits

n E1-01: Input Voltage Setting

Adjusts the levels of some protective features of the drive (overvoltage, Stall Prevention, etc.). Set this parameter to the nominal
voltage of the AC power supply.
NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the
protective features to function properly. Failure to set the correct drive input voltage will result in improper drive operation.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E1-01 Input Voltage Setting 190 to 240 V <1> 230 V <1>
<1> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
E1-01 Related Values
The input voltage setting determines the overvoltage and undervoltage detection levels, the KEB function, and the overvoltage
suppression function.
(Approximate Values)
Voltage Setting Value of E1-01
Uv Detection Level (L2-05)
200 V Class All settings 190 V
Setting > 460 V 440 V
400 V Class Setting ≥ 400 V 380 V
Setting < 400 V 350 V

n V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to E1-13

If E1-03 is set to a preset V/f pattern (i.e., a value other than F), the user can monitor the V/f pattern in parameters E1-04
through E1-13. To create a new V/f pattern, set E1-03 to F. Refer to V/f Pattern on page 135 for an example custom V/f
pattern.
Note: Certain E1-oo parameters might not be visible depending on the control mode. Refer to Parameter List on page 279 for details.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 240.0 Hz <1>

E1-05 Maximum Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <2> <1>

E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to 240.0 kHz <1>

E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to 240.0 kHz <1>

E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <2> <1>

E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 240.0 kHz <1>

E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <2> <1>

E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 0.0 to 240.0 kHz 0.0 Hz <3>

E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 0.0 to 255.0 V <2> 0.0 V <3>

E1-13 Base Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <2> 0.0 V

<1> Default setting is determined by the control mode.
<2> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
<3> Parameter ignored when E1-11 and E1-12 are set to 0.0.

134 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

Output Voltage (V)

E1-05
E1-12

E1-13

E1-08

E1-10
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
Frequency (Hz)

Figure 4.22 V/f Pattern

Note: 1. The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line below E1-06, set E1-09 equal to E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
3. E1-03 is unaffected when the drive is initialized, but E1-04 through E1-13 return to their default values.
4. Only use E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters rarely need to be changed.

n E2-01: Motor Rated Current

Provides motor control, protects the motor, and calculates torque limits. Set E2-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on
the motor nameplate.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
10% to 200% of the drive Determined by
E2-01 Motor Rated Current rated current o2-04
Note: 1. The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the
drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, 2A0031, 4A0021 (input voltage of 460 V or higher)
or 4A0027 (input voltage of lower than 460 V) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than
11 kW, 2A0046, 4A0027 (input voltage 460 V or higher) or 4A0034 (input voltage lower than 460 V).
2. An oPE02 error will occur if the motor rated current in E2-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E2-03. Set E2-03 correctly
to prevent this error.

n E2-11: Motor Rated Power

Sets the motor rated power in kW. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will automatically be
saved to E2-11.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
E2-11 Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 370.00 kW o2-04

Start-Up Programming
n E5-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the rated power of the motor. Determined by the value set to T2-04 during Stationary Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

& Operation
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
E5-02 Motor Rated Power 0.10 to 370.00 kW o2-04

n E5-03: Motor Rated Current 4

Sets the motor rated current in amps. Automatically set when the value is entered to T2-06 during Auto-Tuning.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
10 to 200% of drive rated Determined by
E5-03 Motor Rated Current current o2-04
Note: The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive
is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor
capacity is higher than 11 kW.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 135
4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

n E5-04: Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set when the value is entered to T2-08 during Auto-Tuning.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 o2-04

n E5-05: Motor Stator Resistance (r1)

Set the resistance for one motor phase. Do not enter the line-to-line resistance into E5-05 when measuring the resistance
manually.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω o2-04

n E5-06: Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld)

Sets the d-Axis inductance in 0.01 mH units.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 300.00 mH o2-04

n E5-07: Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq)

Sets the q-Axis inductance in 0.01 mH units.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH o2-04

n E5-09: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke)

Sets the induced peak voltage per phase in units of 0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using an IPM
motor with variable torque.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(rad/s) o2-04
Note: Set E5-24 to 0 when setting E5-09. However, setting both E5-09 and E5-24 to 0 will trigger an alarm. An alarm will also be triggered if
neither E5-09 nor E5-24 are set to 0.

n E5-24: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke)

Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set this parameter when using an
SPM Motor.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 to 6500.0 mV/(r/min) o2-04
Note: Set E5-24 to 0.0 when setting E5-09. However, setting both E5-09 and E5-24 to 0.0 will trigger an alarm. An alarm will also be triggered
if neither E5-09 nor E5-24 are set to 0.0.

n H3-03, H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain and Bias Settings

Parameter H3-03 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc (20 mA) input at terminal A1 (gain).
Parameter H3-04 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V (4 mA, 0 mA) input at terminal A1 (bias).
Use both parameters to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-03 Terminal A1 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-04 Terminal A1 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

136 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting Examples
• Gain H3-03 = 200%, bias H3-04 = 0, terminal A1 as frequency reference input (H3-02 = 0):
A 10 Vdc input is equivalent to a 200% frequency reference and 5 Vdc is equivalent to a 100% frequency reference. Since
the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the frequency reference will be equal to E1-04
above 5 Vdc.
H3-01 = 0

Gain = 200 %

Frequency
reference

100 %
E1-04

Bias = 0 %
0V 5V 10 V

Figure 4.23 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain

• Gain H3-03 = 100%, bias H3-04 = -25%, terminal A1 as frequency reference input:
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% frequency reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0, the frequency reference is 0% between 0 and 2 Vdc input.
H3-01 = 0

100 %

Frequency H3-01 = 0
reference

0
2.0 V 10 V
Analog Input
-25% Voltage
H3-01 = 1

Figure 4.24 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias

Start-Up Programming
n H3-11, H3-12: Terminal A2 Gain and Bias Setting
Parameter H3-11 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 10 Vdc input or 20 mA input to terminal A2.

& Operation
Parameter H3-12 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 0 V, 4 mA or 0 mA input at terminal A2.
Use both parameters to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A2. The setting works in the same way
as parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for analog input A1.
No. Name Setting Range Default 4
H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-12 Terminal A2 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

n L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection

When a momentary power loss occurs (DC bus voltage falls below the level set in L2-05), the drive can automatically return
to the operation it was performing prior to the power loss based on certain conditions.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Disabled
If power is not restored within 15 ms, a Uv1 fault will result and the motor coasts to stop.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 137
4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 1: Recover within L2-02

When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. If the power returns within the time set to parameter
L2-02, the drive will perform Speed Search and attempt to resume operation. If the power does not return within this time, it
will trigger a Uv1 fault.
Setting 2: Recover as long as CPU Has Power
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. If the power returns and the drive control circuit has
power, the drive will attempt to perform Speed Search and resume the operation. This will not trigger a Uv1 fault.
Notes on Settings 1 and 2
• “Uv” will flash on the operator while the drive is attempting to recover from a momentary power loss. A fault signal is not
output at this time.
• When using a magnetic contactor between the motor and the drive, keep the magnetic contactor closed as long as the drive
attempts to restart with Speed Search.
n L2-02: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Sets the maximum time allowed to ride through a power loss. If power loss operation exceeds this time, the drive will attempt
to accelerate back to the frequency reference. This parameter is valid if L2-01 = 1.
Note: The amount of time the drive is capable of recovering after a power loss is determined by the capacity of the drive. Drive capacity determines
the upper limit for L2-02.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time 0.0 to 25.5 s Determined by o2-04

n L4-05: Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection

The drive can detect a loss of an analog frequency reference from input A1 or A2. Frequency reference loss is detected when
the frequency reference drops below 10% of the reference or below 5% of the maximum output frequency within 400 ms.
Analog 100%
frequency
reference 10%

400 ms

Loss of
Reference OFF ON
output
time

Figure 4.25 Loss of Reference Function

Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a frequency reference loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Stop
Drive follows the frequency reference (which is no longer present) and stops the motor.
Setting 1: Continue Operation with Reduced Frequency Reference
The drive will continue operation at the percent of the previous frequency value set to parameter L4-06. When the external
frequency reference value is restored, the operation is continued with the frequency reference.
n L4-06: Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the frequency reference level at which the drive runs when L4-05 = 1 and when detecting a reference loss. The value is
set as a percentage of the frequency reference before the loss was detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss 0.0 to 100.0% 80.0%

138 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

n L5-01: Number of Auto Restart Attempts

Sets the number of times that the drive may attempt to restart itself.
Parameter L5-05 determines the method of incrementing the restart counter. When the counter reaches the number set to L5-01,
the operation stops and the fault must be manually cleared and reset.
The restart counter is incremented at each restart attempt, regardless of whether the attempt was successful. When the counter
reaches the number set to L5-01, the operation stops and the fault must be manually cleared and reset.
The number of fault restarts is reset to zero when:
• The drive operates normally for 10 minutes following a fault restart.
• A fault is cleared manually after protective functions are triggered.
• The power supply is cycled.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 0 to 10 Times 0 Times

n L5-03: Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts (enabled only when L5-05 = 0)
Although the drive will continue to execute fault restarts, this parameter will cause a fault if a fault restart cannot occur after
the time set to L5-03 passes.
All major faults will cause the drive to stop. For some faults it is possible to configure the drive to attempt a restart automatically.
After the fault occurs, the drive baseblocks for L2-03 seconds. After the baseblock is removed, the drive checks if a fault
condition still exists. If no fault condition exists, the drive will attempt to restart the motor. If the restart is successful, the drive
performs a Speed Search (Regardless of the status of b3-01 "Speed Search Selection") from the set speed command and the
Auto Restart Attempts count is increased by one. Even if the restart fails, the restart count is increased by one as long as the
drive attempted to rotate the motor. The restart count will not be incremented if the restart is not attempted due to a continuing
fault condition, (i.e., an ov fault). The drive waits L5-03 seconds before attempting another restart.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-03 Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts 0.00 to 600.0 s 180.0 s

Run

ov oC oC

Fault
trying each try but
L5-03 seconds successful failed successful

Start-Up Programming
Attempts L2-03 L2-03 L2-03

& Operation
1 2 3
L5-03
Time
Count
Voltage Drive trips on oC, oC condition
remains high resets (2) and tries gone, resets (3)
for a long time, again but motor still and runs.
then reset (1) shorted, trips again. 4
Figure 4.26 Automatic Restart Timing Diagram

The auto restart count is reset back to 0 if any of the following occur:
• No further faults for 10 minutes after the last retry.
• The drive power is turned off (the drive must be without power long enough to let control power dissipate).
• The RESET key is pushed after the last reset attempt.
The setting of parameter L5-02 determines whether the fault output (MA-MB) will be closed during an auto restart attempt.
The setting of L5-02 can be important when using the drive with other equipment.
The following faults will allow the Auto Restart function to initiate:
• oC (Overcurrent)
• LF (Output Phase Loss)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 139
4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

• PF (Input Phase Loss)

• oL1 (Motor Overload)
• oL3 (Overtorque Detection 1)
• oL2 (Drive Overload)
• ov (Overvoltage)
• GF (Ground Fault)
• Uv1 (Undervoltage)
• oH1 (Heatsink Overheat)
In order for auto restart after a Uv1 fault, Momentary Power Loss Ride-thru must be enabled (L2-01= 1: “Power Loss Ridethru
Time”). Setting H2-01, H2-02 or H2-03 to 1E configures a digital output as “Restart Enabled” to signal if an impending auto
restart is possible.
n L6-01: Torque Detection Selection 1
The torque detection function is triggered when the current or torque exceed the levels set to L6-02 for longer than the time
set to L6-03. L6-01 selects the conditions for detection and the operation that follows.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1 0 to 12 0
Setting 0: Disabled

Setting 1: oL3 at Speed Agree (Alarm)

Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration). The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering an oL3 alarm.
Setting 2: oL3 at Run (Alarm)
Overtorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detecting overtorque and
triggering an oL3 alarm.
Setting 3: oL3 at Speed Agree (Fault)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration). The operation stops and triggers an oL3 fault.
Setting 4: oL3 at Run (Fault)
Overtorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. The operation stops and triggers an oL3 fault.
Setting 5: UL3 at Speed Agree (Alarm)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration). The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering a UL3 alarm.
Setting 6: UL3 at Run (Alarm)
Undertorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detecting overtorque and
triggering a UL3 alarm.
Setting 7: UL3 at Speed Agree (Fault)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration). The operation stops and triggers a UL3 fault.
Setting 8: UL3 at Run (Fault)
Undertorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. The operation stops and triggers a UL3 fault.
Setting 9: UL6 at Speed Agree (Alarm)
Motor Underload detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration). The operation continues after detection and triggers a UL6 alarm.
Setting 10: UL6 at Run (Alarm)
Motor Underload detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and triggers
a UL6 alarm.

140 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 11: UL6 at Speed Agree (Fault)

Motor Underload detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration). The operation stops and triggers a UL6 fault.
Setting 12: UL6 at Run (Fault)
Motor Underload detection works as long as a Run command is active. The operation stops and triggers a UL6 fault.
n L6-02: Torque Detection Level 1
Sets the detection levels for torque detection function 1 as a percentage of the drive rated output current.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1 0 to 300% 15%
Note: The torque detection level 1 (L6-02) can also be supplied by an analog input terminal set to H3-oo = 7. Here, the analog value has priority
and the setting in L6-02 is disregarded.

n L6-03: Torque Detection Time 1

Determines the time required to trigger an alarm or fault after exceeding the level in L6-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1 0.0 to 10.0 s 10.0 s

n o2-03: User Parameter Default Value

After completely setting up drive parameters, save the values as user-set defaults with parameter o2-03. After saving the values,
parameter A1-03 (Initialize Parameters) will offer the choice of "1110: User Initialize". Selecting 1110 resets all parameters
to the user-set default values. Refer to A1-03: Initialize Parameters on page 156 for details on drive initialization.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-03 User Parameter Default Value 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: No Change (Awaiting Command)

Setting 1: Set User Initialize Values

The current parameter settings are saved as user-set default for a later User Initialization. Setting o2-03 to 1 and pressing the
ENTER key saves the values and returns the display to 0.
Setting 2: Clear User Initialize Values
All user-set defaults for “User Initialize” are cleared. Setting o2-03 to 2 and pressing the ENTER key erases the values and

Start-Up Programming
returns the display to 0.
n o2-05: Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection

& Operation
Determines if the ENTER key must be pressed after changing the frequency reference using the HOA keypad while in Drive
Mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection 0, 1 0
4
Setting 0: ENTER Key Required
The ENTER key must be pressed every time the frequency reference is changed using the HOA keypad for the drive to accept
the change.
Setting 1: ENTER Key not Required
The output frequency changes immediately when the reference is changed by the up or down arrow keys on the HOA keypad.
The ENTER key does not need to be pressed. The frequency reference (Fref) is saved to memory after remaining unchanged
for 5 seconds.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 141
4.8 Auto-Tuning

4.8 Auto-Tuning
u Types of Auto-Tuning
The drive offers different types of Auto-Tuning for induction motors and permanent magnet motors. The type of Auto-Tuning
used differs further based on the control mode and other operating conditions. Refer to the tables below to select the type of
Auto-Tuning that bests suits the application. Refer to Start-Up Flowcharts on page 119 for directions on executing Auto-
Tuning.
Note: The drive will only show Auto-Tuning parameters that are valid for the control mode that has been set in A1-02. If the control mode is for
an induction motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for PM motors will not be available.

n Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors

This feature automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1-oo and E2-oo for an induction motor.
Table 4.18 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors
Control
Type Setting Application Conditions and Benefits Mode
V/f
• The drive is used in V/f Control and other Auto-Tuning selections are not
possible.
• Drive and motor capacities differ.
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line- • Tunes the drive after the cable between the drive and motor has been replaced
T1-01 = 2 YES
to-Line Resistance with a cable over 50 m long. Assumes Auto-Tuning has already been
performed.
• Should not be used for any vector control modes unless the motor cable has
changed.
• Recommended for applications using Speed Estimation Speed Search or using
the Energy Saving function in
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f V/f Control.
T1-01 = 3 YES
Control • Assumes motor can rotate while Auto-Tuning is executed. Increases accuracy
for certain functions like torque compensation, slip compensation, Energy
Saving, and Speed Search.

Table 4.19 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure this data is available before starting Auto-Tuning.
The necessary information is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the motor
manufacturer. Also refer to page 121 for details on Auto-Tuning processes and selections.
Table 4.19 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T1-01)
Input Value Input Parameter Unit 3
2 Rotational for
Line-to-Line Resistance V/f Control
Motor rated power T1-02 kW YES YES
Motor rated voltage T1-03 Vac – YES
Motor rated current T1-04 A YES YES
Motor rated frequency T1-05 Hz – YES
Number of motor poles T1-06 – – YES
Motor rated Speed T1-07 r/min – YES
Motor iron loss T1-11 W – YES

142 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.8 Auto-Tuning

n Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors

Automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1-oo and E5-oo when a PM motor is used.
Table 4.20 Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors
Control Mode
Type Setting Application Conditions and Benefits
OLV/PM
PM Motor Parameter • Motor does not rotate during Auto-Tuning.
T2-01 = 0 YES
Settings • Motor test report or motor data similar to Table 4.21 are available.

Table 4.21 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure the data is available before starting Auto-Tuning.
The necessary information is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the motor
manufacturer. Also refer to page 122 for details on the Auto-Tuning process and selection.
Table 4.21 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T2-01)
Input Value Input Parameter Unit 0
Motor Parameter
Settings
Control Mode A1-02 – 5
Motor Type T2-03 – –
Motor Rated Power T2-04 kW YES
Motor Rated Voltage T2-05 Vac YES
Motor Rated Current T2-06 A YES
Motor Rated Frequency T2-07 Hz YES
Number of Motor Poles T2-08 – YES
Stator Single-phase Resistance T2-10 Ω YES
d-Axis Inductance T2-11 mH YES
q-Axis Inductance T2-12 mH YES
Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection <1> T2-13 mVs/rad (elec.) YES
Voltage Constant <1> <2> T2-14 mVmin (mech.) YES
Tuning Pull-in Current T2-15 A –
T2 Tuning Start T2-18 – YES
<1> It is only necessary to input either T2-13 or T2-14. Select one and leave the other empty.
<2> Dependent upon T2-13 setting.

Start-Up Programming
u Before Auto-Tuning the Drive
Check the items below before Auto-Tuning the drive.

& Operation
n Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations
• Auto-Tuning requires the user to input data from the motor nameplate or motor test report. Make sure this data is available
before Auto-Tuning the drive.
• For best performance, the drive input supply voltage must be at least equal to or greater than the motor rated voltage. 4
Note: Better performance is possible when using a motor with a base voltage that is lower than the input supply voltage (20 V for 200 V class
models and 40 V for 400 V class models). This is particularly important when operating the motor above 90% of base speed, where high
torque precision is required.
• To cancel Auto-Tuning, press the OFF key on the HOA keypad.
• When using a motor contactor, make sure it is closed throughout the Auto-Tuning process.
Table 4.22 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Motor Type Auto-Tuning Type Digital Input Digital Output
Induction Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance Maintains the status at the start of Auto-Tuning
Motor Digital input functions Functions the same as during normal operation
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control are disabled.
PM Motor PM Motor Parameter Settings Digital output functions are disabled.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 143
4.8 Auto-Tuning

n Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning

Stationary Auto-Tuning modes analyze motor characteristics by injecting current into the motor for approximately one minute.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When executing stationary Auto-Tuning, voltage is applied to the motor before the motor rotates. Do
not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed. Failure to comply may result in injury or death from electrical shock.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If installed, do not release the mechanical brake during Stationary Auto-Tuning. Inadvertent brake
release may cause damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Ensure that the mechanical brake release circuit is not controlled by the
drive multi-function digital outputs.
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
• Perform when entering motor data manually while using motor cables longer than 50 m.
• If the motor cables have been replaced with cables more than 50 m long after Auto-Tuning has already been performed, use
Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.

u Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes

If tuning results are abnormal or the OFF key is pressed before completion, Auto-Tuning will be interrupted and a fault code
will appear on the HOA keypad.
A B
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180
ALM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180
ALM
- A.TUNE - DRV Rdy - MODE - DRV
Tune Proceeding
X.XX Hz/ X.XXA Er-03
STOP key
<<<<<< >>> >>>
FWD FWD RESET

A – During Auto-Tuning
ESC
LO B – Auto-Tuning
ESC
Aborted
LO
RE RE
Figure 4.27 Auto-Tuning Aborted Display
RESET ENTER RESET ENTER

RUN STOP RUN STOP

u Auto-Tuning Operation Example
The following example demonstrates Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f.
n Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning
Step Display/Result
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00 A LREF
FWD

- MODE - PRG
Auto-Tuning
2. Press or until the Auto-Tuning display appears. AUTO

HELP FWD DATA

- A.TUNE - PRG Rdy

Tuning Mode Sel
T1-01= 2 *2*
3. Press to begin setting parameters. Line-to-Line
ESC FWD DATA

- A.TUNE - PRG Rdy

Tuning Mode Sel
T1-01= 2 *2*
4. Press to display the value for T1-01. Line-to-Line
“0”
FWD

5. Save the setting by pressing . Entry Accepted

144 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.8 Auto-Tuning

Step Display/Result
- A.TUNE - PRG Rdy
Tuning Mode Sel
T1-01= 3 *3*
6. The display automatically returns to the display shown in Step 3. V/f Engy Sav Tun
ESC FWD DATA

n Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate

After selecting the type of Auto-Tuning, enter the data required from the motor nameplate.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 6 in “Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning”.

Step Display/Result
- A.TUNE - PRG Rdy
Mtr Rated Power
T1-02= 0.75kW
1. Press to access the motor output power parameter T1-02. (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“0.75kW”
ESC FWD DATA

- A.TUNE - PRG Rdy

Mtr Rated Power
T1-02= 000.75kW
2. Press to view the default setting. (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“0.75kW”
FWD

- A.TUNE - PRG Rdy

Mtr Rated Power
F1 F2
T1-02= 000.40kW
3. Press left , right , , , and to enter the motor power nameplate data in (0.00 ~ 650.00)
kW. “0.75kW”
FWD

4. Press to save the setting. Entry Accepted

- A.TUNE - PRG Rdy

Mtr Rated Power
T1-02= 0.40kW
5. The display automatically returns to the display in Step 1. (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“0.75kW”
ESC FWD DATA

- A.TUNE - PRG
Rated Voltage
T1-03= 200.0VAC
Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to set the following parameters: (0.0 ~ 255.0)
“200.0VAC”

Start-Up Programming
• T1-03, Motor Rated Voltage ESC FWD DATA

• T1-04, Motor Rated Current

6.
• T1-05, Motor Base Frequency

& Operation
• T1-06, Number of Motor Poles - A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Slip
• T1-07, Motor Base Frequency T1-10= X.XX Hz
(0.00 ~ 20.00)
“X.XX Hz”
ESC FWD DATA

Note: To execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance only, set parameters T1-02 and T1-04.
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 145
4.8 Auto-Tuning

n Starting Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive and motor may start unexpectedly during Auto-Tuning, which could result in death or
serious injury. Ensure the area surrounding the drive motor and load are clear before proceeding with Auto-Tuning.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. High voltage will be supplied to the motor when Stationary Auto-Tuning is performed even with the
motor stopped, which could result in death or serious injury. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning has been completed.
NOTICE: Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is engaged on the load. Failure to comply could result in improper
operation of the drive. Ensure the motor can freely spin before beginning Auto-Tuning.

Enter the required information from the motor nameplate. Press to proceed to the Auto-Tuning start display.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 6 in “Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate”.

Step Display/Result
- A.TUNE - DRV Rdy
Auto-Tuning
0.00 Hz/ 0.00A
1. After entering the data listed on the motor nameplate, press to confirm. Tuning Ready ?
Press HAND key
ESC FWD

- A.TUNE - DRV Rdy

Tune Proceeding

2. Press HAND
to activate Auto-Tuning. flashes. The drive begins by injecting current X.XX Hz/ X.XXA

into the motor for about 1 min, and then starts to rotate the motor. <<<<<< >>> >>>
FWD

- MODE - DRV

End
3. Auto-Tuning finishes in approximately one to two minutes. Tune Successful

FWD RESET

u T1: Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

The T1-oo parameters set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.
Note: For motors operating in the field weakening range, first perform the Auto-Tuning with the base data. After Auto-Tuning is complete, change
E1-04, Maximum Output Frequency, to the desired value.

n T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors on page 142 for details on the different
types of Auto-Tuning.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 2, 3 (V/f) 2 (V/f)

Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance

Setting 3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Energy Saving
n T1-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value.
Note: Use the following formula to convert HP to kW: kW = HP x 0.746.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-02 Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Determined by o2-04

n T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the voltage base speed when the motor operates
above base speed. Enter the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load conditions at rated speed to T1-03.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <1> 200.0 V <1>
<1> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double value for 400 V class drives.

146 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.8 Auto-Tuning

n T1-04: Motor Rated Current

Sets the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the current at the motor base speed.
No. Name Setting Range Default
10.0 to 300.0% of drive rated Determined by
T1-04 Motor Rated Current current o2-04

n T1-05: Motor Base Frequency

Sets the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used or
the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the maximum frequency to E1-04 after Auto-Tuning is complete.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-05 Motor Base Frequency 0.0 to 240.0 Hz 60.0 Hz

n T1-06: Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4

n T1-07: Motor Base Speed

Sets the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the speed at base frequency when using a motor
with an extended speed range or if using the motor in the field weakening area.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-07 Motor Base Speed 0 to 14400 r/min 1750 r/min

n T1-11: Motor Iron Loss

Provides iron loss information to determine the Energy Saving coefficient. T1-11 will first display the value for the motor iron
loss that the drive automatically calculated when the motor capacity was entered to T1-02. Enter the motor iron loss value
listed to T1-11 if the motor test report is available.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-11 Motor Iron Loss 0 to 65535 W 14 W

n T1-12: T1 Tuning Start

Start-Up Programming
Set T1-12 to 0 to start IM Auto-Tuning.
No. Name Setting Range Default

& Operation
T1-12 T1 Tuning Start 0 –

u T2: Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning

The T2-oo parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for PM motor tuning. 4
n T2-01: PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 0 0
Setting 0: PM Motor Parameter Settings

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 147
4.8 Auto-Tuning

n T2-03: PM Motor Type

Selects the type of PM motor the drive will operate.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-03 PM Motor Type 0, 1 1

Setting 0: IPM motor

Setting 1: SPM motor

n T2-04: PM Motor Rated Power

Specifies the motor rated power in kilowatts.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by o2-04
T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW and C6-01

n T2-05: PM Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the motor rated voltage.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <1> 200.0 V <1>
<1> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives; double the value for 400 V class drives.

n T2-06: PM Motor Rated Current

Enter the motor rated current in amps.
No. Name Setting Range Default
0.0% to 300.0% of the
T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current Determined by o2-04
drive rated current.

n T2-07: PM Motor Base Frequency

Enter the motor base frequency in Hz.
Note: T2-07 will be displayed when in OLV/PM.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-07 PM Motor Base Frequency 0.0 to 240.0 Hz 87.5 Hz

n T2-08: Number of PM Motor Poles

Enter the number of motor poles.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles 2 to 48 6

n T2-10: PM Motor Stator Resistance

Enter the motor stator resistance per motor phase.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Determined by T2-02

n T2-11: PM Motor d-Axis Inductance

Enter the d-Axis inductance per motor phase.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Determined by T2-02

148 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.8 Auto-Tuning

n T2-12: PM Motor q-Axis Inductance

Enter the q-Axis inductance per motor phase.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Determined by T2-02

n T2-13: Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection

Selects the units used for setting the induced voltage coefficient.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: mV (r/min)

Setting 1: mV (rad/sec)
Note: If T2-13 is set to 0, then the drive will use E5-24 (Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2), and will automatically set E5-09 (Motor Induction
Voltage Constant 1) to 0.0. If T2-13 is set to 1, then the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-25 to 0.0.

n T2-14: PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant (Ke)

Enter the motor induced voltage constant (Ke).
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant 0.0 to 2000.0 Determined by T2-02

n T2-15: Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning

Sets the amount of pull-in current. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning 0 to 120% 30%

n T2-18: T2 Tuning Start

Set T2-18 to 0 to start PM motor Auto-Tuning.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-18 T2 Tuning Start 0 –

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 149
4.9 No-Load Operation Test Run

4.9 No-Load Operation Test Run

u No-Load Operation Test Run
This section explains how to operate the drive with the motor decoupled from the load during a test run.
n Before Starting the Motor
Check the following items before operation:
• Ensure the area around the motor is safe.
• Ensure external emergency stop circuitry is working properly and other safety precautions have been taken.
n During Operation
Check the following items during operation:
• The motor should rotate smoothly (i.e., no abnormal noise or oscillation).
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
n No-Load Operation Instructions
The following example illustrates a test run procedure using the HOA keypad.
Step Display/Result
Before starting the motor, set parameter d1-01, Frequency Reference, to 6 Hz.
1. – –
The Run command from AUTO mode must be OFF.
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
2. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00 A LREF
FWD

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-183 ALM

- -DRIVE-
MODE - DRV -Rdy-
Rdy
Freq Ref (OPR)
U1- 01=60.00Hz
U1-01= 0.00Hz

U1-0.00
U1-03=
----------------
U1-02= 0.00Hz
02=60.00Hz
A LREF
LSEQ

JOG FWD FWD/REV

JOG FWD FWD/REV

F1 F2

Press HAND to give the drive a Run command from HAND mode. The HAND light will
M M

3. ESC
HAND

turn on and the motor will rotate at 6 Hz. RESET ENTER

ENTER

AUTO OFF

HAND HAND

Off On
Motor

4. Ensure the motor is rotating in the correct direction and that no faults or alarms occur.

Forward

If there is no error in step 3, press to increase the frequency reference. Increase the
5. frequency in increments of 10 Hz, verifying smooth operation at all speeds. For each – –
frequency, check the drive output current using monitor U1-03. The current should be well
below the motor rated current.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-183 ALM

- -DRIVE-
MODE - DRV -Rdy-
Rdy
FREF
Freq Ref(OPR)
(OPR)
U1- 01=60.00Hz
U1-01= 60.00Hz
0.00Hz

U1-03=
----------------
U1-02= 0.00Hz
U1-0.00A
02=60.00Hz
0.00 A
LSEQ
LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV
JOG FWD FWD/REV

F1 F2
M M

OFF ESC

The drive should operate normally. Press to stop the motor. The HAND light is
HAND

6. RESET ENTER

OFF and the motor coasts to stop. AUTO OFF

HAND HAND

On Off

150 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.10 Test Run with Load Connected

4.10 Test Run with Load Connected

u Test Run with the Load Connected
After performing a no-load test run, connect the motor and proceed to run the motor and load together.
n Precautions for Connected Machinery
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Clear all personnel from the drive, motor, and machine area before applying power. System may
start unexpectedly upon application of power, causing death or serious injury.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Always check the operation of any fast stop circuits after they are wired. Fast stop circuits are
required to provide safe and quick shutdown of the drive. Prepare to initiate an emergency stop during the test run. Operating a drive with
untested emergency circuits could result in death or serious injury.
• The motor should come to a complete stop without problems.
• Connect the load and machinery to the motor.
• Fasten all installation screws properly and check that the motor and connected machinery are held in place.
n Checklist Before Operation
• The motor should rotate in the proper direction.
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
n Operating the Motor under Loaded Conditions
Test run the application similarly to the no-load test procedure when connecting the machinery to the motor.
• Monitor U1-03 for overcurrent during operation.
• If the application permits running the load in the reverse direction, change the motor direction and the frequency reference
while watching for abnormal motor oscillation or vibration.
• Correct any problems that occur with hunting, oscillation, and other control-related issues.

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 151
4.11 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

4.11 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

Use the Verify Menu to check all changes to parameter settings. Refer to Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu on
page 116.
Save the verified parameter settings. Change the access level or set a password to the drive to prevent accidental modification
of parameter settings.

u Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03

Setting o2-03 to 1 saves all parameter settings before resetting o2-03 to 0. The drive can now recall all the saved parameters
by performing a User Initialization (A1-03 = 1110).
Parameter Setting Default
No. Description
Name Range Setting
Lets the user create a set of default settings for a User Initialization.
0: Saved/Not Set
1: Set Defaults - Saves current parameter settings as the default values for a User
User Parameter
o2-03 Initialization. 0 to 2 0
Default Values 2: Clear All - Clears the currently saved user settings. After saving the user parameter set
value, the items of 1110 (User Initialization) are displayed in A1-03 (User Parameter Default
Value).
Selects a method to initialize the parameters.
0: No Initialize
1110: User Initialization (The user must first program and store desired settings using
Initialize parameter o2-03)
A1-03 0 to 3420 0
Parameters 2220: 2-Wire Initialization (parameter initialized prior to shipment)
3330: 3-Wire Initialization
3410: HVAC Initialization
3420: OEM Bypass Initialization

u Parameter Access Level: A1-01

Setting the Access Level for “Operation only” (A1-01 = 0) allows the user to access parameters A1-oo and Uo-oo only.
Other parameters are not displayed.
Setting the Access Level for “User Parameters” (A1-01 = 1) allows the user to access only the parameters that have been
previously saved as User Parameters. This is helpful when displaying only the relevant parameters for a specific application.
Parameter Setting
No. Description Default
Name Range
Selects which parameters are accessible via the HOA keypad.
0: Operation only. A1-01 and A1-04 can be set and monitored, and Uo-ooparameters can also
Access Level be viewed.
A1-01 0 to 2 2
Selection 1: User Parameters. Only recently changed parameters from application parameters A2-01 to
A2-16 and A2-17 to A2 -32 can be set and monitored.
2: Advanced Access Level. All parameters can be set and monitored.
Parameters selected by the user are saved as User Parameters, including recently viewed
parameters and parameters specifically selected for quick access.
A2-01 User If parameter A2-33 is set to 1, recently viewed parameters will be listed between A2-17 and A2-32. b1-01 to
to Parameters 1 Parameters A2-01 through A2-16 must be manually selected by the user. –
A2-32 to 32 oo-oo
If A2-33 is set to 0, recently viewed parameters will not be saved to the group of User Parameters.
A2-oo parameters are now available for manual programming.
User 0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a group of User Parameters.
Parameter 1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17
A2-33 0, 1 1
Automatic through A2-32 for quick access. The most recently changed parameter is saved to A2-17. The
Selection second most recently changed parameter is saved to A2-18, etc.

u Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05

The user can set a password in parameter A1-05 to restrict access to the drive. The password must be entered to A1-04 to
unlock parameter access (i.e., parameter setting A1-04 must match the value programmed into A1-05). The following
parameters cannot be viewed or edited until the value entered to A1-04 correctly matches the value set to A1-05: A1-01, A1-02,
A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through A2-33.
Note: OFF
Parameter A1-05 is hidden from view. To display A1-05, access parameter A1-04 and press and simultaneously.

152 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.11 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

u Copy Function
Parameter settings can be copied to another drive to simplify parameter restoration or multiple drive setup. The drive supports
the following copy options:
• HOA Keypad (standard in all models)
The HOA keypad used to operate the drive supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings.
• USB Copy Unit and CopyUnitManager
The copy unit is an external option connected to the drive to copy parameter settings from one drive and save those settings
to another drive. Refer to the manual supplied with the USB Copy Unit for instructions.
The CopyUnitManager is a PC software tool. It allows the user to load parameter settings from the Copy Unit onto a PC,
or from the PC onto a Copy Unit. This is useful when managing parameters for various drives or applications. Refer to the
manual supplied with the CopyUnitManager for instructions.

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 153
4.12 Test Run Checklist

4.12 Test Run Checklist

Review the checklist before performing a test run. Check each item that applies.
No. Checklist Page
1 Thoroughly read the manual before performing a test run. –
2 Turn the power on. 123
3 Set the voltage for the power supply to E1-01. 134

Check the items that correspond to the control mode being used.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing
the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment. When programmed for 3-Wire control, a momentary
closure on terminal S1 may cause the drive to start.

No. Checklist Page

V/f Control (A1-02 = 0)
4 Select the best V/f pattern according to the application and motor characteristics. –
5 Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control if using Energy Saving functions. 142
Open Loop Vector Control for PM (A1-02 = 5)
6 Perform Auto-Tuning as described. 142

154 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

This section explains advanced settings and parameters that may be required for drive operation. Refer to Parameter List on
page 279 for a complete listing of drive parameters if more information is required for parameters not listed in this section
or in 4.7 Basic Drive Setup Adjustments.
n A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the HOA keypad.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-00 Language Selection 0, 1, 3, 5, 6 0
Setting 0: English
Setting 1: Japanese
Setting 3: French
Setting 5: Spanish
Setting 6: Portuguese
n A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
A1-01 Access Level Selection 0 to 2 2
Setting 0: Operation Only
Access to only parameters A1-01, A1-04, and all U monitor parameters.
Setting 1: User Parameters
Access to only a specific list of parameters set to A2-01 through A2-32. These User Parameters can be accessed using the
Setup Mode of the HOA keypad.
Setting 2: Advanced Access Level (A)
All parameters can be viewed and edited.
Notes on Parameter Access
• If the drive parameters are password protected by A1-04 and A1-05, parameters A1-00 through A1-03, and all A2 parameters

Start-Up Programming
cannot be modified.
• If a digital input terminal programmed for “Program lockout” (H1-oo = 1B) is enabled, parameter values cannot be
modified, even if A1-01 is set to 1 or 2.

& Operation
• If parameters are changed via serial communication, it will not be possible to edit or change parameter settings with the
HOA keypad until an Enter command is issued to the drive from the serial communication.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 155
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n A1-03: Initialize Parameters

Resets parameters to default values. After initialization, the setting for A1-03 automatically returns to 0.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
0, 1110, 2220,
A1-03 Initialize Parameters 0
3330, 3410, 3420
Setting 0: No Initialize
Setting 1110: User Initialize
Resets parameters to the values selected by the user as User Settings. User Settings are stored when parameter o2-03 is set to
“1: Set defaults”.
Note: User Initialization resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values previously saved to the drive. Set parameter o2-03 to 2 to
clear the user-defined default values.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as Forward run and Reverse run, respectively.
Setting 3330: 3-Wire Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings with digital inputs S1, S2, and S5 configured as Run, Stop, and Forward/Reverse
respectively.
Setting 3410: HVAC Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings. The following parameters are not reset:
H1-03: b1 (Customer Safeties)
H1-04: b2 (BAS Interlock)
H1-05: AF (Emergency Override Forward Run)
H2-03: b2 (BAS Interlock Relay Contact)
Note: After performing an HVAC Initialization, H1-03 to H1-05 and H2-03 will be displayed in the Modified Parameters list.
Setting 3420: OEM Bypass Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings. The following parameters are not reset:
H1-03: A7 (BP Customer Safeties)
H1-04: A6 (BP BAS Interlock)
H1-05: A4 (BP Emergency Override)
H1-06: AE (BP Bypass Run)
H2-01: A4 (BP Drive Relay)
H2-02: A5 (BP Bypass Relay)
H2-03: A6 (BP BAS Interlock)
o1-16: 2 (Drive/Bypass)
Note: After performing an OEM Bypass Initialization, H1-03 to H1-05, H2-01 to H2-03, and o1-16 will be displayed in the Modified Parameters
list.
Notes on Parameter Initialization
The parameters shown in Table 4.23 will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220 or 3330. Although
the control mode in A1-02 is not reset when A1-03 is set to 2220 or 3330, it may change when an application preset is selected.
Table 4.23 Parameters Not Changed by Drive Initialization
No. Parameter Name
A1-00 Language Selection
A1-02 Control Method Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
F6-08 Communication Parameter Reset
L8-35 Installation Selection

156 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

No. Parameter Name

o2-04 Drive/kVA Selection

n A1-06: Application Preset

Several Application Presets are available to facilitate drive setup for commonly used applications. Selecting one of these
Application Presets automatically assigns functions to the input and output terminals and sets a predefined group of parameters
to values appropriate for the selected application.
In addition, the parameters most likely to be changed are assigned to the group of User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-16.
User Parameters are part of the Setup Group, which provides quicker access by eliminating the need to scroll through multiple
menus.
n b1-04: Reverse Operation Selection
Enables and disables Reverse operation. For some applications, reverse motor rotation is not appropriate and may cause
problems (e.g., air handling units, pumps, etc.).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Reverse Enabled
Possible to operate the motor in both forward and reverse directions.
Setting 1: Reverse Disabled
Drive disregards a Reverse run command or a negative frequency reference.
n b1-14: Phase Order Selection
Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.
Switching motor phases will reverse the direction of the motor.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-14 Phase Order Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Standard
Setting 1: Switch Phase Order
The direction of the motor is reversed.
n b1-17: Run Command at Power Up

Start-Up Programming
Determines whether an external Run command that is active during power up will start the drive.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

& Operation
b1-17 Run Command at Power Up 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Disregarded
A new Run command must be issued after power up. Cycle the Run command to start the drive.
Note: For safety reasons, the drive is initially programmed not to accept a Run command at power up (b1-17 = 0). If a Run command is issued at
power up, the RUN indicator LED will flash quickly.
4
Setting 1: Allowed
The motor will start immediately after a power up if a Run command is already enabled.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If b1-17 is set to 1 and an external Run command is active during power up, the motor will begin
rotating as soon as the power is switched on. Proper precautions must be taken to ensure that the area around the motor is safe prior to
powering up the drive. Failure to comply may cause serious injury.

n b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start Frequency

Active when “Ramp to Stop” is selected as the stopping method (b1-03 = 0).
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 Hz A1-02
The function triggered by parameter b2-01 depends on the control mode that has been selected.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 157
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

V/f (A1-02 = 0)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for DC Injection Braking at Stop. When the output
frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, DC Injection Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-04.
DC Injection
Braking
E1-09 Min. Frequency
b2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
b2-04

Figure 4.28 DC Injection Braking at Stop for V/f

Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as the frequency
falls to the value set to E1-09.
OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for Short-Circuit Braking at stop. When the output
frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, Short-Circuit Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-13. If DC Injection
Braking time is enabled at stop, then DC Injection Braking is performed for the time set in b2-04 after Short-Circuit Braking
is complete.
Short Circuit DC Injection
E1-09 Min. Frequency Braking Braking
b2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
b2-13 b2-04

Figure 4.29 Short-Circuit Braking at Stop in OLV/PM

Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as the frequency
falls to the value set to E1-09.

n b2-02: DC Injection Braking Current

Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current. The carrier frequency is automatically reduced
to 1 kHz when this parameter is set to more than 50%.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-02 DC Injection Braking Current 0 to 100% 50%
The level of DC Injection Braking current affects the strength of the magnetic field attempting to lock the motor shaft.
Increasing the current level will increase the amount of heat generated by the motor windings. Do not set this parameter higher
than the level necessary to hold the motor shaft.
n b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking at start. Used to stop a coasting motor before restarting it or to apply braking torque at
start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-03 DC Injection Braking Time at Start 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s
Note: Before starting an uncontrolled rotating motor (e.g., a fan motor driven by windmill effect), use DC Injection or Speed Search to stop the
motor or detect motor speed before starting it. Otherwise, motor stalling and other faults can occur.

n b2-04: DC Injection Braking Time at Stop

Sets the time of DC Injection Braking at stop. Used to completely stop a motor with high inertia load after ramp down. Increase
the value if the motor still coasts by inertia after it should have stopped. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s

158 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n b3-01: Speed Search Selection at Start

Determines if Speed Search is automatically performed when a Run command is issued.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start 0, 1 A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
This setting starts operating the drive at the minimum output frequency when the Run command is entered. If external Speed
Search 1 or 2 is already enabled by a digital input, the drive will start operating with Speed Search.
Setting 1: Enabled
This setting performs Speed Search when the Run command is entered. The drive begins running the motor after Speed Search
is complete.
n b3-02: Speed Search Deactivation Current
Sets the operating current for Speed Search as a percentage of the drive rated current. Normally there is no need to change
this setting. Lower this value if the drive has trouble restarting.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current 0 to 200% A1-02
Note: When parameter A1-02 = 0 (V/f Control) the factory default setting is 120.

n b3-03: Speed Search Deceleration Time

Sets the output frequency reduction ramp used by Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) and by the Current Injection
Method of Speed Estimation (b3-24 = 1). The time entered into b3-03 will be the time to decelerate from maximum frequency
(E1-04) to minimum frequency (E1-09).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-03 Speed Search Deceleration Time 0.1 to 10.0 s 2.0 s

n b3-04: V/f Gain during Speed Search

During Speed Search, the output voltage calculated from the V/f pattern is multiplied with this value. Changing this value can
help reduce the output current during Speed Search.
No. Name Setting Range Default

Start-Up Programming
Determined by
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search 10 to 100% o2-04

& Operation
n b3-05: Speed Search Delay Time
In cases where an output contactor is used between the drive and the motor, the contactor must be closed before Speed Search
can be performed. This parameter can be used to delay the Speed Search operation, giving the contactor enough time to close
completely.
4
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-05 Speed Search Delay Time 0.0 to 100.0 s 0.2 s

n b3-06: Output Current 1 during Speed Search

Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Estimation Speed Search as a factor of the motor rated current
set in E2-01. If the motor speed is relatively slow when the drive starts to perform Speed Search after a long period of baseblock,
it may be helpful to increase the setting value. The output current during Speed Search is automatically limited by the drive
rated current.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search 0.0 to 2.0 o2-04
Note: Use Current Detection Speed Search if Speed Estimation is not working correctly even after adjusting b3-06.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 159
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n b3-10: Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain

Sets the gain for the detected motor speed of the Speed Estimation Speed Search. Increase the setting only if an overvoltage
fault occurs when the drive restarts the motor.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-10 Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain 1.00 to 1.20 1.05

n b3-14: Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection

Sets how the drive determines the motor rotation direction when performing Speed Estimation Speed Search.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive uses the frequency reference to determine the direction of motor rotation to restart the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The drive detects the motor rotation direction to restart the motor.
n b3-17: Speed Search Restart Current Level
Sets the current level at which Speed Estimation is restarted as a percentage of drive rated current to avoid overcurrent and
overvoltage problems since a large current can flow into the drive if the difference between the estimated frequency and the
actual motor speed is too big when performing Speed Estimation.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-17 Speed Search Restart Current Level 0 to 200% 110%

n b3-18: Speed Search Restart Detection Time

Sets the time for which the current must be above the level set in b3-17 before restarting Speed Search.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-18 Speed Search Restart Detection Time 0.00 to 1.00 s 0.10 s

n b3-19: Number of Speed Search Restarts

Sets the number of times the drive should attempt to find the speed and restart the motor. If the number of restart attempts
exceeds the value set to b3-19, the SEr fault will occur and the drive will stop.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-19 Number of Speed Search Restarts 0 to 10 3

n b3-24: Speed Search Method Selection

Sets the Speed Search method.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b3-24 Speed Search Method Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Current Detection
Setting 1: Speed Estimation
n b3-25: Speed Search Wait Time
Sets the wait time between Speed Search restarts. Increase the wait time if problems occur with overcurrent, overvoltage, or
if the SEr fault occurs.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-25 Speed Search Wait Time 0.0 to 300.0 s 0.5 s

160 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n b3-27: Start Speed Search Select

Selects a condition to activate Speed Search Selection at Start (b3-01) or External Speed Search Command 1 or 2 from the
multi-function input.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-27 Start Speed Search Select 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Triggered when a Run Command Is Issued (Normal)
Setting 1: Triggered when an External Baseblock Is Released
n b5-01: PI Function Setting
Enables or disables the PI operation and selects the PI operation mode.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-01 PI Function Setting 0, 1, 3 0
Setting 0: PI Disabled
Setting 1: Output Frequency = PI Output 1
The PI controller is enabled and the PI output builds the frequency reference.
Setting 3: Output Frequency = Frequency Reference + PI Output 1
The PI controller is enabled and the PI output is added to the frequency reference.
n b5-02: Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Sets the P gain applied to the PI input. Larger values will tend to reduce the error but may cause oscillations if set too high,
while lower values may allow too much offset between the setpoint and feedback.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-02 Proportional Gain Setting (P) 0.00 to 25.00 2.00

n b5-03: Integral Time Setting (I)

Sets the time constant used to calculate the integral of the PI input. The shorter the integral time set to b5-03, the faster the
offset will be eliminated. If the integral time is set too short, however, overshoot or oscillation may occur. To turn off the
integral time, set b5-03 to 0.00.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-03 Integral Time Setting (I) 0.0 to 360.0 s 0.5 s

Start-Up Programming
n b5-04: Integral Limit Setting
Sets the maximum output possible from the integral block as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).

& Operation
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-04 Integral Limit Setting 0.0 to 100.0% 100.0%
Note: On some applications, especially those with rapidly varying loads, the output of the PI function may show a fair amount of oscillation.
Program b5-04 to apply a limit to the integral output and suppress this oscillation. 4
n b5-06: PI Output Limit
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PI controller as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-06 PI Output Limit 0.0 to 100.0% 100.0%

n b5-07: PI Offset Adjustment

Sets the offset added to the PI controller output as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-07 PI Offset Adjustment -100.0 to 100.0% 0.0%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 161
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n b5-08: PI Primary Delay Time Constant

Sets the time constant for the filter applied to the output of the PI controller. Normally, change is not required.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-08 PI Primary Delay Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s
Note: Useful when there is a fair amount of oscillation or when rigidity is low. Set to a value larger than the cycle of the resonant frequency.
Increasing this time constant may reduce the responsiveness of the drive.

n b5-09: PI Output Level Selection

Reverses the sign of the PI controller output signal. Normally a positive PI input (feedback smaller than setpoint) leads to
positive PI output.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-09 PI Output Level Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Normal Output
A positive PI input causes an increase in the PI output (direct acting).
Setting 1: Reverse Output
A positive PI input causes a decrease in the PI output (reverse acting).
n b5-10: PI Output Gain Setting
Applies a gain to the PI output and can be helpful when the PI function is used to trim the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3 or
4).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-10 PI Output Gain Setting 0.00 to 25.00 1.00

n b5-11: PI Output Reverse Selection

Determines whether a negative PI output reverses the direction of drive operation. This parameter has no effect when the PI
function trims the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3) and the PI output will not be limited (same as b5-11 = 1).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-11 PI Output Reverse Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Reverse Disabled
Negative PI output will be limited to 0 and the drive output will be stopped.
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PI output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
n b5-12: PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection
Enables or disables the feedback loss detection and sets the operation when a feedback loss is detected.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-12 PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection 0 to 5 0
Note: b5-12 setting range is 0 to 2 in drive software PRG: 1013 and earlier.
Setting 0: Digital Output Only (Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
A digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2-oo = 3E) will be triggered if the PI feedback value is below the detection
level set to b5-13 for the time set to b5-14 or longer. A digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2-oo = 3F) will be triggered
if the PI feedback value is beyond the detection level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Neither a fault nor an
alarm is displayed on the HOA keypad and the drive will continue operation. The output resets when the feedback value leaves
the loss detection range. Detection remains active when PI is disabled by digital input (H1-oo = 19).
Setting 1: Feedback Loss Alarm (Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback Low” alarm
will be displayed and a digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2-oo = 3E) will be triggered. If the PI feedback value
exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH - Feedback High” alarm will be displayed and a

162 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2-oo = 3F) will be triggered. Both events trigger an alarm output (H1-oo = 10).
The drive will continue operation. The alarm and outputs reset when the feedback value leaves the loss detection range.
Detection remains active when PI is disabled by digital input (H1-oo = 19).
Setting 2: Feedback Loss Fault (Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FbL - Feedback Low” fault
will be displayed. If the PI feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FbH - Feedback
High” fault will be displayed. Both events trigger a fault output (H1-oo = E) and cause the drive to stop the motor. Detection
remains active when PI is disabled by digital input (H1-oo = 19).
Setting 3: Digital Output Only
A digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2-oo = 3E) will be triggered if the PI feedback value is below the detection
level set to b5-13 for the time set to b5-14 or longer. A digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2-oo = 3F) will be triggered
if the PI feedback value is beyond the detection level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Neither a fault nor an
alarm is displayed on the HOA keypad and the drive will continue operation. The output resets when the feedback value leaves
the loss detection range. Detection is disabled when PI is disabled by digital input (H1-oo = 19).
Setting 4: Feedback Loss Alarm
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback Low” alarm
will be displayed and a digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2-oo = 3E) will be triggered. If the PI feedback value
exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH - Feedback High” alarm will be displayed and a
digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2-oo = 3F) will be triggered. Both events trigger an alarm output (H1-oo = 10).
The drive will continue operation. The alarm and outputs reset when the feedback value leaves the loss detection range.
Detection is disabled when PI is disabled by digital input (H1-oo = 19).
Setting 5: Feedback Loss Fault
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FbL - Feedback Low” fault
will be displayed. If the PI feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FbH - Feedback
High” fault will be displayed. Both events trigger a fault output (H1-oo = E) and cause the drive to stop the motor. Detection
is disabled when PI is disabled by digital input (H1-oo = 19).
n b5-13: PI Feedback Low Detection Level
Sets the feedback level used for PI feedback low detection. The PI feedback must fall below this level for longer than the time
set to b5-14 before feedback loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-13 PI Feedback Low Detection Level 0 to 100% 0%

n b5-14: PI Feedback Low Detection Time

Start-Up Programming
Sets the time that the PI feedback has to fall below b5-13 before feedback loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default

& Operation
b5-14 PI Feedback Low Detection Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 1.0 s

n b5-15: PI Sleep Function Start Level

Sets the level that triggers PI Sleep/Snooze.
4
The drive goes into Sleep/Snooze mode if the PI output or frequency reference is smaller than b5-15 for longer than the time
set to b5-16. The drive resumes operation when the PI output or frequency reference is above b5-15 for longer than the time
set to b5-16.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-15 PI Sleep Function Start Level 0.0 to 240.0 Hz 0.0 Hz

n b5-16: PI Sleep Delay Time

Sets the delay time to activate or deactivate the PI Sleep/Snooze function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-16 PI Sleep Delay Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 0.0 s

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 163
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n b5-17: PI Accel/Decel Time

The PI acceleration/deceleration time is applied on the PI setpoint value.
When the setpoint changes quickly, the normal C1-oo acceleration times reduce the responsiveness of the system as they
are applied after the PI output. The PI accel/decel time helps avoid the hunting and overshoot and undershoot that can result
from the reduced responsiveness.
The PI acceleration/deceleration time can be canceled using a digital input programmed for “PI SFS cancel” (H1-oo = 34).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-17 PI Accel/Decel Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s 0.0 s

n b5-18: PI Setpoint Selection

Enables or disables parameter b5-19 for PI setpoint.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-18 PI Setpoint Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter b5-19 is not used as the PI setpoint.
Setting 1: Enabled
Parameter b5-19 is used as PI setpoint.
n b5-19: PI Setpoint Value
Used as the PI setpoint if parameter b5-18 = 1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-19 PI Setpoint Value 0.00 to 600.00% 0.00%
Note: Unit and resolution for b5-19 is determined by b5-20, b5-39, and b5-46.
The following conditions apply to drives with software PRG: 1014 and later. Parameter b5-19 is internally limited to b5-38.
Changing b5-20, b5-38 and b5-39 will not automatically update the value of b5-19.
n b5-20: PI Setpoint Scaling
Determines the units for the PI Setpoint Value (b5-19) and monitors U5-01 and U5-04.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-20 PI Setpoint Scaling 0 to 3 1
Setting 0: Hz
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed in Hz with a resolution of 0.01 Hz.
Setting 1: %
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed as a percentage with a resolution of 0.01%.
Setting 2: r/min
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed in r/min with a resolution of 1 r/min.
Setting 3: User Defined
Parameters b5-38 and b5-39 determine the units and resolution used to display the values the setpoint in b5-19, and PI monitors
U5-01 and U5-04.
n b5-21: PI Sleep Input Source
Selects the Sleep Function characteristic action. When b5-21 is set to 1, the Sleep Function Start Level (b5-15) is compared
to the output of the drive (Speed Command after PI Block). Use this setting for open loop control.
The Sleep Function Start Level (b5-15) can be compared to the drive input or setpoint by setting b5-21 to 0.
When b5-21 is set to 2, a variation of the Sleep Function called “Snooze” is enabled. See parameters b5-22 to b5-27 for details.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-21 PI Sleep Input Source 0 to 2 1

164 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 0: PI Setpoint
Setting 1: SFS Input
Setting 2: Snooze
n b5-22: PI Snooze Level
Sets the PI Snooze function start level as a percentage of maximum frequency.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-22 PI Snooze Level 0 to 100% 0%

n b5-23: PI Snooze Delay Time

Sets the PI Snooze function delay time in seconds.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-23 PI Snooze Delay Time 0 to 2600 s 0s

n b5-24: PI Snooze Deactivation Level

When the PI feedback drops below this level, normal operation starts again. Sets as a percentage of maximum frequency.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-24 PI Snooze Deactivation Level 0 to 100% 0%

n b5-25: PI Setpoint Boost Setting

Temporary increase of PI setpoint to create an overshoot of the intended PI setpoint.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-25 PI Setpoint Boost Setting 0 to 100% 0%

n b5-26: PI Maximum Boost Time

Associated with the Snooze Function. In cases where the temporary PI Setpoint (intended PI setpoint + PI Setpoint Boost)
cannot be reached within the PI Maximum Boost Time (b5-26), the Setpoint Boost is interrupted and the Drive output is turned
off.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-26 PI Maximum Boost Time 0 to 2600 s 0s

Start-Up Programming
n b5-27: PI Snooze Feedback Level
The second method of initiating the Snooze Function. The drive output shuts off when the PI feedback level exceeds the PI
Snooze Feedback Level (b5-27).

& Operation
Normal drive and PI operation return after the PI feedback drops below the PI Snooze Deactivation Level (b5-24). Snooze
activates when both b5-22 and b5-27 conditions are met. There is no time delay for deactivation.
Sets as a percentage of maximum frequency.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default 4
b5-27 PI Snooze Feedback Level 0 to 100% 60%

n b5-28: PI Feedback Function Selection

When b5-28 is set to 1, the square root of the PI feedback is compared to the PI Setpoint to determine appropriate drive output
to properly regulate the system.
This is helpful in cases where the measured feedback is pressure, but the PI loop needs to regulate flow.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-28 PI Feedback Function Selection 0, 1 0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 165
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

0: Disabled
1: Square Root
n b5-29: PI Square Root Gain
A multiplier applied to the square root of the feedback. If the PI Function is regulating the flow of a closed loop system by
using a pressure feedback, it may be convenient to view the square root of the PI output using monitor U1-37.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-29 PI Square Root Gain 0.00 to 2.00 0.00

n b5-30: PI Feedback Offset

Sets PI feedback Offset as a percentage of maximum frequency.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-30 PI Feedback Offset 0.00 to 100.00% 0.00%

n b5-34: PI Output Lower Limit

Sets the minimum possible PI controller output as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). The lower limit is
disabled when set to 0.00%
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-34 PI Output Lower Limit -100.0 to 100.0% 0.0%

n b5-35: PI Input Limit

Sets the maximum allowed PI input as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Parameter b5-35 acts as a
bipolar limit.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-35 PI Input Limit 0 to 1000.0% 1000.0%

n b5-36: PI Feedback High Detection Level

Sets the feedback level used for PI feedback high detection. The PI feedback must exceed this level for longer than the time
set to b5-37 before feedback loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-36 PI Feedback High Detection Level 0 to 100% 100%

n b5-37: PI Feedback High Detection Time

Sets the time that the PI feedback must exceed the value set to b5-36 before feedback loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-37 PI Feedback High Detection Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 1.0 s

n b5-38, b5-39: PI Setpoint User Display, PI Setpoint Display Digits

When parameter b5-20 is set to 3, parameters b5-38 and b5-39 set a user-defined display for the PI setpoint (b5-19) and PI
feedback monitors (U5-01, U5-04).
Parameter b5-38 determines the display value when the maximum frequency is output and parameter b5-39 determines the
number of digits. The setting value is equal to the number of decimal places.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
b5-38 PI Setpoint User Display 1 to 60000 b5-20
Determined by
b5-39 PI Setpoint Display Digits 0 to 3 b5-20

n b5-40: Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI

Sets the content of the frequency reference monitor display (U1-01) when PI control is active.

166 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

No. Name Setting Range Default

b5-40 Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Frequency Reference after PI
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference increased or reduced for the PI output.
Setting 1: Frequency Reference
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference value.
n b5-41: PI Unit Selection
Sets the display units in U5-14 and U5-15.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-41 PI Unit Selection 0 to 14 0
Setting 0: WC (Inch of Water)
Setting 1: PSI (Pounds per Square Inch)
Setting 2: GPM (Gallons per Minute)
Setting 3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
Setting 4: CFM (Cubic Feet per Minute)
Setting 5: CMH (Cubic Meters per Hour)
Setting 6: LPH (Liters per Hour)
Setting 7: LPS (Liters per Second)
Setting 8: Bar (Bar)
Setting 9: Pa (Pascal)
Setting 10: C (Degrees Celsius)
Setting 11: Mtr (Meters)
Setting 12: Ft (Feet)
Setting 13: LPM (Liters per Minute)
Setting 14: CMM (Cubic Meters per Minute)
n b5-42: PI Output Monitor Calculation Method
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-42 PI Output Monitor Calculation Method 0 to 3 0

Start-Up Programming
Setting 0: Linear
The monitor displays PI output.

& Operation
Setting 1: Square Root
The monitor displays square root PI output.
Setting 2: Quadratic
The monitor displays 1/(PI output)2 4
Setting 3: Cubic
The monitor displays 1/(PI output)3
n b5-43/b5-44: Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 1/2
Set the maximum monitor value at maximum frequency. U5-14 and U5-15 show Custom PI output. U5-14 shows the upper
4 digits and U5-15 shows the lower 4 digits. It shows 999999.99 maximum.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-43 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 2 0 to 9999 0
b5-44 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 2 0.00 to 99.99 0.00

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 167
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n b5-45: Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 3

b5-14 shows Custom PI Output. b5-45 sets the minimum display value at zero speed. This function is effective when b5-42
is set to 0 (Linear).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-45 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 3 0 999.9

n b5-46: PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection

Sets the HOA keypad display units in U5-01 and U5-04 when b5-20 is set to 3.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-46 PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection 0 to 14 0
Setting 0: WC (Inch of Water)
Setting 1: PSI (Pounds per Square Inch)
Setting 2: GPM (Gallons per Minute)
Setting 3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
Setting 4: CFM (Cubic Feet per Minute)
Setting 5: CMH (Cubic Meters per Hour)
Setting 6: LPH (Liters per Hour)
Setting 7: LPS (Liters per Second)
Setting 8: Bar (Bar)
Setting 9: Pa (Pascal)
Setting 10: C (Degrees Celsius)
Setting 11: Mtr (Meters)
Setting 12: Ft (Feet)
Setting 13: LPM (Liters per Minute)
Setting 14: CMM (Cubic Meters per Minute)
n b5-47: Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PI Output
Determines whether a negative PI output reverses the direction of drive operation. When the PI function is used to trim the
frequency reference (b5-01 = 3), this parameter has no effect and the PI output will not be limited
(same as b5-11 = 1).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-47 Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PI Output 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Reverse Disabled
Negative PI output will be limited to zero and the drive output will be stopped.
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PI output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
n C2-01 and C2-02: S-Curve Characteristics
C2-01 and C2-02 set separate S-curves for each section of the acceleration or deceleration.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start
0.00 to 10.00 s A1-02
C2-02 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End 0.20 s
Figure 4.30 illustrates S-curve application.

168 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

FWD run

REV run

C2-02 0.20 s <1>

0.20 s
Output <1>
frequency C2-01
C2-01 0.20 s <1>

C2-02 0.20 s <1>

<1> S-Curve characteristic at Decel Start/End is fixed to 0.20 s.

Figure 4.30 S-Curve Timing Diagram - FWD/REV Operation

Setting the S-curve will increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
Actual accel time = accel time setting + (C2-01 + C2-02) / 2
n C6-03, C6-04, C6-05: Carrier Frequency Upper Limit, Lower Limit, Proportional Gain
Note: C6-04 and C6-05 are available in V/f Control mode only.
These parameters set a user-defined or a variable carrier frequency. Set C6-02 to F to set the upper and lower limits and the
carrier frequency proportional gain.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit 1.0 to 15.0 kHz
Determined by
C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit (V/f Control only) 1.0 to 15.0 kHz C6-02
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain (V/f Control only) 0 to 99
Setting a Fixed User-Defined Carrier Frequency
A carrier frequency between the fixed selectable values can be entered in parameter C6-03 when C6-02 is set to F.
In V/f Control, adjust parameter C6-04 to the same value as C6-03.
Setting a Variable Carrier Frequency (V/f Control)
In V/f Control, the carrier frequency can be set up to change linearly with the output frequency by setting the upper and lower
limits for the carrier frequency and the carrier frequency proportional gain (C6-03, C6-04, C6-05) as shown in Figure 4.31.
Carrier Frequency

Start-Up Programming
C6-03

& Operation
Output
C6-04 Frequency x C6-05

Output Frequency
E1-04
Max Output Frequency

Figure 4.31 Carrier Frequency Changes Relative to Output Frequency 4

Note: When C6-05 is set lower than 7, C6-04 is disabled and the carrier frequency will be fixed to the value set in C6-03.

n d1-01 to d1-04, d1-16, and d1-17: Frequency References 1 to 4, 16, and Jog Frequency
Reference
The drive lets the user switch between up to 5 preset frequency references during run (including the Jog reference) through
the digital input terminals. The drive uses the acceleration and deceleration times that have been selected when switching
between each frequency reference.
The Jog frequency overrides all other frequency references and must be selected by a separate digital input.
The multi-speed references 1 and 2 can be provided by analog inputs.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 169
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d1-01 to d1-04 Frequency Reference 1 to 4 0.00 to 240.00 Hz <1> <2> 0.00 Hz <2>

d1-16 Frequency Reference 16 0.00 to 240.00 Hz <1> <2> 0.00 Hz <2>

d1-17 Jog Frequency Reference 0.00 to 240.00 Hz <1> <2> 6.00 Hz <2>

<1> The upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and upper limit for the frequency reference (d2-01).
<2> Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. The default is “Hz” (o1-03 = 0).
Multi-Step Speed Selection
To use several speed references for a multi-step speed sequence, set the H1-oo parameters to 3 and 4. To assign the Jog
reference to a digital input, set H1-oo to 6.
Notes on using analog inputs as Multi-Speed 1 and 2:
• The first frequency reference (Multi-Speed 1) comes from the source specified in b1-01. When using an analog input terminal
to supply the frequency reference, assign the frequency reference source to the control terminals (b1-01 = 1).
• When an analog input is set to “Auxiliary frequency 1” (H3-02 or H2-06 = 2), the value set to this input will be used as the
Multi-Step Speed 2 instead of the value set to parameter d1-02. If no analog inputs are set for “Auxiliary frequency 1”, then
d1-02 becomes the reference for Multi-Step Speed 2.
Select the different speed references as shown in Table 4.24. Figure 4.32 illustrates the multi-step speed selection.
Table 4.24 Multi-Step Speed Reference and Terminal Switch Combinations
Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed 2 Jog Reference
Reference H1-oo = 3 H1-oo = 4 H1-oo = 6
Frequency Reference 1 (set in b1-01) OFF OFF OFF
Frequency Reference 2 ON OFF OFF
(d1-02 or input terminal A1, A2)
Frequency Reference 3 OFF ON OFF
(d1-03 or input terminal A1, A2)
Frequency Reference 4 (d1-04) ON ON OFF
Jog Frequency Reference (d1-17) <1> − − ON
<1> The Jog frequency overrides all other frequency references.

Frequency
reference d1-04

d1-02 d1-03
(A2)
d1-01
(A1)
d1-17

Time
FWD (REV) Run/Stop ON

Multi-step Speed Ref. 1 ON ON

Multi-step Speed Ref. 2 ON

Jog Reference ON

Figure 4.32 Preset Reference Timing Diagram

n d2-03: Master Speed Reference Lower Limit

Sets a lower limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency that will only affect a frequency reference entered from
the analog input terminals (A1 or A2) as the master speed reference. This is unlike parameter d2-02, which affects all frequency
references regardless of their source.
Note: When lower limits are set to both parameters d2-02 and d2-03, the drive uses the greater of those two values as the lower limit.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%

170 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n d3-01 to d3-04: Jump Frequencies 1, 2, 3 and Jump Frequency Width

The Jump frequencies are frequency ranges at which the drive will not operate. The drive can be programmed with three
separate Jump frequencies to avoid operating at speeds that cause resonance in driven machinery. If the speed reference falls
within a Jump frequency dead band, the drive will clamp the frequency reference just below the dead band and only accelerate
past it when the frequency reference rises above the upper end of the dead band.
Setting parameters d3-01 through d3-03 to 0.0 Hz disables the Jump frequency function.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 0.0 to 240.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 0.0 to 240.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 0.0 to 240.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-04 Jump Frequency Width 0.0 to 20.0 Hz 1.0 Hz
Figure 4.33 shows the relationship between the Jump frequency and the output frequency.
Frequency
Reference

Frequency
reference
decreases Frequency
reference
increases
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)

Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)

Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)

Jump Jump Jump Output

Frequency 3 Frequency 2 Frequency 1 Frequency
d3-03 d3-02 d3-01

Figure 4.33 Jump Frequency Operation

Note: 1. The drive will use the active accel/decel time to pass through the specified dead band range, but will not allow continuous operation in

Start-Up Programming
that range.
2. When setting more than one Jump frequency, make sure that d3-01≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.

n E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection

& Operation
Selects the V/f pattern for the drive and motor from 15 predefined patterns or creates a custom V/f pattern.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection 0 to F <1> F <2>

<1> Settings 0 through E are not available in OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5).

4
<2> Parameter is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
Setting a Predefined V/f Pattern (Setting 0 to F)
Choose the V/f pattern that best meets the application demands from the table below. These settings are available only in
V/f Control modes. Set the correct value to E1-03. Parameters E1-04 to E1-13 can only be monitored, not changed.
Note: 1. Setting an improper V/f pattern may result in low motor torque or increased current due to overexcitation.
2. Drive initialization does not reset parameter E1-03.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 171
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Table 4.25 Predefined V/f Patterns

Setting Specification Characteristic Application
0 50 Hz
1 60 Hz For general purpose applications. Torque remains constant
Constant torque
2 60 Hz (with 50 Hz base) regardless of changes to speed.
3 72 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
4 50 Hz, Variable torque 1
5 50 Hz, Variable torque 2 For fans, pumps, and other applications where the required
Variable torque
6 50 Hz, Variable torque 3 torque changes as a function of the speed.
7 50 Hz, Variable torque 4
8 50 Hz, Mid starting torque Select high starting torque when:
9 50 Hz, High starting torque • Wiring between the drive and motor exceeds 150 m.
High starting torque
A 60 Hz, Mid starting torque • A large amount of starting torque is required.
B 60 Hz, High starting torque • An AC reactor is installed.
C 90 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
Output voltage is constant when operating at greater than
D 120 Hz (with 60 Hz base) Constant output 60 Hz.
E 180 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
F Used for variable torque applications. The default setting is
<1> 60 Hz Variable torque the same as V/f pattern Setting 7.
<1> Setting F enables a custom V/f pattern by changing parameters E1-04 to E1-13. When the drive is shipped, the default values for parameters E1-04
to E1-13 are equal to predefined V/f pattern 1.
The following tables show details on predefined V/f patterns.
Predefined V/f Patterns for Models 2A0011 to 2A0017 and 4A0005 to 4A0011
The values in the following graphs are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the values for 400 V class drives.
Table 4.26 Constant Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0 50 Hz Setting = 1 60 Hz Setting = 2 60 Hz Setting = 3 72 Hz
230 230 230 230

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3

10.4 10.4 10.4 10.4
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 50 60 0 1.5 3 60 72
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 4.27 Variable Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7

Setting = 4 50 Hz Setting = 5 50 Hz Setting = 6 60 Hz Setting = 7 60 Hz
230 230 230 230
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

57.5 57.5
40.3 40.3
10.4 10.4
9.2 9.2
0 1.3 25 50 0 1.3 25 50 0 1.5 30 60 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 4.28 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B

Setting = 8 50 Hz Setting = 9 50 Hz Setting = A 60 Hz Setting = B 60 Hz
230 230 230 230
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

27.6 27.6
21.9 21.9
15 17.3
12.7 12.7
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

172 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Table 4.29 Rated Output Operation, Settings C to F

Setting = C 90 Hz Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz Setting = F 60 Hz
230 230 230 230

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

17.3 17.3 17.3 57.5

10.4 10.4 10.4 10.2
0 1.5 3 60 90 0 1.5 3 60 120 0 1.5 3 60 180 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Predefined V/f Patterns for Models 2A0024 to 2A0169 and 4A0014 to 4A0096
The values in the following graphs are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the values for 400 V class drives.
Table 4.30 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0 50 Hz Setting = 1 60 Hz Setting = 2 60 Hz Setting = 3 72 Hz
230 230 230 230

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

16.1 16.1 16.1 16.1

8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 50 60 0 1.5 3 60 72
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 4.31 Variable Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7

Setting = 4 50 Hz Setting = 5 50 Hz Setting = 6 60 Hz Setting = 7 60 Hz
230 230 230 230
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
57.5 57.5
40.3 40.3
8.1 8.1
6.9 6.9
0 1.3 25 50 0 1.3 25 50 0 1.5 30 60 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 4.32 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B

Setting = 8 50 Hz Setting = 9 50 Hz Setting = A 60 Hz Setting = B 60 Hz
230 230 230 230

Start-Up Programming
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

26.5 26.5
20.7 20.7
12.7 15

& Operation
10.4 10.4
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 4.33 Constant Output, Settings C to F

Setting = C 90 Hz Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz Setting = F 60 Hz 4
230 230 230 230
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

16.1 16.1 16.1 57.5

8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1
0 1.5 3 60 90 0 1.5 3 60 120 0 1.5 3 60 180 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 173
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Predefined V/f Patterns for Models 2A0211 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590
The values in the following graphs are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the values for 400 V class drives.
Table 4.34 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0 50 Hz Setting = 1 60 Hz Setting = 2 60 Hz Setting = 3 72 Hz
230 230 230 230

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8

6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 50 60 0 1.5 3 60 72
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 4.35 Variable Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7

Setting = 4 50 Hz Setting = 5 50 Hz Setting = 6 60 Hz Setting = 7 60 Hz
230 230 230 230
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
57.5 57.5
40.3 40.3
6.9 6.9
5.8 5.8
0 1.3 25 50 0 1.3 25 50 0 1.5 30 60 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 4.36 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B

Setting = 8 50 Hz Setting = 9 50 Hz Setting = A 60 Hz Setting = B 60 Hz
230 230 230 230

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

23 23
17.3 17.3
10.4 12.7
8.1 8.1
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 4.37 Constant Output, Settings C to F

Setting = C 90 Hz Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz Setting = F 60 Hz
230 230 230 230
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

13.8 13.8 13.8 57.5

6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9
0 1.5 3 60 90 0 1.5 3 60 120 0 1.5 3 60 180 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

n H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection

Selects the input signal level for analog input A1. Set jumper S1 on the terminal board accordingly for voltage input or current
input.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V with Zero Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc with zero limit. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal due
to gain and bias settings will be read as 0%.
Setting 1: 0 to 10 V without Zero Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc without zero limit. If the resulting voltage is negative after being adjusted by gain and bias
settings, then the motor will rotate in reverse.
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings are limited to 0%.

174 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input

The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings are limited to 0%.
n H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection 0 to 41 0

n H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection

Selects the input signal level for analog input A2. Set Jumper S1 on the terminal board accordingly for a voltage input or
current input.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection 0 to 3 2
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V with Zero Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Negative input values will be limited to 0. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 V with Zero Limit on
page 174.
Setting 1: 0 to 10 V without Zero Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Negative input values will be accepted. Refer to Setting 1: 0 to 10 V without Zero Limit on
page 174.
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
n H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A2.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Selection 0 to 26 0

n Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings

Start-Up Programming
See Table 4.38 for information on how H3-02 and H3-10 determine functions for terminals A1 and A2.
Note: The scaling of all input functions depends on the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs. Set these to appropriate values when selecting
and adjusting analog input functions.

& Operation
Table 4.38 Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
0 Frequency Bias 175 9 Output Frequency Lower Limit Level –
1 Frequency Gain 176 B PI Feedback 176
4
2 Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1 176 C PI Setpoint 176
3 Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2 176 D Frequency Bias 176
4 Output Voltage Bias – E Motor Temperature (PTC Input) 176
5 Accel/Decel Time Gain – F Through Mode 176
6 DC Injection Braking Current – 16 Differential PI Feedback 176
7 Overtorque/Undertorque Detection Level – 25 Secondary PI Setpoint –
8 Stall Prevention Level During Run – 26 Secondary PI Feedback –
Setting 0: Frequency Bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the analog frequency reference value. When the frequency
reference is supplied by a different source other than the analog inputs, this function will have no effect. Use this setting also
when only one of the analog inputs is used to supply the frequency reference.
By default, analog inputs A1 and A2 are set for this function. Simultaneously using A1 and A2 increases the frequency reference
by the total of all inputs.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 175
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 50% and a bias of 20% is applied by analog input
terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 70% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 1: Frequency Gain
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be multiplied with the analog frequency reference value.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 80% and a gain of 50% is applied from analog
input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 40% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 2: Auxiliary Reference 1
Sets the auxiliary frequency reference 1 when multi-step speed operation is selected. Refer to Multi-Step Speed Selection on
page 170 for details.
Setting 3: Auxiliary Reference 2
Sets the auxiliary frequency reference 2 when multi-step speed operation is selected. Refer to Multi-Step Speed Selection on
page 170 for details.
Setting B: PI Feedback
Supplies the PI feedback value. This setting requires PI operation to be enabled in b5-01.
Setting C: PI Setpoint
Supplies the PI setpoint value and makes the frequency reference selected in parameter b1-01 no longer the PI setpoint. PI
operation to be enabled in b5-01 to use this setting.
Setting D: Frequency Bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the frequency reference. This function can be used with
any frequency reference source.
Setting E: Motor Temperature
In addition to motor overload fault detection oL1, it is possible to use a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) thermistor
for motor insulation protection.
Setting F: Through Mode
When set to F, an input does not affect any drive function, but the input level can still be read out by a PLC via APOGEE
FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2 communications.
Setting 16: Differential PI Feedback
If an analog value is set for this function, the PI controller is set for differential feedback. The difference of the PI feedback
input value and the differential feedback input value builds the feedback value used to calculate the PI input.
n H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for communications.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-01 Drive Slave Address 0 to FFH 1FH

Each slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address for serial communications to work. Slave addresses do not need to
be assigned in sequential order, but no two drives may share the same address.
n H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the communications speed for APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, and Metasys N2.
Note: 1. Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.
2. When Metasys N2 communications are selected (H5-08 = 1), selecting a baud rate other than 9600 bps will trigger an oPE29 error.
3. When APOGEE FLN (P1) communications are selected (H5-08 = 2), selecting a baud rate other than 4800 bps will trigger an oPE29
error.
4. When BACnet communications are selected (H5-08 = 3), selecting 115200 bps (Setting 8) will trigger an oPE29 error.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-02 Communication Speed Selection 0 to 8 <1>

<1> Default depends on H5-08 setting:

176 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

H5-08 = 0, MEMOBUS/Modbus; default: 3

H5-08 = 1, N2 (Metasys); default: 3
H5-08 = 2, P1 (APOGEE FLN); default: 2
H5-08 = 3, BACnet; default: 3

H5-02 Communication Speed H5-02 Communication Speed

0 <1> 1200 bps 5 <1> 38400 bps
1 <1> 2400 bps 6 <1> 57600 bps
2 4800 bps 7 <1> 76800 bps
3 <1> 9600 bps 8 <1> <2> 115200 bps
4 <1> 19200 bps
<1> Not available when H5-08 is set to 2 P1 (APOGEE FLN).
<2> Not available when H5-08 is set to 0 (MEMOBUS/Modbus) or 1 (Metasys N2).

n H5-03: Communication Parity Selection

Sets the parity used for communications.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-03 Communication Parity Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
n H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-04 Stopping Method after CE 0 to 4 3
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
Uses the deceleration time currently enabled.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop

Start-Up Programming
Setting 3: Alarm Only - Operation Continues
Setting 4: Run at d1-04

& Operation
n H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the CE detection for communications.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection 0 or 1 1 4
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered and
the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
n H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time 5 to 65 ms 5 ms

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 177
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

24 bit length H5-06 setting

Figure 4.34 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting

n H5-07: RTS Control Selection

Enables or disables RTS control.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-07 RTS Control Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Use this setting with point-to-point RS-422 communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting with RS-485 communications or when using multi-drop RS-422 communications.
n H5-08: Communications Protocol Selection
Selects the communications protocol.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-08 Communications Protocol Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: MEMOBUS/Modbus
Setting 1: N2 (Metasys)
Setting 2: P1 (APOGEE FLN)
Setting 3: BACnet
n H5-09: Communications Fault Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-09 Communications Fault Detection Time 0.0 to 10.0 s 2.0 s

n H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H

Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: 0.1 V units

Setting 1: 1 V units
n H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection
Selects whether an Enter command is necessary to change parameter values via MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Refer
to Enter Command on page 353.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-11 Communications Enter Function Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Enter command necessary
Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last parameter
change, not for each single parameter.

178 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 1: Enter command not necessary

Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
n H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
(b1-02, b1-16 = 2).
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-12 Run Command Method Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop

Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1 will
start and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.
n L5-02: Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Determines if a fault output is triggered (H2-oo = E) when the drive attempts to restart.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-02 Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: No Fault Output
Setting 1: Fault Output Is Set
n L5-04: Fault Reset Interval Time
Determines the amount of time to wait between restart attempts when parameter L5-05 is set to 1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Time 0.5 to 600.0 s 10.0 s

n L5-05: Fault Reset Operation Selection

No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-05 Fault Reset Operation Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Count Successful Restarts

Start-Up Programming
The drive will continuously attempt to restart. If it restarts successfully, the restart counter is increased. This operation is
repeated each time a fault occurs until the counter reaches the value set to L5-01.

& Operation
Setting 1: Count Restart Attempts
The drive will attempt to restart using the time interval set to parameter L5-04. A record is kept of the number of attempts to
restart to the drive, regardless of whether those attempts were successful. When the number of attempted restarts exceeds the
value set to L5-01, the drive stops attempting to restart.
n L6-13: Motor Underload Protection Selection 4
Sets Motor Underload Protection (UL6) based on motor load and determines whether the level of L6-02 refers to fbase or
fmax.
Selects the operation of underload detection UL6. Underload is detected when the output current falls below the underload
detection level defined by L6-14 and L2-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-13 Motor Underload Protection Selection 0, 1 0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 179
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 0: Fbase Motor Load Enabled

Setting 1: Fmax Base Motor Load Enabled
UL Detection Level

L6-02
(0 to 300%)

1/f

L6-14
Motor Underload
Protection at Fmin

Output
0 Fmin Fbase Fmax Frequency

Figure 4.35 Motor Underload Protection

n L6-14: Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency

Sets the UL6 detection level at minimum frequency by percentage of drive rated current
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-14 Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency 0 to 300% 15%

n L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level

Sets the overheat alarm (oH) detection level.
The drive outputs an alarm when the heatsink temperature exceeds the overheat alarm level. If the drive is set to continue
operation after this alarm occurs (L8-03 = 4) and the temperature reaches the overheat fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1
fault and stop operation.
When an output terminal is set for the oH pre-alarm (H2-oo = 20), the switch will close when the heatsink temperature rises
above L8-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level 50 to 130 °C o2-04

n L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection

Sets the operation when an overheat pre-alarm is detected.
Note: Change L8-03 setting only when necessary.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection 0 to 4 4
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the currently selected deceleration time. If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2-oo = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive switches off the output and the motor coasts to stop. If a digital output is programmed
for “fault” (H2-oo = E), this output will be triggered.

180 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 2: Fast Stop

If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the Fast Stop time (C1-09). If a digital output is programmed
for “fault” (H2-oo = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
If an overheat alarm occurs, an alarm is output and the drive continues operation.
Setting 4: Operation with Reduced Speed
If an overheat alarm occurs, the operation continues with the speed reduced to the level set to parameter L8-19. If the oH alarm
is still present after 10 s, the speed is reduced again. The amount of speed reduction depends on how often the alarm repeats.
If the oH alarm disappears while the drive is operating at a reduced speed, the drive will switch to the previous speed in 10 s
increments until reaching base frequency. Figure 4.36 explains the operation with reduced speed during an oH alarm. A digital
output programmed for 4D is switched when the oH alarm is still active after ten reduction cycles.
Output frequency
10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s

fref

oH
Alarm
fref × (L8-19) Reset oH
Alarm Reset oH
oH Alarm
Alarm
fref × (L8-19)2
oH etc. oH
Alarm Alarm
fref × (L8-19) 3

fref × (L8-19)4

time
oH alarm number

Digital ouput (4D)

Figure 4.36 Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm

Start-Up Programming
n L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the input phase loss detection.

& Operation
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables input phase loss detection. Since measuring the DC bus ripple detects input phase loss, a power supply voltage
4
imbalance or main circuit capacitor deterioration may also trigger a phase loss fault (PF).
Detection is disabled if:
• The drive is decelerating.
• No Run command is active.
• Output current is less than or equal to 30% of the drive rated current.
n L8-06: Input Phase Loss Detection Level
Sets the Input Phase Loss Detection (PF) Level.
Triggers PF fault when there is an imbalance larger than the value set to L8-06 in the drive input power voltage.
Detection Level = 100% = Voltage Class ×

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 181
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

No. Name Setting Range Default

Determined by
L8-06 Input Phase Loss Detection Level 0.0 to 25.0% o2-04

n L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Selection

Enables or disables the output phase loss detection triggered when the output current falls below 5% of the drive rated current.
Note: 1. Output phase loss detection can mistakenly be triggered if the motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating. Disable
this parameter in such cases.
2. Output phase loss detection is not possible when the drive is running a PM motor with light load.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Selection 0 to 2 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when One Phase Is Lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when one output phase is lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fault when Two Phases Are Lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when two or more output phases are lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts
to stop.
n L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection 0, 1 o2-04
Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases.
n L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Run with Timer
The fan is switched on when a Run command is active and switched off with the delay set to parameter L8-11 after releasing
the Run command. This setting extends the fan lifetime.
Setting 1: Run Always
The fan runs when power is supplied to the drive.
n L8-11: Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time
Sets the cooling fan switch off-delay time if parameter L8-10 is set to 0.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time 0 to 300 s 300 s

n L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting

Automatically adapts the drive rated current to safe values when used with parameter L8-35. This eliminates the need to reduce
the drive rated current when the temperature where the drive is mounted is above the specified values.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting 40 to 60 °C 40 °C

182 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n L8-15: oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds

Selects whether the drive overload capability (oL fault detection level) is reduced at low speeds to prevent premature output
transistor failures.
Note: Contact Yaskawa for consultation before disabling this function. Disabling this function may shorten the operating life of the power
transistors.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speed 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Protection Disabled at Low Speed
The overload protection level is not reduced. Frequently operating the drive with high output current at low speed can lead to
premature drive faults.
Setting 1: Protection Enabled at Low Speed
The overload protection level (oL2 fault detection level) is automatically reduced at speeds below 6 Hz. At zero speed, the
overload is derated by 50%.
n L8-18: Software Current Limit Selection
Enables and disables the Software Current Limit (CLA) protection function to prevent main circuit transistor failures caused
by high current.
Note: Do not change this setting unless absolutely necessary.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-18 Software Current Limit Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Software CLA Disabled
The drive may trip on an oC fault if the load is too heavy or the acceleration is too short.
Setting 1: Software CLA Enabled
When the Software CLA current level is reached, the drive reduces the output voltage to reduce the current. Normal operation
continues when the current level drops below the Software CLA level.
n L8-19: Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm
Specifies the output frequency reduction when L8-03 is set to 4 and an oH alarm is present. Set as a factor of the maximum
output frequency.
No. Name Setting Range Default

Start-Up Programming
L8-19 Frequency Reduction Rate During Overheat Pre-Alarm 0.0 to 100.0% 20.0%

n L8-27: Overcurrent Detection Gain

& Operation
Adjusts the overcurrent detection level in OLV/PM control mode. A setting of 100% is equal to the motor rated current. When
the drive rated current is considerably higher than the motor rated current, use this parameter to decrease the overcurrent level
and prevent motor demagnetization from high current.
Overcurrent detection uses the lower value between the overcurrent level for the drive and the motor rated current multiplied
by L8-27. 4
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain 0.0 to 300.0% 300.0%

n L8-29: Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)

Enables or disables output current unbalance detection in OLV/PM control mode. Current unbalance can heat a PM motor
and demagnetize the magnets. The current unbalance detection function monitors output current and triggers the LF2 fault to
prevent such motor damage.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
No current unbalance protection is provided to the motor.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 183
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 1: Enabled
The LF2 fault is triggered if an output current unbalance is detected. Drive output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
n L8-32: Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure Selection
Determines drive operation when a FAn fault occurs.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-32 Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure Selection 0 to 4 1
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to a stop.
Setting 2: Fast stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm only
The operation is continued and a FAn alarm is displayed on the HOA keypad.
Setting 4: Operation with Reduced Speed
The operation is continued, but the speed is reduced to the level set in parameter L8-19.
Note: “FAn” is detected as an error when Settings 0 or 2 are selected; it is detected as an alarm when Settings 3 or 4 are selected.

n L8-35: Installation Method Selection

Selects the type of installation for the drive and changes the drive overload (oL2) limits accordingly.
Note: 1. Initialization does not reset this parameter.
2. The value is preset to the appropriate value when the drive is shipped. Change the value only when using Side-by-Side installation or
when mounting a standard drive with the heatsink outside the cabinet.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Determined by
L8-35 Installation Method Selection 0, 2, 3
o2-04 <1>
<1> Default setting is determined by drive model.
Setting 2: Models 2A0011 to 2A0211 and 4A0005 to 4A0096
Setting 0: Models 2A0273 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590.
Setting 0: IP00/Open-Chassis Enclosure
For an Open Type enclosure drive installed with at a minimum of 30 mm space to the next drive or a cabinet wall.
Setting 2: IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
For drives compliant with IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure specifications.
Setting 3: External Heatsink Installation
For standard drives mounted with the heatsink outside the cabinet or enclosure panel.
n L8-38: Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Selects the operation of the carrier frequency reduction function. Reduces the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds
a certain level. This temporarily increases the overload capability (oL2 detection), allowing the drive to run through transient
load peaks without tripping.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2 A1-02 and o2-04
Setting 0: Disabled
No carrier frequency reduction at high current.

184 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 1: Enabled for Output Frequencies below 6 Hz

The carrier frequency is reduced at speeds below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current. The drive
returns to the normal carrier frequency when the current falls below 88% or the output frequency exceeds 7 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled for Entire Frequency Range
The carrier frequency is reduced at the following speeds:
• Below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current.
• Above 7 Hz when the current exceeds 112% of the drive rated current.
The drive uses the delay time set in parameter L8-40 and a hysteresis of 12% when switching the carrier frequency back to
the set value.
n L8-40: Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
Sets a hold time before returning to the original carrier frequency setting after the carrier frequency has been temporarily
derated as determined by L8-38. The carrier frequency reduction function is disabled when this value is 0.00 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 s 0.50 s

n L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection

Triggers a high current alarm (HCA) when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
No alarm is detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
An alarm is triggered when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current. A digital output set for an alarm
(H2-oo = 10) will close.
n o1-01: Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
The frequency reference display appears when the drive is powered up. Pressing the up arrow key will display the following
data: frequency reference → rotational direction → output frequency → output current → o1-01 selection.
Parameter o1-01 selects the content of the last monitor in this sequence.

Start-Up Programming
No. Name Setting Range Default
104 to 699
U1-04 (Control Mode) to
o1-01 Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection 106 (U1-06)

& Operation
U6-99 (Option Monitors 20)
<1>

<1> U2-oo and U3-oo parameters cannot be selected.

n o1-02: User Monitor Selection after Power Up

4
Selects which monitor parameter is displayed upon power up by entering the 1- oo part of U1-oo. Certain monitors are
not available in some control modes.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-02 User Monitor Selection after Power Up 1 to 5 1
Setting 1: Frequency Reference (U1-01)
Setting 2: Motor Direction
Setting 3: Output Frequency (U1-02)
Setting 4: Output Current (U1-03)
Setting 5: User Monitor
The monitor value selected by o1-01 will be displayed.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 185
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n o1-03: HOA Keypad Display Selection

Sets the units used to display the frequency reference and output frequency. Set o1-03 to 3 for user-set units before setting
parameters o1-10 and o1-11.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-03 HOA Keypad Display Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: 0.01 Hz Units
Setting 1: 0.01% Units (100% = Max Output Frequency)
Setting 2: r/min Units (Calculated by the Max Output Frequency and the Number of Motor Poles)
Setting 3: User-set Units (Use o1-10, o1-11)
Set the value used for the maximum frequency reference to o1-10. Set the placement of the decimal point in this number to
o1-11.
For example, to have the maximum output frequency displayed as “100.00”, set o1-10 = 1000 and o1-11 = 2 (i.e., 1000 with
2 decimal points).
Note: 1. Parameter o1-03 allows the programmer to change the units used in the following parameters and monitors:
U1-01: frequency reference
U1-02: output frequency
U1-16: output frequency after softstarter (accel/decel ramp generator)
d1-01 to d1-17: frequency references
2. Setting o1-03 to 2 requires entering the number of motor poles to E2-04 and E5-04.

n o1-06: User Monitor Selection Mode

Normally the monitors shown directly below the active monitor are the next two sequential monitors. If o1-06 (User Monitor
Selection Mode) is set to 1: “3 Mon Selectable”, those two monitors are locked as specified by parameters o1-07 and o1-08
and will not change as the top parameter is scrolled with the Up/Down Arrow keys.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-06 User Monitor Selection Mode 0, 1 0
Setting 0: 3 Monitor Sequential (Displays the Next 2 Sequential Monitors)
Setting 1: 3 Monitor Selectable (o1-07, and o1-08 Selected Monitor Is Shown)
n o1-07: Second Line Monitor Selection
Selects which monitor will be displayed in the second line. The monitor parameter number is entered into the spaces provided:
Uo-oo.
For example, set “403” to display monitor parameter U4-03.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-07 Second Line Monitor Selection 101 to 699 102

n o1-08: Third Line Monitor Selection

Selects which monitor will be displayed in the third line. The monitor parameter number is entered into the spaces provided:
Uo-oo.
For example, set “403” to display monitor parameter U4-03.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-08 Third Line Monitor Selection 101 to 699 103

n o1-09: Frequency Reference Display Units

Sets unit display for the frequency reference parameters and frequency related monitors when o1-03 > 40.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-09 Frequency Reference Display Units 0 to 16 16

186 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 0: Inch of Water (WC)

Setting 1: Pounds per Square Inch (PSI)
Setting 2: Gallons per Minute (GPM)
Setting 3: Degrees Fahrenheit (F)
Setting 4: Cubic Feet per Minute (CFM)
Setting 5: Cubic Meters per Hour (CMH)
Setting 6: Liters per Hour (LPH)
Setting 7: Liters per Second (LPS)
Setting 8: Bar (Bar)
Setting 9: Pascals (Pa)
Setting 10: Degrees Celsius (C)
Setting 11: Meters (Mtr)
Setting 12: Ft (Feet)
Setting 13: Liters per Minute (LPM)
Setting 14: Cubic Meters per Minute (CMM) No unit
Setting 15: Custom Units (Determined by o1-12)
Setting 16: None
n o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value 1 to 60000 o1-03

n o1-11: User-Set Display Units Decimal Display

Determines how many decimal points should be used to set and display the frequency reference.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display 0 to 3 o1-03
Setting 0: No Decimal Point
Setting 1: One Decimal Point

Start-Up Programming
Setting 2: Two Decimal Points
Setting 3: Three Decimal Points
n o1-13 to o1-15: Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 1 to 3

& Operation
Sets the customer specified unit display for the frequency reference parameters and frequency related monitors when o1-03
is set to 3 and o1-09 is set to 15 as custom units.
The custom units consist of three characters selected from o1-13 to o1-15. Each character is selected by ASCII code from
30Hex to 7AHex. 4
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-13 Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 1
o1-14 Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 2 30H to 7AH 41H
o1-15 Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 3

n o1-16, o1-17: F1/F2 Key Function Selection

The HOA Keypad multi-function keys F1 and F2 can be set for different HVAC specific functions. Selects the functions of
the F1/F2 keys and the LCD display text above the F1/F2 keys.
Note: Parameters o1-16 and o1-17 cannot be set to the same value (except for setting 0).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 187
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-16 F1 Key Function Selection 0
0 to 4
o1-17 F2 Key Function Selection 0
Setting 0: Standard
Setting 1: Monitor
Setting 2: Drive/Bypass (DRV/BYP)
Setting 3: Bypass Run (RUN BYP)
Setting 4: Toggle Relay Output (RLY)
n o1-18, o1-19: User-Defined Parameter Upper/Lower
Allows the user to set values that can be used as reference information.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-18 User-Defined Parameter Upper
0 to 999 0
o1-19 User-Defined Parameter Lower

n o2-02: OFF Key Function Selection

Determines if the OFF key on the HOA keypad will stop drive operation when the drive is controlled from a remote source
(i.e., not from HOA keypad).
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-02 OFF Key Function Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
The OFF key will terminate drive operation even if the Run command source is not assigned to the HOA keypad. Cycle the
Run command to restart the drive if the drive has been stopped by pressing the OFF key.
n o2-04: Drive Model Selection
Set this parameter when replacing the control board or the terminal board.
NOTICE: Drive performance will suffer and protective functions will not operate properly if the correct drive capacity is not set to o2-04.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Determined by
o2-04 Drive Model Selection - drive capacity
Note: Change o2-04 setting only when necessary.

n o2-06: Operation Selection when HOA Keypad is Disconnected

Determines whether the drive will stop when the HOA keypad is removed in HAND mode or when b1-02 or b1-16 is set to
0. When the operator is reconnected, the display will indicate that it was disconnected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-06 Operation Selection when HOA Keypad is Disconnected 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Continue Operation
The operation continues.
Setting 1: Trigger a Fault
The operation stops and triggers an oPr fault. The motor coasts to stop.
n o2-07: Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Determines the direction the motor will rotate after the drive is powered up and the Run command is given from the HOA
keypad.
Note: This parameter is effective only when the Run command is set to be given from the HOA keypad (b1-02, b1-16 = 0).

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator 0, 1 0

188 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Setting 0: Forward
Setting 1: Reverse
n o3-01: Copy Function Selection
Instructs the drive to Read, Write, or Verify parameter settings.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o3-01 Copy Function Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: Copy Select (No Function)
Setting 1: INV --> OP READ
Copies all parameters from the drive to the HOA keypad.
Note: The copy protection for the HOA keypad is enabled by default. Set o3-01 to 1 to unlock copy protection.
Setting 2: OP --> INV WRITE
Copies all parameters from the HOA keypad to the drive.
Setting 3: OP<-->INV VERIFY
Compares the parameters in the drive with the parameter settings saved on the HOA keypad for matches.
n o3-02: Copy Allowed Selection
Allows and restricts the use of the Copy function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n o4-01: Cumulative Operation Time Setting
Sets the cumulative operation time of the drive. The user can also manually set this parameter to begin keeping track of
operation time from some desired value. Total operation time can be viewed in monitor U4-01.
Note: The value in o4-01 is set in 10 h units. For example, a setting of 30 will set the cumulative operation time counter to 300 h. 300 h will also
be displayed in monitor U4-01.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting 0 to 9999 h 0h

Start-Up Programming
n o4-02: Cumulative Operation Time Selection
Selects the conditions for how the drive keeps track of its total operation time. This time log can be viewed in monitor U4-01.

& Operation
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Power on Time
The drive logs the time it is connected to a power supply, regardless of whether the motor is running. 4
Setting 1: Run Time
The drive logs the time that the output is active including when the Run command is active (even if the motor is not rotating)
and when there is voltage output.
n o4-03: Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Sets the value for how long the cooling fan has been operating. This value can be viewed in monitor U4-03. Parameter o4-03
also sets the base value used for the cooling fan maintenance, which is displayed in U4-04. Reset this parameter to 0 after
replacing the cooling fan.
Note: 1. The value in o4-03 increases after every 10 hours of use. A setting of 30 will set the cooling fan operation time counter to 300 h. “300”
will be displayed in monitor U4-03.
2. The cooling fan may require maintenance at an earlier date in harsher environments.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting 0 to 9999 h 0h

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 189
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

n o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting

Sets value of the maintenance monitor for the DC bus capacitors displayed in U4-05 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. Reset this value to 0 after replacing the DC bus capacitors.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%

n o4-07: DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting

Sets the value of the softcharge bypass relay maintenance time displayed in U4-06 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. Reset this value to 0 after replacing the bypass relay.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%

n o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization

Resets the fault trace and fault history monitors (U2-oo and U3-oo). Initializing the drive using A1-03 does not reset these
monitors.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-11 U2, U3 Initialization 0, 1 0
Setting 0: No Action
The drive keeps the previously saved record concerning fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset Fault Data
Resets the data for the U2-oo and U3-oo monitors. Setting o4-11 to 1 and pressing the ENTER key erases fault data and
returns the display to 0.
n o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
Manually resets kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11. Initializing the drive or cycling the power will not reset these monitors.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization 0, 1 0
Setting 0: No Action
The kWh data are maintained.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display “0” after they are initialized. Setting o4-12 to 1 and
pressing the ENTER erases kWh data and returns the display to 0.
n o4-13: Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
Resets the Run command counter displayed in U4-02. Initializing the drive or cycling the power does not reset this monitor.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-13 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization 0, 1 0
Setting 0: No Action
The Run command data are kept.
Setting 1: Number of Run Commands Counter
Resets the Run command counter. The monitor U4-02 will show 0. Setting o4-13 to 1 and pressing the ENTER key erases the
counter value and returns the display to 0.
n o4-17: Set/Reset Real Time Clock
The time setting screen will appear.

190 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

Z1000 No.
Software (Addr. LCD Display Name Description Values
Version Hex)
Set Time Sets the current date and time for the Real Time Clock.
PRG: 1012 o4-17 Set/Reset Real Time Default: 0
0: Disabled 0: Disabled
and earlier (3100) Clock Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled 1: Enabled
Set Time Sets the current date and time for the Real Time Clock.
PRG: 1013 o4-17 0: — — Set/Reset Real Time 0: — — No Setting Default: 0
and later (3100) 1: Set Clock 1: Real Time Clock Set Range: 0 to 2
2: Reset 2: Real Time Clock Reset

Setting 0: — —
No Setting
Setting 1: Set
The HOA keypad shows the Clock Adjustment display. In Clock Adjustment Mode the user can adjust the Real Time Clock.
Setting 2: Reset
The Real-Time Clock data is cleared. A TIM fault will occur until o4-17 is set to 1 to set the Real Time Clock.
n T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors on page 142 for details on the different
types of Auto-Tuning.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 2, 3 (V/f) 2 (V/f)

Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance

Setting 3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Energy Saving
n T1-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value.
Note: Use the following formula to convert HP to kW: kW = HP x 0.746.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-02 Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Determined by o2-04

n T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the voltage base speed when the motor operates

Start-Up Programming
above base speed. Enter the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load conditions at rated speed to T1-03.
No. Name Setting Range Default

& Operation
T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <1> 200.0 V <1>
<1> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double value for 400 V class drives.

n T1-04: Motor Rated Current

Sets the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the current at the motor base speed. 4
No. Name Setting Range Default
10.0 to 300.0% of drive rated Determined by
T1-04 Motor Rated Current current o2-04

n T1-05: Motor Base Frequency

Sets the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used or
the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the maximum frequency to E1-04 after Auto-Tuning is complete.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-05 Motor Base Frequency 0.0 to 240.0 Hz 60.0 Hz

n T1-06: Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 191
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-06 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4

n T1-07: Motor Base Speed

Sets the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the speed at base frequency when using a motor
with an extended speed range or if using the motor in the field weakening area.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-07 Motor Base Speed 0 to 14400 r/min 1750 r/min

n T1-11: Motor Iron Loss

Provides iron loss information to determine the Energy Saving coefficient. T1-11 will first display the value for the motor iron
loss that the drive automatically calculated when the motor capacity was entered to T1-02. Enter the motor iron loss value
listed to T1-11 if the motor test report is available.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-11 Motor Iron Loss 0 to 65535 W 14 W

u U1: Operation Status Monitors

Status monitors display drive status data such as output frequency and output current. Refer to U1: Operation Status
Monitors on page 329 for a complete list of U1-oo monitors and descriptions.

u U2: Fault Trace

Use these monitor parameters to view the status of various drive aspects when a fault occurs.
This information is helpful for determining the cause of a fault. Refer to U2: Fault Trace on page 330 for a complete list of
U2-oo monitors and descriptions.
U2-oo monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 190 for instructions
on how to reset these monitor values.
Note: Fault histories are not kept when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, oFA00, oFb00, oFC00, Uv1, Uv2, or Uv3 occur.

u U3: Fault History

These parameters display faults that have occurred during operation as well as the drive operation time when those faults
occurred. Refer to U3: Fault History on page 331 for a complete list of U3-oo monitors and descriptions.
U3-oo monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 190 for instructions
on how to reset these monitor values.
Note: Fault histories are not kept when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, oFA00, oFb00, oFC00, Uv1, Uv2, or Uv3 occur.

u U4: Maintenance Monitors

Maintenance monitors show:
• Runtime data of the drive and cooling fans and number of Run commands issued
• Maintenance data and replacement information for various drive components
• kWh data
• Highest peak current that has occurred and output frequency at the time the peak current occurred
• Motor overload status information
• Detailed information about the present Run command and frequency reference source selection
Refer to U4: Maintenance Monitors on page 333 for a complete list of U4-oo monitors and descriptions.

u U5: PI Monitors
These monitors display various aspects of PI control. Refer to U5: PI Monitors on page 334 for a complete list of U5-oo
monitors and descriptions.

192 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

u U6: Operation Status Monitors

These monitors display reference data for the output voltage and vector control and the offset value added to the frequency
reference by the frequency offset function.
Refer to U6: Operation Status Monitors on page 335 for a complete list of U6-oo monitors and descriptions.

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 193
4.13 Advanced Drive Setup Adjustments

This Page Intentionally Blank

194 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides descriptions of the drive faults, alarms, errors, related displays, and guidance for
troubleshooting. This chapter can also serve as a reference guide for tuning the drive during a trial run.

5.1 SECTION SAFETY...............................................................................................196

5.2 MOTOR PERFORMANCE FINE-TUNING...........................................................198
5.3 DRIVE ALARMS, FAULTS, AND ERRORS........................................................201
5.4 FAULT DETECTION.............................................................................................205
5.5 ALARM DETECTION...........................................................................................218
5.6 PROGRAMMING ERRORS..................................................................................225
5.7 AUTO-TUNING FAULT DETECTION..................................................................229
5.8 COPY FUNCTION RELATED DISPLAYS...........................................................231
5.9 DIAGNOSING AND RESETTING FAULTS.........................................................233
5.10 TROUBLESHOOTING WITHOUT FAULT DISPLAY..........................................235

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 195
5.1 Section Safety

5.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply
is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait for at least the time specified on the warning label; after all indicators are OFF, measure for unsafe voltages to confirm
the drive is safe prior to servicing.
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may illustrate drives without covers or safety shields to display details. Be sure to reinstall covers
or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply
is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait for at least the time specified on the warning label; after all indicators are OFF, measure for unsafe voltages to confirm
the drive is safe prior to servicing.
After blowing a fuse or tripping a GFCI, do not attempt to restart the drive or operate peripheral devices until five
minutes pass and CHARGE lamp is OFF.
Failure to comply could result in death, serious injury, and damage to the drive.
Check wiring and peripheral device ratings to identify the cause of trips.
Contact your supplier if the cause cannot be identified.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation,
adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming drive input power before applying power.

196 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair wires
and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user.
Check all the wiring after installing the drive and connecting other devices to ensure that all connections are correct.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.

Troubleshooting
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 197
5.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

5.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

This section offers helpful information for counteracting oscillation, hunting, and other problems that occur while performing
a trial run. Refer to the section below that corresponds to the motor control method used.
Note: This section describes commonly edited parameters that may be set incorrectly. Consult Yaskawa for more information on detailed settings
and for fine-tuning the drive.

u Fine-Tuning V/f Control

Table 5.1 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in V/f
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Setting
• Reduce the setting if insufficient motor torque relative to the size
of the load causes hunting.
Motor hunting and Hunting Prevention Gain Increase
• the setting when motor hunting and oscillation occur
oscillation at speeds with a light load. 1.00 0.10 to 2.00
(n1-02)
between 10 and 40 Hz • Reduce the setting if hunting occurs when using a motor with a
relatively low inductance, such as a high-frequency motor or a
motor with a larger frame size.
• Increase the carrier frequency If the motor noise is too loud.
• Motor noise
• Lower the carrier frequency when motor hunting and oscillation
• Motor hunting and Carrier Frequency occur at speeds up to 40 Hz. 1 (2 kHz) 1 to max. setting
oscillation at speeds up Selection (C6-02)
to 40 Hz • The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the drive
capacity (o2-04).
• Poor torque or speed
Torque Compensation • Reduce the setting if motor torque and speed response are too Depends on
response o2-04, Drive 100 to 1000 ms
Primary Delay Time slow.
• Motor hunting and Model
(C4-02) • Increase the setting if motor hunting and oscillation occur.
oscillation Selection
• Poor motor torque at • Increase the setting if motor torque is insufficient at speeds
speeds below 10 Hz Torque Compensation below 10 Hz.
1.00 0.50 to 1.50
• Motor hunting and Gain (C4-01) • Reduce the setting if motor hunting and oscillation with a
oscillation relatively light load.
• Poor motor torque at Mid Output Voltage A Depends on
• Increase the setting if motor torque is insufficient at speeds
low speeds (E1-08) A1-02, Default setting
below 10 Hz.
• Motor instability at Minimum Output E1-03, and ±5 V
Voltage (E1-10) • Reduce the setting If motor instability occurs at motor start. o2-04
motor start

198 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

u Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors

Table 5.2 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in OLV/PM
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Setting
• Check the settings for base and maximum frequency in the
E1-oo parameters.
Undesirable motor Motor parameters • Check E5-oo parameters and set motor data correctly. Do
performance - -
(E1-oo, E5-oo) not enter line-to-line data where single-phase data is required,
and vice versa.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
Load Inertia Ratio Adjust parameter n8-55 to meet the load inertia ratio of the Close to the actual
0
(n8-55) machine. load inertia ratio
Speed Feedback Increase in
Poor motor torque and Increase the speed feedback detection gain (n8-45). 0.80
Detection Gain (n8-45) increments of 0.05
speed response
Enable torque compensation.
Torque Compensation
Note: Setting this value too high can cause 0.00 1.00
(C4-01)
overcompensation and motor oscillation.
Pull-In Current during Increase in steps
Increase the pull-in current in n8-51 50%
Accel/Decel (n8-51) of 5%
DC Injection Braking b2-03 = 0.5 s
Current (b2-02), DC Use DC Injection Braking at start to align the rotor. This may b2-02 = 50% Increase b2-02 if
Oscillation at start or the Injection Time at Start cause a short reverse rotation at start. b2-03 = 0.00 s
motor stalls needed
(b2-03)
Increase the load inertia ratio.
Load Inertia Ratio Close to the actual
Note: Setting this value too high can cause 0
(n8-55) load inertia ratio
overcompensation and motor oscillation.
Pull-In Current Reduce in
Compensation Time Reduce n8-47 if hunting occurs during constant speed 5.0 s increments
Stalling or oscillation Constant (n8-47) of 0.2 s
occur when load is Increase in
applied during constant Pull-In Current (n8-48) Increase the pull-in current in n8-48. 30% increments of 5%
speed
Load Inertia Ratio Close to the actual
Increase the load inertia ratio. 0
(n8-55) load inertia ratio
Hunting or oscillation Speed feedback Increase in
Reduce the speed feedback detection gain in n8-45. 0.80
occur Detection Gain (n8-45) increments 0.05
STo fault trips when the Induced Voltage • Check and adjust the induced voltage constant. Depends on Refer to the motor
load is not excessively Constant • Check the motor nameplate and the data sheet or contact the drive data sheet or the
high (E5-09 or E5-24) motor manufacturer. capacity nameplate.
Stalling or STo occurs at 200 Vac
high speed as the output Output Voltage Limit (200 V class) Set equal to input
Set the value of the input voltage to parameter n8-62
voltage becomes (n8-62) 400 Vac voltage
saturated (400 V class)

Troubleshooting
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 199
5.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

u Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation

In addition to the parameters discussed on pages 198 and 199, parameters in Table 5.3 indirectly affect motor hunting and
oscillation.
Table 5.3 Parameters that Affect Control Performance in Applications
Name Application
(Parameter No.)
Accel/Decel Time Adjusting accel and decel times will affect the torque presented to the motor during acceleration or deceleration.
(C1-01 through C1-11)
S-Curve Characteristics Prevents shock at the beginning and end of acceleration and deceleration.
(C2-01 and C2-02)
Jump Frequency Skips over the resonant frequencies of connected machinery.
(d3-01 through d3-04)
Analog Filter Time Constant Prevents fluctuation in the analog input signal due to noise.
(H3-13)
• Prevents motor speed loss and overvoltage when the load is too heavy or during sudden acceleration/
Stall Prevention deceleration.
(L3-01 through L3-06, L3-11)
• Adjustment is not normally necessary because Stall Prevention is enabled as a default.

200 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

5.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

u Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Check the HOA keypad for information about possible faults if the drive or motor fails to operate. Refer to Using the HOA
Keypad on page 107.
If problems occur that are not covered in this manual, contact the nearest Yaskawa representative with the following
information:
• Drive model
• Software version
• Date of purchase
• Description of the problem
Table 5.4 contains descriptions of the various types of alarms, faults, and errors that may occur while operating the drive.
Table 5.4 Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Type Drive Response
When the drive detects a fault:
• The HOA keypad displays text indicating the specific fault and the ALM indicator LED remains lit until the fault is reset.
• The fault interrupts drive output and the motor coasts to a stop.
Faults
• Some faults allow the user to select the stopping method when the fault occurs.
• Fault output terminals MA-MC will close, and MB-MC will open.
The drive will remain inoperable until the fault is cleared. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 234.
When the drive detects an alarm or a minor fault:
• The HOA keypad displays text indicating the specific alarm or minor fault, and the ALM indicator LED flashes.
• The drive continues running the motor, although some alarms allow the user to select a stopping method when the alarm
Minor Faults and occurs.
Alarms • A multi-function contact output set to be tripped by a minor fault (H2- oo = 10) closes. If the output is set to be tripped
by an alarm, the contact will not close.
• The HOA keypad displays text indicating a specific alarm and the ALM indicator LED flashes.
Remove the cause of the problem to reset a minor fault or alarm.
An operation error occurs when parameter settings conflict or do not match hardware settings (such as with an option card).
When the drive detects an operation error:
• The HOA keypad displays text indicating the specific error.
Operation Errors
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
The drive will not operate the motor until the error has been reset. Correct the settings that caused the operation error to clear
the error.
Tuning errors occur while performing Auto-Tuning.
When the drive detects a tuning error:
• The HOA keypad displays text indicating the specific error.

Troubleshooting
Tuning Errors • Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
• Motor coasts to stop.
Remove the cause of the error and repeat the Auto-Tuning process.
Copy Function Errors occur when using the HOA keypad or the USB Copy Unit to copy, read, or verify parameter settings.
• The HOA keypad displays text indicating the specific error.
Copy Function Errors • Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
Pressing any key on the HOA keypad will clear the fault. Investigate the cause of the problem (such as model incompatibility) 5
and try again.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 201
5.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

u Alarm and Error Displays

n Faults
Table 5.5 gives an overview of possible fault codes. Conditions such as overvoltages can trip faults and alarms. It is important
to distinguish between faults and alarms to determine the proper corrective actions.
When the drive detects a fault, the ALM indicator LED lights, the fault code appears on the HOA keypad, and the fault contact
MA-MB-MC triggers. An alarm is present if the ALM LED blinks and the fault code on the HOA keypad flashes. Refer to
Minor Faults and Alarms on page 203 for a list of alarm codes.
Table 5.5 Fault Displays
HOA HOA
Keypad Name Page Keypad Name Page
Display Display
bAT HOA Keypad Battery Voltage Low 205 oFA05, Option Card Error (CN5) 211
oFA06
bUS Option Communication Error 205
oFA10,
CE MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error 205 Option Card Error (CN5) 211
oFA11
CoF Current Offset Fault 205 oFA12 to Option Card Connection Error (CN5) 211
CPF00, oFA17
CPF01 Control Circuit Error 206 oFA30 to
<1> Comm Option Card Connection Error (CN5) 211
oFA43
CPF02 A/D Conversion Error 206 oH Heatsink Overheat 211
CPF03 Control Board Connection Error 206 oH1 Heatsink Overheat 211
CPF06 EEPROM Memory Data Error 206 oH3 Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC input) 211
CPF07, oH4 Motor Overheat Fault (PTC input) 212
Terminal Board Connection Error 206
CPF08
oL1 Motor Overload 212
CPF20,
CPF21 Control Circuit Error 206 oL2 Drive Overload 213
<2>
oL3 Overtorque Detection 1 213
CPF22 Hybrid IC Error 207 oL7 High Slip Braking oL 213
CPF23 Control Board Connection Error 207 oPr Operator Connection Fault 213
CPF24 Drive Unit Signal Fault 207 ov Overvoltage 214
EF0 Option Card External Fault 207 ov2 Overvoltage 2 214
EF1 to EF7 External Fault (input terminal S1 to S7) 207 PF Input Phase Loss 214
Err EEPROM Write Error 208 SEr Too Many Speed Search Restarts 215
FAn Internal Fan Fault 207 STo Pull-Out Detection 215
Fn1 External Fan Fault 208 TdE Time Data Error 215
FbH Excessive PI Feedback 208 TIM Time Not Set 215
FbL PI Feedback Loss 208 UL3 Undertorque Detection 1 215
GF Ground Fault 209 UL6 Motor Underload 216
LF Output Phase Loss 209 Uv1 Undervoltage 216
LF2 Current Imbalance 209 Uv2 Control Power Supply Undervoltage 216
nSE Node Setup Error 209 Uv3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault 216
oC Overcurrent 210 voF Output Voltage Detection Fault 217
oFA00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5) 210
oFA01 Option Card Fault (CN5) 211
<1> Displayed as CPF00 when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display will show
CPF01.
<2> Displayed as CPF20 when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display will show
CPF21.

202 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

n Minor Faults and Alarms

Refer to Table 5.6 for an overview of possible alarm codes. Conditions such as overvoltages can trip faults and alarms. It is
important to distinguish between faults and alarms to determine the proper corrective actions.
When the drive detects an alarm, the ALM indicator LED blinks and the alarm code display flashes. Most alarms trigger a
digital output programmed for alarm output (H2-oo = 10). A fault (not an alarm) is present if the ALM LED lights without
blinking. Refer to Faults on page 202 for information on fault codes.
Table 5.6 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays
HOA Minor Fault HOA Minor Fault
Keypad Name Output Page Keypad Name Output Page
Display (H2-oo = 10) Display (H2-oo = 10)
bAT HOA Keypad Battery Voltage Low YES 205 LT-2 Capacitor Maintenance Time No output <2> 221
bb Drive Baseblock No output 218 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance
LT-3 Time No output <2> 221
bUS Option Card Communications Error YES 218
oH Heatsink Overheat YES 221
CALL Serial Communication Transmission YES 218
Error oH2 Drive Overheat YES 222
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication oH3 Motor Overheat YES 222
CE YES 218
Error
oL3 Overtorque 1 YES 222
CrST Cannot Reset YES 219
ov Overvoltage YES 222
dnE Drive Disabled YES 219
MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode
EF Run Command Input Error YES 219 PASS No output 223
Complete
EF0 Option Card External Fault YES 219 SAFE Customer Safety No output 223
EF1 to External Fault SE MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault YES 223
YES 220
EF7 (input terminal S1 to S7)
TdE Thermistor Disconnect YES 223
FAn Internal Fan Fault YES 207
TIM Time Not Set YES 215
FbH Excessive PI Feedback YES 220
UL3 Undertorque 1 YES 223
FbL PI Feedback Loss YES 220
UL6 Undertorque 6 YES 223
Fn1 External Fan Fault YES 208
Uv Undervoltage YES 223
inTLK
<1> Interlock Open No output 221 voF Output Voltage Detection Fault YES 224
WrUn Waiting for Run YES 224
LT-1 Cooling Fan Maintenance Time No output <2> 221
<1> ALM LED will not blink.
<2> Output when H2-oo = 2F.

n Operation Errors
Table 5.7 Operation Error Displays
HOA HOA
Keypad Name Page Keypad Name Page
Display Display

Troubleshooting
oPE01 Drive Unit Setting Error 225 oPE09 PI Control Selection Error 227
oPE02 Parameter Setting Range Error 225 oPE10 V/f Data Setting Error 227
oPE03 Multi-Function Input Setting Error 225 oPE11 Carrier Frequency Setting Error 227
oPE05 Run Command Selection Error 226 oPE16 Energy Saving Constants Error 227
oPE07 Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error 226 oPE27 BP Program Error 228
oPE08 Parameter Selection Error 226 oPE28 Sequence Timer Error 228
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 203
5.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

n Auto-Tuning Errors
Table 5.8 Auto-Tuning Error Displays
HOA HOA
Keypad Name Page Keypad Name Page
Display Display
End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm 229 Er-03 OFF Button Input 230
End4 Adjusted Slip Value Fell Below Lower Limit 229 Er-04 Line-to-Line Resistance Error 230
End5 Resistance Between Lines Error 229 Er-05 No-Load Current Error 230
End7 No-Load Current Alarm 229 Er-08 Rated Slip Error 230
Er-01 Motor Data Error 229 Er-09 Acceleration Error 230
Er-02 Alarm 229 Er-12 Current Detection Error 230

n Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function

Table 5.9 Copy Errors
HOA HOA
Keypad Name Page Keypad Name Page
Display Display
CoPy Writing parameter settings (flashing) 231 ndAT Model, voltage class, capacity mismatch 232
CPEr Control mode mismatch 231 rdEr Error reading data 232
CPyE Error writing data 231 rEAd Reading parameter settings (flashing) 232
CSEr Copy unit error 231 vAEr Voltage class, capacity mismatch 232
dFPS Drive model mismatch 231 vFyE Parameter setting mismatch 232
End Task complete 231 vrFy Comparing parameter settings (flashing) 232
iFEr Communication error 231

204 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.4 Fault Detection

5.4 Fault Detection

u Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Faults are detected for drive protection, and cause the drive to stop while triggering the fault output terminal MA-MB-MC.
Remove the cause of the fault and manually clear the fault before attempting to run the drive again.
Table 5.10 Detailed Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
HOA Keypad Display Fault Name
bAT HOA Keypad Battery Voltage Low
Cause Possible Solution
The HOA keypad battery is low Replace the HOA keypad battery.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Option Communication Error
bUS • The connection was lost after establishing initial communication.
• Only detected when the run command frequency reference is assigned to an option card.
Cause Possible Solution
No signal was received from the PLC • Check for faulty wiring.
Faulty communications wiring or an existing short • Correct the wiring.
circuit • Check for disconnected cables and short circuits and repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge absorbers if
Communication data error occurred due to noise necessary.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or
the drive input power side.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines.
The option card is damaged Replace the option card if there are no problems with the wiring and the error continues to occur.
The option card is not properly connected to the • The connector pins on the option card do not line up properly with the connector pins on the drive.
drive • Reinstall the option card.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
CE
Control data was not received for the CE detection time set to H5-09.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring.
Faulty communications wiring or an existing short •
circuit Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits and repair as needed.

Troubleshooting
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or
Communication data error occurred due to noise the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge suppressors
if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. 5
HOA Keypad Display Fault Name
CoF Current Offset Fault
Cause Possible Solution
The drive tried to adjust the current offset value • Create a motor restart sequence that allows enough time for residual induction voltage to dissipate.
beyond the allowable range. This is due to residual • Enable Speed Search at start (b3-01 = 1). Use the multi-function terminals to execute External
induction current in the motor (e.g., during sudden
deceleration or when coasting) when the drive Speed Search 1 and 2 (H1-oo = 61 or 62).
attempted to start the motor. Note: When using a PM motor, External Speed Searches 1 and 2 perform the same operation.
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa
The current sensor in the drive is damaged representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 205
5.4 Fault Detection

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

CPF00 or CPF01 Control Circuit Error
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
There is a self-diagnostic error in the control
circuit • If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Connector on the operator is damaged Replace the operator.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

A/D Conversion Error
CPF02
An A/D conversion error or control circuit error occurred.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Control circuit is damaged • If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Control Board Connection Error
CPF03
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is a connection error • If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise the drive input power side.
interference
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge suppressors
if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

EEPROM Memory Data Error
CPF06
Error in the data saved to EEPROM
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is an error in EEPROM control circuit • If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
The power supply was switched off while Reinitialize the drive using parameter A1-03.
parameters were being saved to the drive

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

CPF07
Terminal Board Connection Error
CPF08
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is a faulty connection between the terminal
board and the control board • If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

CPF20 or CPF21 Control Circuit Error
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Hardware is damaged • If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

206 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.4 Fault Detection

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

CPF22 Hybrid IC Failure
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Hybrid IC failure on the power board • If the problem continues, replace the power board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the power board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Control Board Connection Error
CPF23
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
Hardware is damaged • If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Drive Unit Signal Fault
CPF24 The drive capacity cannot be detected correctly (drive capacity is checked when the drive is powered
up).
Cause Possible Solution
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa
Hardware is damaged representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Option Card External Fault
EF0
An external fault condition is present.
Cause Possible Solution
An external fault was received from the PLC and • Remove the cause of the external fault.
F6-03 is set to a value other than 3 • Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
Problem with the PLC program Check the PLC program and correct problems.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

External Fault (input terminal S1)
EF1
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External Fault (input terminal S2)
EF2
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External Fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External Fault (input terminal S4)

Troubleshooting
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External Fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External Fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External Fault (input terminal S7) 5
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
Cause Possible Solution
An external device tripped an alarm function Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the fault.
• Properly connect the signal lines to the terminals assigned for external fault detection
Wiring is incorrect (H1-oo = 20 to 2F).
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check for unused terminals set for H1-oo = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
Multi-function contact input setting is incorrect
• Change the terminal settings.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 207
5.4 Fault Detection

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

EEPROM Write Error
Err
Data cannot be written to the EEPROM

Cause Possible Solution

• Press “ENTER” on the HOA keypad.
• Correct the parameter setting.
Noise has corrupted data while writing to the
EEPROM • Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa
Hardware problem representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Internal Fan Fault
FAn
Fan or magnetic contactor failure
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• Check for fan operation.
Internal cooling fan has malfunctioned • Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan with monitor U4-03, and verify the cumulative
operation time of the fan maintenance timer with U4-04.
• If the cooling fan has exceeded its expected performance life or is damaged in any other way, follow
the replacement instructions in the Peripheral Devices & Options chapter.
• Cycle power to the drive.
Fault detected in the internal cooling fan or • If the fault continues to occur, replace the power board/gate drive board or the entire drive.
magnetic contactor to the power supply • Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the power board/gate
drive board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

External Fan Fault
Fn1
External fan failure
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• Check for fan operation.
External cooling fan has malfunctioned • Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan with monitor U4-03, and verify the cumulative
operation time of the fan maintenance timer with U4-04.
• If the cooling fan has exceeded its expected performance life or is damaged in any other way, follow
the replacement instructions in the Peripheral Devices & Options chapter.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Excessive PI Feedback
FbH PI feedback input is greater than the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Set b5-12
to 2 or 5 to enable fault detection.
Cause Possible Solution
Parameters are set inappropriately Check b5-36 and b5-37 settings.
Incorrect PI feedback wiring Correct the wiring.
• Check the sensor on the control side.
There is a problem with the feedback sensor
• Replace the sensor if damaged.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

PI Feedback Loss
FbL This fault occurs when PI feedback loss detection is programmed to trigger a fault (b5-12 = 2) and
the PI feedback level is below the detection level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14.
Cause Possible Solution
Parameters are set inappropriately Check b5-13 and b5-14 settings.
Incorrect PI feedback wiring Correct the wiring.

208 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.4 Fault Detection

• Check the sensor on the control side.

There is a problem with the feedback sensor
• Replace the sensor if damaged.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Ground Fault
GF • A current short to ground exceeded 50% of rated current on the output side of the drive.
• Setting L8-09 to 1 enables ground fault detection in models 2A0075 to 2A0396, 4A0052ooA,
and 4A0065 to 4A0590.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the insulation resistance of the motor.
Motor insulation is damaged
• Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cable.
• Remove the short circuit and reapply power to the drive
A damaged motor cable is creating a short circuit
• Check the resistance between the cable and the ground terminal .
• Replace the cable.
• Reduce the carrier frequency.
Excessive leakage current at the drive output
• Reduce the amount of stray capacitance.
• The set value exceeds the allowable setting range while the drive automatically adjusts the current
offset. This only happens when attempting to restart a PM motor that is coasting to stop.
The drive started to run during a current offset fault • Set b3-01 to 1 to enable Speed Search at Start.
or while coasting to a stop
• Perform Speed Search 1 or 2 (H1-oo = 61 or 62) via one of the external terminals.
Note: Speed Searches 1 and 2 are the same when using OLV/PM.
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa
Hardware problem representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Output Phase Loss
LF • Phase loss on the output side of the drive.
• Setting L8-07 to 1 or 2 enables Phase Loss Detection.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors and properly connect the output cable.
The output cable is disconnected
• Correct the wiring.
• Check the resistance between motor lines.
The motor winding is damaged
• Replace the motor if the winding is damaged.
• Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Gauges
The output terminal is loose and Tightening Torque on page 83 for details.
The rated current of the motor being used is less Check the drive and motor capacities.
than 5% of the drive rated current
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa
An output transistor is damaged

Troubleshooting
representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
A single-phase motor is being used The drive cannot operate a single phase motor.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Output Current Imbalance
LF2
One or more of the phases in the output current are lost.
Cause Possible Solution 5
Phase loss has occurred on the output side of the • Check for faulty wiring or poor connections on the output side of the drive.
drive • Correct the wiring.
Terminal wires are loose on the output side of the Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Gauges
drive and Tightening Torque on page 83 for details.
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa
The output circuit is damaged
representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
• Measure the line-to-line resistance for each motor phase. Ensure all values match.
Motor impedance or motor phases are uneven
• Replace the motor.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 209
5.4 Fault Detection

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Node Setup Error
nSE
A terminal assigned to the node setup function closed during run.
Cause Possible Solution
The node setup terminal closed during run
A Run command was issued while the node setup Stop the drive when using the node setup function.
function was active

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Overcurrent
oC
Drive sensors detected an output current greater than the specified overcurrent level.
Cause Possible Solution
The motor has been damaged due to overheating • Check the insulation resistance.
or the motor insulation is damaged • Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cables.
One of the motor cables has shorted out or there is • Remove the short circuit and reapply power to the drive.
a grounding problem • Check the resistance between the motor cables and the ground terminal .
• Replace damaged cables.
• Measure the current flowing into the motor.
• Replace the drive with a larger capacity drive if the current value exceeds the rated current.
The load is too heavy
• Determine if there is sudden fluctuation in the current level.
• Reduce the load to avoid sudden changes in the current level or switch to a larger drive.
Calculate the torque needed during acceleration relative to the load inertia and the specified
acceleration time. If it is not possible to set the proper amount of torque, make the following changes:
The acceleration or deceleration times are too short • Increase the acceleration time (C1-01 and C1-03)
• Increase the S-curve characteristics (C2-01 and C2-02)
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
The drive is attempting to operate a specialized • Check the motor capacity.
motor or a motor larger than the maximum size • Ensure that the rated capacity of the drive is greater than or equal to the capacity rating found on
allowed the motor nameplate.
Magnetic contactor (MC) on the output side of the Set up the operation sequence so the MC does not trip while the drive is outputting current.
drive has turned on or off
• Check the ratios between the voltage and frequency.
V/f setting is not operating as expected • Set parameters E1-04 through E1-10 appropriately.
• Lower the voltage if it is too high relative to the frequency.
• Check the amount of torque compensation.
Excessive torque compensation
• Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss and less current.
• Review the possible solutions provided for handling noise interference.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise
interference • Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit
lines, and ground wiring.
• Check if the fault occurs simultaneously with overexcitation function operation.
Overexcitation gain is set too high
• Consider motor flux saturation and reduce the value of n3-13 (Overexcitation Deceleration Gain).
• Set b3-01 to 1 to enable Speed Search at Start.
Run command was applied while motor was
coasting • Program the Speed Search command input through one of the multi-function contact input terminals
(H1-oo = 61 or 62).
• Check the control mode.
The motor control method and motor do not match • For IM motors, set A1-02 to 0.
• For PM motors, set A1-02 to 5.
The rated output current of the drive is too small Use a larger drive.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5
oFA00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5 is Check if the drive supports the option card to be installed. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive

210 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.4 Fault Detection

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5
oFA01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and reconnect the option card.
The option card connection to port CN5 is faulty • Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed
properly.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

oFA05, oFA06
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port CN5
oFA10, oFA11
oFA12 to oFA17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5)
oFA30 to oFA43 Communication Option Card Connection Error (CN5)
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged • If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a
Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Heatsink Overheat
oH The heatsink temperature exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02. The default value for
L8-02 is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy • Decrease the load.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Replace the cooling fan.
External cooling fan is stopped
• After replacing the cooling fan, set parameter o4-03 to 0 to reset the cooling fan maintenance.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat)
oH1 The heatsink temperature exceeded the drive overheat level. Overheat level is determined by drive
capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive.

Troubleshooting
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy • Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Reduce the load.
5
HOA Keypad Display Fault Name
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input)
oH3 • The motor overheat signal to analog input terminals A1 or A2 exceeded the alarm detection level.
• Detection requires setting multi-function analog inputs H3-02 or H3-10 to E.
Cause Possible Solution

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 211
5.4 Fault Detection

• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times, and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10) by reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
Motor has overheated • Do not set E1-08 and E1-10 too low. This reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current to parameter E2-01 as indicated on the motor nameplate.
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)
oH4 • The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1 or A2 exceeded the fault detection level.
• Detection requires setting multi-function analog inputs H3-02 or H3-10 to E.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times, and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10) by reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
Motor has overheated • Do not set E1-08 and E1-10 too low. This reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current to parameter E2-01 as indicated on the motor nameplate.
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Motor Overload
oL1
The electronic motor overload protection tripped
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy Reduce the load.
Cycle times are too short during acceleration and Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
deceleration
• Reduce the load.
A general-purpose motor is driven below the rated • Increase the speed.
speed with a high load • If the motor is supposed to operate at low speeds, either increase the motor capacity or use a motor
specifically designed to operate in the desired speed range.
• Adjust the user-set V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10) by reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
The output voltage is too high
• Do not set E1-08 and E1-10 too low. This reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
The wrong motor rated current is set to E2-01
• Enter the motor rated current to parameter E2-01 as indicated on the motor nameplate.
• Check the rated frequency indicated on the motor nameplate.
The maximum output frequency is set incorrectly
• Enter the rated frequency to E1-06 (Base Frequency).
Multiple motors are running off the same drive Set L1-01 to 0 to disable the motor protection function and then install a thermal relay to each motor.
• Check the motor characteristics.
The electrical thermal protection characteristics • Correct the type of motor protection that has been selected (L1-01).
and motor overload characteristics do not match
• Install an external thermal relay.
The electrical thermal relay is operating at the • Check the current rating listed on the motor nameplate.
wrong level • Check the value set for the motor rated current (E2-01).
• Overexcitation increases the motor loss and the motor temperature. Excessive duration of
overexcitation may cause motor damage. Prevent excessive overexcitation operation or apply
Motor overheated by overexcitation operation proper cooling to the motor.
• Reduce the excitation deceleration gain (n3-13).
• Set L3-04 (Stall Prevention during Deceleration) to a value other than 4.
• Check values set to Speed Search related parameters.
Parameters related to Speed Search are set
incorrectly • Adjust the Speed Search current and Speed Search deceleration times (b3-02 and b3-03
respectively).

212 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.4 Fault Detection

Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss Check the power supply for phase loss.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Drive Overload
oL2
The thermal sensor of the drive triggered overload protection.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy Reduce the load.
Acceleration or deceleration time is too short Increase the settings for the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-04).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10) by reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
The output voltage is too high
• Do not lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively. This reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
Drive capacity is too small Replace the drive with a larger model.
• Reduce the load when operating at low speeds.
Overload occurred when operating at low speeds • Replace the drive with a model that is one frame size larger.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive torque compensation Reduce the torque compensation gain in parameter C4-01 until there is no speed loss but less current.
• Check the settings for all Speed Search related parameters.
Parameters related to Speed Search are set • Adjust the current used during Speed Search (b3-03) and the Speed Search deceleration time
incorrectly (b3-02).
• After Auto-Tuning, set b3-24 to 1 to enable Speed Estimation Speed Search.
Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss Check the power supply for phase loss.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Overtorque Detection 1
oL3 The current has exceeded the value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time
(L6-03).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load Check L6-02 and L6-03 settings.
Fault on the machine side (e.g., machine is locked Check the status of the load. Remove the cause of the fault.
up)

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

High Slip Braking oL
oL7
The output frequency stayed constant for longer than the time set to n3-04 during High Slip Braking.
Cause Possible Solution
Excessive load inertia
Motor is driven by the load Reduce deceleration times in parameters C1-02 and C1-04 for applications that do not use High Slip
Braking.
Something on the load side is restricting
deceleration
The overload time during High Slip Braking is too • Increase parameter n3-04 (High-slip Braking Overload Time).

Troubleshooting
short • Install a thermal relay and increase the setting of n3-04 to maximum value.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

HOA Keypad Connection Fault
The HOA keypad has been disconnected from the drive.
An oPr fault will occur when all of the following conditions are true:
• Output is interrupted when the keypad is disconnected (o2-06 = 1).
5
oPr
• The Run command is assigned to the keypad (b1-02 = 0 and OFF mode has been selected).
• Drive software versions PRG: 1014 and later detect an oPr fault when the HOA keypad is removed
from the drive while the sequence timer is active, even when oPr error detection is disabled (o2-06
= 0).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the connection between the operator and the drive.
External operator is not properly connected to the • Replace the cable if damaged.
drive • Turn off the drive input power and disconnect the operator. Reconnect the operator and reapply
drive input power.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 213
5.4 Fault Detection

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Overvoltage
Voltage in the DC bus has exceeded the overvoltage detection level.
ov
• For 200 V class drives: approximately 410 V
• For 400 V class drives: approximately 820 V (740 V when E1-01 is less than 400)
Cause Possible Solution
• Increase the deceleration time (C1-02 and C1-04).
Deceleration time is too short and regenerative
energy is flowing from the motor into the drive • Set L3-04 to 1 to enable stall prevention during deceleration. Stall Prevention is enabled as the
default setting.
• Check if sudden drive acceleration triggers an overvoltage alarm.
• Increase the acceleration time.
Fast acceleration time causes the motor to • Use longer S-curve acceleration and deceleration times.
overshoot the speed reference
• Enable the Overvoltage Suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
• Lengthen the S-curve at acceleration end.
Ground fault in the output circuit causes the DC • Check the motor wiring for ground faults.
bus capacitor to overcharge • Correct grounding shorts and reapply power.
• Check the settings for Speed Search-related parameters.
• Enable Speed Search restart function (b3-19 greater than or equal to 1 to 10).
Improper parameters related to Speed Search
(including Speed Search after a momentary power • Adjust the current level during Speed Search and the deceleration time (b3-02 and b3-03
loss and after a fault restart) respectively).
• Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance and then set b3-14 to 1 to enable Speed
Estimation Speed Search.
• Check the voltage.
Drive input power voltage is too high
• Lower drive input power voltage within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Review the list of possible solutions provided for controlling noise.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise
interference • Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit
lines, and ground wiring.
• Check the load inertia settings when using KEB, overvoltage suppression, or Stall Prevention
Load inertia is set incorrectly during deceleration.
• Adjust the load inertia ratio in L3-25 to better match the load.
• Adjust the parameters that control hunting.
• Set the gain for Hunting Prevention (n1-02).
Motor hunting occurs
• Adjust the speed feedback detection suppression gain for PM motors (n8-45) and the time constant
for pull-in current (n8-47).

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Overvoltage 2
ov2
Bus voltage is boosted because the motor cable is too long.
Cause Possible Solution
• Shorten the shielded motor cable
The wiring is too long • Lower the carrier frequency
• Switch on the internal EMC filter if the power supply has a neutral ground

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Input Phase Loss
PF Drive input power has an open phase or has a large imbalance of voltage between phases. Detected
when L8-05 is set 1 (enabled).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power.
There is phase loss in the drive input power
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals are tightened properly.
There is loose wiring in the drive input power
terminals • Apply the tightening torque as specified in this manual. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening
Torque on page 83 for details.
There is excessive fluctuation in the drive input • Check the voltage from the drive input power.
power voltage • Review the possible solutions for stabilizing the drive input power.
There is poor balance between voltage phases Stabilize drive input power or disable phase loss detection.

214 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.4 Fault Detection

• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).

• Replace the capacitor if U4-05 is greater than 90%. For instructions on replacing the capacitor,
contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
The main circuit capacitors are worn
Check for problems with the drive input power. If drive input power appears normal but the alarm
continues to occur, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing
the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Too Many Speed Search Restarts
SEr
The number of Speed Search restarts exceeded the value set to b3-19.
Cause Possible Solution
• Reduce the detection compensation gain during Speed Search (b3-10).
Parameters related to Speed Search are set to the •
wrong values Increase the current level when attempting Speed Search (b3-17).
• Increase the detection time during Speed Search (b3-18).
The motor is coasting in the opposite direction of Set b3-14 to 1 to enable Bi-Directional Speed Search.
the Run command

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection
STo
Motor pull out or step out has occurred. Motor has exceeded its pull-out torque.
Cause Possible Solution
• Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
• Increase the pull-in current during accel/decel (n8-51).
Load is too heavy
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the motor or drive capacity.
Load inertia is too heavy Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 to C1-04).
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short
• Increase the S-curve acceleration and deceleration times (C2-01).
Speed response is too slow Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

TdE Time Data Error
Cause Possible Solution
An error has occurred in the Real-Clock Time
function of the HOA keypad Replace the HOA keypad. For instructions on replacing the HOA keypad, contact Yaskawa or your
A communication error has occurred with the nearest sales representative.
Real-Clock Time function of the HOA keypad

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

TIM Time Not Set

Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solution

The Real-Time Clock for the HOA keypad is not Set the time for the HOA keypad. Parameter o4–17=1.
set in parameter o4–17 • For drive software PRG: 1012 and less, the drive will display the "TIM" alarm (Time Not Set)
• The drive is a new drive, first power-up whenever the Real time Clock is not set.
condition • For drive software PRG: 1013 and greater, the drive will display the "TIM" alarm (Time Not Set)
whenever the Real time Clock is not set . Additionally, at power up, if the "TIM" condition is
• o4–17 was set to (2: Reset), by the user,
manually clearing the Real-Time Clock data.
present, the drive will automatically switch to the time setting screen (o4–17=1) for 30 seconds to
prompt the user to set the Real-Time Clock.
5
The user did not set the Real Time Clock when Cycle power to the drive and set the Real Time Clock within 30 seconds of power-up, or set the clock
prompted following power-up. manually via parameter o4–17.
The HOA keypad battery is low or the battery has Replace the HOA keypad battery and set the Real-Time Clock.
been replaced
An error has occurred in the Real-Time Clock Replace the HOA keypad. For instructions on replacing the HOA keypad, contact Yaskawa or your
function of the HOA keypad nearest sales representative.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Undertorque Detection 1
UL3 The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the
allowable time (L6-03).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 215
5.4 Fault Detection

Cause Possible Solution

Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side Check the load for any problems.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Motor Underload
UL6
The weight of the load has fallen below the underload curve defined in L6-14.
Cause Possible Solution
The output current has fallen below the motor
underload curve defined in L6-14 for longer than Adjust the value set to L6-14 so that output current remains above the motor underload curve during
normal operation.
the time set to L6-03

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

DC Bus Undervoltage
Voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage detection level (L2-05).
• For 200 V class drives: approximately 190 V
Uv1 • For 400 V class drives: approximately 440 when using input voltages 460 V or higher (350 V when
E1-01 is less than 400, and 380 V when 400V ≤ E1-01 < 460 V )
The fault is output only if L2-01 is set to 0 or 1 and the DC bus voltage has fallen below the level set
to L2-05 for longer than the time set to L2-02.
Cause Possible Solution
• The main circuit drive input power is wired incorrectly.
Input power phase loss
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure there are no loose terminals.
One of the drive input power wiring terminals is
loose • Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Gauges
and Tightening Torque on page 83 for details.
• Check the voltage.
There is a problem with the voltage from the drive • Correct the voltage to be within the range listed in drive input power specifications.
input power • If there is no problem with the power supply to the main circuit, check for problems with the main
circuit magnetic contactor.
The power has been interrupted Correct the drive input power.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
The main circuit capacitors are worn • Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on
replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
circuit is damaged • Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on
replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Control Power Supply Voltage Fault
Uv2
Voltage is too low for the control drive input power.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Internal circuitry is damaged • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on
replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Circuit Fault)
Uv3
The soft-charge bypass circuit failed.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
circuit is damaged • Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on
replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.

216 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.4 Fault Detection

HOA Keypad Display Fault Name

Output Voltage Detection Fault
voF
Problem detected with the voltage on the output side of the drive.
Cause Possible Solution
Replace the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Hardware is damaged Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.

Troubleshooting
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 217
5.5 Alarm Detection

5.5 Alarm Detection

u Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Alarms are drive protection functions that do not necessarily cause the drive to stop. Once the cause of an alarm is removed,
the drive will return to the same status is was before the alarm occurred.
When an alarm has been triggered, the ALM light on the HOA keypad display blinks and the alarm code display flashes. If a
multi-function output is set for an alarm (H2-oo = 10), that output terminal will be triggered.
Note: If a multi-function output is set to close when an alarm occurs (H2-oo = 10), it will also close when maintenance periods are reached,
triggering alarms LT-1 through LT-4 (triggered only if H2-oo = 2F).
Table 5.11 Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name
Baseblock
bb
Drive output interrupted as indicated by an external baseblock signal.
Cause Possible Solutions
External baseblock signal was entered via one of Check external sequence and baseblock signal input timing.
the multi-function input terminals (S1 to S7)

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Option Communication Error
bUS • The connection was lost after initial communication was established.
• Assign a Run command frequency reference to the option.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check for faulty wiring.
Connection is broken or master controller stopped
• Correct the wiring.
communicating
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Option is damaged If there are no problems with the wiring and the fault continues to occur, replace the option.
• The connector pins on the option are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
The option is not properly connected to the drive
• Reinstall the option.
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
• Try to reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise • Use surge absorbers on magnetic contactors or other equipment causing the disturbance.
• Use recommended cables or some other type of shielded line. Ground the shield to the controller
side or on the input power side.
• Separate the wiring for communication devices from the drive input power lines.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Serial Communication Transmission Error
CALL
Communication has not yet been established.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check for wiring errors.
Communications wiring is faulty, there is a short •
circuit, or something is not connected properly Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Programming error on the master side Check communications at start-up and correct programming errors.
• Perform a self-diagnostics check.
Communications circuitry is damaged • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on
replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Install a termination resistor at both ends of a communication line. Set the internal termination resistor
Termination resistor setting is incorrect switch correctly on slave drives. Place DIP switch S2 to the ON position.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
CE
Control data was not received correctly for two seconds.
Cause Possible Solutions

218 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.5 Alarm Detection

• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.

• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise • Use surge absorbers for the magnetic contactors or other components that may be causing the
disturbance.
• Use only recommended shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input
power side.
• Separate all wiring for communication devices from drive input power lines.
• Check the H5 parameter settings and the protocol setting in the controller.
Communication protocol is incompatible
• Ensure settings are compatible.
The CE detection time (H5-09) is set shorter than • Check the PLC.
the time required for a communication cycle to take • Change the software settings in the PLC.
place • Set a longer CE detection time using parameter H5-09.
Incompatible PLC software settings or there is a • Check the PLC.
hardware problem • Remove the cause of the error on the controller side.
Communications cable is disconnected or • Check the connector to make sure the cable has a signal.
damaged • Replace the communications cable.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

CrST Cannot Reset
Cause Possible Solutions
• Ensure that a Run command cannot be entered from the external terminals or option during fault
Fault reset was being executed when a Run reset.
command was entered
• Turn off the Run command.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

dnE Drive Disabled
Cause Possible Solutions
“Drive Enable” is set to a multi-function contact
input (H1-oo = 6A) and that signal was switched Check the operation sequence.
off

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error
EF
Both forward run and reverse run closed simultaneously for longer than 0.5 s.
Cause Possible Solutions
Check the forward and reverse command sequence and correct the problem.
Sequence error
Note: When minor fault EF detected, motor ramps to stop.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Troubleshooting
Option Card External Fault
EF0
An external fault condition is present.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external fault was received from the PLC with • Remove the cause of the external fault.
F6-03 set to 3, which allows the drive to continue
running after an external fault occurs • Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
There is a problem with the PLC program Check the PLC program and correct problems. 5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 219
5.5 Alarm Detection

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

External Fault (Input Terminal S1)
EF1
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External fault (input terminal S2)
EF2
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device has tripped an alarm function Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the multi-function input value.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault
Wiring is incorrect detection (H1-oo = 20 to 2F).
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the unused terminals have been set for H1-oo = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
Multi-function contact inputs are set incorrectly
• Change the terminal settings.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Excessive PI Feedback
FbH The PI feedback input is higher than the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, and
b5-12 is set to 1 or 4.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameter settings for b5-36 and b5-37 are Check parameters b5-36 and b5-37.
incorrect
PI feedback wiring is faulty Correct the wiring.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
Feedback input circuit is damaged contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

PI Feedback Loss
FbL The PI feedback input is lower than the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, and
b5-12 is set to 1 or 4.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameter settings for b5-13 and b5-14 are Check parameters b5-13 and b5-14.
incorrect
PI feedback wiring is faulty Correct the wiring.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
Feedback input circuit is damaged contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Current Alarm
HCA
Drive current exceeded overcurrent warning level (150% of the rated current).
Cause Possible Solutions
Load is too heavy Reduce the load for applications with repetitive operations (i.e., stops and starts), or replace the drive.

220 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.5 Alarm Detection

• Calculate the torque required during acceleration and for the inertia moment.
• If the torque level is not right for the load, take the following steps:
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 to C1-04).
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
A special-purpose motor is being used, or the drive • Check the motor capacity.
is attempting to run a motor greater than the
maximum allowable capacity • Use a motor appropriate for the drive. Ensure the motor is within the allowable capacity range.
The current level increased due to Speed Search The alarm will only appear briefly. There is no need to take action to prevent the alarm from occurring
after a momentary power loss or while attempting in such instances.
to perform a fault restart

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Interlock Open
inTLK
ALM LED will not blink
Cause Possible Solutions
BAS Interlock multi-function input is open Check the cause of interlock.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Cooling Fan Maintenance Time
The cooling fan has reached its expected maintenance period and may need to be replaced.
LT-1
Note: An alarm output (H2-oo = 10) will only be triggered if both (H2-oo = 2F and H2-
oo = 10) are set.
Cause Possible Solutions
The cooling fan has reached 90% of its expected Replace the cooling fan and set o4-03 to 0 to reset the Maintenance Monitor.
performance life

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Capacitor Maintenance Time

LT-2
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors are nearing the end of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-oo = 10) will only be triggered if H2-oo = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors have Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
reached 90% of their expected performance lives contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time
LT-3 The DC bus soft charge relay is nearing the end of its expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-oo = 10) will only be triggered if H2-oo = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions

Troubleshooting
The DC bus soft charge relay has reached 90% of Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
expected performance life contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

IGBT Maintenance Time (50%)
LT-4 IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-oo = 10) will only be triggered if H2-oo = 2F.
5
Cause Possible Solutions
IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.
performance life

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02 (90-100 °C).
Default value for L8-02 is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solutions

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 221
5.5 Alarm Detection

• Check the surrounding temperature.

• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool surrounding area.
• Remove anything near drive that may cause extra heat.
• Replace the cooling fan.
Internal cooling fan has stopped
• After replacing the drive, set parameter o4-03 to 0 to reset the cooling fan operation time.
• Provide proper installation space around the drive as indicated in the manual. Refer to Installation
Orientation and Spacing on page 43 for details.
Airflow around the drive is restricted • Allow for the proper space and ensure that there is sufficient circulation around the control panel.
• Check for dust or other foreign materials clogging the cooling fan.
• Clear debris caught in the fan that restricts air circulation.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Drive Overheat Warning
oH2 “Drive Overheat Warning” was input to a multi-function input terminal, S1 through S7 (H1-oo=
B).
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device triggered an overheat warning Search for the device that tripped the overheat warning. Remove the cause of the problem.
in the drive

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Motor Overheat
oH3 The motor overheat signal entered to a multi-function analog input terminal exceeded the alarm level
(H3-02 or H3-10 = E).
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor thermostat wiring is faulty (PTC input). Repair the PTC input wiring.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up) • Remove the cause of the fault.
• Check the load size, accel/decel times, and cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase accel and decel times (C1-01 to C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This involves reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
Motor has overheated Note: Refrain from lowering E1-08 and E1-10 excessively to prevent a reduction in load
tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
• Enter motor-rated current on motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Overtorque 1
oL3
Drive output current was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set to L6-03.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up) • Remove the cause of the fault.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

DC Bus Overvoltage
The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.
ov
• For 200 V class drives: approximately 410 V
• For 400 V class drives: approximately 820 V (740 V when E1-01 is less than 400)
Cause Possible Solutions
• Install an AC reactor.
Surge voltage present in the drive input power • Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and a phase advancing capacitor operating on
the same drive input power system.

222 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.5 Alarm Detection

The motor is short-circuited

• Check the motor power cable, relay terminals and motor terminal box for short circuits.
Ground current has overcharged the main circuit • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
capacitors via the drive input power
• Review possible solutions for handling noise interference.
• Review section on handling noise interference and check control circuit lines, main circuit lines
Noise interference causes the drive to operate and ground wiring.
incorrectly
• If the magnetic contactor is identified as a source of noise, install a surge protector to the MC coil.
Set number of fault restarts (L5-01) to a value other than 0.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

PASS MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete
Cause Possible Solutions
MEMOBUS/Modbus test has finished normally This verifies that the test was successful.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Customer Safety
SAFE Customer Safeties mult-function input is open. This alarm has display priority over the Interlock Open
(inTLK).
Cause Possible Solutions
External contact from customer wiring is open. Check the cause of the open safety.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error
SE Note: This alarm will not trigger a multi-function output terminal that is set for alarm output
(H2-oo = 10).
Cause Possible Solutions
A digital input set to 67H (MEMOBUS/Modbus Stop the drive and run the test again.
test) was closed while the drive was running

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)
TrPC
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.
Cause Possible Solutions
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected Replace the drive.
performance life

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Undertorque Detection 1
UL3
Drive output current less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03 time.
Cause Possible Solutions

Troubleshooting
Inappropriate parameter settings Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Load has dropped or decreased significantly Check for broken parts in the transmission system.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

UL6 Undertorque Detection 6
Cause Possible Solutions 5
The load has dropped or decreased under the motor Check parameters L6-13 and L6-14.
underload curve

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Undervoltage
One of the following conditions was true when the drive was stopped and a Run command was
entered:
Uv • DC bus voltage dropped below the level specified in L2-05.
• Contactor to suppress inrush current in the drive was opened.
• Low voltage in the control drive input power. This alarm outputs only if L2-01 is not 0 and DC
bus voltage is under L2-05.
Cause Possible Solutions

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 223
5.5 Alarm Detection

Phase loss in the drive input power Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power. Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals have been properly tightened.
Loose wiring in the drive input power terminals • Apply the tightening torque to the terminals as specified. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening
Torque on page 83.
There is a problem with the drive input power • Check the voltage.
voltage • Lower the voltage of the drive input power so that it is within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
Drive internal circuitry is worn • Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on
replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
The drive input power transformer is too small and • Check for an alarm when the magnetic contactor, line breaker, and leakage breaker are closed.
voltage drops when the power is switched on • Check the capacity of the drive input power transformer.
Air inside the drive is too hot Check the temperature inside the drive.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
The CHARGE light is broken or disconnected contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Output Voltage Detection Fault
voF
There is a problem with the output voltage.
Cause Possible Solutions
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
Hardware is damaged contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

HOA Keypad Display Minor Fault Name

Waiting for Run
WrUn
A Run command has been issued and the drive is waiting to begin running the motor.
Cause Possible Solutions
After a Run command has been entered, the drive
must wait for the time set to b1-11 to pass before This is not an error.
it can begin to operate the motor

224 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.6 Programming Errors

5.6 Programming Errors

u Programming Error Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
A Programming Error (oPE) occurs when a contradictory parameter is set or an individual parameter is set to an inappropriate
value.
The drive will not operate until the parameter or parameters causing the problem are set correctly. An oPE, however, does not
trigger an alarm or fault output. If an oPE occurs, investigate the cause and refer to Table 5.12 for the appropriate action. When
an oPE appears on the HOA keypad display, press the ENTER button to view U1-18 and see which parameter is causing the
oPE.
Table 5.12 oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
HOA Keypad Display Error Name
Drive Capacity Setting Fault
oPE01
Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match.
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive model selection (o2-04) and the actual Correct the value set to o2-04.
capacity of the drive are not the same

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Parameter Range Setting Error
oPE02
Use U1-18 to find parameters set outside the range.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters were set outside the possible setting Set parameters to the proper values.
range
Note: When multiple errors occur simultaneously, other errors are given precedence over oPE02

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Multi-Function Input Selection Error
oPE03
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-01 to H1-07.
Cause Possible Solutions
• The same function is assigned to two • Ensure all multi-function inputs are assigned to different functions.
multi-function inputs
• Re-enter the multi-function settings to ensure this does not occur.
• Excludes “Not used” and “External Fault”
The Up command was set but the Down command Properly set the functions that required for use in combination with other functions.
was not, or vice versa (settings 10 vs. 11)
• Run/Stop command for a 2-wire sequence was
set (H1-oo = 42), but Forward/Reverse
command (H1-oo = 43) was not Properly set the functions that required for use in combination with other functions.

Troubleshooting
• “Drive Enable” is set to multi-function input S1
or S2 (H1-01 = 6A or H1-02 = 6A)
Two of the following functions are set
simultaneously:
• Up/Down Command (10 vs. 11) • Check if contradictory settings have simultaneously been assigned to the multi-function input
• Hold Accel/Decel Stop (A) terminals.
• Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold (1E) • Correct setting errors.
• Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3 Calculations (44, 45,
5
46)
The Up/Down command (10, 11) and PI control Set b5-01 to 0 to disable control PI or disable the Up/Down command.
(b5-01) are enabled simultaneously

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 225
5.6 Programming Errors

Settings for N.C. and N.O. input for the following

functions were selected simultaneously:
• External Search Command 1 and External
Search Command 2 (61 vs. 62)
• Fast Stop N.O. and Fast Stop N.C. (15 vs. 17)
• KEB for Momentary Power Loss and High Slip • Check if contradictory settings have simultaneously been assigned to the multi-function input
Braking terminals.
(65, 66, 7A, 7B vs. 68) • Correct setting errors.
• KEB Command 1 and KEB Command 2 (65, 66
vs. 7A, 7B)
• FWD Run Command (or REV) and FWD/REV
Run Command (2-wire) (40, 41 vs. 42, 43)
• Drive Enable (60 vs. 6A)
One of the following settings was entered while
H1-oo = 2 (External Reference 1/2):
• b1-15 = 4 (Pulse Train Input) but the pulse train
input selection is not set for the frequency
reference (H6-01 > 0)
• b1-15 or b1-16 set to 3 but no option card is Correct the settings for the multi-function input terminal parameters.
connected
• Although b1-15 = 1 (Analog Input) and H3-02
or H3-10 are set to 0 (Frequency Bias)
H2-oo is set to 38 (Drive Enabled) and H1-oo
is not set to 6A (Drive Enable)

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

oPE05 Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Frequency reference is assigned to an option card
(b1-01 = 3) and an input option card is not
connected to the drive
Reconnect the input option card to the drive.
The Run command is assigned to an option card
(b1-02 = 3) and an input option card is not
connected to the drive

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error
oPE07 A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function analog inputs H3-02 or H3-10 and PI functions
conflict.
Cause Possible Solutions
At least two analog input terminals are set to the Change the settings to H3-02 and H3-10 so that functions no longer conflict.
same function (i.e., at least two of these parameters Note: Both 0 (Frequency Reference Bias) and F (Not Used) can be set to H3-02 and H3-10
have the same setting: H3-02 or H3-10) simultaneously.
The following simultaneous contradictory
settings: Disable one of the PI selections.
H3-02 or H3-10 = C (PI Target Value) while
b5-18 = 1 (enables b5-19 as the target PI value)

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Parameter Selection Error
oPE08
A function has been set that cannot be used in the motor control method selected.
Cause Possible Solutions
In OLV/PM, parameters E5-02 to E5-07 are set to
0 When using a special-purpose motor, set E5-oo in accordance with the test report provided.
The following settings have occurred in OLV/PM:
• E5-03 does not equal 0 • Set E5-09 or E5-24 to the correct value, and set the other to 0.
• E5-09 and E5-24 are both equal to 0, or neither • Set the motor rated current for PM to 0 (E5-03).
equals 0
Note: Use U1-18 to find parameters that are set outside the specified setting range. When multiple errors occur simultaneously, other errors are
given precedence over oPE08.

226 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.6 Programming Errors

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

PI Control Selection Fault
oPE09
PI control function selection is incorrect. Requires that PI control is enabled (b5-01 = 1 or 3).
Cause Possible Solutions
The following simultaneous contradictory settings
have occurred:
• b5-15 is not set to 0.0 (PI Sleep Function • Set b5-15 to a value other than 0.0.
Operation Level)
• Set the stopping method to coast to stop or ramp to stop (b1-03 = 0 or 1).
• The stopping method is set to either DC
Injection Braking or coast to stop with a timer
(b1-03 = 2 or 3)
b5-01 is set to 1, enabling PI control, but the lower
limit for the frequency reference (d2-02) is not set Correct the parameter settings.
to 0 while reverse output is enabled (b5-11 = 1)
b5-01 is set to 3, enabling PI control, but the lower Correct the parameter settings.
limit for the frequency reference (d2-01) is not 0

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

V/f Data Setting Error
One of the following setting errors has occurred:
oPE10 E1-04 ≥ E1-06
E1-06 ≥ E1-07
E1-07 ≥ E1-09
or E1-09 ≥ E1-11
Cause Possible Solutions
V/f pattern setting error Correct the settings for E1-04, E1-06, E1-07, E1-09, and E1-11.

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Carrier Frequency Setting Error
oPE11
Correct the setting for the carrier frequency.
Cause Possible Solutions
The following simultaneous contradictory settings
have occurred: C6-05 > 6 and C6-04 > C6-03
(carrier frequency lower limit is greater than the
upper limit) Correct the parameter settings.
If C6-05 ≤ 6, the drive operates at C6-03
The upper and lower limits between C6-02 and
C6-05 are contradictory

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

oPE16 Energy Saving Constants Error
Cause Possible Solutions

Troubleshooting
The following contradictory settings are true: Correct the parameter settings.
A1-02 = 0, S1-01 =1, and b8-01 = 1

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 227
5.6 Programming Errors

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

BP Program Error
oPE27
Bypass mode is not correctly configured.
Cause Possible Solutions
If digital inputs A4, A5, or A7 or digital outputs
A4 or A5 are programmed, then all must be
programmed
Digital inputs A4, A5, or A7 and digital outputs A4
or A5 are programmed and one of the following
conditions is true: Correct the parameter settings.
• H1-0o = 0 (3-Wire Sequence)
• L5-01 > 0 and S4-01 = 1 (Auto Transfer of Fault)
• H1-oo≤ A6 and H2-oo = A6
• H1-oo = A6 and H2-oo≤ A6

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Sequence Timer Error
oPE28
One or more of the sequence timers is not set in the correct order.
Cause Possible Solutions
One of the following contradictory settings is true:
• S2-01 > S2-02
• S2-06 > S2-07 Correct the parameter settings.
• S2-11 > S2-12
• S2-16 > S2-17

228 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

5.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

Auto-Tuning faults in this section are displayed on the digital operator and will cause the motor to coast to a stop. Auto-Tuning
faults do not trigger a multi-function digital output set for fault or alarm output.
An Endo error on the digital operator display indicates Auto-Tuning has successfully completed with discrepancies in the
calculations. Check the cause of the Endo error using the tables in this section and perform Auto-Tuning again after fixing
the cause.
The drive may be used in the application if no cause can be identified despite the existence of an Endo error.
An Ero error indicates that Auto-Tuning has not completed successfully. Check for the cause of the error using the tables in
this section, and perform Auto-Tuning again after fixing the cause.

u Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Table 5.13 Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
HOA Keypad Display Error Name
End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm (displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
Cause Possible Solutions
The correct current rating printed on the motor • Check the setting of parameter T1-04.
nameplate was not entered into T1-04 • Check the motor data and repeat Auto-Tuning.

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

End4 Adjusted Slip Calculation Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The calculated slip is outside the allowable range Make sure the data entered for Auto-Tuning is correct.

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

End5 Resistance Tuning Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The calculated resistance value is outside the • Double-check the data entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
allowable range • Check the motor and motor cable connection for faults.

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

End7 No-Load Current Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
The entered no-load current value was outside the Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
allowable range
Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the Double-check the data entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
motor rated current

Troubleshooting
HOA Keypad Display Error Name
Er-01 Motor Data Error
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check that the motor data entered to T1 parameters matches motor nameplate input before Auto-
Motor data or data entered during Auto-Tuning Tuning.
was incorrect
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
5
Motor output power and motor-rated current • Check the drive and motor capacities.
settings (T1-02 and T1-04) do not match • Correct the settings of parameters T1-02 and T1-04.
Motor rated current and detected no-load current • Check the motor rated current and no-load current.
are inconsistent • Correct the settings of parameters T1-04 and E2-03.
Base frequency and motor rated speed (T1-05 and • Correct the settings of parameters T1-05 and T1-07.
T1-07) do not match • Check that the correct number of poles were entered to T1-06.

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Er-02 Minor Fault
Cause Possible Solutions
An alarm was triggered during Auto-Tuning Exit the Auto-Tuning menu, check the alarm code, remove the alarm cause, and repeat Auto-Tuning.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 229
5.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Er-03 OFF Button Input
Cause Possible Solutions
Auto-Tuning canceled by pressing the OFF button Auto-Tuning did not complete properly. Restart Auto-Tuning.

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Er-04 Line-to-Line Resistance Error
Cause Possible Solutions
• Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was nameplate.
incorrect
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the
parameter setting range or the tuning process took
too long Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
Faulty motor cable or cable connection

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Er-05 No-Load Current Error
Cause Possible Solutions
• Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was nameplate.
incorrect
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the
parameter setting range or the tuning process took Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
too long

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Er-08 Rated Slip Error
Cause Possible Solutions
• Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was nameplate.
incorrect
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the
parameter setting range or the tuning process took Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
too long

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Er-09 Acceleration Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The motor did not accelerate for the specified • Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
acceleration time • Disconnect the machine from the motor if possible.

HOA Keypad Display Error Name

Er-12 Current Detection Error
Cause Possible Solutions
One of the motor phases is missing: Check motor wiring and correct any problems.
(U/T1, V/T2, W/T3)
The current exceeded the current rating of the drive • Check motor wiring for a short between motor lines.
• Close any magnetic contactors used between motors.
The current is too low • Replace the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Attempted Auto-Tuning without motor connected Connect the motor and restart Auto-Tuning.
to the drive
Replace the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Current detection signal error Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

230 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.8 Copy Function Related Displays

5.8 Copy Function Related Displays

u Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting
The table below lists the messages and errors that may appear when using the Copy function.
When executing the tasks offered by the Copy function, the HOA keypad will indicate the task being performed. When an
error occurs, a code appears on the HOA keypad to indicate the error. Note that errors related to the Copy function do not
trigger a multi-function output terminal that has been set up to close when a fault or alarm occurs. Press any key on the HOA
keypad to clear an error; the error display will disappear.
Table 5.14 lists the corrective action that can be taken when an error occurs.
Note: 1. Whenever using the copy function, the drive should be fully stopped.
2. The drive will not accept a Run command while the Copy function is being executed.
3. Parameters can only be saved to a drive when the voltage class, capacity, control mode, and software version match.
Table 5.14 Copy Function Task and Error Displays
HOA Keypad Display Task
CoPy Writing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters are being written to the drive. This is not an error.

HOA Keypad Display Error

CPEr Control Mode Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
Control mode of the parameters to be loaded onto the • Verify the control mode for the parameters to be loaded onto the drive and the control mode on
drive and the control mode set to the drive do not drive to which those parameters will be written.
match. • Set the same control mode using parameter A1-02 and retry.

HOA Keypad Display Error

CPyE Error Writing Data
Cause Possible Solutions
Failed writing parameters Attempt to write parameters again.

HOA Keypad Display Error

CSEr Copy Unit Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Hardware fault Replace the operator or the USB Copy Unit.

HOA Keypad Display Error

Troubleshooting
dFPS Drive Model Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drives used in the copy and write process are not
the same model. • Verify the model number of the drive from which the parameters were copied and the model of
• The drive from which the parameters were copied the drive to which those parameters will be written.
is a different model. • Make sure the two drives are the same model and have the same software version.
• The drive to be written to is a different model.
5
HOA Keypad Display Task
End Task Complete
Cause Possible Solutions
Finished reading, writing, or verifying parameters. This is not an error.

HOA Keypad Display Error

iFEr Communication Error
Cause Possible Solutions
A communication error occurred between the drive Check the cable connection.
and the operator or the USB copy unit.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 231
5.8 Copy Function Related Displays

A non-compatible cable is being used to connect the Use the cable originally packaged with the USB Copy Unit.
USB Copy Unit and the drive.

HOA Keypad Display Error

ndAT Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive from which the parameters were copied
and the drive to which the parameters will be written
have different electrical specifications, capacities, Make sure model numbers and specifications are the same for both drives.
are set to different control modes, or are different
models.
The device being used to write the parameters is Make sure all connections are correct, and copy the parameter settings onto the USB Copy Unit or
blank and does not have any parameters saved on it. the operator.

HOA Keypad Display Error

rdEr Error Reading Data
Cause Possible Solutions
Failed while attempting to read parameter settings Press and hold the READ key on the USB Copy Unit for at least one second to have the unit read
from the drive. parameters from the drive.

HOA Keypad Display Task

rEAd Reading Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
Displayed while the parameter settings are being This is not an error.
read onto the USB Copy Unit.

HOA Keypad Display Error

vAEr Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive from which the parameters were copied
and the drive on which the Verify mode is being Make sure electrical specifications and capacities are the same for both drives.
performed have different electrical specifications or
are a different capacity.

HOA Keypad Display Error

vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same
Cause Possible Solutions
Indicates that the parameter settings that have been To synchronize parameters, either write the parameters saved on the USB Copy Unit or HOA keypad
Read and loaded onto the Copy Unit or HOA Keypad onto the drive, or Read the parameter settings on the drive onto the USB Copy Unit.
are different.

HOA Keypad Display Task

vrFy Comparing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
The Verify mode has confirmed that parameters
settings on the drive and parameters read to the copy This is not an error.
device are identical.

232 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

5.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

When a fault occurs and the drive stops, follow the instructions below to remove whatever conditions triggered the fault, then
restart the drive.
Note: An oC/SC fault will be displayed in the event of an IGBT failure. It may not be possible to reset this fault until the IGBT problem is corrected.

u Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or between
the ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and will cause
damage to equipment.
1. Turn on the drive input power.
2. Use monitor parameters U2-oo to display data on the operating status of the drive just before the fault occurred.
3. Remove the cause of the fault and reset.
Note: 1. To find out what faults were triggered, check the fault history in U2-02. Information on drive status when the fault occurred
such as the frequency, current, and voltage can be found in U2-03 through U2-32. Refer to Viewing Fault Trace Data
After Fault on page 233 for information on how to view fault data.
2. When the fault continues to be displayed after cycling power, remove the cause of the fault and reset.

u If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs

1. Look at the HOA keypad for information on the fault that occurred.
2. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 205.
3. Reset the fault. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 234.

u Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault

Step Display/Result
- MODE - DRV Rdy
Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the drive input power. The first screen displays. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00 A LREF
FWD

- MODE - DRV Rdy

Monitor Menu
U1-01= 0.00Hz
2. Press or until the monitor screen is displayed. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD

-MONITR- DRV Rdy

Monitor
U1 -01= 0.00Hz
3. Press to display the parameter setting screen. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF

Troubleshooting
JOG FWD

- MONITR - DRV Rdy

Last Fault
U2-02= oC
4. Press and to scroll to monitor U2-02. The fault code shown in U2-02 U2-03= 0.00Hz LSEQ
is the fault that occurred most recently. U2-04= 0.00Hz LREF
JOG FWD

- MONITR - DRV Rdy

Frequency Ref
U2-03= 0.00Hz
5
U2-04= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U2-05= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD
Press to view drive status information when fault occurred.
5. Parameters U2-03 through U2-32 help determine the cause of a fault.
Parameters to be monitored differ depending on the control mode. - MONITR - DRV Rdy
Heatsink Temp
U2-20= XX °C
U2-01= ----- LSEQ
U2-02= ----- LREF
JOG FWD

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 233
5.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

u Fault Reset Methods

When a fault occurs, the cause of the fault must be removed and the drive must be restarted. The table below lists the different
ways to restart the drive.
After the Fault Occurs Procedure
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-183 ALM

-DRIVE- -Rdy-
Freq Ref (OPR)
U1- 01=60.00Hz
----------------
Fix the cause of the fault, restart the drive, and U1- 02=60.00Hz
JOG FWD FWD/REV

reset the fault Press on the HOA keypad. ESC

F1
M M
F2

HAND

RESET ENTER

AUTO OFF

Drive
Close then open the fault signal digital input via Fault Reset Switch
S4 Fault Reset Digital Input
Resetting via Fault Reset Digital Input S4 terminal S4. S4 is set for “Fault Reset” as default
SC Digital Input Common
(H1-04 = 14).

2 ON
Turn off the main power supply if the above methods do not reset the fault. Reapply power after the
HOA keypad display has turned off.
When an “SC” error occurs, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa agent before cycling the power to the drive.
1 OFF

Note: If the Run command is present, the drive will disregard any attempts to reset the fault. Remove the Run command before attempting to clear
a fault situation.

234 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

This section describes troubleshooting problems that do not trip an alarm or fault.
The following symptoms indicate that the drive is not set correctly for proper performance with the motor. Refer to Motor
Performance Fine-Tuning on page 198 for guidance on troubleshooting.
• Motor hunting and oscillation
• Poor motor torque
• Poor speed precision
• Poor motor torque and speed response
• Motor noise

u Common Problems
Common Problems Page
Cannot Change Parameter Settings 235
Motor Does Not Rotate 236
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing the AUTO Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run 237
Button or after Entering External Run Command Command
Motor Rotates in One Direction Only 237
Motor is Too Hot 237
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting 238
Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads 238
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command 239
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation 239
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected 239
Noise From Drive or Motor Cables When the Drive is Powered On 239
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run 239
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery 240
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates
Oscillation or Hunting 240
PI Output Fault 240
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection Braking) 240
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference 241
Sound from Motor 241
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM 241

Troubleshooting
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss 241

u Cannot Change Parameter Settings

Cause Possible Solutions
The drive is running the motor • Stop the drive and switch over to the Programming Mode.
(i.e., the Run command is present). • Most parameters cannot be edited during run. 5
The Access Level is set to restrict access to parameter • Set the Access Level to allow parameters to be edited (A1-01 = 2).
settings.
• See what mode the operator is currently set for.
The operator is not in the Parameter Setup Mode • Parameters cannot be edited when in the Setup Mode (“STUP”). Switch modes so that “PAr”
(the screen will display “PAr”). appears on the screen. Refer to The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment Modes on
page 112.
A multi-function contact input terminal is set to allow • When the terminal is open, parameters cannot be edited.
or restrict parameter editing
(H1-01 through H1-07 = 1B). • Turn on the multi-function contact input set to 1B.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 235
5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

Cause Possible Solutions

• If the password entered to A1-04 does not match the password saved to A1-05, then drive
settings cannot be changed.
• Reset the password.
The wrong password was entered. If you cannot remember the password:
• OFF
Scroll to A1-04. Press and simultaneously. Parameter A1-05 will appear.
• Set a new password to parameter A1-05.
• Check the drive input power voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).
Undervoltage was detected.
• Check all main circuit wiring.

u Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing AUTO Button or after Entering External
Run Command
n Motor Does Not Rotate
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check if the DRV light on the HOA keypad is lit.
The drive is not in the Drive Mode. • Enter the Drive Mode to begin operating the motor. Refer to The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment
Modes on page 112.
Stop the drive and check if the correct frequency reference source is selected. If the operator keypad shall be the
source, the LO/RE button LED must be on. If the source is REMOTE, it must be off.
Take the following steps to solve the problem:
HAND
was pressed. •
Press HAND .
• When Auto-Tuning completes, the drive is switched back to the Programming Mode. The Run command will
not be accepted unless the drive is in the Drive Mode.
Auto-Tuning has just completed.
• Use the HOA keypad to enter the Drive Mode. Refer to The Drive, Programming, and Clock Adjustment
Modes on page 112.
A Fast Stop was executed and has Reset the Fast Stop command.
not yet been reset.
Check parameter b1-02 (Run Command Selection).
Set b1-02 so that it corresponds with the correct Run command source.
Settings are incorrect for the source 0: HOA keypad
that provides the Run command. 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
• Check the wiring for the control terminal.
There is faulty wiring in the control
circuit terminals. • Correct wiring mistakes.
• Check the input terminal status monitor (U1-10).
Check parameter b1-01 (Frequency Reference Selection 1).
Set b1-01 to the correct source of the frequency reference.
The drive has been set to accept the 0: HOA keypad
frequency reference from the 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
incorrect source. 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
The terminal set to accept the main If the frequency reference is set at terminal A1, check parameter H3-01 for the correct signal level selection. If
speed reference is set to the incorrect terminal A2 is used, check parameter H3-09. Refer to Input Signal Selection for Terminals A1 and A2 on page
voltage and/or current. 100.
Selection for the sink/source mode Check wire jumper connection between terminals SC and SP. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital
and the internal/external power Inputs on page 100.
supply is incorrect.
• Check the frequency reference monitor (U1-01).
Frequency reference is too low.
• Increase the frequency by changing the maximum output frequency (E1-09).
• Check the multi-function analog input settings.
Multi-function analog input is set up • Check if analog inputs A1 or A2 are set for frequency reference gain (H3-02, H3-10 = 1). If so, check if the
to accept gain for the frequency correct signal is applied to the terminal. The gain and the frequency reference will be 0 if no signal is applied to
reference, but no voltage (current) the gain input.
has been provided. • Check if H3-02 and H3-10 have been set to the proper values.
• Check if the analog input value has been set properly. (U1-13 and U1-14)

236 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

Cause Possible Solutions

• OFF
OFF Pressing will decelerate the drive to stop.
was pressed when the
drive was started from a REMOTE • Switch off the Run command and then re-enter a new Run command.
source. • OFF
Set o2-02 to 0 to disable .
Motor starting torque is too low. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 198.
Frequency reference value is too low
or the drive does not accept the value Enter a value that is above the minimum output frequency determined by E1-09.
entered.
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 2-wire sequence, then ensure parameters H1-03 through H1-07 are not
The sequence Start/Stop sequence is set to 0.
set up incorrectly. • If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 3-wire sequence, then one of the parameters H1-03 through H1-07 must
be set to 0. Terminal S1 will become the Start, terminal S2 will become the Stop input.

n Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command

Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the motor wiring.
• Switch two motor cables (U, V, and W) to reverse motor direction.
Phase wiring between the drive and motor is incorrect. • Connect drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 in the right order to match motor
terminals U, V, and W.
• Change the setting of parameter b1-14.
Typically, forward is designated as being counterclockwise when looking from the motor shaft
(see figure below).
1

The forward direction for the motor is set up incorrectly.

2
1. Forward Rotating Motor (looking down the motor shaft)
2. Motor Shaft
The motor is running at almost 0 Hz and the Speed • Disable bi-directional search (b3-14 = 0) so that Speed Search is performed only in the
Search estimated the speed to be in the opposite specified direction.
direction.
Note: Check the motor specifications for the forward and reverse directions. The motor specifications will vary depending on the manufacturer
of the motor.

n Motor Rotates in One Direction Only

Cause Possible Solutions
• Check parameter b1-04.
The drive prohibits reverse rotation.
• Set parameter b1-04 to 0 to allow the motor to rotate in reverse.

Troubleshooting
A Reverse run signal has not been entered, although • Make sure that one of the input terminals S3 to S7 used for the 3-Wire sequence has been set
3-Wire sequence is selected. for reverse.

u Motor is Too Hot

Cause Possible Solutions
If the load is too heavy for the motor, the motor will overheat as it exceeds its rated torque value 5
for an extended period of time.
Keep in mind that the motor also has a short-term overload rating in addition to the possible
solutions provided below:
The load is too heavy. • Reduce the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
• Check the values set for the motor protection (L1-01, L1-02) as well as the motor rated current
(E2-01).
• Increase motor capacity.
• Check the ambient temperature.
The air around the motor is too hot.
• Cool the area until it is within the specified temperature range.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 237
5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

Cause Possible Solutions

When the motor cable is long, high voltage surges occur between the motor coils and drive
switching.
Normally, surges can reach up to three times the drive input power supply voltage.
• Use a motor with a voltage tolerance higher than the max voltage surge.
Insufficient voltage insulation between motor phases.
• Use an inverter-duty motor rated for use with AC drives when using the motor on drives rated
higher than 200 V class.
• Install an AC reactor on the output side of the drive. The carrier frequency should be set to 2
kHz when installing an AC reactor.
The motor fan has stopped or is clogged. Check the motor fan.
Increase the carrier frequency to lower the current harmonic distortion and lower the motor
The carrier frequency is too low. temperature.

u oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting
Cause Possible Solutions
• The user is trying to set the motor rated current in E2-01 to a value lower than the no-load
current set in E2-03.
Motor rated current and the motor no-load current • Make sure that value set in E2-01 is higher than E2-03.
setting in the drive are incorrect.
• If it is necessary to set E2-01 lower than E2-03, first lower the value set to E2-03, then change
the setting in E2-01 as needed.

u Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long

Cause Possible Solutions
Current suppression prevents the drive from Take the following steps to resolve the problem:
accelerating. • Reduce the load.
• Increase motor capacity.
Load is too heavy. Note: Although the drive has a Stall Prevention function and a Torque Compensation
function, accelerating too quickly or trying to drive an excessively large load can
exceed the capabilities of the motor.
• Check the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
• Increase E1-04 if it is set too low.
Check U1-01 for proper frequency reference.
Frequency reference is too low.
Check if a frequency reference signal switch has been set to one of the multi-function input
terminals.
Check for low gain level set to terminals A1 or A2 (H3-03 or H3-11).
Reduce the load so that the output current remains within the motor rated current.
Load is too heavy. • Increase the acceleration time.
• Check if the mechanical brake is fully releasing as it should.
Acceleration time has been set too long. Check if the acceleration time parameters have been set too long (C1-01, C1-03).
Motor characteristics and drive parameter settings are • Set the correct V/f pattern so that it matches the characteristics of the motor being used.
incompatible with one another. • Check the V/f pattern set to E1-03.
• Check the multi-function analog input settings. Multi-function analog input terminals A1 or
A2 are set for frequency gain (H3-02 or H3-10 are set to 1), but there is no voltage or current
Incorrect frequency reference setting. input provided.
• Make sure H3-02 and H3-10 are set to the proper values.
• See if the analog input value is set to the right value (U1-13 and U1-14).
• Check the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
The Stall Prevention level during acceleration and • If L3-02 is set too low, acceleration may be taking too long.
deceleration set too low.
• Increase L3-02.
• Check the Stall Prevention level during run (L3-06).
The Stall Prevention level during run has been set too • If L3-06 is set too low, speed will drop as the drive outputs torque.
low.
• Increase the setting value.
• The motor cable may be long enough (over 50 m) to require Auto-Tuning for line-to-line
Drive reached the limitations of the V/f motor control resistance.
method. • Be aware that V/f Control is comparatively limited when it comes to producing torque at low
speeds.

238 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

u Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs that are used to set the frequency reference.
The analog input gain and bias for the frequency Check parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for input A1 and check parameters H3-11 and H3-12 for
reference input are set to incorrect values. input A2.
• Set these parameters to the appropriate values.
• If multi-function analog inputs A1 and A2 are set for frequency reference bias (H3-02 or H3-10
A frequency bias signal is being entered via analog is set to 0), then the sum of all signals builds the frequency reference.
input terminals A1 to A2. • Make sure that H3-02 and H3-10 are set appropriately.
• Check the input level set for terminals A1 and A2 (U1-13 and U1-14).
PI control is enabled, and the drive is consequently
adjusting the output frequency to match the PI setpoint.
The drive will only accelerate to the maximum output If PI control is not necessary for the application, disable it by setting b5-01 to 0.
frequency set in E1-04 while PI control is active.

u Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation

Cause Possible Solutions
Poor balance between motor phases. Check drive input power voltage to ensure that it provides stable power.
Hunting prevention function is disabled. Set n1-01 to 1 to enable Hunting Prevention.

u Deceleration Takes Longer than Expected

Cause Possible Solutions
L3-04 is set incorrectly. Check the Stall Prevention level during deceleration (L3-04).
The deceleration time is set too long. Set deceleration to more appropriate time (C1-02 and C1-04).
• Assuming parameter settings are normal and that no overvoltage occurs when there is
Insufficient motor torque. insufficient torque, it is likely that the demand on the motor has exceeded the motor capacity.
• Use a larger motor.
Load exceeded the internal torque limit determined by Switch to a larger capacity drive.
the drive rated current.

u Noise From Drive or Motor Cables When the Drive is Powered On

Cause Possible Solutions
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power.
• Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive.
Relay switching in the drive generates excessive noise. • Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.

Troubleshooting
• Ground the drive and motor properly.
• Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines.
• Make sure wires and the motor have been properly grounded.

u Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run

Cause Possible Solutions 5
• Check the wiring and rating of peripheral devices.
• Increase the GFCI sensitivity or use GFCI with a higher threshold.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive leakage current trips GFCI. • Reduce the length of the cable used between the drive and the motor.
• Install a noise filter or reactor on the output side of the drive. Set the carrier frequency to 2 kHz
when connecting a reactor.
• Disable the internal EMC filter.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 239
5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

u Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates

n Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery
Cause Possible Solutions
The carrier frequency is at the resonant frequency of Adjust the carrier frequency using parameters C6-02 through C6-05.
the connected machinery.
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump frequency function (d3-01 through d3-04) to skip the
The drive output frequency is the same as the resonant problem-causing bandwidth.
frequency of the connected machinery.
• Place the motor on a rubber pad to reduce vibration.
Note: The drive may have trouble assessing the status of the load due to white noise generated from using Swing PWM (C6-02 = 7 to A).

n Oscillation or Hunting
Cause Possible Solutions
Gain is too low when using PI control. Refer to b5: PI Control on page 284 for details.
• Ensure that noise is not affecting the signal lines.
The frequency reference is assigned to an external • Separate main circuit wiring and control circuit wiring.
source and the signal is noisy. • Use twisted-pair cables or shielded wiring for the control circuit.
• Increase the analog input time filter constant (H3-13).
• Perform Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
The cable between the drive and motor is too long.
• Reduce the length of the cable.

u PI Output Fault
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the multi-function analog input terminal settings.
• Set multi-function analog input terminal A1 or, A2 for PI feedback (H3-02 or H3-10 = B).
• A signal input to the terminal selection for PI feedback is needed.
No PI feedback input. • Check the connection of the feedback signal.
• Check the various PI-related parameter settings.
• No PI feedback input to the terminal causes the value detected to be 0, causing a PI fault and
the drive to operate at max frequency.
• PI control keeps the difference between target and detection values at 0. Set the input level for
The level of detection and the target value do not the values relative to one another.
correspond with each other.
• Use analog input gains H3-03 and H3-11 to adjust PI target and feedback signal scaling.
Reverse drive output frequency and speed detection.
When output frequency rises, the sensor detects a Set PI output for reverse characteristics (b5-09 = 1).
speed decrease.
PI parameter setting adjustments are insufficient. Refer to b5: PI Control on page 284 for details.

u Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection
Braking)
Cause Possible Solutions
• Adjust the DC Injection braking settings.
DC Injection Braking is set too low and the drive • Increase the current level for DC Injection Braking (b2-02).
cannot decelerate properly.
• Increase the DC Injection Braking time at stop (b2-04).
The stopping method is set so that the drive coasts to Set b1-03 (Stopping Method Selection) to 0 or 2.
stop.

240 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

u Output Frequency is Not as High as Frequency Reference

Cause Possible Solutions
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump frequency function (d3-01, d3-02, d3-03).
Frequency reference is set within the range of the Jump
frequency. • Enabling the Jump frequency prevents the drive from outputting the frequencies specified in
the Jump range.
• Set the maximum output frequency and the upper limit for the frequency reference to more
Upper limit for the frequency reference has been appropriate values (E1-04, d2-01).
exceeded. • The following calculation yields the upper value for the output frequency:
E1-04 x d2-01 / 100
Large load triggered Stall Prevention function during • Reduce the load.
acceleration. • Adjust the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).

u Sound from Motor

Cause Possible Solutions
• If the output current rises too high at low speeds, the carrier frequency is automatically reduced
and causes a whining or buzzing sound.
Exceeded 110% of the rated output current of the drive
while operating at low speeds. • If the sound is coming from the motor, disable carrier frequency derating (L8-38 = 0).
• Disabling the automatic carrier frequency derating increases the chances of an overload fault
(oL2). Switch to a larger capacity motor if oL2 faults occur too frequently.

u Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM

Cause Possible Solutions
Drive is attempting to operate the motor beyond the Check the speed control range and adjust the speed accordingly.
speed control range listed in the specifications.
Motor hunting occurs. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 198 for details.
Hunting occurs at start. Increase the S-curve time at the start of acceleration (C2-01).
For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the test report
Too much current is flowing through the drive. provided for the motor.

u Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss

Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the sequence and wiring that has been set up to enter the Run command.
The Run command was not issued again when power
was restored. • A relay should be set up to make sure the Run command remains enabled throughout any power
loss.
The relay that is supposed to maintain the Run Check wiring and circuitry for the relay intended to keep the Run command enabled.
command has been switched off.

Troubleshooting
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 241
5.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

This Page Intentionally Blank

242 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6
Peripheral Devices & Options
This chapter explains the installation of peripheral devices and options available for the drive.

6.1 SECTION SAFETY...............................................................................................244

6.2 DRIVE OPTIONS AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES................................................246
6.3 CONNECTING PERIPHERAL DEVICES.............................................................247
6.4 OPTION INSTALLATION.....................................................................................248
6.5 INSTALLING PERIPHERAL DEVICES................................................................252

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 243
6.1 Section Safety

6.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at
least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or
shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation,
adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not use damaged wires, place excessive stress on wiring, or damage the wire insulation.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.

244 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.1 Section Safety

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
If a fuse is blown or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) is tripped, check the wiring and the selection of the
peripheral devices.
Contact your supplier if the cause cannot be identified after checking the above.
Do not restart the drive or immediately operate the peripheral devices if a fuse is blown or a GFCI is tripped.
Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting the
drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
Do not use unshielded wire for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair wires
and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Properly connect all pins and connectors.
Failure to comply may prevent proper operation and possibly damage equipment.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the option and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the option.

Peripheral Devices &

Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 245
6.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

6.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

The following table of peripheral devices lists the names of the various accessories and options available for Yaskawa drives.
Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent to order these peripheral devices.
• Peripheral Device Selection: Refer to the Yaskawa catalog for selection and part numbers.
• Peripheral Device Installation: Refer to the corresponding option manual for installation instructions.
Table 6.1 Available Peripheral Devices
Option Model Number Description
Power Options
Protects the drive when operating from a large power supply and improves the power factor by
AC Reactor – suppressing harmonic distortion. Highly recommended for power supplies that exceed 600 kVA.
Communication Option Cards
Modbus TCP/IP SI-EM3 Connects to a Modbus TCP/IP network.
EtherNet/IP SI-EN3 Connects to an EtherNet/IP network.
LONWORKS SI-W3 Connects to a LONWORKS network.
Interface Options
UWR000051, 1 m cable RJ-45, 8-pin straight through, UTP CAT5e, extension cable (1 m or 2 m) to connect the HOA
Remote Operator Cable UWR000052, 2 m cable keypad for remote operation
• Allows the user to copy and verify parameter settings between drives
USB Copy Unit JVOP-181
• Functions as an adapter to connect the drive to a USB port on a PC
Mechanical Options
Installation kit for mounting the drive with the heatsink outside of the panel.
Attachment for External NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 attachments are available. NEMA Type 12 attachments are available only for rev. B
Heatsink products or later.
Others
24 V Power Supply PS-A10LB, PS-A10HB Supplies the drive controller with 24 Vdc power during main power loss.

246 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices

6.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices

Figure 6.1 illustrates how to configure the drive and motor to operate with various peripheral devices.
Refer to the specific manual for the devices shown below for more detailed installation instructions.

Drive
HOA Keypad

Power
Supply USB Cable (Type-AB)
USB Copy Unit
PC
Line
Breaker USB Cable
(MCCB) (Type-AB, sold separately)
or Surge
Leakage Absorber
Breaker

Fuses

AC Reactor

24 V Power
Supply Unit Ground
Input Side
R/L1S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
Noise Filter
<1>

Motor

Ground

<1> An input side noise filter is built into models CIMR-ZШ2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0005 to 4A0302.

Figure 6.1 Connecting Peripheral Devices

Note: If the drive is set to trigger a fault output when the fault restart function is activated (L5-02 = 1), then a sequence to interrupt power when
a fault occurs will turn off the power to the drive while the drive attempts to restart. The default setting for L5-02 is 0 (fault output active

Peripheral Devices &

during restart).

Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 247
6.4 Option Installation

6.4 Option Installation

This section provides instructions on installing the options in Table 6.2.

u Prior to Installing the Option

Prior to installing the option, wire the drive, make necessary connections to the drive terminals, and verify that the drive
functions normally without the option installed.
Table 6.2 below lists the number of options that can be connected to the drive and the drive ports for connecting those options.
Table 6.2 Option Installation
Option Port/Connector
SI-W3, SI-EM3, SI-EN3 CN5

Figure 6.2 shows an exploded view of the drive with the option and related components for reference.

A
B
C

F
H NS
MS

A – Drive grounding terminal (FE) F – LED label

B – Option card G – Ground wire
C – Mounting screw H – Insert connector CN5 here
D – Front cover I – Connector CN5
E – HOA keypad
Figure 6.2 Drive Components with Option

u Installing the Option

Refer to the instructions below to install the option.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Disconnect all power to the drive and wait at least the amount of time specified on the drive front cover
safety label. After all indicators are off, measure the DC bus voltage to confirm safe level, and check for unsafe voltages before servicing
to prevent electric shock. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives and option cards.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the option card, drive, and circuit
boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to circuitry.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may cause the application
to operate incorrectly or damage the drive.

248 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.4 Option Installation

1. Shut off power to the drive, wait the appropriate amount of time for voltage to dissipate, then remove the HOA keypad
(E) and front cover (D).

Figure 6.3 Remove the Front Cover and HOA Keypad

2. With the front cover and HOA keypad removed, apply the LED label (F) in the appropriate position on the drive front
cover (D).

Peripheral Devices &

Options
F
NS
MS

Figure 6.4 Apply the LED Label

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 249
6.4 Option Installation

3. Insert the CN5 connector on the option card (B) into the matching CN5 connector on the drive (I), then fasten it into
place using one of the screws (C) included with the option card.

B
C

Figure 6.5 Insert the Option Card

4. Connect the ground wire (G) to the ground terminal (A) using one of the remaining provided screws (C). Connect the
other end of the ground wire (G) to the ground terminal and installation hole on the option using the last remaining
provided screw (C).

A
C

Figure 6.6 Connect the Ground Wire

250 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.4 Option Installation

5. Wire the communication cables.

Note: Separate communication cables from main circuit wiring and other electrical lines.
6. Replace and secure the front cover of the drive (D) and replace the HOA Keypad (F).

Figure 6.7 Replace the Front Cover and HOA Keypad

Note: Leave enough space when wiring to easily reattach the front cover. Make sure no wires get caught between the front cover
and the drive.

Peripheral Devices &

Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 251
6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

This section describes the proper steps and precautions to take when installing or connecting various peripheral devices to the
drive.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral devices could result in
drive performance degradation due to improper power supply. Refer to NEC Article 725 Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote-Control,
Signaling, and Power Limited Circuits for requirements concerning class 2 power supplies.

u Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) or Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
(GFCI)
Install an MCCB or GFCI for line protection between the power supply and the main circuit power supply input terminals
R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. This protects the main circuit and devices wired to the main circuit while also providing overload
protection.
Consider the following when selecting and installing an MCCB or GFCI:
• The capacity of the MCCB or GFCI should be 1.5 to 2 times the rated output current of the drive. Use an MCCB or GFCI
to keep the drive from faulting out instead of using overheat protection (110% for one minute at the rated output current).
• If several drives are connected to one MCCB or GFCI that is shared with other equipment, use a sequence that shuts the
power OFF when errors are output by using magnetic contactor (MC) as shown in Figure 6.8.
B

A MCCB or GFCI MC
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
MC
MB
C SA MC

MC

A – Power supply C – Control power supply

B – Drive
Figure 6.8 Power Supply Interrupt Wiring (Example)

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Disconnect the MCCB (or GFCI) and MC before wiring terminals. Failure to comply may result in
serious injury or death.

n Application Precautions when Installing a GFCI

Drive outputs generate high-frequency leakage current as a result of high-speed switching. Install a GFCI on the input side of
the drive to switch off potentially harmful leakage current.
Factors in determining leakage current:
• Size of the AC drive
• AC drive carrier frequency
• Motor cable type and length
• EMI/RFI filter
If the GFCI trips spuriously, consider changing these items or use a GFCI with a higher trip level.
Note: Choose a GFCI designed specifically for an AC drive. The operation time should be at least 0.1 s with sensitivity amperage of at least 200
mA per drive. The output waveform of the drive and built-in EMC filter may cause an increase in leakage current. This may in turn cause
the leakage breaker to malfunction. Increase the sensitivity amperage or lower the carrier frequency to correct the problem.

252 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

u Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side

Install a magnetic contactor (MC) to the drive input for the purposes explained below.
n Disconnecting the Power Supply
Shut off the drive with an MC when a fault occurs in external equipment.
NOTICE: Do not connect electromagnetic switches or MCs to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing. Improper sequencing of
output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive.
NOTICE: Install an MC on the input side of the drive when the drive should not automatically restart after power loss. To get the full
performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive power supply off and on more than once
every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor.
NOTICE: Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The MC should be
wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Note: 1. Install an MC to the drive input side to prevent the drive from restarting automatically when power is restored after momentary power
loss.
2. Set up a delay that prevents the MC from opening prematurely to continue operating the drive through a momentary power loss.

u Connecting an AC Reactor
AC reactors suppress surges in current and improve the power factor on the input side of the drive.
Use an AC reactor in the following situations:
• To suppress harmonic current or improve the power factor of the power supply.
• When using a phase advancing capacitor switch.
• With a large capacity power supply transformer (over 600 kVA).
Note: Use an AC reactor when also connecting a thyristor converter (such as a DC drive) to the same power supply system, regardless of the
conditions of the power supply.

n Connecting an AC Reactor
C D
A B
U X R/L1
V Y S/L2
W Z T/L3

A – Power supply C – AC reactor

B – MCCB D – Drive
Figure 6.9 Connecting an AC Reactor

u Connecting a Surge Absorber

Peripheral Devices &

A surge absorber suppresses surge voltage generated from switching an inductive load near the drive. Inductive loads include
magnetic contactors, relays, valves, solenoids, and brakes. Always use a surge absorber or diode when operating with an
inductive load.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Due to surge absorber short circuit on drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, do not connect surge absorbers

Options
to the drive output power terminals. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death by fire or flying debris.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 253
6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

n Factory Recommended Branch Circuit Protection

WARNING! Fire Hazard. Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this manual. Failure to comply
could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel. The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more
than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac (200 V class) and 480 Vac (400 V class), when protected by branch circuit protection
devices specified in this manual.
Branch circuit protection shall be provided by any of the following: Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300% of the drive input
rating, or Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating, or MCCB sized at 200% maximum of the drive input
rating.
Yaskawa recommends installing one of the following types of branch circuit protection to maintain compliance with UL508C.
Semiconductor protective type fuses are preferred. Alternate branch circuit protection devices are also listed in Table 6.3.
Table 6.3 Factory Recommended Z1000 AC Drive Branch Circuit Protection
Bussmann
Non-time Delay Semiconductor
Nominal Output AC Drive Input MCCB Rating (A) Time Delay Fuse Fuse Model
Model Fuse Rating (A)
Power (HP) (A) <1> Rating (A) <2> <3> (Fuse Ampere)
<4>

Three-Phase 200 V Class

2A0011 3 10.6 20 17.5 30 FWH-40B (40)
2A0017 5 16.7 30 25 50 FWH-50B (50)
2A0024 7.5 24.2 40 40 70 FWH-80B (80)
2A0031 10 30.8 60 50 90 FWH-100B (100)
2A0046 15 46.2 90 80 125 FWH-150B (150)
2A0059 20 59.4 110 100 175 FWH-175B (175)
2A0075 25 74.8 150 125 200 FWH-225A (225)
2A0088 30 88 175 150 250 FWH-225A (225)
2A0114 40 114 225 175 300 FWH-250A (250)
2A0143 50 143 250 250 400 FWH-275A (275)
2A0169 60 169 300 275 500 FWH-350A (350)
2A0211 75 211 400 350 600 FWH-400A (400)
2A0273 10 273 500 450 FWH-450A (450)
2A0343 125 343 600 600 <5> FWH-600A (600)
2A0396 150 396 700 <5> FWH-600A (600)
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0005 3 4.8 15 8 12 FWH-40B (40)
4A0008 5 7.6 15 12 20 FWH-40B (40)
4A0011 7.5 11 20 17.5 30 FWH-45B (45)
4A0014 10 14 25 20 40 FWH-45B (45)
4A0021 15 21 40 35 60 FWH-60B (60)
4A0027 20 27 50 45 80 FWH-60B (60)
4A0034 25 34 60 50 100 FWH-125B(125)
4A0040 30 40 75 70 110 FWH-150B (150)
4A0052 40 52 100 90 150 FWH-200B (200)
4A0065 50 65 125 110 175 FWH-225A (225)
4A0077 60 77 150 125 225 FWH-225A (225)
4A0096 75 96 175 150 275 FWH-225A (225)
4A0124 100 124 225 200 350 FWH-250A(250)
4A0156 125 156 300 250 450 FWH-300A (300)
4A0180 150 180 350 300 500 FWH-350A (350)
4A0240 200 240 450 400 <5>
FWH-400A (400)
4A0302 250 302 600 500 FWH-600A (600)
4A0361 300 346 600 600 1000 <6> FWH-800A (800)
4A0414 350 410 800 700 1200 <6> FWH-800A (800)

254 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Bussmann
Non-time Delay Semiconductor
Nominal Output AC Drive Input MCCB Rating (A) Time Delay Fuse Fuse Model
Model Fuse Rating (A)
Power (HP) (A) <1> Rating (A) <2> <3> (Fuse Ampere)
<4>

4A0480 400 480 900 <5> <5> FWH-700A (700)

FWH-1000A
4A0590 500 590 1100 (1000)
<1> Maximum MCCB rating is 15 A, or 200% of drive input current rating, whichever value is larger. MCCB voltage rating must be 600 Vac or greater.
<2> Maximum Time delay fuse is 175% or drive input current rating. This covers any Class J, T, or CC fuse.
<3> Maximum Non-time delay fuse is 300% of drive input current rating. This covers any Class J, T, or CC fuse.
<4> When using semiconductor fuses, Bussmann FWH fuses are required for UL compliance.
<5> Consult factory.
<6> Class L fuse is also approved for this rating.

u Attachment for External Heatsink Mounting

An external attachment can be used to project the heatsink outside of an enclosure to ensure that there is sufficient air circulation
around the heatsink.
n NEMA Type 1 Heatsink-External Mounting Attachment
Table 6.4 shows the heatsink-external mounting attachment for a NEMA Type 1 enclosure.
Order parts according to the corresponding product codes in Table 6.4 and install them according to document EZZ021811.
Refer to Table 6.6 for panel cut-out dimensions.
NOTICE: Tighten the installation screws for the bracket and the attachment to the specified tightening torque. Dust can enter if the screw
is loose, and may cause the drive to break down.
NOTICE: If the environment outside the diecast case is relatively harsh, then use either a sealant or a gasket to ensure that the attachment
is firmly affixed. Refer to Table 6.6 for installation details.
NOTICE: The bracket and attachment must match the direction of the installation. Water and dust can enter when the bracket and attachment
are installed incorrectly, and may cause the drive to break down.
Table 6.4 NEMA Type 1 Attachment Code List
Recommended Mounting Hardware
Weight (Not Provided)
Model Product Code Product Text Parts List
kg (lb) Tightening Torque
Screw Size
N·m (lb. in.)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0011 Bracket (Qty. 2) 2.0 to 2.5
100-067-550 72606 -EZZ021811A 0.4 (0.9) Screw M5x14 (Qty. 4)
2A0017 Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8) (17.7 to 22.1)
2A0024 Bracket (Qty. 2) 2.0 to 2.5
100-067-551 72606 -EZZ021811B 0.6 (1.3) Screw M5x14 (Qty. 4)
2A0031 Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8) (17.7 to 22.1)

Peripheral Devices &

2A0046 Bracket (Qty. 2) 4.0 to 4.9
100-067-552 72606 -EZZ021811C 0.3 (0.7) Screw M6x14 (Qty. 4)
2A0059 Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 4) (35.4 to 43.3)
2A0075 Bracket (Qty. 2)
4.0 to 4.9
2A0088 100-067-553 72606 -EZZ021811D Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 2) 0.4 (0.9) Screw M6x14 (Qty. 4)
(35.4 to 43.3)

Options
2A0114 Screw M6x14+S+W (Qty. 2)
2A0143
2A0169 17.7 to 22.5
– – – – Screw M10x20 (Qty. 4)
2A0211 (156.7 to 199.1)
2A0273 6
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0005
Bracket (Qty. 2) 2.0 to 2.5
4A0008 100-067-550 72606 -EZZ021811A 0.4 (0.9) Screw M5x14 (Qty. 4)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8) (17.7 to 22.1)
4A0011
4A0014
Bracket (Qty. 2) 2.0 to 2.5
4A0021 100-067-551 72606 -EZZ021811B 0.6 (1.3) Screw M5x14 (Qty. 4)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8) (17.7 to 22.1)
4A0027
4A0034 Bracket (Qty. 2) 4.0 to 4.9
100-067-552 72606 -EZZ021811C 0.3 (0.7) Screw M6x14 (Qty. 4)
4A0040 Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 4) (35.4 to 43.3)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 255
6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Recommended Mounting Hardware

Weight (Not Provided)
Model Product Code Product Text Parts List
kg (lb) Tightening Torque
Screw Size
N·m (lb. in.)
4A0052
Bracket (Qty. 2)
4A0065 4.0 to 4.9
100-067-553 72606 -EZZ021811D Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 2) 0.4 (0.9) Screw M6x14 (Qty. 4)
4A0077 (35.4 to 43.3)
Screw M6x14+S+W (Qty. 2)
4A0096
9.0 to 10.7
4A0124 – – – Screw M8x20 (Qty. 4)
– (79.7 to 94.6)
4A0156
17.7 to 22.5
4A0180 – – – Screw M10x20 (Qty. 4)
(156.7 to 199.1)
4A0240 –
31.4 to 39.2
4A0302 – – – Screw M12x20 (Qty. 4)
– (277.9 to 346.9)

D1 D2

Panel

Table 6.5 NEMA Type 1 Drive Dimensions with Attachment Installed

Dimensions mm (in)
Model
W H D1 D2
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0011
170 (6.69) 375 (14.76) 112.5 (4.43) 105.5 (4.15)
2A0017
2A0024
170 (6.69) 465 (18.31) 127.5 (5.02) 105.5 (4.15)
2A0031
2A0046
200 (7.87) 533 (20.98) 133 (5.24) 104.5 (4.11)
2A0059
2A0075
2A0088 305 (12.01) 570 (22.44) 157 (6.18) 106.5 (4.19)
2A0114
2A0143
2A0169
340 (13.39) 803 (31.61) 219.2 (8.63) 180.8 (7.12)
2A0211
2A0273
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0005
4A0008 170 (6.69) 375 (14.76) 112.5 (4.43) 105.5 (4.15)
4A0011

256 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Dimensions mm (in)
Model
W H D1 D2
4A0014
4A0021 170 (6.69) 465 (18.31) 127.5 (5.02) 105.5 (4.15)
4A0027
4A0034
200 (7.87) 533 (20.98) 133 (5.24) 104.5 (4.11)
4A0040
4A0052
4A0065
305 (12.01) 570 (22.44) 157 (6.18) 106.5 (4.19)
4A0077
4A0096
4A0124 276 (10.87) 721.4 (28.40) 131 (5.16) 158 (6.22)
4A0156
4A0180 340 (13.39) 803 (31.61) 219.2 (8.63) 180.8 (7.12)
4A0240
4A0302 455 (17.91) 1065 (41.93) 250.2 (9.85) 230 (9.06)

Peripheral Devices &

Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 257
6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

4-M8 Tap W
W W1
W

H3
4-M5 Tap W1 4-M6 Tap W1

H2
A

H1
H
A

H1
H
H1
H

B
Figure 1

H4
Figure 2

H5
Figure 3
4-M12 Tap W
W W1

H3
4-M10 Tap
W1
H3

H2
H2

A
A
H1
H

B
H1

B
H

H4

H4
H5

Figure 4
H5

Figure 5

Table 6.6 NEMA Type 1 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions

Dimensions mm (in)
Model
Figure W H W1 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 A B
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0011
1 170 (6.69) 375 (14.76) 150 (5.91) 355 (13.98 ) – – – – 118 (4.65) 324 (12.76)
2A0017
2A0024
1 170 (6.69) 465 (18.31) 150 (5.91) 445 (17.52) – – – – 118 (4.65) 414 (16.30)
2A0031
2A0046
2 200 (7.87) 533 (20.98) 130 (5.12) 520 (20.47) – – – – 194 (7.64) 473 (18.62)
2A0059
2A0075
2A0088 2 305 (12.01) 570 (22.44) 285 (11.22) 555 (21.85) – – – – 239 (9.41) 508 (20.00)
2A0114
2A0143
2A0169
4 340 (13.39) 803 (31.61) 244 (9.61) 781 (30.75) 24.2 (0.95) 11.5 (0.45) 30.8 (1.21) 10.5 (0.41) 326 (12.83) 726 (28.58)
2A0211
2A0273
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0005
4A0008 1 170 (6.69) 375 (14.76) 150 (5.91) 355 (13.98 ) – – – – 118 (4.65) 324 (12.76)
4A0011

258 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Dimensions mm (in)
Model
Figure W H W1 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 A B
4A0014
4A0021 1 170 (6.69) 465 (18.31) 150 (5.91) 445 (17.52) – – – – 118 (4.65) 414 (16.30)
4A0027
4A0034
2 200 (7.87) 533 (20.98) 130 (5.12) 520 (20.47) – – – – 194 (7.64) 473 (18.62)
4A0040
4A0052
4A0065
2 305 (12.01) 570 (22.44) 285 (11.22) 555 (21.85) – – – – 239 (9.41) 508 (20.00)
4A0077
4A0096
721.4 705.4
4A0124 3 276 (10.87) 170 (6.69) 20.5 (0.81) 9 (0.35) 21.9 (0.86) 7 (0.28) 259 (10.20) 663 (26.10)
(28.40) (27.77)
4A0156
4A0180 4 340 (13.39) 803 (31.61) 244 (9.61) 781 (30.75) 24.2 (0.95) 11.5 (0.45) 30.8 (1.21) 10.5 (0.41) 326 (12.83) 726 (28.58)
4A0240
1065 1038
4A0302 5 455 (17.91) 325 (12.80) 28 (1.10) 14 (0.55) 29 (1.14) 13 (0.51) 435 (17.13) 981 (38.62)
(41.93) (40.87)

n NEMA Type 12 Heatsink-External Mounting Attachment

Table 6.7 shows the heatsink-external mounting attachment for a NEMA Type 12 enclosure.
Order parts according to the corresponding product codes in Table 6.7 and install them according to document EZZ021642.
NEMA Type 12 attachments are available only for rev.B or later products. Contact a Yaskawa sales representative for product
revisions. Refer to Table 6.9 for panel cut-out dimensions.
NOTICE: Tighten the installation screws for the bracket and the attachment to the specified tightening torque. Dust can enter if the screw
is loose, and may cause the drive to break down.
NOTICE: Do not damage the gasket when installing the bracket and attachment. Water and dust can enter when the bracket and attachment
are installed incorrectly, and may cause the drive to break down.
NOTICE: The bracket and attachment must match the direction of the installation. Water and dust can enter when the bracket and attachment
are installed incorrectly, and may cause the drive to break down.
Table 6.7 NEMA Type 12 Attachment Code List
Recommended Mounting Hardware
Weight (Not Provided)
Model Product Code Product Text Parts List
kg (lb) Tightening Torque
Screw Size
N·m (lb. in.)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
Bracket (Qty. 2)
2A0011 2.0 to 2.5
100-065-941 72606 -EZZ021642A Attachment (Qty. 1) 1.1 (2.43) Screw M5x14 (Qty. 10)
2A0017 (17.7 to 22.1)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8)
Bracket (Qty. 2)
2A0024 2.0 to 2.5
100-065-942 72606 -EZZ021642B Attachment (Qty. 1) 1.4 (3.09) Screw M5x14 (Qty. 12)
2A0031 (17.7 to 22.1)

Peripheral Devices &

Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8)
Bracket 1 (Qty. 2)
Bracket 2 (Qty. 2)
2A0046 4.0 to 4.9
100-065-943 72606 -EZZ021642C Attachment (Qty. 1) 1.9 (4.19) Screw M6x14 (Qty. 12)
2A0059 (35.4 to 43.3)
Screw M4x10+S+W (Qty. 2)

Options
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 10)
Bracket 1 (Qty. 1)
Bracket 2 (Qty. 1)
Bracket 3 (Qty. 1)
2A0075
2A0088 100-065-944 72606 -EZZ021642D
Bracket 4 (Qty. 1)
2.4 (5.29) Screw M6x14 (Qty. 14)
4.0 to 4.9 6
Attachment (Qty. 1) (35.4 to 43.3)
2A0114
Screw M4x10+S+W (Qty. 2)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8)
Screw M6x14+S+W (Qty. 2)
Bracket 1 (Qty. 1)
2A0143 M5: 2.0 to 2.5
Bracket 2 (Qty. 1)
2A0169 Screw M5x20 (Qty. 12) (17.7 to 22.1)
100-065-946 72606 -EZZ021642F Attachment (Qty. 1) 4.8 (10.58)
2A0211 Screw M10x20 (Qty. 4) M10: 17.7 to 22.5
Screw M4x10+S+W (Qty. 12)
2A0273 (156.7 to 199.1)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty.12)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 259
6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Recommended Mounting Hardware

Weight (Not Provided)
Model Product Code Product Text Parts List
kg (lb) Tightening Torque
Screw Size
N·m (lb. in.)
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0005 Bracket (Qty. 2)
2.0 to 2.5
4A0008 100-065-941 72606 -EZZ021642A Attachment (Qty. 1) 1.1 (2.43) Screw M5x14 (Qty. 10)
(17.7 to 22.1)
4A0011 Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8)
4A0014 Bracket (Qty. 2)
2.0 to 2.5
4A0021 100-065-942 72606 -EZZ021642B Attachment (Qty. 1) 1.4 (3.09) Screw M5x14 (Qty. 12)
(17.7 to 22.1)
4A0027 Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8)
Bracket 1 (Qty. 2)
Bracket 2 (Qty. 2)
4A0034 4.0 to 4.9
100-065-943 72606 -EZZ021642C Attachment (Qty. 1) 1.9 (4.19) Screw M6x14 (Qty. 12)
4A0040 (35.4 to 43.3)
Screw M4x10+S+W (Qty. 2)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 10)
Bracket 1 (Qty. 1)
Bracket 2 (Qty. 1)
4A0052 Bracket 3 (Qty. 1)
4A0065 Bracket 4 (Qty. 1) 4.0 to 4.9
100-065-944 72606 -EZZ021642D 2.4 (5.29) Screw M6x14 (Qty. 14)
4A0077 Attachment (Qty. 1) (35.4 to 43.3)
4A0096 Screw M4x10+S+W (Qty. 2)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 8)
Screw M6x14+S+W (Qty. 2)
Bracket 1 (Qty. 1)
M5: 2.0 to 2.5
Bracket 2 (Qty. 1)
Screw M5x20 (Qty. 12) (17.7 to 22.1)
4A0124 100-065-945 72606 -EZZ021642E Attachment (Qty. 1) 4.2 (9.26)
Screw M8x20 (Qty. 4) M8: 9.0 to 10.7
Screw M4x10+S+W (Qty. 11)
(79.7 to 94.6)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 10)
Bracket 1 (Qty. 1)
M5: 2.0 to 2.5
4A0156 Bracket 2 (Qty. 1)
Screw M5x20 (Qty. 12) (17.7 to 22.1)
4A0180 100-065-946 72606 -EZZ021642F Attachment (Qty. 1) 4.8 (10.58)
Screw M10x20 (Qty. 4) M10: 17.7 to 22.5
4A0240 Screw M4x10+S+W (Qty. 12)
(156.7 to 199.1)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty.12)
Bracket 1 (Qty. 1)
M5: 2.0 to 2.5
Bracket 2 (Qty. 1)
Screw M5x20 (Qty. 16) (17.7 to 22.1)
4A0302 100-065-947 72606 -EZZ021642G Attachment (Qty. 1) 6.8 (14.99)
Screw M12x20 (Qty. 4) M12: 31.4 to 39.2
Screw M4x10+S+W (Qty. 16)
(277.9 to 346.9)
Screw M5x14+S+W (Qty. 16)

260 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

D1 D2

Attachment
Panel

H
W

Table 6.8 NEMA Type 12 Drive Dimensions with Attachment Installed

Dimensions mm (in)
Model
W H D1 D2
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0011
182 (7.17) 383 (15.08) 113.5 (4.47) 104.5 (4.11)
2A0017
2A0024
182 (7.17) 473 (18.62) 128.5 (5.06) 104.5 (4.11)
2A0031
2A0046
260 (10.24) 550 (21.65) 134 (5.28) 103.5 (4.07)
2A0059
2A0075
2A0088 320 (12.60) 585 (23.03) 157.8 (6.21) 105.7 (4.16)
2A0114
2A0143
2A0169
444 (17.48) 824 (32.44) 220.2 (8.67) 179.8 (7.08)
2A0211
2A0273
Three-Phase 400 V Class

Peripheral Devices &

4A0005
4A0008 182 (7.17) 383 (15.08) 113.5 (4.47) 104.5 (4.11)
4A0011
4A0014

Options
4A0021 182 (7.17) 473 (18.62) 128.5 (5.06) 104.5 (4.11)
4A0027
4A0034
260 (10.24) 550 (21.65) 134 (5.28) 103.5 (4.07)
4A0040
4A0052 6
4A0065
320 (12.60) 585 (23.03) 157.8 (6.21) 105.7 (4.16)
4A0077
4A0096
4A0124 380 (14.96) 746.4 (29.39) 132 (5.20) 157 (6.18)
4A0156
4A0180 444 (17.48) 824 (32.44) 220.2 (8.67) 179.8 (7.08)
4A0240
4A0302 556 (21.89) 1082 (42.60) 251 (9.88) 229 (9.02)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 261
6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

W
W
W1
W 14-M6 Tap W1
12-M6 Tap W2
W1
W 12-M5 Tap
10-M5 Tap W1

H1

H2
H1

H2
H2
A A
A A
H2

H3
H

H1
H
H3
H1
H

H
H3

B
B

B
H3

H4
H4

H4
H4

H5
H5

Figure 1
Figure 2 2-Ø 7 Hole
2-Ø 7 Hole
Figure 3 Figure 4

W W
W W1
W1
12-M5 Tap W1 16-M5 Tap W2
12-M5 Tap W2

H8
W2
H6
H6

H9
H1
H7
H1
H7
H1

H2
H2

H2

A A
A
H3
H

H
H3

H3

H4
B

B
H5
H4

H4

H6
H5
H8

H5

H10
H8

H7
H9

H9

2-Ø 7 Hole 4-M8 Tap

H11

2-Ø 7 Hole 4-M10 Tap 2-Ø 7 Hole 4-M12 Tap

Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7

Table 6.9 NEMA Type 12 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions

Dimensions mm (in)
Model
Fig. W H W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11 A B
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0011 182 383 150 62.5 115 115 62.5 118 324
1 – – – – – – – –
2A0017 (7.17) (15.08) (5.91) (2.46) (4.53) (4.53) (2.46) (4.65) (12.76)
2A0024 182 473 150 57.5 110 110 110 57.5 118 414
2 – – – – – – –
2A0031 (7.17) (18.62) (5.91) (2.26) (4.33) (4.33) (4.33) (2.26) (4.65) (16.30)
2A0046 260 550 230 130 520 150 150 150 194 473
3 – – – – – – –
2A0059 (10.24) (21.65) (9.06) (5.12) (20.47) (5.91) (5.91) (5.91) (7.64) (18.62)
2A0075
320 585 285 555 113 113 113 113 239 508
2A0088 4 – – – – – – –
(12.60) (23.03) (11.22) (21.85) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (9.41) (20.00)
2A0114

262 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Dimensions mm (in)
Model
Fig. W H W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11 A B
2A0143
2A0169 444 824 414 244 156.5 156 156 156 156.5 21.5 24.2 30.8 21.5 385 726
6 – –
2A0211 (17.48) (32.44) (16.30) (9.61) (6.16) (6.14) (6.14) (6.14) (6.16) (0.85) (0.95) (1.21) (0.85) (15.16) (28.58)
2A0273
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0005
182 383 150 62.5 115 115 62.5 118 324
4A0008 1 – – – – – – – –
(7.17) (15.08) (5.91) (2.46) (4.53) (4.53) (2.46) (4.65) (12.76)
4A0011
4A0014
182 473 150 57.5 110 110 110 57.5 118 414
4A0021 2 – – – – – – –
(7.17) (18.62) (5.91) (2.26) (4.33) (4.33) (4.33) (2.26) (4.65) (16.30)
4A0027
4A0034 260 550 230 130 520 150 150 150 194 473
3 – – – – – – –
4A0040 (10.24) (21.65) (9.06) (5.12) (20.47) (5.91) (5.91) (5.91) (7.64) (18.62)
4A0052
4A0065 320 585 285 555 113 113 113 113 239 508
4 – – – – – – –
4A0077 (12.60) (23.03) (11.22) (21.85) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) (9.41) (20.00)
4A0096
380 746.4 350 170 142.7 140 140 140 142.7 20.5 20.5 21.9 20.5 320 663
4A0124 5 – –
(14.96) (29.39) (13.78) (6.69) (5.62) (5.51) (5.51) (5.51) (5.62) (0.81) (0.81) (0.86) (0.81) (12.60) (26.10)
4A0156
444 824 414 244 156.5 156 156 156 156.5 21.5 24.2 30.8 21.5 385 726
4A0180 6 – –
(17.48) (32.44) (16.30) (9.61) (6.16) (6.14) (6.14) (6.14) (6.16) (0.85) (0.95) (1.21) (0.85) (15.16) (28.58)
4A0240
556 1083 529 325 144 150 150 150 150 150 144 22.5 28 29 22.5 499 981
4A0302 7
(21.89) (42.64) (20.83) (12.80) (5.67) (5.91) (5.91) (5.91) (5.91) (5.91) (5.67) (0.89) (1.10) (1.14) (0.89) (19.65) (38.62)

u Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output

Motor thermal overload relays protect the motor by disconnecting power lines to the motor due to a motor overload condition.
Install a motor thermal overload relay between the drive and motor:
• When operating multiple motors on a single AC drive.
• When using a power line bypass to operate the motor directly from the power line.
It is not necessary to install a motor thermal overload relay when operating a single motor from a single AC drive. The AC
drive has UL recognized electronic motor overload protection built into the drive software.
Note: 1. Disable the motor protection function (L1-01 = 0) when using an external motor thermal overload relay.
2. The relay should shut off main power on the input side of the main circuit when triggered.

n General Precautions when Using Thermal Overload Relays

Consider the following application precautions when using motor thermal overload relays on the output of AC drives to prevent
nuisance trips or overheat of the motor at low speeds:
1. Low speed motor operation

Peripheral Devices &

2. Use of multiple motors on a single AC drive
3. Motor cable length
4. Nuisance tripping resulting from high AC drive carrier frequency.

Options
Low Speed Operation and Motor Thermal oL Relays
Generally, thermal relays are applied on general-purpose motors. When general-purpose motors are driven by AC drives, the
motor current is approximately 5% to 10% greater than if driven by a commercial power supply. In addition, the cooling
capacity of a motor with a shaft-driven fan decreases when operating at low speeds. Even if the load current is within the motor 6
rated value, motor overheating may occur. A thermal relay cannot effectively protect the motor due to the reduction of cooling
at low speeds. For this reason, apply the UL recognized electronic thermal overload protection function built into the drive
whenever possible.
UL Recognized Electronic Thermal Overload Function of the Drive
Speed-dependent heat characteristics are simulated using data from standard motors and force-ventilated motors. The motor
is protected from overload using this function.
Using a Single Drive to Operate Multiple Motors
Set parameter L1-01 to 0 to disable thermal overload protection for the drive.
Note: The UL recognized electronic thermal overload function cannot be applied when operating multiple motors with a single drive.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 263
6.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Long Motor Cables

When a high carrier frequency and long motor cables are used, nuisance tripping of the thermal relay may occur due to increased
leakage current. To avoid this, reduce the carrier frequency or increase the tripping level of the thermal overload relay.
Nuisance Tripping Due to a High AC Drive Carrier Frequency
Current waveforms generated by high carrier frequency PWM drives tend to increase the temperature in overload relays. It
may be necessary to increase the trip level setting when encountering nuisance triggering of the relay.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip setting. Check
local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

264 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Appendix: A

Specifications

A.1 POWER RATINGS...............................................................................................266

A.2 DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................................272
A.3 DRIVE WATT LOSS DATA..................................................................................274
A.4 DRIVE DERATING DATA....................................................................................276

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 265
A.1 Power Ratings

A.1 Power Ratings

u Three-Phase 200 V Class Drive Models 2A0011 to 2A0088

Table A.1 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-Zo2A 0011 0017 0024 0031 0046 0059 0075 0088
Maximum HP 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30
Applicable
Motor
Capacity kW 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
<1>

Input Current (A) <2> 10.6 16.7 24.2 30.8 46.2 59.4 74.8 88
Rated Voltage Three-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Minimum Power Supply Capacity (kVA) 5 7 11 13 20 25 32 37
Rated Output Capacity (kVA) <3> 4.2 6.7 10 12 18 24 30 35
Rated Output Current (A) 10.6 <4> 16.7 <4> 24.2 <4> 30.8 <4> 46.2 <4> 59.4 <4> 74.8 <4> 88 <4>
110% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance 140% of rated output current for 0.5 s
Output
User adjustable between 1 and 12.5 kHz
Carrier Frequency (Maximum Frequency varies with Rated Output Capacity)
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 200 to 240 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 240 Hz
Harmonics DC Link Choke Built-in
Reduction
EMC Filter (IEC/EN 61800-3 Category 2) Built-in
<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to an NEC Table 430.250 208 V motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or
greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 230 V.
<4> Carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.

266 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 A.1 Power Ratings

u Three-Phase 200 V Class Drive Models 2A0114 to 2A0396

Table A.2 Power Ratings Continued (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-Zo2A 0114 0143 0169 0211 0273 0343 0396
Maximum HP 40 50 60 75 100 125 150
Applicable
Motor kW 30 37 45 55 75 90 110
Capacity <1>
Input Current (A) <2> 114 143 169 211 273 343 396
Rated Voltage Three-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Minimum Power Supply Capacity (kVA) 48 60 71 88 114 143 165
Rated Output Capacity (kVA) <3> 45 57 67 84 109 137 158
Rated Output Current (A) 114 <4> 143 <4> 169 <4> 211 <4> 273 <4> 343 <5> 396 <5>
110% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance 140% of rated output current for 0.5 s
Output
User adjustable between 1 and 12.5 kHz
Carrier Frequency (Maximum Frequency varies with Rated Output Capacity)
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 200 to 240 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 240 Hz
Harmonics DC Link Choke Built-in
Reduction
EMC Filter (IEC/EN 61800-3 Category 2) Built-in External
<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to an NEC Table 430.250 208 V motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or
greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 230 V.
<4> Carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.
<5> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.

Specifications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 267
A.1 Power Ratings

u Three-Phase 400 V Class Drive Models 4A0005 to 4A0027

Table A.3 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-Zo4A 0005 0008 0011 0014 0021 0027
Input Voltage HP 3 5 7.5 10 15 20
Maximum
Applicable 460 V or higher <1> kW 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15
Motor Input Voltage HP 2 4 5 7.5 10 15
Capacity
lower than 460 V <2> kW 1.5 3.0 4.0 5.5 7.5 11
Input Current (A) <3> 4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27
Rated Voltage Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz / 510 to 680 Vdc
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Minimum Power Supply Capacity (kVA) 4 7 10 12 18 23
Input Voltage
3.8 6.1 8.8 11 17 22
Rated Output Capacity 460 V or higher <4>
(kVA) Input Voltage
3.3 5.3 7.6 9.7 14.5 18.7
lower than 460 V <5>
4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27
Rated Output Current (A) <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6>
Output
110% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance 140% of rated output current for 0.5 s
User adjustable between 1 and 12.5 kHz
Carrier Frequency (Maximum Frequency varies with Rated Output Capacity)
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 240 Hz
Harmonics DC Link Choke Built-in
Reduction
EMC Filter (IEC/EN 61800-3 Category 2) Built-in
<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to an NEC Table 430.250 208 V motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or
greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<2> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the
motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<3> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 460 V.
<5> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 400 V.
<6> Carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.

268 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 A.1 Power Ratings

u Three-Phase 400 V Class Drive Models 4A0034 to 4A0096

Table A.4 Power Ratings Continued (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-Zo4A 0034 0040 0052 0065 0077 0096
Input Voltage HP 25 30 40 50 60 75
Maximum
Applicable 460 V or higher <1> kW 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
Motor Input Voltage HP 20 25 30 40 50 60
Capacity
lower than 460 V <2> kW 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
Input Current (A) <3> 34 40 52 65 77 96
Rated Voltage Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz / 510 to 680 Vdc
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Minimum Power Supply Capacity (kVA) 29 34 44 55 65 80
Input Voltage
27 32 41 52 61 76
Rated Output Capacity 460 V or higher <4>
(kVA) Input Voltage
23.6 28 36 45 53 67
lower than 460 V <5>
34 40 52 65 77 96
Rated Output Current (A) <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6>
Output
110% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance 140% of rated output current for 0.5 s
User adjustable between 1 and 12.5 kHz
Carrier Frequency (Maximum Frequency varies with Rated Output Capacity)
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 240 Hz
Harmonics DC Link Choke Built-in
Reduction
EMC Filter (IEC/EN 61800-3 Category 2) Built-in
<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to an NEC Table 430.250 208 V motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or
greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<2> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the
motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<3> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 460 V.
<5> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 400 V.
<6> Carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.

Specifications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 269
A.1 Power Ratings

u Three-Phase 400 V Class Drive Models 4A0124 to 4A0302

Table A.5 Power Ratings Continued (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-Zo4A 0124 0156 0180 0240 0302
Input Voltage HP 100 125 150 200 250
Maximum
Applicable 460 V or higher <1> kW 75 90 110 150 185
Motor Input Voltage HP 75 100 125 150 220
Capacity
lower than 460 V <2> kW 55 75 90 110 160
Input Current (A) <3> 124 156 180 240 302
Rated Voltage Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz / 510 to 680 Vdc
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Minimum Power Supply Capacity (kVA) 104 130 150 200 252
Input Voltage
99 124 143 191 241
Rated Output Capacity 460 V or higher <4>
(kVA) Input Voltage
86 108 125 166 209
lower than 460 V <5>
124 156 180 240 302
Rated Output Current (A) <6> <6> <6> <7> <7>
Output
110% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance 140% of rated output current for 0.5 s
User adjustable between 1 and 10 kHz
Carrier Frequency (Maximum Frequency varies with Rated Output Capacity)
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 240 Hz
Harmonics DC Link Choke Built-in
Reduction
EMC Filter (IEC/EN 61800-3 Category 2) Built-in
<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to an NEC Table 430.250 208 V motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or
greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<2> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the
motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<3> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 460 V.
<5> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 400 V.
<6> Carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.
<7> Carrier frequency is set to 4 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.

270 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 A.1 Power Ratings

u Three-Phase 400 V Class Drive Models 4A0361 to 4A0590

Table A.6 Power Ratings Continued (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-Zo4A 0361 0414 0480 0590
Input Voltage HP 300 350 400 500
Maximum
Applicable 460 V or higher <1> kW 220 260 300 370
Motor Input Voltage HP 250 300 340 400
Capacity
lower than 460 V <2> kW 185 220 250 300
Input Current (A) <3> 361 414 480 590
Rated Voltage Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz / 510 to 680 Vdc
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Minimum Power Supply Capacity (kVA) 316 375 400 491
Input Voltage
276 316 382 470
460 V or higher <4>
Rated Output Capacity (kVA)
Input Voltage
250 287 333 409
lower than 460 V <5>
362 414 480 590
Rated Output Current (A) <6> <6> <6> <6>
Output
110% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance 140% of rated output current for 0.5 s
User adjustable between 1 and 5 kHz
Carrier Frequency (Maximum Frequency varies with Rated Output Capacity)
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 240 Hz
Harmonics DC Link Choke Built-in
Reduction
EMC Filter (IEC/EN 61800-3 Category 2) External
<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to an NEC Table 430.250 208 V motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or
greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<2> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the
motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.
<3> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 460 V.
<5> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 400 V.
<6> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz. Current derating is required to raise the carrier frequency.

Specifications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 271
A.2 Drive Specifications

A.2 Drive Specifications

Note: 1. Perform rotational Auto-Tuning to obtain the performance specifications given below.
2. For optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environment that meets the required specifications.

Item Specification
The following control methods can be set using drive parameters:
Control Method • V/f Control (V/f)
• Open Loop Vector Control for PM (OLV/PM)
Frequency Control Range 0.01 to 240 Hz
Frequency Accuracy Digital input: within ±0.01% of the max output frequency (-10 to +50 °C [14 to 122 °F])
(Temperature Fluctuation) Analog input: within ±0.1% of the max output frequency (25 °C ±10 °C [77 ±50°F])
Frequency Setting Digital inputs: 0.01 Hz
Resolution Analog inputs: 1/1000 of the maximum output frequency setting (10 bit unsigned)
Output Frequency 0.001 Hz
Resolution
Frequency Setting Signal 0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
V/f: 140% at 3 Hz
Starting Torque <1> OLV/PM: 50% at 6 Hz
Control
Character- V/f: 1:40
Speed Control Range <1> OLV/PM: 1:20
istics
Speed Response <1> OLV/PM: 10 Hz
Accel/Decel Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s (4 selectable combinations of independent acceleration and deceleration settings)
Braking Torque Approximately 20%
V/f Characteristics User-selected programs and V/f preset patterns possible
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru, Speed Search, Overtorque/Undertorque Detection, 4 Step Speed
(max), Accel/Decel Switch, S-curve Accel/decel, 3-Wire Sequence, Auto-Tuning (Stationary for Line-to-
Line Resistance, Rotational for V/f Control), Cooling Fan on/off Switch, Slip Compensation, Torque
Compensation, Frequency Jump, Upper/lower Limits for Frequency Reference, DC Injection Braking at
Start and Stop, Overexcitation Braking, High Slip Braking, PI Control (with sleep function), Energy Saving
Main Control Functions Control, APOGEE FLN Comm. (RS-422/RS-485 4.8 kbps), BACnet Comm. (RS-485 max. 76.8 kbps),
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. (RS-422/RS-485 max, 115.2 kbps), Metasys N2 Comm. (RS-422/RS-485
9.6 kbps), Fault Restart, Application Presets, KEB, Overexcitation Deceleration, Overvoltage Suppression,
Sequence Timer Operation, Secondary PI Control, Bypass Operation, HOA Keypad, Dynamic Noise
Control
Motor Protection Electronic thermal overload relay
Momentary Overcurrent Drive stops when rated output current exceeds 175%
Protection
Protection
Functions Drive stops after 60 s at 110% of rated output current <2>
Overload Protection
Drive stops after 0.5 s at 140% of rated output current <2>
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 410 V
Overvoltage Protection 400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 820 V

272 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 A.2 Drive Specifications

Item Specification
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 190 V
400 V class:
Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approximately 350 V when using an input voltage lower than 400V
Undervoltage Protection Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approximately 380 V when using an input voltage lower than 460
V
Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approximately 440 V when using an input voltage of 460 V or
higher
Protection Momentary Power Loss Immediately stop after 15 ms or longer power loss <3>
Functions Ride-Thru Continuous operation during power loss shorter than 2 s by speed search function <4>
Heatsink Overheat Thermistor
Protection
Stall Prevention Stall Prevention is available during acceleration, deceleration, and during run.
Ground Protection Electronic circuit protection <5> <6>
DC Bus Charge LED Remains lit until DC bus voltage falls below 50 V
Area of Use Indoors
-10 °C to +40 °C (14 to 104 °F) IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, External Heatsink (2A0011 to 2A0273
and 4A0005 to 4A0302)
-10 °C to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F) IP00/Open Type Enclosure (2A0343 and 2A0396, and 4A0361 to 4A0590)
Note: 1. To install a heatsink on the outside of a panel, design the panel to keep the air temperature
Ambient Temperature inside the panel within 10 °C (18 °F) [5 °C (9 °F) for 2A0273 and 4A0124] of the outside
air temperature.
2. Ambient temperature range for continuous operations is -10 to +40 °C (14 to 104 °F)
Environment when external heatsink installation method is applied for models 2A0343 and 2A0396
and 4A0361 to 4A0590.
Humidity 95% RH or less (no condensation)
Storage Temperature -20 °C to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F) (short-term temperature during transportation)
Up to 1000 meters without derating, up to 3000 m with output current and voltage derating. Refer to
Altitude Altitude Derating on page 278 for details.
10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2
Vibration/Shock 20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2 (2A0011 to 2A0031 and 4A0005 to 4A0027) or
2.0 m/s2 (2A0046 to 2A0396 and 4A0034 to 4A0590)
Standards IEC/EN 61800-5-1
Protection Design IP00/Open Type enclosure, IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure <7>
<1> The accuracy of these values depends on motor characteristics, ambient conditions, and drive settings. Specifications may vary with different motors
and with changing motor temperature. Contact Yaskawa for consultation.
<2> Overload protection may be triggered when operating with 100% of the rated output current if the output frequency is less than 6 Hz.
<3> May be shorter due to load conditions and motor speed.
<4> A 24 V power supply Unit (Model Nos. PS-A10LB, PS-A10HB) is required for models 2A0011 to 2A0059 and 4A0005 to 4A0052 if the application
must continue running for up to 2 seconds during a momentary power loss.
<5> Ground protection cannot be provided when the impedance of the ground fault path is too low, or when the drive is powered up while a ground
fault is present at the output.
<6> Setting L8-09 to 1 enables ground fault detection in models 2A0075 to 2A0396, 4A0052ooA, and 4A0065 to 4A0590.
<7> Drive models 2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0011 to 4A0302 are designed to IP20/NEMA Type 1 specifications with a protective cover on the top.
Removing this top protective cover voids the NEMA Type 1 protection while maintaining IP20 conformity; removing the bottom conduit bracket
voids the NEMA Type 1 protection and IP20 conformity.
Specifications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 273
A.3 Drive Watt Loss Data

A.3 Drive Watt Loss Data

Table A.7 Watt Loss 200 V Class Three-Phase Models
Model Rated Amps (A) Heatsink Loss (W) Interior Unit Loss (W) Total Loss (W)
2A0011 10.6 <1> 121 28 148
2A0017 16.7 <1> 176 37 214
2A0024 24.2 <1> 280 55 335
2A0031 30.8 <1> 378 73 451
2A0046 46.2 <1> 396 86 482
2A0059 59.4 <1> 542 116 658
2A0075 74.8 <1> 557 132 688
2A0088 88 <1> 670 157 827
2A0114 114 <1> 864 200 1064
2A0143 143 <1> 1191 307 1499
2A0169 169 <1> 1447 365 1811
2A0211 211 <1> 1753 471 2224
2A0273 273 <1> 2378 625 3003
2A0343 343 <2> 1964 655 2620
2A0396 396 <2> 2435 829 3264
<1> Value assumes the carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz or less.
<2> Value assumes the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.
Table A.8 Watt Loss 400 V Class Three-Phase Models
Model Rated Amps (A) Heatsink Loss (W) Interior Unit Loss (W) Total Loss (W)
4A0005 4.8 <1> 93 24 117
4A0008 7.6 <1> 146 33 178
4A0011 11 <1> 184 38 222
4A0014 14 <1> 231 52 283
4A0021 21 <1> 306 69 375
4A0027 27 <1> 390 85 475
4A0034 34 <1> 457 105 562
4A0040 40 <1> 558 118 677
4A0052ooB 52 <1> 584 151 734
4A0052ooA 52 <1> 463 130 594
4A0065 65 <1> 576 161 737
4A0077 77 <1> 891 225 1116
4A0096 96 <1> 1131 288 1419
4A0124 124 <1> 1581 398 1979
4A0156 156 <1> 1929 535 2464
4A0180 180 <1> 2342 621 2963
4A0240 240 <2> 2863 790 3653
4A0302 302 <2> 3278 929 4207
4A0361 361 <3> 3009 1157 4166
4A0414 414 <3> 3206 1633 4840
4A0480 480 <3> 3881 2011 5893
4A0590 590 <3> 4130 1964 6094
<1> Value assumes the carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz or less.
<2> Value assumes the carrier frequency is set to 4 kHz or less.

274 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 A.3 Drive Watt Loss Data

<3> Value assumes the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.

Specifications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 275
A.4 Drive Derating Data

A.4 Drive Derating Data

The drive can be operated at above the rated temperature, altitude, and default carrier frequency by derating the drive capacity.

u Carrier Frequency Derating

Derate the drive according to Figure A.1 to Figure A.5 as the carrier frequency increases above the factory default setting.

100%

60%

0 5 kHz 12.5 kHz

Figure A.1 Carrier Frequency Derating (2A0011 to 2A0114 and 4A0005 to 4A0096)

100%

80%

0 5 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz

Figure A.2 Carrier Frequency Derating (2A0143 to 2A0273 and 4A0124 to 4A0180)

100%

60%

0 4kHz 10kHz

Figure A.3 Carrier Frequency Derating (4A0240 and 4A0302)

276 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 A.4 Drive Derating Data

100%

80%

0 2 kHz 5 kHz

Figure A.4 Carrier Frequency Derating (2A0343 to 2A0396 and 4A0414 to 4A0590)

100%

4A0361
88%

58%

0 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz

Figure A.5 Carrier Frequency Derating (4A0361)

u Temperature Derating
To ensure the maximum performance life, the drive output current must be derated as shown in Figure A.6 when the drive is
installed in areas with high ambient temperature or if drives are mounted in a cabinet. In order to ensure reliable drive overload
protection, set parameters L8-12 and L8-35 according to the installation conditions.
Note: To install a heatsink on the outside of a panel, design the panel to keep the air temperature inside the panel within 10 °C (18 °F)
[5 °C (9 °F) for 2A0273 and 4A0124] of the outside air temperature.

n Parameter Settings
No. Name Description Range Def.
Ambient Adjust the drive overload (oL2) protection level when the drive is installed
L8-12 40 to 60 30 °C
Temperature Setting in an environment that exceeds its ambient temperature rating.

Installation Method 0: IP00/Open-Chassis Enclosure

L8-35 2: IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure 0, 2, 3 2
Selection 3: External Heatsink Installation

IP00/Open-Chassis Enclosure Specifications

Drive operation between -10 °C and +50 °C (14 and 122 °F) allows 100% continuous current without derating.
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
Drive operation between -10 °C and +40 °C (14 and 104 °F) allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation
between 40 °C and 50 °C (104 and 122 °F) requires output current derating. A
Note: The temperature derating remains unchanged when removing the top protective cover and the bottom conduit bracket to change an IP20/
NEMA Type 1 enclosure drive to an IP00/Open-Type enclosure drive (derating required for temperatures over 40 °C [104 °F]).
External Heatsink Installation
Drive operation between -10 °C and +40 °C (14 and 104 °F) allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation
between 40 °C and 50 °C (104 and 122 °F) requires output current derating.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 277
A.4 Drive Derating Data

IP00/Open-Type
100%
IP20/NEMA Type 1
External Heatsink
80%

60%

0%
-10°C 40°C 50°C

Figure A.6 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating

u Altitude Derating
The drive standard ratings are valid for installation altitudes up to 1000 m. For installations from 1000 m to 3000 m, the drive
rated output current must be derated for 0.2% per 100 m.

278 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Appendix: B

Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.

B.1 A: INITIALIZATION PARAMETERS....................................................................280

B.2 B: APPLICATION.................................................................................................282
B.3 C: TUNING............................................................................................................289
B.4 D: REFERENCES.................................................................................................291
B.5 E: MOTOR PARAMETERS..................................................................................294
B.6 F: COMMUNICATION OPTION PARAMETERS.................................................297
B.7 H PARAMETERS: MULTI-FUNCTION TERMINALS..........................................300
B.8 L: PROTECTION FUNCTION...............................................................................309
B.9 N: SPECIAL ADJUSTMENT................................................................................316
B.10 O: OPERATOR-RELATED SETTINGS................................................................318
B.11 S: SPECIAL APPLICATION.................................................................................321
B.12 T: MOTOR TUNING..............................................................................................327
B.13 U: MONITORS......................................................................................................329

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 279
B.1 A: Initialization Parameters

B.1 A: Initialization Parameters

Table B.1 Symbols and Icons Used in Parameter Descriptions
Symbol Description
Parameter can be changed during run.
OLV/PM Parameter is ONLY available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector for PM motors.

The A parameter group creates the operating environment for the drive. This includes the parameter Access Level, Motor
Control Method, Password, User Parameters and more.

u A1: Initialization
No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Select Language
A1-00 0: English 0: English
(100) 1: (Japanese) 1: Japanese
Language Selection Default: 0
3: French 155
3: Français Range: 0 to 6
5: Spanish
<1> 5: Español 6: Portuguese
6: Portuguêse
A1-01 0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04.
Access Level
(101) 0: Operation Only Uo-oo parameters can also be viewed. Default: 2
Access Level Selection 1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the Range: 0 to 2 155
1: User Parameters
2: Advanced Level user, A2-01 to A2-32)
<2>
2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
A1-02 Control Method 0: V/f Control
(102) Control Method 5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM Default: 0
0: V/F Control 127
<1> Selection Range: 0, 5
5: PM OpenLoop Vect
Init Parameters 0: No initialization
0: No Initialize 1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using
1110: User Initialize parameter o2-03)
2220: 2-Wire Initial 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
A1-03 Default: 0
Initialize Parameters 3330: 3-Wire Initial 3330: 3-Wire Initialization 156
(103) Range: 0 to 3420
3410: SELVAL 3410: HVAC Initialization
HVAC Initialize 3420: OEM Bypass Initialization
3420: SELVAL OEM
Bypass Init
When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into Default: 0000
A1-04 Password Enter Password A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 Min.: 0000 –
(104) through A2-33 cannot be changed. Max.: 9999
When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into Default: 0000
A1-05 Password Setting Select Password A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 Min.: 0000 –
(105) through A2-33 cannot be changed. Max.: 9999
Application Sel 0: Standard
0: General 1: Fan
1: Fan General 2: Fan with PI Control
2: Fan PI
A1-06 3: Fan ReturnAir/PI 3: Return Fan with PI Control Default: 0
Application Preset 157
(127) 4: Cooling Tower Fan Range: 0 to 7
4: Cooling Tower 5: Cooling Tower Fan with PI Control
5: CoolingTower/PI 6: Pump (Secondary)
6: Pump Secondary 7: Pump with PI Control
7: Pump PI
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<2> Default setting value is dependent on the Application Preset selected with parameter A1-06.

280 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.1 A: Initialization Parameters

u A2: User Parameters

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
A2-01 to Recently edited parameters are listed here. The user can also
A2-32 User Parameters 1 to select parameters to appear here for quicker access. Default: <1>
User Param 1 - 32 Range: A1-00 to –
(106 to 32
125) S6-07
0: Parameters A2-01 to A2-32 are reserved for the user to create
User Parms Sel a list of User Parameters.
A2-33 User Parameter 0: Disabled 1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Default: 1 <2> –
(126) Automatic Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17 through
A2-32 for quicker access.
<1> Default setting value is dependent on the Application Preset selected with parameter A1-06.
<2> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-06. Default is 0 when A1-06 = 0, and 1 when A1-06 ≠ 0.

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 281
B.2 b: Application

B.2 b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the Run command, DC Injection Braking, Speed Search, timer functions, PI
control, Energy Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.

u b1: Operation Mode Selection

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Ref Source 1 0: HOA keypad
Frequency Reference 0: Operator 1: Terminals (Analog Input Terminals)
b1-01 Default: 1
Selection for AUTO 1: Analog Input 2: Serial communications (APOGEE FLN, BACnet, 127
(180) Range: 0 to 3
mode 2: Serial Com MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2)
3: Option PCB 3: Option card
Run Source 1 1: Control Circuit Terminal
Run Command
b1-02 1: Digital Inputs 2: Serial communications (APOGEE FLN, BACnet, Default: 1
Selection for AUTO 129
(181) 2: Communication MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2) Range: 1 to 3
mode 3: Option PCB 3: Option card
Stopping Method 0: Ramp to stop
0: Ramp to Stop 1: Coast to stop
b1-03 Stopping Method Default: 1
1: Coast to Stop 2: DC Injection Braking to stop 129
(182) Selection Range: 0 to 3
2: DCInj to Stop 3: Coast with timer
3: Coast w/Timer
Reverse Oper 0: Reverse enabled
b1-04 Reverse Operation Default: 1
0: Reverse Enabled 1: Reverse disabled 157
(183) Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Reverse Disabled
RUN dur PRG Mode 0: Run command is not accepted while in Programming Mode
0: Run 1: Run command is accepted while in Programming
Run Command
b1-08 Disabled@PRG 2: Prohibit entering Programming Mode during Run Default: 0
Selection in –
(187) 1: ModeRun Range: 0 to 2
Programming Mode Enabled@PRG
2: Prg only @ Stop
After a Run command is entered, the drive output waits until Default: 0 s
b1-11 Drive Delay Time Run Delay Time this delay time has passed before starting. Min.: 0 –
(1DF) Setting Max.: 600
Rotation Sel 0: Standard
b1-14 Default: 0
Phase Order Selection 0: Standard 1: Switch phase order (reverses the direction of the motor) 157
(1C3) Range: 0, 1
1: SwitchPhaseOrder
0: Disregarded.
Run Command at Power Run Cmd @ Pwr On A new Run command must be issued after power up.
b1-17 Default: 1
0: Cycle Ext Run 1: Allowed. 157
(1C6) Up Range: 0, 1
1: Accept Ext Run Motor will start immediately after power up if a Run command
is already enabled.

u b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the frequency at which DC Injection Braking starts when Default: <1>
b2-01 DC Injection Braking “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0) is selected.
DCInj Start Freq Min.: 0.0 Hz 157
(189) Start Frequency
Max.: 10.0 Hz
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the Default: 50%
b2-02 DC Injection Braking DCInj Current drive rated current. Min.: 0 158
(18A) Current Max.: 100
Sets DC Injection Braking time at start. Disabled when set to Default: 0.00 s
b2-03 DC Injection Braking DCInj Time@Start 0.00 seconds. Min.: 0.00 158
(18B) Time at Start Max.: 10.00
Sets DC Injection Braking time at stop. Default: 0.00 s
b2-04 DC Injection Braking DCInj Time@Stop Min.: 0.00 158
(18C) Time at Stop Max.: 10.00
Determines the percentage of motor rated output current used Default: 5%
b2-09 Motor Pre-Heat Current Preheat Current for the motor pre-heat function. Min.: 0 –
(1E1) 2 Max.: 100

282 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.2 b: Application

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
b2-12 Short Circuit Brake OLV/PM Default: 0.00 s
SC Brake T@Start Sets the time for Short Circuit Braking operation at start. Min.: 0.00 –
(1BA) Time at Start
Max.: 25.50
OLV/PM Default: 0.50 s
b2-13 Short Circuit Brake SC Brake T@Stop Sets the Short Circuit Braking operation time at stop. Min.: 0.00 –
(1BB) Time at Stop Max.: 25.50
OLV/PM Default: 100.0%
b2-18 Short Circuit Braking Shrt Cir Brk Determines the current level for Short Circuit Braking. Set as a Min.: 0.0 –
(177) Current Max.: 200.0
percentage of the motor rated current.
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.

u b3: Speed Search

No.
(Addr Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex.)
Speed Search Selection SpdSrch at Start 0: Disabled
b3-01 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Default: <1> 159
(191) at Start Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
Sets the current level at which the speed is assumed to be Default: <1>
b3-02 Speed Search detected and Speed Search is ended. Set as a percentage of the Min.: 0%
SpdSrch DeactCur 159
(192) Deactivation Current drive rated current. Max.: 200%
Sets output frequency reduction time during Speed Search. Default: 2.0 s
b3-03 Speed Search SpdSrch Dec Time Min.: 0.1 159
(193) Deceleration Time Max.: 10.0
Determines how much to lower the V/f ratio during Speed
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search. Default: <2>
SpdSrch V/f Min.: 10% 159
(194) Search Output voltage during Speed Search equals the V/f setting
multiplied by b3-04. Max.: 100%
When using an external contactor on the output side, b3-05 Default: 0.2 s
b3-05 Speed Search Delay Search Delay delays executing Speed Search after a momentary power loss to Min.: 0.0
(195) Time
allow time for the contactor to close. Max.: 100.0
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Default: <2>
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Srch Im Lvl1 Estimation Speed Search. Set as a coefficient for the motor rated 159
(196) Speed Search Min.: 0.0
current. Max.: 2.0
Sets the amount of output current during Speed Estimation
Speed Search as a coefficient for the no-load current (output
Output Current 2 during Default: 1.0
b3-07 current during Speed Search is automatically limited by the
Speed Search (Speed Srch Im Lvl2 Min.: 0.0 –
(197) drive rated current).
Estimation Type) Max.: 5.0
Increase this setting value in increments of 0.1 if the drive fails
to perform Speed Estimation.
Current Control Gain Sets the proportional gain for the current controller during
b3-08 during Speed Search Speed Search. Default: <1> <2>
Srch ACR P Gain Min.: 0.00 –
(198) (Speed Estimation
Type) Max.: 6.00
Current Control Integral Sets the Integral Time for the current controller during Speed
b3-09 Time during Speed Search. Default: <1>
Srch ACR I Time Min.: 0.0 ms –
(199) Search (Speed
Estimation Type) Max.: 1000.0 ms
Sets the gain which is applied to the speed detected by Speed
Parameter List

Default: 1.05
b3-10 Speed Search Detection Srch Detect Comp Estimation Speed Search before the motor is reaccelerated. Min.: 1.00 160
(19A) Compensation Gain Increase this setting if ov occurs when performing Speed Search Max.: 1.20
after a relatively long period of baseblock.
Uses the amount of voltage remaining in the motor to
Speed Search Method automatically switch the search method within the type of speed Default: 5.0%
b3-11 Switching Level (Speed Srch Mthd Sw Lvl measurement. Min.: 0.5 –
(19B) Estimation Type) (200 V class at 100% = 200 V; Max.: 100.0
400 V class at 100% = 400 V) B
Minimum Current Sets the minimum current detection level during Speed Search. Default: <2>
b3-12 Increase this setting value in increments of 0.1 if the drive fails
Detection Level during Srch I Deadband Min.: 2.0 –
(19C) to perform Speed Estimation.
Speed Search Max.: 10.0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 283
B.2 b: Application

No.
(Addr Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex.)
Bidir Search Sel 0: Disabled (uses the direction of the frequency reference)
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed 0: Disabled 1: Enabled (drive detects which way the motor is rotating) Default: <1> 160
(19E) Search Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
Sets the Speed Search restart current level as a percentage of the Default: 110%
b3-17 Speed Search Restart SrchRestart Lvl drive rated current. Min.: 0 160
(1F0) Current Level Max.: 200
Sets the time to detect Speed Search restart. Default: 0.10 s
b3-18 Speed Search Restart SrchRestart Time Min.: 0.00 160
(1F1) Detection Time Max.: 1.00
Sets the number of times the drive can attempt to restart when Default: 3
b3-19 Number of Speed Num of SrchRestr performing Speed Search. Min.: 0 160
(1F2) Search Restarts Max.: 10
SpdSrch Method 0: Current Detection
b3-24 Speed Search Method Default: 0
0: CurrentDetection 1: Speed Estimation 160
(1C0) Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Speed Estimation
Sets the time the drive must wait between each Speed Search Default: 0.5 s
b3-25 Speed Search Wait Time SpdSrch WaitTime restart attempt. Min.: 0.0 160
(1C8) Max.: 300.0
Selects a condition to activate Speed Search Selection at Start
Start srch sel (b3-01) or External Speed Search Command 1 or 2 from the
b3-27 Start Speed Search Default: 0
0: Start from 0 multi-function input. 161
(1C9) Select Range: 0, 1
1: Start Fref>Fmin 0: Triggered when a Run command is issued. (normal).
1: Triggered when an external baseblock is released.
Activates and deactivates Speed Search at start in accordance
with whether a Run command was issued during an
b3-33 Speed Search Selection SpdSrch Start UV undervoltage (Uv) condition. Function is active when a
(0B3F) Default: 0
when Run Command is 0: Disabled momentary power loss (L2-01 = 1 or 2), Speed Search at start –
<3> Range: 0, 1
Given during Uv 1: Enabled (b3-01 = 1), and coasting to a stop (b1-03 = 1) are enabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<3> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.

u b4: Timer Function

No.
(Addr. Name Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the on-delay and off-delay times for a digital timer output Default: 0.0 s
b4-01 Timer Function On-Delay Min.: 0.0 –
(1A3) Time (H2-oo=12).
The output is triggered by a digital input programmed to Max.: 3000.0
H1-oo=18). Default: 0.0 s
b4-02 Timer Function Off-Delay Min.: 0.0 –
(1A4) Time Max.: 3000.0

u b5: PI Control
No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
PID Mode 0: Disabled
b5-01 0: Disabled 1: Enabled (PI output becomes output frequency reference) Default: 0
PI Function Setting 161
(1A5) 1: Enabled D=Fdbk 3: Enabled (PI output added to frequency reference) Range: 0, 1, 3
3: Fref+PID D=Fdbk
b5-02 Sets the proportional gain of the PI controller. Default: 2.00
(1A6) Proportional Gain PID Gain Min.: 0.00 161
Setting (P) Max.: 25.00
b5-03 Sets the integral time for the PI controller. Default: 0.5 s
(1A7) Integral Time Setting (I) PID I Time Min.: 0.0 161
Max.: 360.0

284 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.2 b: Application

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
b5-04 Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator as a Default: 100.0%
(1A8) Integral Limit Setting PID I Limit percentage of the maximum output frequency. Min.: 0.0 161
Max.: 100.0
b5-06 Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PI controller Default: 100.0%
(1AA) PI Output Limit PID Limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Min.: 0.0 161
Max.: 100.0
b5-07 Applies an offset to the PI controller output. Set as a percentage Default: 0.0%
(1AB) PI Offset Adjustment PID Offset of the maximum output frequency. Min.: -100.0 161
Max.: 100.0
b5-08 Sets a low pass filter time constant on the output of the PI Default: 0.00 s
(1AC) PI Primary Delay Time PID Delay Time controller. Min.: 0.00 162
Constant Max.: 10.00
Output Level Sel 0: Normal output (direct acting)
b5-09 PI Output Level Default: 0
0: Normal Character 1: Reverse output (reverse acting) 162
(1AD) Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Rev Character
Sets the gain applied to the PI output. Default: 1.00
b5-10 PI Output Gain Setting Output Gain Min.: 0.00 162
(1AE) Max.: 25.00
0: Negative PI output triggers zero limit.
Output Rev Sel 1: Rotation direction reverses with negative PI output.
b5-11 PI Output Reverse Default: 0
0: 0 limit 162
(1AF) Selection Note: When using setting 1, make sure reverse Range: 0, 1
1: Reverse
operation is permitted by b1-04.
0: Digital Output Only
(Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
Fb loss Det Sel 1: Alarm output, drive continues operation (Remains active
0: DO Only - Always when PI is disabled by digital input)
1: Alarm - Always 2: Fault output, drive output is shut off (Remains active when
b5-12 PI Feedback Loss 2: Fault - Always PI is disabled by digital input) Default: 0 162
(1B0) Detection Selection 3: DO Only@PID 3: Digital output only. No detection when PI is disabled by Range: 0 to 5
Enbl digital input.
4: Alarm @ PID Enbl 4: Alarm detection. No detection when PI is disabled by digital
5: Fault @ PID Enbl input.
5: Fault detection. No detection when PI is disabled by digital
input.
Sets the PI feedback loss detection level as a percentage of the Default: 0%
b5-13 PI Feedback Loss Fb loss Det Lvl maximum output frequency. Min.: 0 163
(1B1) Detection Level Max.: 100
Sets a delay time for PI feedback loss. Default: 1.0 s
b5-14 PI Feedback Loss Fb loss Det Time Min.: 0.0 163
(1B2) Detection Time Max.: 25.5
Sets the frequency level that triggers the sleep/snooze function. Default: <1>
b5-15 PI Sleep Function Start PID Sleep Level 163
(1B3) Level Min.: 0.0 Hz
Max.: 240.0 Hz
Sets a delay time before the sleep/snooze function is triggered. Default: 0.0 s
b5-16 PI Sleep Delay Time PID Sleep Time Min.: 0.0 163
(1B4) Max.: 25.5
Sets the acceleration and deceleration time to PI setpoint. Default: 0.0 s
b5-17 PI Accel/Decel Time PID Acc/Dec Time Min.: 0.0 164
(1B5) Max.: 6000.0
Parameter List

PID Setpoint Sel 0: Disabled

b5-18 Default: 0
PI Setpoint Selection 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 164
(1DC) Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
b5-19 Sets the PI target value when b5-18 = 1. Set as a percentage of Default: 0.00%
(1DD) PI Setpoint Value PID Setpoint the maximum output frequency. Min.: 0.00 164
Max.: 600.00 <2>
PID Disp Scaling 0: 0.01 Hz units
B
0: 0.01Hz units 1: 0.01% units (100% = max output frequency)
b5-20 Default: 1
PI Setpoint Scaling 1: 0.01% units 2: r/min (number of motor poles must entered) 164
(1E2) Range: 0 to 3
2: r/min 3: User-set (set scaling to b5-38 and b5-39)
3: User Units

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 285
B.2 b: Application

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
PI Sleep Ref Input source selection for Sleep Function mode.
b5-21 0: PI Setpoint 0: PI Setpoint Default: 1
PI Sleep Input Source 164
(1E3) 1: Frequency Ref 1: SFS Input Range: 0 to 2
2: Snooze Func 2: Snooze
Sets the PI Snooze Function start level as a percentage of the Default: 0%
b5-22 PI Snooze Level Snooze Level maximum frequency. Min.: 0 165
(1E4) Max.: 100
Sets the PI Snooze Function delay time in seconds. Default: 0s
b5-23 PI Snooze Delay Time Snooze DelayTime Min.: 0 165
(1E5) Max.: 2600
When the PI feedback level drops below this level, the drive Default: 0%
b5-24 PI Snooze Deactivation SnoozeRestartLvl returns to normal operation. Set as a percentage of the maximum Min.: 0 165
(1E6) Level
frequency. Max.: 100
Temporarily increases the PI setpoint to create an overshoot of Default: 0%
b5-25 PI Setpoint Boost SetpointBoostLvl the intended PI setpoint. Min.: 0 165
(1E7) Setting Max.: 100
Sets the maximum boost time when PI feedback does not reach Default: 0s
b5-26 PI Maximum Boost boost level.
SetpointBoostTim Min.: 0 165
(1E8) Time The Snooze Function starts when the PI feedback exceeds the Max.: 2600
boost setting level or when the boost time expires.
Sets the PI feedback level above which Snooze mode is Default: 60%
b5-27 PI Snooze Feedback Snooze Reset Lvl activated. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency. Min.: 0 165
(1E9) Level Max.: 100
PI Fdbk Sqrt Sel 0: Disabled
b5-28 PI Feedback Function Default: 0
0: Disabled 1: Square root 165
(1EA) Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
A multiplier applied to the square root of the feedback. Default: 0.00
b5-29 PI Square Root Gain PI Fdbk SqrtGain Min.: 0.00 166
(1EB) Max.: 2.00
PI feedback offset set as a percentage of the maximum Default: 0.00
b5-30 PI Feedback Offset PI Fdbk Offset frequency. Min.: 0.00 166
(1EC) Max.: 100.00
b5-34 Sets the minimum output possible from the PI controller as a Default: 0.0%
(19F) PI Output Lower Limit PID Out Low Lim percentage of the maximum output frequency. Min.: -100.0 166
Max.: 100.0

b5-35 Limits the PI control input (deviation signal) as a percentage of Default:

(1A0) the maximum output frequency. Acts as a bipolar limit. 1000.0%
PI Input Limit PID Input Limit 166
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 1000.0
Sets the PI feedback high detection level as a percentage of the Default: 100%
b5-36 PI Feedback High Fb High Det Lvl maximum output frequency. Min.: 0 166
(1A1) Detection Level Max.: 100
Sets the PI feedback high level detection delay time. Default: 1.0 s
b5-37 PI Feedback High Fb High Dly Time Min.: 0.0 166
(1A2) Detection Time Max.: 25.5
Sets the display value of U5-01 and U5-04 when the maximum Default: <3>
b5-38 PI Setpoint User Display PID UsrDspMaxVal frequency is output. Min.: 1 166
(1FE)
Max.: 60000
PID UsrDspDigits 0: No decimal places
0: No Dec (XXXXX) 1: One decimal place
b5-39 PI Setpoint Display 1: 1 Dec (XXXX.X) 2: Two decimal places Default: <3> 166
(1FF) Digits Range: 0 to 3
2: 2 Dec (XXX.XX) 3: Three decimal places
3: 3 Dec (XX.XXX)
0: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) after PI
Frequency Reference Fref Mon Sel@PID
b5-40 compensation has been added. Default: 0
Monitor Content during 0: Fref Mon w PID 166
(17F) 1: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) before PI Range: 0, 1
PI 1: Fref Mon w/o PID compensation has been added.

286 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.2 b: Application

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
PI Mon Unit Sel
0: WC 0: WC (Inch of water)
1: PSI 1: PSI (Pounds per square inch)
2: GPM 2: GPM (Gallons per minute)
3: °F 3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
4: CFM 4: CFM (Cubic feet per minute)
5: CMH 5: CMH (Cubic meters per hour)
b5-41 6: LPH 6: LPH (Liters per hour)
PI Unit Selection Default: 0
(160) 7: LPS 7: LPS (Liters per second) 167
Range: 0 to 14
8: Bar 8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa 9: Pa (Pascal)
10: C (Degrees Celsius)
10: °C 11: Mtr (Meters)
11: Mtr 12: Ft (Feet)
12: Ft 13: LPM (Liters per minute)
13: LPM 14: CMM (Cubic meters per minute)
14: CMM
PI Out Calc Mode
b5-42 0: Linear - the monitor displays PI output
0: Linear
(161) PI Output Monitor 1: Square root - the monitor displays square root PI output Default: 0
1: Square root 167
Calculation Method 2: Quadratic - the monitor displays 1/(PI output) Range: 0 to 3
2: 1/f2 3: Cubic - the monitor displays 1/(PI output)
3: 1/f3
Set maximum monitor value at maximum frequency.
b5-43 U5-07 and U5-08 show Custom PI output. Default: 0
(162) Custom PI Output PI Out MonMax U4 U5-43 shows the upper four digits and U5-44 shows the lower Min.: 0 167
Monitor Setting 1 four digits. Max.: 9999
It shows 999999.99 maximum.
b5-44 Sets the minimum display value at zero speed. Default: 0
(163) Custom PI Output b5-07 and b5-08 show Custom PI output.
PI Out MonMax L4 Min.: 0 167
Monitor Setting 2 This function is effective when b5-42 is set to 1 (Linear unit) Max.: 99.99
b5-45 Default: 0
(164) Custom PI Output PI Out MonMin Min.: 0 168
Monitor Setting 3 Max.: 999.9
PI Mon Unit Sel
0: WC 0: WC (Inch of water)
1: PSI 1: PSI (Pounds per square inch)
2: GPM 2: GPM (Gallons per minute)
3: °F 3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
4: CFM 4: CFM (Cubic feet per minute)
5: CMH 5: CMH (Cubic meters per hour)
b5-46 PI Setpoint Monitor Unit 6: LPH 6: LPH (Liters per hour) Default: 0
(165) Selection 7: LPS 7: LPS (Liters per second) 168
Range: 0 to 14
8: Bar 8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa 9: Pa (Pascal)
10: C (Degrees Celsius)
10: °C 11: Mtr (Meters)
11: Mtr 12: Ft (Feet)
12: Ft 13: LPM (Liters per minute)
13: LPM 14: CMM (Cubic meters per minute)
14: CMM
Output Rev Sel2 Reverse operation selection when b5-01 = 3
b5-47 Reverse Operation 0: 0 limit 0: Reverse Disabled Default: 1 168
(17D) Selection 2 by PI Output 1: Reverse 1: Reverse Enabled Range: 0, 1

<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.

<2> Internally limited to the value of b5-38 in drive software versions PRG: 1014 and later. Changing b5-20, b5-38, and b5-39 will not automatically
Parameter List

update the value of this parameter.

<3> Default setting is dependent on parameter b5-20, PI Setpoint Scaling.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 287
B.2 b: Application

u b8: Energy Saving

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Energy Save Sel 0: Disabled
b8-01 Energy Saving Control 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Default: <1> –
(1CC) Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
Determines the level of maximum motor efficiency. Setting Default: <2> <3>
b8-04 Energy Saving range is 0.0 to 2000.0 for drives 3.7 kW and smaller.
Energy Save COEF Min.: 0.00 –
(1CF) Coefficient Value
Max.: 655.00
Sets a time constant filter for output power detection. Default: 20 ms
b8-05 Power Detection Filter kW Filter Time Min.: 0 –
(1D0) Time Max.: 2000
Sets the limit for the voltage search operation as a percentage Default: 0%
b8-06 Search Operation Search V Limit of the motor rated voltage. Min.: 0 –
(1D1) Voltage Limit Max.: 100
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<3> Parameter value changes automatically if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.

288 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.3 C: Tuning

B.3 C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration times, S-curves, torque compensation, and carrier frequency
selections.

u C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
C1-01 Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
(200) Acceleration Time 1 Accel Time 1 132
Default: 30.0 s
Min.: 0.1
C1-02 Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0. Max.: 6000.0
(201) Deceleration Time 1 Decel Time 1 132

C1-03 Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.

(202) Acceleration Time 2 Accel Time 2 132
Default: 30.0 s
Min.: 0.1
C1-04 Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0. Max.: 6000.0
(203) Deceleration Time 2 Decel Time 2 132

Sets the time for the Fast Stop function. Default: 10.0 s
C1-09 Fast Stop Time Fast Stop Time Min.: 0.1 –
(208) Max.: 6000.0
Sets the frequency to switch between accel/decel time settings. Default: 0.0 Hz
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Acc/Dec SW Freq Setting units are determined by parameter A1-02, Control Min.: 0.0 –
(20A) Switching Frequency Method Selection. Max.: 240.0

u C2: S-Curve Characteristics

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
The S-curve can be controlled at the four points shown below. Default: <2>
C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic SCrv Acc @ Start ON OFF Min.: 0.00 s 168
(20B) at Accel Start Run Command
Output Frequency
Max.: 10.00 s
C2-02 0.20 s <1>
Default: 0.20 s
C2-02 S-Curve Characteristic C2-01 0.20 s <1>
SCrv Acc @ End Min.: 0.00 168
(20C) at Accel End Max.: 10.00
Time

<1> S-curve characteristics at decel start/end are fixed to 0.20 s.

<2> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.

u C4: Torque Compensation

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Parameter List

C4-01 Sets the gain for the automatic torque (voltage) boost function Default: <1>
(215) Torque Compensation Torq Comp Gain and helps to produce better starting torque. Used for motor 1. Min.: 0.00 –
Gain
Max.: 2.50
C4-02 Sets the torque compensation filter time. Default: <2>
(216) Torque Compensation Torq Comp Time Min.: 0 ms –
Primary Delay Time 1
Max.: 60000 ms B
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 289
B.3 C: Tuning

u C6: Carrier Frequency

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
CarrierFreq Sel 1: 2.0 kHz
1: 2.0 kHz 2: 5.0 kHz
2: 5.0 kHz 3: 8.0 kHz
3: 8.0 kHz 4: 10.0 kHz
4: 10.0 kHz 5: 12.5 kHz
C6-02 Carrier Frequency 5: 12.5 kHz 6: 15.0 kHz Default: <1>
Range: 1 to 9; 133
(224) Selection 6: 15.0 kHz 7: Swing PWM1 (Audible sound 1)
7: Swing PWM1 8: Swing PWM2 (Audible sound 2) A, F
8: Swing PWM2 9: Swing PWM3 (Audible sound 3)
9: Swing PWM3 A: Swing PWM4 (Audible sound 4)
A: Swing PWM4 B to E: No setting possible
F: Program F: User-defined (determined by C6-03 through C6-05)
Determines the upper and lower limits for the carrier frequency. Default: <2>
C6-03 Carrier Frequency CarrierFreq Max Min.: 1.0 kHz 169
(225) Upper Limit Carrier Frequency
Max.: 15.0 kHz

C6-04 Carrier Frequency

C6-03 Default: <2>
CarrierFreq Min Min.: 1.0 kHz 169
(226) Lower Limit
C6-04 Output Frequency Max.: 15.0 kHz
× (C6-05) × K
Output
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Frequency Default: <2>
CarrierFreq Gain E1-04 Min.: 0 169
(227) Proportional Gain Max Output
Frequency Max.: 99

<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default setting value is dependent on parameter C6-02, Carrier Frequency Selection.

290 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.4 d: References

B.4 d: References
Reference parameters set the various frequency reference values during operation.

u d1: Frequency Reference

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
d1-01 Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are Default: 0.00 Hz
(280) determined by parameter o1-03. Min.: 0.00
Frequency Reference 1 Reference 1 169
Max.: 240.00
<1>

d1-02 Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are Default: 0.00 Hz
(281) determined by parameter o1-03. Min.: 0.00
Frequency Reference 2 Reference 2 169
Max.: 240.00
<1>

d1-03 Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are Default: 0.00 Hz
(282) determined by parameter o1-03. Min.: 0.00
Frequency Reference 3 Reference 3 169
Max.: 240.00
<1>

d1-04 Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are Default: 0.00 Hz
(283) determined by parameter o1-03. Min.: 0.00
Frequency Reference 4 Reference 4 169
Max.: 240.00
<1>

d1-16 Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are Default: 0.00 Hz
(291) determined by parameter o1-03. Min.: 0.00
Frequency Reference 16 Reference 16 169
Max.: 240.00
<1>

d1-17 Sets the Jog frequency reference. Setting units are determined Default: 6.00 Hz
(292) Jog Frequency by parameter o1-03. Min.: 0.00
Jog Reference 169
Reference
Max.: 240.0 <1>

<1> Range upper limit is determined by parameters d2-01, Frequency Reference Upper Limit, and E1-04, Maximum Output Frequency.

u d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Setting Page
Hex.)
Sets the frequency reference upper limit as a percentage of the Default: 100.0%
d2-01 Frequency Reference Ref Upper Limit maximum output frequency. Min.: 0.0 133
(289) Upper Limit Max.: 110.0
Sets the frequency reference lower limit as a percentage of the Default: 0.0%
d2-02 Frequency Reference Ref Lower Limit maximum output frequency. Min.: 0.0 133
(28A) Lower Limit Max.: 110.0
Sets the lower limit for frequency references from analog inputs Default: 0.0%
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Ref1 Lower Limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Min.: 0.0 170
(293) Lower Limit Max.: 110.0

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 291
B.4 d: References

u d3: Jump Frequency

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/
machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined Default: 0.0 Hz
d3-01 frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the
Jump Frequency 1 Jump Freq 1 Min.: 0.0 171
(294) motor through the prohibited frequency ranges. Max.: 240.0
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/
machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined Default: 0.0 Hz
d3-02 frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the
Jump Frequency 2 Jump Freq 2 Min.: 0.0 171
(295) motor through the prohibited frequency ranges. Max.: 240.0
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/
machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined Default: 0.0 Hz
d3-03 frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the
Jump Frequency 3 Jump Freq 3 Min.: 0.0 171
(296) motor through the prohibited frequency ranges. Max.: 240.0
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Sets the dead-band width around each selected prohibited Default: 1.0 Hz
d3-04 Jump Frequency Width Jump Bandwidth frequency reference point. Min.: 0.0 171
(297) Max.: 20.0

u d4: Frequency Reference Hold Function

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
0: Disabled.
Fref Hold Sel Drive starts from zero when the power is switched on.
d4-01 Frequency Reference Default: 0
Hold Function Selection 0: Disabled 1: Enabled. –
(298) Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled At power up, the drive starts the motor at the Hold frequency
that was saved.
Up/Down Frequency Up/Dn LowLim Sel 0: The lower limit is determined by d2-02 or an analog input.
d4-10 Default: 0
Reference Limit 0: D2-02 or Analog 1: The lower limit is determined by d2-02. –
(2B6) Range: 0, 1
Selection 1: D2-02 Only

u d6: Field Weakening

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the drive output voltage for the Field Weakening function
as a percentage of the maximum output voltage. Enabled when Default: 80%
d6-01 Field Weakening Level Field-Weak Lvl a multi-function input is set for Field Weakening Min.: 0 –
(2A0) Max.: 100
(H1-oo = 63).
Sets the lower limit of the frequency range where Field
Weakening control is valid. The Field Weakening command is Default: 0.0 Hz
d6-02 Field Weakening Field-Weak Freq valid only at frequencies above this setting and only when the Min.: 0.0 –
(2A1) Frequency Limit
output frequency matches the frequency reference (speed Max.: 240.0
agree).

292 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.4 d: References

u d7: Offset Frequency

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Setting Page
Hex)
d7-01 Added to the frequency reference when the digital input Default: 0.0%
(2B2) Offset Frequency 1 Offset Freq 1 “Frequency offset 1” (H1-oo = 44) is switched on. Min.: -100.0 –
Max.: 100.0
d7-02 Added to the frequency reference when the digital input Default: 0.0%
(2B3) Offset Frequency 2 Offset Freq 2 “Frequency offset 2” (H1-oo = 45) is switched on. Min.: -100.0 –
Max.: 100.0
d7-03 Added to the frequency reference when the digital input Default: 0.0%
(2B4) Offset Frequency 3 Offset Freq 3 “Frequency offset 3” (H1-oo = 46) is switched on. Min.: -100.0 –
Max.: 100.0

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 293
B.5 E: Motor Parameters

B.5 E: Motor Parameters

u E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1
No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Drive input voltage Default: 230 V
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting Input Voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective <1> 134
(300) features of the drive to function properly. Failure to do so Min.: 190
may result in equipment damage and/or death or personal Max.: 240 <1>
injury.

V/F Selection 0: 50 Hz, Constant torque 1

0: 50 Hz 1: 60 Hz, Constant torque 2
1: 60 Hz Saturation 2: 60 Hz, Constant torque 3 (50 Hz base)
2: 60 Hz Saturation 3: 72 Hz, Constant torque 4 (60 Hz base)
3: 72 Hz 4: 50 Hz, Variable torque 1
4: 50 Hz VT1 5: 50 Hz, Variable torque 2
5: 50 Hz VT2 6: 60 Hz, Variable torque 3
E1-03 6: 60 Hz VT1 7: 60 Hz, Variable torque 4 Default: F <2>
V/f Pattern Selection 7: 60 Hz VT2 8: 50 Hz, High starting torque 1 Range: 0 to 9; 171
(302) 8: 50 Hz HST1 9: 50 Hz, High starting torque 2 A to F
9: 50 Hz HST2 A: 60 Hz, High starting torque 3
A: 60 Hz HST1 B: 60 Hz, High starting torque 4
B: 60 Hz HST2 C: 90 Hz (60 Hz base)
C: 90 Hz D: 120 Hz (60 Hz base)
D: 120 Hz E: 180 Hz (60 Hz base)
E: 180 Hz F: Custom V/f E1-04 through E1-13 settings define the V/f
F: Custom V/F pattern
These parameters are only applicable when E1-03 is set to F. Default: <3> <4>
E1-04 Maximum Output To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E1-07
Max Frequency Min.: 40.0 Hz 134
(303) Frequency and E1-09. Max.: 240.0 Hz
In this case, the setting for E1-08 will be disregarded. Ensure
that the four frequencies are set according to these rules: Default: <3> <4>
E1-05 E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04 Min.: 0.0 V
Maximum Voltage Max Voltage 134
(304) Output Voltage (V) Max.: 255.0 V
<1>
E1-05
E1-12 Default: <3> <4>
E1-06 Base Frequency Base Frequency Min.: 0.0 Hz 134
(305) E1-13 Max.: 240.0 Hz

E1-07 Middle Output Default: <3>

Mid Frequency A Min.: 0.0 Hz 134
(306) Frequency
E1-08 Max.: 240.0 Hz
Default: <3>
E1-08 Middle Output Min.: 0.0 V
Mid Voltage A E1-10 134
(307) Frequency Voltage Max.: 255.0 V
<1>
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency (Hz) Default: <3> <4>
Min Frequency Min.: 0.0 Hz 134
(308) Frequency
Note: E1-07, E1-08, and E1-10 to E1-13 are not Max.: 240.0 Hz
available in OLV/PM control mode. Default: <3>
E1-10 Minimum Output Min.: 0.0 V
Min Voltage 134
(309) Frequency Voltage Max.: 255.0 V
<1>

E1-11 Default: 0.0 Hz

(30A) Middle Output Mid Frequency B Min.: 0.0 134
<6> Frequency 2 Max.: 240.0
E1-12 Default: 0.0 V
(30B) Middle Output Min.: 0.0
Mid Voltage B 134
<6> Frequency Voltage 2
Max.: 255.0 <1>
Default: 0.0 V
E1-13 <5>
Base Voltage Base Voltage 134
(30C) Min.: 0.0
Max.: 255.0 <1>

294 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.5 E: Motor Parameters

<1> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
<2> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameters A1-02, Control Model Selection and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<4> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<5> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-13 and E1-05 will be set to the same value.
<6> Parameter ignored when E1-11 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E1-12 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.0.

u E2: Motor Parameters

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the motor nameplate full load current in amps. Default: <1>
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. Min.: 10% of
drive rated
E2-01 Motor Rated Current Motor Rated FLA current 135
(30E) Max.: 200% of
drive rated
current <2>
Sets the motor rated slip. Automatically set during Default: <1>
E2-02 Auto-Tuning.
Motor Rated Slip Motor Rated Slip Min.: 0.00 Hz –
(30F)
Max.: 20.00 Hz
Sets the no-load current for the motor. Automatically set during Default: <1>
E2-03 Auto-Tuning.
Motor No-Load Current No-Load Current Min.: 0 A –
(310)
Max.: E2-01 <2>
Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set during Default: 4
E2-04 Number of Motor Poles Number of Poles Auto-Tuning. Min.: 2 –
(311) Max.: 48
Sets the phase-to-phase motor resistance. Automatically set Default: <1>
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line during Auto-Tuning.
Term Resistance Min.: 0.000 Ω –
(312) Resistance
Max.: 65.000 Ω
Sets the motor iron loss. Default: <1>
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Motor Iron Loss Min.: 0 W –
(317) Torque Compensation
Max.: 65535 W
Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (1 HP = 0.746 kW). Default: <1>
E2-11 Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Motor Rated Power Mtr Rated Power Min.: 0.00 kW 135
(318)
Max.: 370.00 kW
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for
a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, 2A0031, 4A0021 (input voltage 460 V or higher) or 4A0027 (input voltage lower
than 460 V) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW, 2A0046, 4A0027 (input voltage 460
V or higher) or 4A0034 (input voltage lower than 460 V) .

u E5: PM Motor Settings

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
E5-02 OLV/PM Default: <2>
(32A) Motor Rated Power PM Mtr Capacity Sets the rated capacity of the motor. Min.: 0.10 kW 135
<1>
Parameter List

Max.: 370.00 kW
OLV/PM Default: <2>
Sets the motor rated current. Min: 10% of
E5-03 drive rated
(32B) Motor Rated Current PM Mtr Rated FLA current 135
<1> Max: 200% of
drive rated
current <3> B
E5-04 OLV/PM Default: <2>
(32C) Number of Motor Poles PM Motor Poles Sets the number of motor poles. Min.: 2 136
<1> Max.: 48

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 295
B.5 E: Motor Parameters

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
E5-05 OLV/PM Default: <2>
(32D) Motor Stator Resistance PM Mtr Arm Ohms Set the resistance for each motor phase. Min.: 0.000 Ω 136
<1> Max.: 65.000 Ω
E5-06 OLV/PM Default: <2>
(32E) Motor d-Axis PM Mtr d Induct Sets the d-Axis inductance for the PM motor. Min.: 0.00 mH 136
<1> Inductance
Max.: 300.00 mH
E5-07 OLV/PM Default: <2>
(32F) Motor q-Axis PM Mtr q Induct Sets the q-Axis inductance for the PM motor. Min.: 0.00 mH 136
<1> Inductance
Max.: 600.00 mH
OLV/PM Default: <2>
E5-09 Sets the induced peak voltage per phase in units of Min.: 0.0 mV/
(331) Motor Induction Voltage PM Mtr Ind V 1 0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using (rad/s)
Constant 1 136
<1> an IPM motor with variable torque. Max.: 2000.0
Set E5-24 to 0 when setting this parameter. mV/
(rad/s)
OLV/PM Default: <2>
E5-24 Sets the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of Min.: 0.0 mV/
(353) Motor Induction Voltage PM Mtr Ind V 2 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. (r/min)
Constant 2 136
<1> Max.: 6500.0
mV/
(r/min)
<1> Selections may vary depending on the setting entered to o2-04.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<3> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for
a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is
higher than 11 kW.

296 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.6 F: Communication Option Parameters

B.6 F: Communication Option Parameters

u F6, F7: Communication Option Card
Parameters F6-01 through F6-03 and F6-06 through F6-08 are used for EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP/IP, and LONWORKS
options. F7 parameters are used for the EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP/IP options.
No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time
Comm Bus Flt Sel in C1-02.
0: Ramp to Stop 1: Coast to stop.
F6-01 Communications Error 1: Coast to Stop 2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in Default: 1
C1-09. –
(3A2) Operation Selection 2: Fast-Stop Range: 0 to 4
3: Alarm Only 3: Alarm only. <1>
4: Alarm (d1-04) 4: Alarm only. Continue operation using the frequency
reference set in d1-04. <1> <2>
External Fault from EF0 Detection 0: Always detected.
F6-02 Default: 0
Comm. Option 0: Always Detected 1: Detection during run only. –
(3A3) Range: 0, 1
Detection Selection 1: Only During Run
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time
EF0 Fault Action in C1-02.
External Fault from 0: Ramp to Stop 1: Coast to stop.
F6-03 Default: 1
Comm. Option 1: Coast to Stop 2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in Range: 0 to 3 –
(3A4) Operation Selection 2: Fast-Stop C1-09.
3: Alarm Only
3: Alarm only. <1>
Torque Reference/ Torq Ref/Lmt Sel OLV/PM
F6-06 Default: 0
Torque Limit Selection 0: Disabled 0: Disabled. Torque reference/limit from option board disabled. Range: 0, 1 –
(3A7) from Comm. Option 1: Enabled 1: Enabled. Torque reference/limit from option board enabled.
Multi-Step Speed 0: Multi-step reference disabled (same as F7)
Fref PrioritySel
F6-07 Enable/Disable 1: Multi-step reference enabled (same as V7) Default: 0
Selection when NefRef/ 0: Net/Com REF –
(3A8) Range: 0, 1
1: MultiStep Speed
ComRef is Selected
F6-08 0: Communication-related parameters (F6-oo) are not reset
Com Prm Init Sel
(36A) Reset Communication when the drive is initialized using A1-03. Default: 0
0: Init Com Prms –
Parameters
<3> 1: No Init Com Prms 1: Reset all communication-related parameters (F6-oo) when Range: 0, 1
the drive is initialized using A1-03.
F7-01
(3E5) Default: 192
<4> <5> IP Address 1 IP Address 1 Sets the most significant octet of network static IP address. Min.: 0 –
<6> Max.: 255

F7-02
(3E6) Default: 168
Sets the second most significant octet of network static IP
<4> <5> IP Address 2 IP Address 2 Min.: 0 –
address.
<6> Max.: 255

F7-03
(3E7) Default: 1
<4> <5> IP Address 3 IP Address 3 Sets the third most significant octet of network static IP address. Min.: 0 –
<6> Max.: 255

F7-04
(3E8) Default: 20
Sets the fourth most significant octet of network static IP
<4> <5> IP Address 4 IP Address 4 Min.: 0 –
address.
Parameter List

<6> Max.: 255

F7-05 Default: 255

(3E9) Subnet Mask 1 Subnet Mask 1 Sets the most significant octet of network static Subnet Mask. Min.: 0 –
<6> Max.: 255
F7-06
Sets the second most significant octet of network static Subnet Default: 255
(3EA) Subnet Mask 2 Subnet Mask 2 Min.: 0 –
<6> Mask. Max.: 255 B
F7-07 Default: 255
(3EB) Sets the third most significant octet of network static Subnet
Subnet Mask 3 Subnet Mask 3 Min.: 0 –
<6> Mask. Max.: 255

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 297
B.6 F: Communication Option Parameters

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
F7-08
Sets the fourth most significant octet of network static Subnet Default: 0
(3EC) Subnet Mask 4 Subnet Mask 4 Min.: 0 –
<6> Mask. Max.: 255
F7-09 Default: 192
(3ED) Gateway Address 1 Gateway IP Add 1 Sets the most significant octet of network Gateway address. Min.: 0 –
<6> Max.: 255
F7-10 Default: 168
(3EE) Sets the second most significant octet of network Gateway
Gateway Address 2 Gateway IP Add 2 Min.: 0 –
<6> address. Max.: 255
F7-11 Default: 1
(3EF) Sets the third most significant octet of network Gateway
Gateway Address 3 Gateway IP Add 3 Min.: 0 –
<6> address. Max.: 255
F7-12 Default: 1
(3E0) Sets the fourth most significant octet of network Gateway
Gateway Address 4 Gateway IP Add 4 Min.: 0 –
<6> address. Max.: 255
IP Add Mode Sel Select the option address setting method
F7-13 Address Mode at Startup 0: User Defined 0: Static <5> <6> Default: 2 –
(3F1) 1: BOOTP 1: BOOTP Range: 0 to 2
2: DHCP 2: DHCP
Duplex Select Selects duplex mode setting.
F7-14 0: Half duplex forced <7>
Duplex Mode Selection 0: Half Duplex Default: 1 –
(3F2) 1: Auto Negotiate 1: Auto-negotiate duplex mode and communication speed Range: 0 to 2
2: Full Duplex 2: Full duplex forced <7>
F7-15 Baud Rate Sets the communication speed
(3F3) Communication Speed Default: 10
10: 10 Mbps 10: 10 Mbps –
<7> Selection Range: 10, 100
100: 100 Mbps 100: 100 Mbps
Sets the timeout value in tenths of a second for communication
F7-16 Communication Loss loss detection. Default: 0
CommLoss Tout
(3F4) Timeout Example: Setting this parameter to 100 represents 10.0 seconds. Min.: 0 –
Max.: 300
Setting this parameter to 0 disables the connection timeout.
Default: 0
F7-17 EtherNet/IP Speed Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in EtherNet/IP
EN Speed Scale Min.: -15 –
(3F5) Scaling Factor Class ID 2AH Object. Max.: 15
Default: 0
F7-18 EtherNet/IP Current Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in
EN Current Scale Min.: -15 –
(3F6) Scaling Factor EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object. Max.: 15

Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in EtherNet/IP Default: 0
F7-19 EtherNet/IP Torque EN Torque Scale Min.: -15 –
(3F7) Scaling Factor Class ID 2AH Object. Max.: 15

Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in EtherNet/IP Default: 0
F7-20 EtherNet/IP Power EN Power Scale Min.: -15 –
(3F8) Scaling Factor Class ID 2AH Object. Max.: 15

Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in EtherNet/IP Default: 0
F7-21 EtherNet/IP Voltage EN Voltage Scale Min.: -15 –
(3F9) Scaling Factor Class ID 2AH Object. Max.: 15

Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in EtherNet/IP Class Min.: -150
Default:
F7-22 EtherNet/IP Time EN Time Scale –
(3FA) Scaling ID 2AH Object. Max.: 15
Parameters used in Output Assembly 116. Each parameter
F7-23 to contains a MEMOBUS/Modbus address. The value received
F7-32 Dynamic Output for Output Assembly 116 will be written to this corresponding
–
MEMOBUS/Modbus address. A MEMOBUS/Modbus address Default: 0
(3FB to Assembly Parameters –
374) value of 0 means that the value received for Output Assembly
116 will not be written to any MEMOBUS/Modbus register.
Parameters used in Input Assembly 166. Each parameter
contains a MEMOBUS/Modbus address. The value sent for
F7-33 to Input Assembly 166 will be read from this corresponding
F7-42 Dynamic Input – MEMOBUS/Modbus address. A MEMOBUS/Modbus address Default: 0 –
(375 to Assembly Parameters value of 0 means that the value sent for Input Assembly 166 is
37E) not defined by the user, therefore the option default register
value will be returned.
<1> When using this setting, be sure to take safety measures, such as installing an emergency stop switch. The drive will continue to operate when a
fault is detected.

298 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.6 F: Communication Option Parameters

<2> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1017 and later.

<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Cycle power for setting changes to take effect.
<5> When setting F7-13 to 0, all IP addresses (F7-01 to F7-04) must be unique.
<6> When setting F7-13 to 0, also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.
<7> When F7-14 is set to 0 or 2, be sure to also set F7-15.

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 299
B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.

u H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Default: 40 (F)
Multi-Function Digital Refer to pages 300 to 303 for descriptions of setting values.
H1-01 <1>
Input Terminal S1 Term S1 Func Sel –
(438) Note: Set unused terminals to F. Min.: 1
Function Selection
Max.: B2
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Default: 41 (F)
Multi-Function Digital Refer to pages 300 to 303 for descriptions of setting values.
H1-02 <1>
Input Terminal S2 Term S2 Func Sel –
(439) Note: Set unused terminals to F. Min.: 1
Function Selection
Max.: B2
Multi-Function Digital Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Default: 24
H1-03 Refer to pages 300 to 303 for descriptions of setting values.
Input Terminal S3 Term S3 Func Sel Min.: 0 –
(400) Function Selection Note: Set unused terminals to F. Max.: B2

Multi-Function Digital Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Default: 14

H1-04 Refer to pages 300 to 303 for descriptions of setting values.
Input Terminal S4 Term S4 Func Sel Min.: 0 –
(401) Function Selection Note: Set unused terminals to F. Max.: B2

Multi-Function Digital Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Default: 3 (0) <1>
H1-05 Refer to pages 300 to 303 for descriptions of setting values.
Input Terminal S5 Term S5 Func Sel Min.: 0 –
(402) Function Selection Note: Set unused terminals to F. Max.: B2
Multi-Function Digital Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Default: 4 (3) <1>
H1-06 Refer to pages 300 to 303 for descriptions of setting values.
Input Terminal S6 Term S6 Func Sel Min.: 0 –
(403) Function Selection Note: Set unused terminals to F. Max.: B2
Multi-Function Digital Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Default: 6 (4) <1>
H1-07 Refer to pages 300 to 303 for descriptions of setting values.
Input Terminal S7 Term S7 Func Sel Min.: 0 –
(404) Function Selection Note: Set unused terminals to F. Max.: B2
<1> Value in parenthesis is the default setting when a 3-Wire initialization is performed (A1-03 = 3330).

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-oo
Function LCD Display Description Page
Setting
Closed: Reverse rotation (only if the drive is set up for 3-Wire sequence)
0 3-Wire sequence 3-Wire Control Terminals S1 and S2 are automatically set up for the Run command and Stop –
command.
When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3,
Multi-Step Speed
3 Multi-Step Ref 1 switching combinations of those terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence –
Reference 1 using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08.
When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3,
Multi-Step Speed
4 Multi-Step Ref 2 switching combinations of those terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence –
Reference 2 using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08.
Closed: Jog frequency reference (d1-17) selected. Jog has priority over all other
6 Jog reference selection jog Freq Ref –
reference sources.
Accel/decel time Used to switch between accel/decel time 1 (set in C1-01, C1-02) and accel/decel
7 Multi-Acc/Dec 1 –
selection 1 time 2 (set in C1-03, C1-04).
Baseblock command
8 Ext BaseBlk N.O. Closed: No drive output –
(N.O.)
Baseblock command
9 Ext BaseBlk N.C. Open: No drive output –
(N.C.)
Open: Accel/decel is not held
A Accel/decel ramp hold Acc/Dec RampHold Closed: The drive pauses during acceleration or deceleration and maintains the –
output frequency.
Drive overheat alarm
B OH2 Alarm Signal Closed: Closes when an oH2 alarm occurs –
(oH2)
Analog terminal input Open: Function assigned by H3-14 is disabled.
C selection Term A2 Enable Closed: Function assigned by H3-14 is enabled. –

300 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-oo
Function LCD Display Description Page
Setting
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. The terminal
F Through mode Term Not Used does not trigger a drive function, but it can be used as digital input for the controller –
to which the drive is connected.
The drive accelerates when the Up command terminal closes, and decelerates when
the Down command closes. When both terminals are closed or both are open, the
10 Up command Up Command 1 –
drive holds the frequency reference. The Up and Down commands must always
be used in conjunction with one another.
The drive accelerates when the Up command terminal closes, and decelerates when
the Down command closes. When both terminals are closed or both are open, the
11 Down command Down Command 1 –
drive holds the frequency reference. The Up and Down commands must always
be used in conjunction with one another.
12 Forward Jog Forward Jog Closed: Runs forward at the Jog frequency d1-17. –
13 Reverse Jog Reverse Jog Closed: Runs reverse at the Jog frequency d1-17. –
14 Fault reset Fault Reset Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Run command is removed. –
15 Fast Stop (N.O.) Fast-Stop N.O. Closed: Decelerates at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09. –
17 Fast Stop (N.C.) Fast-Stop N.C. Open: Decelerates to stop at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09. –
Triggers the timer set up by parameters b4-01 and b4-02. Must be set in conjunction
18 Timer function input Timer function –
with the timer function output (H2-oo = 12).
Open: PI control enabled
19 PI disable PID Disable –
Closed: PI control disabled
Open: Parameters cannot be edited (except for U1-01 if the reference source is
1B Program lockout Program Lockout assigned to the HOA keypad). –
Closed: Parameters can be edited and saved.
Closed: Samples the analog frequency reference and operates the drive at that
1E Reference sample hold Ref Sample Hold –
speed.
External fault
20: NO/Always Det,
Ramp to Stop
21: NC/Always Det,
Ramp to Stop
22: NO/During RUN,
Ramp to Stop
23: N.C., During run,
ramp to stop 20: N.O., Always detected, ramp to stop
24: NO/ Always Det, 21: N.C., Always detected, ramp to stop
Coast to Stop 22: N.O., During run, ramp to stop
25: NC/Always Det, 23: N.C., During run, ramp to stop
Coast to Stop 24: N.O., Always detected, coast to stop
26: NO/During RUN, 25: N.C., Always detected, coast to stop
Coast to Stop 26: N.O., During run, coast to stop
27: NC/During RUN, 27: N.C., During run, coast to stop
20 to 2F External fault Coast to Stop –
28: N.O., Always detected, Fast Stop
28: NO/Always Det, 29: N.C., Always detected, Fast Stop
Fast-Stop 2A: N.O., During run, Fast Stop
29: NC/Always Det, 2B: N.C., During run, Fast Stop
Fast-Stop 2C: N.O., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2A: NO/During RUN, 2D: N.C., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
Fast-Stop 2E: N.O., During run, alarm only (continue running)
2B: NC/During RUN, 2F: N.C., During run, alarm only (continue running)
Fast- Stop
2C: NO/Always Det,
Alarm Only
Parameter List

2D: NC/Always Det,

Alarm Only
2E: NO/ During RUN,
Alarm Only
2F: NC/During RUN,
Alarm Only
30 PI integral reset PID Intgrl Reset Closed: Resets the PI control integral value. –
Open: Performs integral operation.
B
31 PI integral hold PID Intgrl Hold –
Closed: Maintains the current PI control integral value.
Open: PI soft starter is enabled.
34 PI soft starter cancel PID SFS Cancel –
Closed: Disables the PI soft starter b5-17.
35 PI input level selection PID Input Invert Closed: Inverts the PI input signal. –

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 301
B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-oo
Function LCD Display Description Page
Setting
Open: Stop
Forward run command Closed: Forward run
40 FwdRun 2Wire Seq –
(2-Wire sequence)
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
Open: Stop
Reverse run command Closed: Reverse run
41 RevRun 2WireSeq –
(2-Wire sequence)
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
Open: Stop
Run command Closed: Run
42 Run/Stp 2WireSeq –
(2-Wire sequence 2)
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
Open: Forward
FWD/REV command Closed: Reverse
43 FWD/REV 2WireSeq –
(2-Wire sequence 2) Note: Determines motor direction, but does not issue a Run command.
Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
44 Offset frequency 1 Offset Freq 1 Closed: Adds d7-01 to the frequency reference. –
45 Offset frequency 2 Offset Freq 2 Closed: Adds d7-02 to the frequency reference. –
46 Offset frequency 3 Offset Freq 3 Closed: Adds d7-03 to the frequency reference. –
50 Motor Pre-Heat 2 Motor Preheat 2 Closed: Triggers Motor Pre-Heat 2. –
51 Sequence Timer Disable SeqTimer Disable Closed: Drive ignores sequence timers and runs normally. –
52 Sequence Timer Cancel SeqTimer Cancel Closed: Sequence Timer Cancel . –
60 Motor pre-heat 1 DCInj Activate Closed: Triggers Motor pre-heat 1. –
External Speed Search Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the maximum output
61 Speed Search 1 –
command 1 frequency (E1-04).
External Speed Search
62 Speed Search 2 Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the frequency reference. –
command 2
63 Field weakening Field Weak Closed: The drive performs Field Weakening control as set for d6-01 and d6-02. –
65 KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.) KEB Ridethru NC Open: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled. –
66 KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.) KEB Ridethru NO Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled. –
Communications test Tests the MEMOBUS/Modbus RS-422/RS-485 interface. Displays “PASS” if the
67 Comm Test Mode –
mode test completes successfully.
68 High slip braking HighSlipBraking Closed: Activates High Slip Braking to stop the drive during a Run command. –
69 Jog 2 Jog 2 Cause the drive to ramp to the jog frequency (d1-17). –
Open: Drive disabled. If this input is opened during run, the drive will stop as
6A Drive enable Drive Enable specified by b1-03. –
Closed: Ready for operation.
Legacy Operation Mode (S5-04 = 0)
• Open: HAND reference is selected (based on S5-01)
• Closed: AUTO reference is selected (based on b1-01)
6D AUTO mode select AUTO Mode Sel –
Normal Operation Mode (S5-04 ≠ 0)
• Open: Drive is in OFF or HAND mode.
• Closed: Drive is in AUTO mode (when HAND mode select input is open)
Legacy Operation Mode (S5-04 = 0)
• Open: AUTO reference is selected (based on b1-01)
• Closed: HAND reference is selected (based on S5-01)
6E HAND mode select HAND Mode Se –
Normal Operation Mode (S5-04 ≠ 0)
• Open: Drive is in OFF or AUTO mode.
• Closed: Drive is in HAND mode. (when AUTO mode select input is open)
Prevents the Drive from executing a Run command until the Drive Enable2 input
is closed.
When the Drive Enable2 input is open and a Run command is closed, the digital
70 Drive Enable2 Drive Enable 2 operator will display “dnE”. –
The drive will run when the Run and Drive Enable2 inputs are both closed. If the
Drive Enable2 input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will stop using
the method set by parameter b1-03.
Open: KEB Ride-Thru 2 enabled. Drive disregards L2-29 and performs Single
7A KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.) KEB Ridethru2NC –
Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2.

302 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-oo
Function LCD Display Description Page
Setting
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 2 enabled. Drive disregards L2-29 and performs Single
7B KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.) KEB Ridethru2NO –
Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2.
Short circuit braking
7C SC Brake (NO) Closed: Short Circuit Braking enabled –
(N.O.)
Short circuit braking OLV/PM
7D SC Brake (NC) –
(N.C.) Open: Short Circuit Braking enabled
A4 BP Customer Safeties BP Emg Override Closed: Indicates that customer safeties are in place. –
Open: Bypass mode.
A5 BP Drive/Bypass Select BP Drv/Bypss Sel –
Closed: Drive mode.
A6 BP BAS Interlock Input BP BAS Interlock Closed: Indicates that the dampers are open –
A7 BP Customer Safeties BP Cust Safeties Closed: Indicates that customer safeties are in place. –
Secondary PI Disable Closed: Disables the secondary PI controller. Output behavior depends on the
A8 PI2 Disable N.O. –
(N.O.) setting of S3-12.
Secondary PI Disable Closed: Enables the secondary PI controller. Output behavior depends on the
A9 PI2 Disable N.C. –
(N.C.) setting of S3-12 when open.
Secondary PI Inverse Closed: Changes the sign of the secondary PI controller input (reverse acting PI
AA PI2 Invert –
Operation control).
Secondary PI Integral
AB PI2 Intgrl Reset Closed: Resets the secondary PI controller integral value. –
Reset
Secondary PI Integral
AC PI2 Intgrl Hold Closed: Locks the value of the secondary PI controller integral value. –
Hold
Closed: Uses the secondary PI controller Proportional and Integral adjustments
(S3-06 and S3-07) instead of the primary PI controller Proportional and Integral
Select Secondary PI adjustments (b5-02 and b5-03). Only valid when S3-01 = 0 (secondary PI
AD Select PI2 Parms controller disabled). –
Parameters
Note: This multi-function input has no effect on the secondary PI
controller. It is only used for the primary PI controller (b5-oo).
Closed: Commands a Run (via closing the BP Bypass Relay multi-function output)
AE BP Bypass Run BP Bypass Run –
when in Bypass mode.
Emergency Override
AF EmergOverrideFWD Closed: Emergency Override Forward Run –
Forward Run
Emergency Override
B0 EmergOverrideREV Closed: Emergency Override Reverse Run –
Reverse Run
The functionality is identical to Drive Enable 2 (H1-oo = 70), except for the
following characteristics:
• The stopping method is forced to Coast to Stop when the input is open
B1 Customer Safeties CustomerSafeties • The drive will display a “SAFE” alarm if the input is open when a Run command –
is present. It will not display “dnE”.
Open: Customer Safeties are open. Drive will not run. Stopping method is Coast
to Stop.
Closed: Customer Safeties are in place.
Open: Damper interlock is not closed. Drive output is shut off (baseblocked). The
drive displays an "inTLK" message if a Run command is present. It will not display
"dnE".
Closed: Damper interlock is closed. Drive operates normally.
B2 BAS Interlock BAS Interlock –
Note: The state of the BAS Interlock multi-function input has no effect on
the Emergency Override multi-function inputs (H1-oo = AF, B0).
Parameter List

The Emergency Override command is accepted when the BAS

Interlock digital input is open or closed.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 303
B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

u H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Terminal M1-M2 Refer to H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings on pages
H2-01 Default: 0
function selection M1-M2 Func Sel 304 to 305 for descriptions of setting values. –
(40B) Range: 0 to 1B2
(relay)
Terminal M3-M4
H2-02 Default: 1
function selection P1/PC Func Sel –
(40C) Range: 0 to 1B2
(relay)
Terminal M5-M6
H2-03 Default: 2
function selection P2/PC Func Sel –
(40D) Range: 0 to 1B2
(relay)

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

H2-oo
Function LCD Display Description Page
Setting
0 During run During RUN 1 Closed: A Run command is active or voltage is output. –
Open: Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
1 Zero speed Zero Speed –
Closed: Output frequency is below the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
Closed: Output frequency equals the speed reference (plus or minus the hysteresis
2 Speed agree 1 Fref/Fout Agree1 –
set to L4-02).
Closed: Output frequency and speed reference equal L4-01 (plus or minus the
3 User-set speed agree 1 Fref/Set Agree 1 –
hysteresis set to L4-02).
Closed: Output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis
4 Frequency detection 1 Freq Detect 1 –
determined by L4-02.
Closed: Output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-01 with
5 Frequency detection 2 Freq Detect 2 –
hysteresis determined by L4-02.
6 Drive ready Drive Ready Closed: Power up is complete and the drive is ready to accept a Run command. –
7 DC bus undervoltage DC Bus Undervolt Closed: DC bus voltage is below the Uv trip level set in L2-05. –
8 During baseblock (N.O.) BaseBlk 1 Closed: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage). –
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the frequency reference (set in b1-01 or
Frequency reference
9 Ref Source b1-15). –
source Closed: HOA keypad supplies the frequency reference.
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the Run command (set in b1-02 or b1-16).
A Run command source Run Cmd Source –
Closed: HOA keypad supplies the Run command.
Torque detection 1 Closed: An overtorque or undertorque situation has been detected.
B Trq Det 1 N.O. –
(N.O.)
C Frequency reference loss Loss of Ref Closed: Analog frequency reference has been lost. –
E Fault Fault Closed: Fault occurred. –
F Through mode Not Used Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode. –
Closed: An alarm has been triggered, or the IGBTs have reached 90% of their
10 Minor fault Minor Fault –
expected life span.
Fault reset command Closed: A command has been entered to clear a fault via the input terminals or
11 Reset Cmd Active –
active from the serial network.
12 Timer output Timer Output Closed: Timer output. –
13 Speed agree 2 Fref/Fout Agree2 Closed: When drive output frequency equals the frequency reference ±L4-04. –
14 User-set speed agree 2 Fref/Set Agree 2 Closed: When the drive output frequency is equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04. –
Closed: When the drive output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-03
15 Frequency detection 3 Freq Detect 3 –
±L4-04.
Closed: When the output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-03
16 Frequency detection 4 Freq Detect 4 –
±L4-04.
Torque detection 1 Open: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
17 Trq Det 1 N.C. –
(N.C.)
1A During Reverse Reverse Dir Closed: Drive is running in the reverse direction. –
1B During baseblock (N.C.) BaseBlk 2 Open: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage). –
1E Restart enabled Dur Flt Restart Closed: An automatic restart is performed –
Motor overload alarm Closed: oL1 is at 90% of its trip point or greater. An oH3 situation also triggers
1F Overload (OL1) –
(oL1) this alarm.

304 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

H2-oo
Function LCD Display Description Page
Setting
Drive overheat pre- Closed: Heatsink temperature exceeds the parameter L8-02 value.
20 OH Prealarm –
alarm (oH)
Closed: Cooling fan, electrolytic capacitors, IGBTs, or the soft charge bypass relay
2F Maintenance period Maintenance –
may require maintenance.
Open: Either the drive has stopped or baseblock, DC Injection Braking, or Initial
Excitation is being performed.
37 During frequency output During RUN 2 –
Closed: Drive is running the motor (not in a baseblock state and DC Injection is
not being performed).
38 Drive enabled Drive Enable Closed: Multi-function input set for “Drive enable” is closed (H1-oo = 6A) –
Output units are determined by H2-06. Outputs a pulse every 200 ms to indicate
39 Watt hour pulse output Watt-hour Pulse –
the kWh count.
3A Drive overheat alarm OH Alarm 2 Closed: An external device triggered an overheat warning in the drive. –
3D During speed search During SpdSrch Closed: Speed Search is being executed. –
3E PI feedback low PID Feedback Low Closed: PI feedback level is too low. –
3F PI feedback high PID FeedbackHigh Closed: The PI feedback level is too high. –
4A During KEB Ride-Thru During KEB Closed: KEB Ride-Thru is being performed. –
During short circuit OLV/PM
4B During SC Brake –
braking Closed: Short Circuit Braking is active.
Closed: A Fast Stop command has been entered from the operator or input
4C During fast stop During Fast Stop –
terminals.
4D oH Pre-alarm time limit OH Pre-Alarm Closed: oH pre-alarm time limit has passed. –
50 Waiting for run Waiting for Run Closed: Delay executing any run command until the time set to b1-11 has expired. –
51 Sequence timer 1 active SeqTimer Disable Closed: Sequence timer 1 is active. –
52 Sequence timer 2 active SeqTimer Cancel Closed: Sequence timer 2 is active. –
53 Sequence timer 3 active Sequence timer 3 Closed: Sequence timer 3 is active. –
54 Sequence timer 4 active Sequence Timer 4 Closed: Sequence timer 4 is active. –
58 Underload detection UL6 Closed: Underload is detected. –
Internal cooling fan Closed: Internal cooling fan alarm
60 Fan Alrm Det –
alarm
Secondary PI Feedback Closed: PI2 feedback level is too low.
71 PI2 Feedback Low –
Low
Secondary PI Feedback Closed: The PI2 feedback level is too high.
72 PI2 FeedbackHigh –
High
Closed: Line voltage is being supplied to the drive, and the motor is being run via
A4 BP Drive Relay Contact BP Emg Override –
the drive.
BP Bypass Relay Closed: Line voltage is being supplied directly to the motor.
A5 BP Drv/Bypss Sel –
Contact
BP BAS Interlock Relay Closed: Actuation signal for options dampers.
A6 BP BAS Interlock –
Contact
A9 Relay Operator Control PI2 Disable N.C. Closed: F1 (F2) key toggle relay output. –
BAS Interlock Relay
B2 BAS Interlock A Run command is active or voltage is output. Actuation signal for damper. –
Contact
Function 0 to b2 with Inverts the output switching of the multi-function output functions.
inverse output Set the last two digits of 1oo to reverse the output signal of that specific function.
Parameter List

Note: A prefix of "!" is

100 to added to represent – –
1B2 inverse functions on the
LCD keypad display.
Example: “!Zero speed”

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 305
B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

u H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Term A1 Level 0: 0 to 10 V with zero limit
0: 0-10V, 1: 0 to 10 V without zero limit
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal (LowLim=0) 2: 4-20 mA Default: 0
3: 0-20 mA 174
(410) Level Selection 1: 0-10V, (BipolRef) Range: 0 to 3
2: 4-20 mA Note: Use jumper switch S1 to set input terminal A1
3: 0-20 mA for current or voltage.
H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Sets the function of terminal A1. Default: 0
Term A1 FuncSel 175
(434) Selection Range: 0 to 26
H3-03 Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 10 V Default: 100.0%
(411) Terminal A1 Gain is input at terminal A1.
Terminal A1 Gain Min.: -999.9 136
Setting Max.: 999.9
H3-04 Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V is Default: 0.0%
(412) Terminal A1 Bias input at terminal A1.
Terminal A1 Bias Min.: -999.9 136
Setting Max.: 999.9

Term A2 Level 0: 0 to 10 V with zero limit

0: 0-10V, 1: 0 to 10 V without zero limit
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal (LowLim=0) 2: 4 to 20 mA Default: 2
3: 0 to 20 mA 175
(417) Level Selection 1: 0-10V, (BipolRef) Range: 0 to 3
2: 4-20 mA Note: Use jumper switch S1 to set input terminal A2
3: 0-20 mA for current or voltage input signal.
H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Sets the function of terminal A2. Default: 0
Term A2 FuncSel 175
(418) Selection Range: 0 to 26
H3-11 Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V Default: 100.0%
(419) Terminal A2 Gain (20 mA) is input at terminal A2.
Terminal A2 Gain Min.: -999.9 137
Setting Max.: 999.9
H3-12 Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V (0 Default: 0.0%
(41A) Terminal A2 Bias or 4 mA) is input at terminal A2.
Terminal A2 Bias Min.: -999.9 137
Setting Max.: 999.9
Sets a primary delay filter time constant for terminals A1 and Default: 0.03 s
H3-13 Analog Input Filter Time A1/A2 Filter T A2. Used for noise filtering. Min.: 0.00 –
(41B) Constant Max.: 2.00
Determines which analog input terminals will be enabled when
A1/A2 Sel a digital input programmed for “Analog input enable”
H3-14 Analog Input Terminal 1: A1 Available (H1-oo = C) is activated. Default: 2 –
(41C) Enable Selection 2: A2 Available 1: Terminal A1 only Range: 1 to 3
3: A1/A2 Available 2: Terminal A2 only
3: Terminals A1 and A2
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A1 is at 0 V. Default: 0
H3-16 Terminal A1 Offset Term A1 Offset Min.: -500 –
(2F0) Max.: 500
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A2 is at 0 V. Default: 0
H3-17 Terminal A2 Offset Term A2 Offset Min.: -500 –
(2F1) Max.: 500

H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings

H3-oo
Function LCD Display Description Page
Setting
0 Frequency bias Freq Ref Bias 10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency) 175
0 to 10 V signal allows a setting of 0 to 100%. -10 to 0 V signal allows a setting
1 Frequency gain Freq Ref Gain 176
of -100 to 0%.
Auxiliary frequency 10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
reference 1
2 Aux Reference1 176
(used as a Multi-Step
Speed 2)
Auxiliary frequency 10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
3 reference 2 Aux Reference2 176
(3rd step analog)

306 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings

H3-oo
Function LCD Display Description Page
Setting
4 Output voltage bias Voltage Bias 10 V = E1-05 (motor rated voltage) –
5 Accel/decel time gain Acc/Dec Change 10 V = 100% –
DC Injection Braking 10 V = Drive rated current
6 DC Brake Current –
current
Overtorque/undertorque 10 V = Drive rated current (V/f)
7 Torque Det Level –
detection level 10 V = Motor rated torque (OLV/PM)
Stall Prevention level 10 V = Drive rated current
8 Stall Prev Level –
during run
Output frequency lower 10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
9 Ref Lower Limit –
limit level
B PI feedback PID Feedback1 10 V = 100% 176
C PI setpoint PID Set Point 10 V = 100% 176
D Frequency bias Freq Ref Bias 2 10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency) 176
Motor temperature (PTC 10 V = 100%
E Motor PTC –
input)
F Through mode Not Used Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode. –
16 Differential PI feedback PID Feedback 2 10 V = 100% –
25 Secondary PI Setpoint PI2 Setpoint 10 V = S3-02 (maximum output frequency) –
26 Secondary PI Feedback PI2 Feedback 10 V = S3-02 (maximum output frequency) –

u H4: Analog Outputs

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog
Multi-Function Analog output terminal FM. Default: 102
H4-01 Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in
Output Terminal FM Term FM FuncSel Range: 000 to –
(41D) Monitor Selection Uo-oo. 655
For example, enter “103” for U1-03.
H4-02 Multi-Function Analog Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 100% of the Default: 100.0%
(41E) Output Terminal FM Terminal FM Gain selected monitor value. Min.: -999.9 –
Gain Max.: 999.9
H4-03 Multi-Function Analog Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 0% of the Default: 0.0%
(41F) Output Terminal FM Terminal FM Bias selected monitor value. Min.: -999.9 –
Bias Max.: 999.9
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog
Multi-Function Analog output terminal AM. Default: 103
H4-04 Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in
Output Terminal AM Terminal AM Sel Range: 000 to –
(420) Monitor Selection Uo-oo. 655
For example, enter “103” for U1-03.
H4-05 Multi-Function Analog Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 100% of Default: 50.0%
(421) Output Terminal AM Terminal AM Gain the selected monitor value. Min.: -999.9 –
Gain Max.: 999.9
H4-06 Multi-Function Analog Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 0% of the Default: 0.0%
Parameter List

(422) Output Terminal AM Terminal AM Bias selected monitor value. Min.: -999.9 –
Bias Max.: 999.9
Multi-Function Analog Level Select1 0: 0 to 10 V
H4-07 Default: 0
Output Terminal FM 0: 0-10 VDC 2: 4 to 20 mA –
(423) Range: 0, 2
Signal Level Selection 2: 4-20 mA
Multi-Function Analog AO Level Select2 0: 0 to 10 V
H4-08
(424) Output Terminal AM 0: 0-10 VDC 2: 4 to 20 mA Default: 0
Range: 0, 2 – B
Signal Level Selection 2: 4-20 mA

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 307
B.7 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals

u H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
H5-01 Selects drive station slave number (address) for MEMOBUS/ Default: 1F (Hex)
(425) Drive Slave Address Serial Comm Adr Modbus terminals R+, R-, S+, S-. Cycle power for the setting Min.: 0 176
<1> to take effect. Max.: FF
Serial Baud Rate 0: 1200 bps
0: 1200 bps 1: 2400 bps
1: 2400 bps 2: 4800 bps
2: 4800 bps 3: 9600 bps
H5-02 Communication Speed 3: 9600 bps 4: 19200 bps Default: 3 176
(426) Selection 4: 19.2 kbps 5: 38400 bps Range: 0 to 8
5: 38.4 kbps 6: 57600 bps
6: 57.6 kbps 7: 76800 bps
7: 76.8 kbps 8: 115200 bps
8: 115.2 kbps Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
Serial Com Sel 0: No parity
H5-03 Communication Parity 0: No parity 1: Even parity Default: 0 177
(427) Selection 1: Even parity 2: Odd parity Range: 0 to 2
2: Odd parity Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
Serial Fault Sel 0: Ramp to stop
0: Ramp to Stop 1: Coast to stop
Stopping Method after
H5-04 1: Coast to Stop 2: Fast Stop Default: 3
Communication Error 177
(428) 2: Fast-Stop 3: Alarm only Range: 0 to 4
(CE) 3: Alarm Only 4: Run at d1-04
4: Alarm(d1-04)
0: Disabled
Serial Flt Dtct
H5-05 Communication Fault 1: Enabled Default: 1
0: Disabled 177
(429) Detection Selection If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
will occur.
Set the wait time between receiving and sending data. Default: 5 ms
H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Transmit WaitTIM Min.: 5 177
(42A) Time Max.: 65
RTS Control Sel 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
H5-07 Default: 1
RTS Control Selection 0: Disabled 1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending. 178
(42B) Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
Protocol Select Selects the communication protocol.
0: MEMOBUS 0: MEMOBUS/Modbus
H5-08 Communication Default: 0
1: N2 1: N2 (Metasys) 178
(62D) Protocol Selection Range: 0 to 3
2: P1 2: P1 (APOGEE FLN)
3: BACnet 3: BACnet
Sets the time required to detect a communications error. Default: 2.0 s
H5-09 CE Detection Time CE Detect Time Adjustment may be needed when networking several drives. Min.: 0.0 178
(435) Max.: 10.0
Unit Selection for CommReg 25h Unit 0: 0.1 V units
H5-10 Default: 0
MEMOBUS/Modbus 0: 0.1 V 1: 1 V units 178
(436) Range: 0, 1
Register 0025H 1: 1 V
0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any
Communications Enter CommandSel
H5-11 changes to parameter settings. Default: 0
ENTER Function 0: Enter Required 178
(43C) 1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the Range: 0, 1
Selection 1: No EnterRequired Enter command (same as V7).
Run CommandSel 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
H5-12 Run Command Method 0: FWD Run &REV 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV Default: 0 179
(43D) Selection Run Range: 0, 1
1: Run & FWD/REV
H5-14 BACnet device object ID Default: 1
BAC Dev Obj ID 0 BAC Dev Obj Id 0 179
(310D) Range: 0 to FFFF
H5-15 BACnet device object ID Default: 0
BAC Dev Obj ID 1 BAC Dev Obj Id 1 179
(310E) Range: 0 to 3F
<1> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.

308 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.8 L: Protection Function

B.8 L: Protection Function

L parameters provide protection to the drive and motor, including control during momentary power loss, Stall Prevention,
frequency detection, fault restarts, overtorque detection, and other types of hardware protection.

u L1: Motor Protection

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)

0: Disabled
Mtr OL Charact 1: General purpose motor (standard fan cooled)
L1-01 Motor Overload 0: OL1 Disabled 4: PM motor with variable torque Default: <1> –
(480) Protection Selection 1: VT Motor The drive may not be able to provide protection when using Range: 0, 1, 4
4: PM Motor multiple motors, even if overload is enabled in L1-01. Set L1-01
to 0 and install separate thermal relays to each motor.
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time. Default: 1.0 min
L1-02 Motor Overload MOL Time Const Min.: 1.0 –
(481) Protection Time Max.: 5.0
Sets operation when the motor temperature analog input
Mtr OH Alarm Sel (H3-02 or H3-10 = E) exceeds the alarm level.
Motor Overheat Alarm 0 : Ramp to Stop 0: Ramp to stop
L1-03 Operation Selection Default: 3
1: Coast to Stop 1: Coast to stop –
(482) (PTC input) 2: Fast-Stop 2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in Range: 0 to 3
3: Alarm only C1-09)
3: Alarm only (“oH3” will flash)
Sets stopping method when the motor temperature analog input
Motor Overheat Fault Mtr OH Fault Sel (H3-02, or H3-10 = E) exceeds the oH4 fault level.
L1-04 Operation Selection 0 : Ramp to Stop 0: Ramp to stop Default: 1 –
(483) (PTC input) 1: Coast to Stop 1: Coast to stop Range: 0 to 2
2: Fast-Stop 2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in
C1-09)
Motor Temperature Adjusts the filter for the motor temperature analog input Default: 0.20 s
L1-05 Input Filter Time (PTC Mtr Temp Filter (H3-02, or H3-10 = E). Min.: 0.00 –
(484) input) Max.: 10.00
Default: <3>
Min.: 10% of
L1-08
Sets the reference current for motor thermal overload detection drive rated
(1103) oL1 Current Level oL1 Current Lvl current –
<2> for the motor in amperes. Max.: 150% of
drive rated
current <4>
Mtr OL Mem Sel 0: Disabled
Continuous
L1-13 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Default: 1
Electrothermal –
(46D) 1: Enabled 2: Enable using Real Time Clock Range: 0 to 2
Operation Selection 2: Enabled(RTC)
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1016 and later.
<3> Default setting is determined by parameters o2-04, Drive Model Selection, and C6-01, Drive Duty Selection.
<4> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for
a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, 2A0031, 4A0021 (input voltage 460 V or higher) or 4A0027 (input voltage lower
than 460 V) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW, 2A0046, 4A0027 (input voltage 460
Parameter List

V or higher) or 4A0034 (input voltage lower than 460 V) .

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 309
B.8 L: Protection Function

u L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
0: Disabled.
PwrL Selection Drive trips on Uv1 fault when power is lost.
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss 0: Disabled 1: Recover within the time set in L2-02. Default: 0 137
(485) Operation Selection 1: Enbl with Timer Uv1 will be detected if power loss is longer than L2-02. Range: 0 to 2
2: Enbl whl CPU act 2: Recover as long as CPU has power.
Uv1 is not detected.
Sets the Power Loss Ride-Thru time. Enabled only when Default: <1>
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss PwrL Ridethru t L2-01 = 1 or 3. 138
(486) Ride-Thru Time Min.: 0.0 s
Max.: 25.5 s
Sets the minimum wait time for residual motor voltage decay
before the drive output reenergizes after performing Power
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Loss Ride-Thru. Default: <1>
Minimum Baseblock PwrL Baseblock t Min.: 0.1 s –
(487) Increasing the time set to L2-03 may help if overcurrent or
Time Max.: 5.0 s
overvoltage occur during Speed Search or during DC Injection
Braking.
Momentary Power Loss Sets the time for the output voltage to return to the preset V/f Default: <1>
L2-04 pattern during Speed Search.
Voltage Recovery Ramp PwrL V/F Ramp t Min.: 0.0 s –
(488) Time Max.: 5.0 s
Sets the DC bus undervoltage trip level. Default: 190 Vdc
<2> <3>
L2-05 Undervoltage Detection PUV Det Level Min.: 150 Vdc –
(489) Level (Uv1)
Max.: 220 Vdc
<3>

Sets the time required to decelerate from the speed when KEB Default: 0.00 s
L2-06 KEB Deceleration KEB Decel Time was activated to zero speed. Min.: 0.00 –
(48A) Time Max.: 6000.0
Sets the time to accelerate to the frequency reference when Default: 0.00 s
L2-07 KEB Acceleration KEB Accel Time momentary power loss is over. If set to 0.0, the active Min.: 0.00 –
(48B) Time acceleration time is used. Max.: 6000.0
Sets the percentage of output frequency reduction at the
L2-08 Frequency Gain at KEB KEB Freq Red beginning of deceleration when the KEB Ride-Thru function is Default: 100%
(48C) Start Min.: 0 –
started. Max.: 300
Reduction = (slip frequency before KEB) × L2-08 × 2
Sets the time to perform KEB Ride-Thru. Default: 50 ms
L2-10 KEB Detection Time KEB Detect Time Min.: 0 –
(48E) (Minimum KEB Time) Max.: 2000
Sets the desired value of the DC bus voltage during KEB Ride- Default: <2>
Thru. [E1-01] × 1.22
L2-11 DC Bus Voltage Min.: 150 Vdc
KEB DC Bus Level –
(461) Setpoint during KEB
Max.: 400 Vdc
<3>

KEB Mode Sel 0: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1

L2-29 Default: 0
KEB Method Selection 0: Single Mode KEB1 1: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2 –
(475) Range: 0, 1
1: Single Mode KEB2
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter E1-01, Input voltage Setting.
<3> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.

310 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.8 L: Protection Function

u L3: Stall Prevention

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
0: Disabled.
StallP Accel Sel 1: General purpose. Acceleration is paused as long as the
Stall Prevention current is above the L3-02 setting.
L3-01 0: Disabled Default: 1
Selection during 2: Intelligent. Accelerate in the shortest possible time without Range: 0 to 2 –
(48F) 1: General purpose
Acceleration exceeding the L3-02 level.
2: Intelligent
Note: Setting 2 is not available when using OLV/PM.
Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated Default: <1>
L3-02 Stall Prevention Level StallP Accel Lvl current. Min.: 0% –
(490) during Acceleration
Max.: 150% <1>
Sets Stall Prevention lower limit during acceleration when Default: 50%
L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit StallPAcc LowLim operating in the constant power range. Set as a percentage of Min.: 0 –
(491) during Acceleration drive rated current. Max.: 100
0: Disabled. Deceleration at the active deceleration rate. An ov
fault may occur.
StallP Decel Sel 1: General purpose. Deceleration is paused when the DC bus
0: Disabled voltage exceeds the Stall Prevention level. Default: 1
Stall Prevention
L3-04 1: General purpose 2: Intelligent. Decelerate as fast as possible while avoiding ov Range: 0 to 2; 4,
Selection during –
(492) 2: Intelligent faults. <2>
Deceleration 4: High Flux Brake 4: Overexcitation Deceleration. Decelerates while increasing 5
5: High Flux Brake2 the motor flux
5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2. Adjust the deceleration rate
according to the DC bus voltage.
0: Disabled. Drive runs at a set frequency. A heavy load may
StallP Run Sel cause speed loss.
L3-05 Stall Prevention 0: Disabled 1: Decel time 1. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-02 while Default: 1 –
(493) Selection during Run 1: Decel time Stall Prevention is performed. Range: 0 to 2
2: Decel time 2 2: Decel time 2. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-04 while
Stall Prevention is performed.
Enabled when L3-05 is set to 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive Default: <1>
L3-06 Stall Prevention Level StallP Run Level rated current. Min.: 30% –
(494) during Run
Max.: 150% <1>
Enables or disables the ov suppression function, which allows
Overvoltage OV Inhibit Sel the drive to change the output frequency as the load changes to
L3-11 Default: 0
Suppression Function 0: Disabled prevent an ov fault. –
(4C7) Range: 0, 1
Selection 1: Enabled 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Target DC Bus Voltage Sets the desired value for the DC bus voltage during overvoltage Default: 370 Vdc
L3-17 for Overvoltage suppression and Stall Prevention during deceleration. <3> <4>
DC Bus Reg Level –
(462) Suppression and Stall Min.: 150
Prevention Max.: 400 <4>
Determines the proportional gain used by overvoltage
suppression (L3-11 = 1), Single drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1), KEB Default: <5>
L3-20 DC Bus Voltage DC Bus P Gain Ride-Thru 2 (H1-oo = 7A or 7B), and Intelligent Stall Min.: 0.00 –
(465) Adjustment Gain
Prevention during Deceleration (L3-04 = 2) to control the DC Max.: 5.00
bus voltage in OLV/PM.
Sets the proportional gain used to calculate the deceleration rate Default: <5>
L3-21 Accel/Decel Rate during KEB Ride-Thru, ov suppression function, and Stall
Acc/Dec P Gain Min.: 0.00 –
(466) Calculation Gain Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2). Max.: 200.00
Deceleration Time at Sets the deceleration time used for Stall Prevention during Default: 0.0 s
L3-22
Parameter List

Stall Prevention during PM Acc Stall P T acceleration in OLV/PM. Min.: 0.0 –

(4F9) Acceleration Max.: 6000
0: Sets the Stall Prevention level set in L3-04 that is used
Automatic Reduction CHP Stall P Sel
L3-23 throughout the entire frequency range. Default: 0
Selection for Stall 0: Lv1 set in L3-06 –
(4FD) 1: Automatic Stall Prevention level reduction in the constant Range: 0, 1
Prevention during Run 1: Autom. Reduction output range. The lower limit value is 40% of L3-06.

L3-24 Motor Acceleration OLV/PM Default: <6> <7> B

Time for Inertia Mtr Accel Time Sets the time needed to accelerate the uncoupled motor at rated Min: 0.001 s –
(46E) Calculations torque from stop to the maximum frequency. Max: 10.000 s

L3-25 OLV/PM Default: 1.0

Load Inertia Ratio Load Inertia Rat Sets the ratio between the motor and machine inertia. Min.: 1.0 –
(46F)
Max.: 1000.0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 311
B.8 L: Protection Function

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
When DC bus capacitors have been added externally, be sure Default: 0 μF
L3-26 Additional DC Bus ExtDC busCapSize to add those values to the internal capacitor table for proper DC Min: 0 –
(455) Capacitors
bus calculations. Max: 65000
Sets the time the current must exceed the Stall Prevention level Default: 50 ms
L3-27 Stall Prevention Stl Prev DetTime to activate Stall Prevention. Min.: 0 –
(456) Detection Time Max.: 5000
<1> Upper limit is dependent on parameter L8-38, Frequency Reduction Selection.
<2> The setting range is 0 to 2 in OLV/PM control mode.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameter E1-01, Input voltage Setting.
<4> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
<5> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Mode Setting.
<6> Parameter value changes automatically if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
<7> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.

u L4: Speed Detection

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
L4-01 sets the frequency detection level for digital output Default: 0.0 Hz
L4-01 Speed Agreement Spd Agree Level functions H2-oo = 2, 3, 4, 5. Min.: 0.0 –
(499) Detection Level Max.: 240.0
L4-02 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed Default:2.0 Hz
L4-02 Speed Agreement Spd Agree Width detection. Min.: 0.0 –
(49A) Detection Width Max.: 20.0
L4-03 sets the frequency detection level for digital output Default: 0.0 Hz
L4-03 Speed Agreement
Detection Level (+/-) Spd Agree Lvl+- functions H2-oo = 13, 14, 15, 16. Min.: -240.0 –
(49B) Max.: 240.0
Speed Agreement L4-04 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed Default: 2.0 kHz
L4-04 Detection Width Spd Agree Wdth+- detection. Min.: 0.0 –
(49C) (+/-) Max.: 20.0
Frequency Reference Ref Loss Sel 0: Stop. Drive stops when the frequency reference is lost.
L4-05 Default: 1
Loss Detection 0: Stop 1: Run. Drive runs at a reduced speed when the frequency 138
(49D) Range: 0, 1
Selection 1: Run@L4-06PrevRef reference is lost.
Sets the percentage of the frequency reference that the drive Default: 80.0%
L4-06 Frequency Reference Fref at Floss should run with when the frequency reference is lost. Min.: 0.0 138
(4C2) at Reference Loss Max.: 100.0
Freq Detect Sel 0: No detection during baseblock.
L4-07 Speed Agreement Default: 0
0: No Detection @BB 1: Detection always enabled. –
(470) Detection Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Always Detected

u L5: Fault Restart

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the number of times the drive may attempt to restart after Default: 0
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Num of Restarts the following faults occur: GF, LF, oC, ov, PF, oL1, oL2, oL3, Min.: 0 139
(49E) Attempts
STo, Uv1. Max.: 10
Auto Restart Fault Restart Sel 0: Fault output not active.
L5-02 Default: 0
Output Operation 0: Flt Outp Disabld 1: Fault output active during restart attempt. 179
(49F) Range: 0, 1
Selection 1: Flt Outp Enabled
Default: 180.0 s
L5-03 Time to Continue Enabled only when L5-05 is set to 0. Causes a fault if a fault
Max Restart Time Min.: 0.0 139
(4A0) Making Fault Restarts restart cannot occur after the set time passes. Max.: 600.0
Sets the amount of time to wait between performing fault Default: 10.0 s
L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Flt Reset Wait T restarts. Min.: 0.5 179
(46C) Time Max.: 600.0

312 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.8 L: Protection Function

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
0: Continuously attempt to restart while incrementing restart
Fault Reset Sel
L5-05 Fault Reset Operation counter only at a successful restart (same as F7 and G7). Default: 1
0: Continuous 179
(467) Selection 1: Attempt to restart with the interval time set in L5-04 and Range: 0, 1
1: Use L5-04 Time increment the restart counter with each attempt (same as V7).

u L6: Torque Detection

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
0: Disabled
1: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation
continues after detection
2: oL3 detection always active during run, operation continues
Torq Det 1 Sel after detection
0: Disabled 3: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts
1: OL Alm at SpdAgr down on an oL3 fault
2: OL Alm dur RUN 4: oL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down
3: OL Flt at SpdAgr on an oL3 fault
4: OL Flt dur RUN
Torque Detection 5: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation
L6-01 5: UL Alm at SpdAgr Default: 0
Selection 1 continues after detection 140
(4A1) 6: UL Alm dur RUN 6: UL3 detection always active during run, operation continues Range: 0 to 12
7: UL Flt at SpdAgr after detection
8: UL Flt dur RUN 7: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts
9: UL6Alm at SpdAgr down on an oL3 fault
10: UL6Alm dur RUN 8: UL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down
11: UL6Flt at SpdAgr on an oL3 fault
12: UL6Flt dur RUN 9: UL6 at speed agree (alarm)
10: UL6 at run (alarm)
11: UL6 at speed agree (fault)
12: UL6 at run (fault)
Torque Detection Level Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level. Default: 15%
L6-02 1 Torq Det 1 Lvl Min.: 0 141
(4A2) Max.: 300
Torque Detection Time Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist Default: 10.0 s
L6-03 1 Torq Det 1 Time to trigger torque detection 1. Min.: 0.0 141
(4A3) Max.: 10.0

Motor Underload Underload Select Sets the motor underload protection (ULo) based on motor
L6-13 load. Default: 0
Protection Selection 0: Base Freq Enable 140
(62E) 0: Overtorque/undertorque detection enabled Range: 0, 1
1: Max Freq Enable
1: Base frequency motor load enabled
Motor Underload Sets the UL6 detection level at minimum frequency by Default: 15%
L6-14 Protection Level at percentage of drive rated current.
Underload Level Min.: 0 140
(62F) Minimum Frequency Max.: 300

u L8: Drive Protection

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
An overheat alarm occurs when heatsink temperature exceeds Default: <1>
L8-02 the L8-02 level.
Overheat Alarm Level OH Pre-Alarm Lvl Min.: 50 °C 180
Parameter List

(4AE)
Max.: 150 °C
OH Pre-Alarm Sel 0: Ramp to stop. A fault is triggered.
0: Ramp to stop 1: Coast to stop. A fault is triggered.
L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm 1: Coast to stop 2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in Default: 4 180
(4AF) Operation Selection 2: Fast-Stop C1-09. A fault is triggered. Range: 0 to 4
3: Alarm only 3: Continue operation. An alarm is triggered.
4: Run@L8-19 Rate 4: Continue operation at reduced speed as set in L8-19. B
Selects the detection of input current phase loss, power supply
Inp Ph Loss Det voltage imbalance, or main circuit electrolytic capacitor
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Default: 1
0: Disabled deterioration. 181
(4B1) Protection Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled 0: Disabled
1: Enabled

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 313
B.8 L: Protection Function

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
When ripple is observed in the DC bus, expansion of the input
bias is calculated. This value becomes the input phase if the Default: <1>
L8-06 Input Phase Detection difference between the maximum and minimum values of the Min.: 0.0%
Inp Ph Loss Lvl 181
(4B2) Level ripple is greater than the value set to L8-06. Max.: 50.0%
Detection Level = 100% = Voltage class x
Outp Ph Loss Det 0: Disabled
L8-07 Output Phase Loss 0: Disabled 1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss) Default: 1 182
(4B3) Protection Selection 1: 1PH Loss Det 2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost) Range: 0 to 2
2: 2/3PH Loss Det
Grnd Flt Det Sel 0: Disabled
L8-09 Output Ground Fault 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Default: <1> 182
(4B5) Detection Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
0: During run only. Fan operates only during run for L8-11
Fan On/Off Sel
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan seconds after stop. Default: 0
0: Dur Run (OffDly) 182
(4B6) Operation Selection 1: Fan always on. Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is Range: 0, 1
1: Always On powered up.
Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Run Default: 300 s
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Fan Delay Time command is removed when L8-10 = 0. Min.: 0 182
(4B7) Off Delay Time Max.: 300
Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 Default: 40 °C
L8-12 Ambient Temperature Ambient Temp detection level. Min.: 40 182
(4B8) Setting Max.: 60
oL2 Characteristics OL2 Sel @ L-Spd 0: No oL2 level reduction below 6 Hz.
L8-15 Selection at Low Speeds 0: Disabled 1: oL2 level is reduced linearly below 6 Hz. It is halved at 0 Hz. Default: 1 183
(4BB) Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled

Software Current Limit Soft CLA Sel 0: Disabled

L8-18 Default: 0
0: Disabled 1: Enabled 183
(4BE) Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
Frequency Reduction Specifies the frequency reference reduction gain at overheat Default: 20.0%
L8-19 Rate during Overheat Fc Red dur OHAlm pre-alarm when L8-03 = 4. Min.: 0.0 183
(4BF) Pre-Alarm Max.: 100.0
Sets the gain for overcurrent detection as a percentage of the Default: 300.0%
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection motor rated current. Overcurrent is detected using the lower
OC Level Min.: 0.0 183
(4DD) Gain value between the overcurrent level of the drive or the value set Max.: 300.0
to L8-27.
LF2 Flt Det Sel 0: Disabled
L8-29 Current Unbalance Default: 1
0: Disabled 1: Enabled 183
(4DF) Detection (LF2) Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
Determines drive response when a fault occurs with the internal
MC/FAN PS FltSel cooling fan.
0: Ramp to stop 0: Ramp to stop
Main Contactor and
L8-32 1: Coast to stop 1: Coast to stop Default: 1
Cooling Fan Power 184
(4E2) Supply Failure Selection 2: Fast-Stop 2: Fast stop (Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time set Range: 0 to 4
3: Alarm only to C1-09)
4: Run@L8-19 Rate 3: Alarm only (“FAn” will flash)
4: Continue operation at reduced speed as set to L8-19.
Installation Sel 0: IP00/Open-Chassis enclosure Default: <1> <2>
L8-35 Installation Method 0: IP00/OpenChassis 2: IP20/NEMA Type 1 enclosure <3> 184
(4EC) Selection 2: IP20/Nema Type 1 3: External Heatsink Installation
3: ExternalHeatsink Range: 0, 2, 3
Fc Reduct dur OL 0: Disabled
L8-38 Carrier Frequency 0: Disabled 1: Enabled below 6 Hz Default: <4> 184
(4EF) Reduction 1: Active below 6Hz 2: Enabled for the entire speed range Range: 0 to 2
2: Active @ any Spd
Carrier Frequency Sets the time that the drive continues running with reduced Default: 0.50 s
L8-40 Reduction Off Delay Fc Reduct Time carrier frequency after the carrier reduction condition is gone. Min.: 0.00 185
(4F1) Time Setting 0.00 s disables the carrier frequency reduction time. Max.: 2.00
0: Disabled
High Cur Alm Sel
L8-41 High Current Alarm 1: Enabled. Default: 0
0: Disabled 185
(4F2) Selection An alarm is triggered at output currents above 150% of drive Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled rated current.

FC Sel dur OHAlm Carrier frequency reduction protection selection. It is reduced

Carrier Frequency
L8-97 to the carrier frequency at oH pre-alarm. Default: 0
Reduction Selection 0: Disabled –
(3104) 0: Disabled Range: 0, 1
during oH Pre-Alarm 1: Enabled 1: Enabled

314 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.8 L: Protection Function

<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.

<2> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<3> Default setting is determined by the drive model:
Setting 2: Models 2A0011 to 2A0211 and 4A0005 to 4A0096
Setting 0: Models 2A0273 to 2A0396 and 4A0124 to 4A0590
<4> Default setting is dependent on parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 315
B.9 n: Special Adjustment

B.9 n: Special Adjustment

The n parameters adjust more advanced performance characteristics such as Hunting Prevention, speed feedback detection,
High Slip Braking, and Online Tuning for motor line-to-line resistance.

u n1: Hunting Prevention

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Hunt Prev Select 0: Disabled
n1-01 Hunting Prevention Default: 1
0: Disabled 1: Enabled –
(580) Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded, increase the gain by Default: 1.00
n1-02 Hunting Prevention Hunt Prev Gain 0.1 until vibration ceases. If the motor stalls, decrease the gain Min.: 0.00 –
(581) Gain Setting
by 0.1 until the stalling ceases. Max.: 2.50
Sets the time constant used for Hunting Prevention. Default: <1>
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Hunt Prev Time Min.: 0 ms –
(582) Time Constant
Max.: 500 ms
Sets the gain used for Hunting Prevention. If set to 0, the gain Default: 0.00
n1-05 Hunting Prevention Hprev Gain @Rev set to n1-02 is used for operation in reverse. Min.: 0.00 –
(530) Gain while in Reverse Max.: 2.50
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.

u n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the output frequency reduction step width for when the
High-Slip Braking Default: 5%
n3-01 drive stops the motor using HSB. Set as a percentage of the
Deceleration Frequency HSB DecStepWidth Min.: 1 –
(588) maximum output frequency. Increase this setting if overvoltage
Width Max.: 20
occurs during HSB.
Sets the current limit during HSB as a percentage of the motor Default: <1>
n3-02 High-Slip Braking rated current.
HSB Current Lim Min.: 0% –
(589) Current Limit
Max.: 200%
Sets the time the drive will run with minimum frequency Default: 1.0 s
n3-03 High-Slip Braking (E1-09) at the end of deceleration.
HSB DwelTim@Stp Min.: 0.0 –
(58A) Dwell Time at Stop If this time is set too low, the machine inertia can cause the Max.: 10.0
motor to rotate slightly after HSB.
Sets the time required for an HSB overload fault (oL7) to occur Default: 40 s
n3-04 High-Slip Braking when the drive output frequency does not change during an
HSB OL Time Min.: 30 –
(58B) Overload Time HSB stop. This parameter does not typically require Max.: 1200
adjustment.
Sets the gain applied to the V/f pattern during Overexcitation Default: 1.10
n3-13 Overexcitation Hflux Brake Gain Deceleration (L3-04 = 4). Min.: 1.00 –
(531) Deceleration Gain Max.: 1.40
Sets output current level at which the drive will start reducing
n3-21 High-Slip Suppression the overexcitation gain in order to prevent a too high motor slip Default: 100%
Hflux I Supp Lvl Min.: 0 –
(579) Current Level during Overexcitation Deceleration. Set as a percentage of the Max.: 150
drive rated current.
Hflux Brake Sel 0: Enabled in both directions
n3-23 Overexcitation 0: Enabled-Both Dir 1: Enabled only when rotating forward Default: 0 –
(57B) Operation Selection 1: Enabled-Fwd only 2: Enabled only when in reverse Range: 0 to 2
2: Enabled-Rev only
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter L8-38, Frequency Reduction Selection.

316 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.9 n: Special Adjustment

u n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)

n8-45 Speed Feedback

OLV/PM Default: 0.80
(538) Detection Control Gain PM Spd Fdbk Gain Increase this setting if hunting occurs. Decrease to lower the Min.: 0.00 –
response. Max.: 10.00
OLV/PM
Pull-In Current Sets the time constant to make the pull-in current reference and Default: 5.0 s
n8-47 Compensation Time PM Pull-in I Tc actual current value agree. Decrease the value if the motor Min.: 0.0 –
(53A) Constant begins to oscillate, and increase the value if it takes too long for Max.: 100.0
the current reference to equal the output current.
OLV/PM
n8-48 Defines the d-Axis current reference during no-load operation Default: 30%
Pull-In Current PM No-load Curr at a constant speed. Set as a percentage of the motor rated Min.: 20 –
(53B)
current. Increase this setting if hunting occurs while running at Max.: 200
constant speed.

n8-49 d-Axis Current for High EnergySav ID Lvl

OLV/PM Default: <1>
(53C) Efficiency Control Sets the d-Axis current reference when running a high load at Min.: -200.0% –
constant speed. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current. Max.: 0.0%
OLV/PM
Acceleration/ Default: 50%
n8-51 Sets the d-Axis current reference during acceleration/
Deceleration Pull-In PM Pull-in I@Acc Min.: 0 –
(53E) deceleration as a percentage of the motor rated current. Set to a Max.: 200
Current
high value when more starting torque is needed.
OLV/PM
Voltage Error Default: 1.00 s
n8-54 Adjusts the value when hunting occurs at low speed. If hunting Min.: 0.00
Compensation Time PM V Error CompT –
(56D) occurs with sudden load changes, increase n8-54 in increments Max.: 10.00
Constant
of 0.1. Reduce this setting if oscillation occurs at start.
OLV/PM
PMLoad wk2 Ratio
0: Less than 1:10 Sets the ratio between motor and machine inertia. Default: 0
n8-55 0: Lower than 1:10
Load Inertia 1: 1:10 to 1:30 Min.: 0 –
(56E) 1: Between 1:10 to 1:30
2: 1:30 to 1:50 Max.: 3
3: More than 1:50 2: Between 1:30 to 1:50
3: Higher than 1:50
OLV/PM Default: 200.0 V
n8-62 Output Voltage Limit PM Vout Limit Prevents output voltage saturation. Should be set just below the <2> –
(57D) voltage provided by the input power supply. Min.: 0.0
Max.: 230.0 <2>
Speed Feedback OLV/PM Default: 1.50
n8-65 Detection Control Gain SFdbk G @OV Supp Sets the gain used for internal speed feedback detection during Min.: 0.00 –
(65C) during ov Suppression ov suppression. Max.: 10.00
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 317
B.10 o: Operator-Related Settings

B.10 o: Operator-Related Settings

The o parameters set up the HOA keypad displays.

u o1: HOA Keypad Display Selection

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
o1-01 Selects the content of the last monitor that is shown when Default: 106
(500) Drive Mode Unit User Monitor Sel scrolling through Drive Mode display. Enter the last three digits Range: 104 to 185
Monitor Selection of the monitor parameter number to be displayed: Uo-oo. 699

Power-On Monitor 1: Frequency reference (U1-01)

o1-02 1: Frequency Ref 2: Direction
(501) User Monitor Selection 2: FWD/REV 3: Output frequency (U1-02) Default: 1 185
after Power Up 3: Output Freq 4: Output current (U1-03) Range: 1 to 5
4: Output Current 5: User Monitor
5: User Monitor
Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency
Display Unit Sel reference and motor speed monitors.
0: 0.01 Hz 0: 0.01 Hz
o1-03 HOA Keypad Operator Default: 0
1: 0.01% 1: 0.01% (100% = E1-04) 186
(502) Display Selection Range: 0 to 3
2: r/min 2: r/min (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in
3: User Units E2-04, E4-04, or E5-04)
3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11)
0: 3 Monitor Sequential
User Monitor Selection Monitor Mode Sel
o1-06 (Displays the next two sequential monitors) Default: 0
0: 3 Mon Sequential 186
(517) Mode 1: 3 Monitor Selectable (o1-07 and o1-08 selected monitor are Range: 0, 1
1: 3 Mon Selectable shown)
Selects the monitor that is shown in the second line.
Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to Default: 102
o1-07 Second Line Monitor 2nd Monitor Sel Range: 101 to 186
(518) Selection be displayed: Uo-oo. For example, set "403" to display 699
monitor parameter U4-03.
Selects the monitor that is shown in the third line.
Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to Default: 103
o1-08 Third Line Monitor 3rd Monitor Sel Range: 101 to 186
(519) Selection be displayed: Uo-oo. For example, set "403" to display 699
monitor parameter U4-03.
Fref Disp Unit Sets unit display for the frequency reference parameters and
0: WC frequency related monitors when o1-03 > 40.
1: PSI 0: WC (Inch of water)
2: GPM 1: PSI (Pounds per square inch)
2: GPM (Gallons per minute)
3: °F 3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
4: CFM 4: CFM (Cubic feet per minute)
5: CMH
6: LPH 5: CMH (Cubic meters per hour)
o1-09 Frequency Reference 6: LPH (Liters per hour)
7: LPS Default: 16
(51C) Display Units 7: LPS (Liters per second) 186
8: Bar Range: 0 to 16
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa 9: Pa (Pascal)
10: °C 10: C (Degrees Celsius)
11: Mtr 11: Mtr (Meters)
12: Ft 12: Ft (Feet)
13: LPM 13: LPM (Liters per minute)
14: CMM 14: CMM (Cubic meters per minute)
15: Custom unit 15: Custom units (Determined by o1-12)
16: No Unit 16: None
These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3. Default: <1>
o1-10 User-Set Display Units o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output
UserDisp Scaling Range: 1 to 187
(520) Maximum Value frequency. 60000
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position.
o1-11 User-Set Display Units UserDisp Dec Default: <1> 187
(521) Decimal Display Range: 0 to 3
Frequency Reference Sets the customer-specified unit display for the frequency
o1-13 Default: 41
and Frequency Related Fref Cust Unit 1 reference parameters and frequency related monitors when 187
(3105) Range: 30 to 7A
Monitor Custom Units 1 o1-03 = 3 and o1-09 = 15 as custom units.
Frequency Reference Sets the customer-specified unit display for the frequency
o1-14 Default: 41
and Frequency Related Fref Cust Unit 2 reference parameters and frequency related monitors when 187
(3106) Range: 30 to 7A
Monitor Custom Units 2 o1-03 = 3 and o1-09 = 15 as custom units

318 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.10 o: Operator-Related Settings

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Frequency Reference Sets the customer-specified unit display for the frequency
o1-15 Default: 41
and Frequency Related Fref Cust Unit 3 reference parameters and frequency related monitors when 187
(3107) Range: 30 to 7A
Monitor Custom Units 3 o1-03 = 3 and o1-09 = 15 as custom units
Selects the function of the F1 key and the LCD display text
F1 Key Func Sel above the F1 key.
0: Standard 0: Standard
o1-16 F1 Key Function 1: Mon Default: 0
1: Monitor 187
(3108) Selection 2: DRV/BYP Range: 0 to 4
2: Drive/Bypass (DRV/BYP)
3: RUN BYP 3: Bypass Run Command (RUN BYP)
4: RLY 4: Toggle Relay Output (RLY)
Selects the function of the F1 key and the LCD display text
F2 Key Func Sel above the F1 key.
0: Standard 0: Standard
o1-17 F2 Key Function 1: Mon Default: 0
1: Monitor 187
(3109) Selection 2: DRV/BYP Range: 0 to 4
2: Drive/Bypass (DRV/BYP)
3: RUN BYP 3: Bypass Run Command (RUN BYP)
4: RLY 4: Toggle Relay Output (RLY)
o1-18 User Defined Parameter Userdefined par1 Allows the user to set values that can be used as reference Default: 0 187
(310A) Upper information. Range: 0 to 999
o1-19 User Defined Parameter Userdefined par2 Allows the user to set values that can be used as reference Default: 0 187
(310B) Lower information. Range: 0 to 999
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o1-03, HOA Keypad Display Selection.

u o2: HOA Keypad Functions

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
OFF Key Function Oper STOP Key 0: Disabled. OFF key is disabled in REMOTE operation.
o2-02 Default: 1
Selection 0: Disabled 1: Enabled. OFF key is always enabled. 188
(506) Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
0: No change.
User Default Sel 1: Set defaults. Saves parameter settings as default values for a
o2-03 User Parameter Default 0: No Change Default: 0
(507) Value 1: Save User Init User Initialization. 141
Range: 0 to 2
2: Clear User Init 2: Clear all. Clears the default settings that have been saved for
a User Initialization.
Enter the drive model. Setting required only if installing a new Default:
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Inverter Model # control board. Determined by 188
(508) drive capacity
Frequency Reference Oper Ref Method 0: ENTER key must be pressed to enter a frequency reference.
o2-05 Default: 0
Setting Method 0: Disabled 1: ENTER key is not required. The frequency reference can be 141
(509) Range: 0, 1
Selection 1: Enabled adjusted using the up and down arrow keys only.
Operation Selection Oper Discon Det 0: The drive continues operating if the HOA keypad is
o2-06 Default: 1
when HOA Keypad is 0: Disabled disconnected. 188
(50A) Range: 0, 1
Disconnected 1: Enabled 1: An oPr fault is triggered and the motor coasts to stop.

For/RevSel@PwrUp 1: Forward
0:
Motor Direction at
o2-07 Reverse Default: 0
Power Up when Using 0: Forward 188
(527) This parameter requires assigning drive operation to the HOA Range: 0, 1
Operator 1: Reverse keypad.
Selects whether parameter settings can be changed during a DC
ParameterSet Sel bus undervoltage condition. Used with 24 V Power Supply (PS-
o2-19 Selection of Parameter Default: 0
Parameter List

0: Disabled A10L, PS-A10H). –

(61F) Write during Uv Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled 0: Disabled
1: Enabled

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 319
B.10 o: Operator-Related Settings

u o3: Copy Function

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
0: No action
COPY SELECT 1: Read parameters from the drive, saving them onto the HOA
0: COPY SELECT keypad.
o3-01 Copy Function Selection 1: INV→OP READ Default: 0
2: Copy parameters from the digital operator, writing them to the 189
(515) 2: OP→INV WRITE drive. Range: 0 to 3
3: OP←→INV 3: Verify parameter settings on the drive to check if they match
VERIFY the data saved on the HOA keypad.
Read Allowable 0: Read operation prohibited
o3-02 Default: 0
Copy Allowed Selection 0: Disabled 1: Read operation allowed 189
(516) Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled

u o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the value for the cumulative operation time of the drive in Default: 0 h
o4-01 Cumulative Operation DrvElapsTimeCnt units of 10 h. Min.: 0 189
(50B) Time Setting Max.: 9999
ElapsTimeCntSet 0: Logs power-on time
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Default: 1
0: Power-On Time 1: Logs operation time when the drive output is active (output 189
(50C) Time Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Running Time operation time).
Sets the value of the fan operation time monitor U4-03 in units Default: 0 h
o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation FanElapsTimeCn of 10 h. Min.: 0 189
(50E) Time Setting Max.: 9999
Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the capacitors. See Default: 0%
o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance BusCap Maint Set U4-05 to check when the capacitors may need to be replaced. Min.: 0 190
(51D) Setting Max.: 150
DC Bus Pre-Charge Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the soft charge Default: 0%
o4-07 Relay Maintenance ChrgCircMaintSet bypass relay. See U4-06 to check when the bypass relay may need Min.: 0 190
(523) Setting to be replaced. Max.: 150
0: U2-oo and U3-oo monitor data is not reset when the drive
Fault Data Init
o4-11 is initialized (A1-03). Default: 0
U2, U3 Initialization 0: No Reset 190
(510) 1: U2-oo and U3-oo monitor data is reset when the drive is Range: 0, 1
1: Reset
initialized (A1-03).
0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is
kWh Monitor Init
o4-12 kWh Monitor initialized (A1-03). Default: 0
0: No Reset 190
(512) Initialization 1: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is reset when the drive is Range: 0, 1
1: Reset initialized (A1-03).
0: Number of Run commands counter is not reset when the drive
Number of Run Run Counter Init
o4-13 is initialized (A1-03). Default: 0
Commands Counter 0: No Reset 190
(528) 1: Number of Run commands counter is reset when the drive is Range: 0, 1
Initialization 1: Reset initialized (A1-03).
o4-17 Set Time Sets the current date and time for the Real Time Clock.
(3100) Set/Reset Real Time 0: Disabled Default: 0
0: Disabled 190
<1> Clock 1: Enabled Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled

o4-17 Set Time Sets the current date and time for the Real Time Clock.
(3100) Set/Reset Real Time 0: — — 0: — — No Setting Default: 0 190
<2> Clock 1: Set 1: Real Time Clock Set Range: 0 to 2
2: Reset 2: Real Time Clock Reset
<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1012 and earlier.
<2> Available in drive software versions PRG: 1013 and later.

320 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.11 S: Special Application

B.11 S: Special Application

u S1: Dynamic Noise Control Function
No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Reduces audible noise by decreasing the output voltage in
Dynamic Audible Noise Dyn Noise Ctrl
S1-01 variable torque applications with light loads. Default: 1
Control Function 0: Disabled –
(3200) 0: Disabled Range: 0, 1
Selection 1: Enabled 1: Enabled
Sets the rate at which the output voltage will be reduced as a Default: 50.0%
S1-02 Voltage Reduction Rate Volt Reduce Amt percentage of the V/f pattern when operating with no load. Min.: 50.0 –
(3201) Max.: 100.0
Sets the level when the drive should start restoring the voltage as Default: 20.0%
S1-03 Voltage Restoration V Reduce On Lvl a percentage of the drive rated torque. Min.: 0.0 –
(3202) Level Max.: 90.0
Sets the level at which voltage restoration for the V/f pattern is Default: 50.0%
S1-04 Voltage Restoration complete as a percentage of the drive rated torque. If the output Min.: S1-03 +
V Reduce Off Lvl –
(3203) Complete Level torque rises above the value of S1-04, then the voltage will be 10.0
controlled in a manner specified by the V/f pattern setting. Max.: 100.0
Voltage Restoration Sets the level of sensitivity of the output torque and LPF time Default: 1.000 s
S1-05 Sensitivity Time Sensitivity Time constant for the voltage reduction rate. The level of sensitivity Min.: 0.000 –
(3204) Constant can be adjusted in accordance with the load response. Max.: 3.000

S1-06 Voltage Restoration Sets the voltage restoration time constant if an impact load is Default: 0.050 s
(3205) Time Constant at Impact Impact Load Time added. Min.: 0.000 –
Max.: 1.000

u S2: Sequence Timers

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the start time for timer 1. The value must be set less than or Default: 00:00
S2-01 Sequence Timer 1 Start Tmr 1 Start Time equal to S2-02. Min.: 00:00 –
(3206) Time Max.: 24:00
Sets the stop time for timer 1. The value must be set greater than Default: 00:00
S2-02 Sequence Timer 1 Stop Tmr 1 Stop Time or equal to S2-01. Min.: 00:00 –
(3207) Time Max.: 24:00
Tmr 1 Day Sel Sets the days for which sequence timer 1 is active.
0: Timer disabled 0: Timer disabled
1: Daily 1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri 2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun 3: Sat - Sun
S2-03 Sequence Timer 1 Day 4: Monday 4: Monday Default: 0 –
(3208) Selection 5: Tuesday 5: Tuesday Range: 0 to 10
6: Wednesday 6: Wednesday
7: Thursday 7: Thursday
8: Friday 8: Friday
9: Saturday 9: Saturday
10: Sunday 10: Sunday
Tmr 1 Seq Sel Sets the action that occurs when sequence timers 1 is active.
S2-04 Sequence Timer 1 0: Digital out only 0: Digital output only Default: 0 –
(3209) Selection 1: Run 1: Run Range: 0 to 2
Parameter List

2: Run - PI Disable 2: Run - PI disable

Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive
Tmr 1 Ref Source when sequence timer 1 is active (only applicable when S2-04 is
0: Operator (d1-01) set to 1 or 2).
1: Operator (d1-02) 0: Operator (d1-01)
S2-05 Sequence Timer 1 2: Operator (d1-03) 1: Operator (d1-02) Default: 0 –
(320A) Reference Source 3: Operator (d1-04) 2: Operator (d1-03) Range: 0 to 6 B
4: Terminals 3: Operator (d1-04)
5: Serial com 4: Terminals
6: Option PCB 5: Serial communication
6: Option card

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 321
B.11 S: Special Application

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the start time for timer 2. The value must be set less than or Default: 00:00
S2-06 Sequence Timer 2 Start Tmr 2 Start Time equal to S2-07. Min.: 00:00 –
(320B) Time Max.: 24:00
Sets the stop time for timer 2. The value must be set greater than Default: 00:00
S2-07 Sequence Timer 2 Stop Tmr 2 Stop Time or equal to S2-06. Min.: 00:00 –
(320C) Time Max.: 24:00
Tmr 2 Day Sel Sets the days for which sequence timer 2 is active.
0: Timer disabled 0: Timer disabled
1: Daily 1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri 2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun 3: Sat - Sun
S2-08 Sequence Timer 2 Day 4: Monday 4: Monday Default: 0 –
(320D) Selection 5: Tuesday 5: Tuesday Range: 0 to 10
6: Wednesday 6: Wednesday
7: Thursday 7: Thursday
8: Friday 8: Friday
9: Saturday 9: Saturday
10: Sunday 10: Sunday
Tmr 2 Seq Sel Sets the action that occurs when sequence timers 2 is active.
S2-09 Sequence Timer 2 0: Digital out only 0: Digital output only Default: 0 –
(320E) Selection 1: Run 1: Run Range: 0 to 2
2: Run - PI Disable 2: Run - PI disable
Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive
Tmr 2 Ref Source when sequence timer 2 is active (only applicable when S2-09 is
0: Operator (d1-01) set to 1 or 2).
1: Operator (d1-02) 0: Operator (d1-01)
S2-10 Sequence Timer 2 2: Operator (d1-03) 1: Operator (d1-02) Default: 0 –
(320F) Reference Source 3: Operator (d1-04) 2: Operator (d1-03) Range: 0 to 6
4: Terminals 3: Operator (d1-04)
5: Serial com 4: Terminals
6: Option PCB 5: Serial communication
6: Option card
Sets the start time for timer 3. The value must be set less than or Default: 00:00
S2-11 Sequence Timer 3 Start Tmr 3 Start Time equal to S2-12. Min.: 00:00 –
(3210) Time Max.: 24:00
Sets the stop time for timer 3. The value must be set greater than Default: 00:00
S2-12 Sequence Timer 3 Stop Tmr 3 Stop Time or equal to S2-11. Min.: 00:00 –
(3211) Time Max.: 24:00
Tmr 3 Day Sel Sets the days for which sequence timer 3 is active.
0: Timer disabled 0: Timer disabled
1: Daily 1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri 2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun 3: Sat - Sun
S2-13 Sequence Timer 3 Day 4: Monday 4: Monday Default: 0 –
(3212) Selection 5: Tuesday 5: Tuesday Range: 0 to 10
6: Wednesday 6: Wednesday
7: Thursday 7: Thursday
8: Friday 8: Friday
9: Saturday 9: Saturday
10: Sunday 10: Sunday
Tmr 3 Seq Sel Sets the action that occurs when sequence timer 3 is active.
S2-14 Sequence Timer 3 0: Digital out only 0: Digital output only Default: 0 –
(3213) Selection 1: Run 1: Run Range: 0 to 2
2: Run - PI Disable 2: Run - PI disable
Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive
Tmr 3 Ref Source when sequence timer 3 is active (only applicable when S2-14 is
0: Operator (d1-01) set to 1 or 2).
1: Operator (d1-02) 0: Operator (d1-01)
S2-15 Sequence Timer 3 2: Operator (d1-03) 1: Operator (d1-02) Default: 0 –
(3214) Reference Source 3: Operator (d1-04) 2: Operator (d1-03) Range: 0 to 6
4: Terminals 3: Operator (d1-04)
5: Serial com 4: Terminals
6: Option PCB 5: Serial communication
6: Option card
Sets the start time for timer 4. The value must be set less than or Default: 00:00
S2-16 Sequence Timer 4 Start Tmr 4 Start Time equal to S2-17. Min.: 00:00 –
(3215) Time Max.: 24:00

322 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.11 S: Special Application

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the stop time for timer 4. The value must be set greater than Default: 00:00
S2-17 Sequence Timer 4 Stop Tmr 4 Stop Time or equal to S2-16. Min.: 00:00 –
(3216) Time Max.: 24:00
Tmr 4 Day Sel Sets the days for which sequence timer 4 is active.
0: Timer disabled 0: Timer disabled
1: Daily 1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri 2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun 3: Sat - Sun
S2-18 Sequence Timer 4 Day 4: Monday 4: Monday Default: 0 –
(3217) Selection 5: Tuesday 5: Tuesday Range: 0 to 10
6: Wednesday 6: Wednesday
7: Thursday 7: Thursday
8: Friday 8: Friday
9: Saturday 9: Saturday
10: Sunday 10: Sunday
Tmr 4 Seq Sel Sets the action that occurs when sequence timer 4 is active.
S2-19 Sequence Timer 4 0: Digital out only 0: Digital output only Default: 0 –
(3218) Selection 1: Run 1: Run Range: 0 to 2
2: Run - PI Disable 2: Run - PI disable
Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive
Tmr 4 Ref Source when sequence timer 4 is active (only applicable when S2-19 is
0: Operator (d1-01) set to 1 or 2).
1: Operator (d1-02) 0: Operator (d1-01)
S2-20 Sequence Timer 4 2: Operator (d1-03) 1: Operator (d1-02) Default: 0 –
(3219) Reference Source 3: Operator (d1-04) 2: Operator (d1-03) Range: 0 to 6
4: Terminals 3: Operator (d1-04)
5: Serial com 4: Terminals
6: Option PCB 5: Serial communication
6: Option card

u S3: Secondary PI (PI2) Control

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
PI2 Enable Sel 0: Secondary PI disabled
S3-01 0: Disabled 1: Always
(321A) Secondary PI Enable Default: 0
1: Always 2: Drive running –
Selection Range: 0 to 3
2: Drive running 3: Motor running
3: Motor running
S3-02 Sets the scale value of 100% PI input. Default: 10000
(321B) Secondary PI User PI2 UsrDspMaxVal Min.: 0 –
Display Max.: 60000
PI2 UsrDspDigits 0: No decimal places
S3-03 0: No Dec (XXXXX) 1: One decimal place
(321C) Secondary PI Display Default: 2
1: 1 Dec (XXXX.X) 2: Two decimal places –
Digits Range: 0 to 3
2. 2 Dec (XXX.XX) 3: Three decimal places
3: 3 Dec (XX.XXX)
PI2 Unit Sel 0: Inch of water (WC)
0: WC 1: Pounds per square inch (PSI)
1: PSI 2: Gallons per minute (GPM)
2: GPM 3: Degrees Fahrenheit (F)
3: °F 4: Cubic feet per minute (CFM)
Parameter List

4: CFM 5: Cubic meters per hour (CMH)

5: CMH 6: Liters per hour (LPH)
S3-04 6: LPH 7: Liters per second (LPS)
(321D) Secondary PI Unit 8: Bar (Bar) Default: 15
7: LPS –
Selection 9: Pascals (Pa) Range: 0 to 15
8: Bar
9: Pa 10: Degrees Celsius (C)
10: °C 11: Meters (Mtr) (Ft: Feet)
11: Mtr
12: LPM
12: Liters per minute (LPM)
13: Cubic meters per minute (CMM)
B
13: CMM 14: No unit
14: No unit 15: Percentage (%)
15: %

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 323
B.11 S: Special Application

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the secondary PI controller target value Default: 0.00
S3-05 <1>
(321E) Secondary PI Setpoint PI2 Setpoint Min.: 0.00 –
Value
Max.: 600.00
<2>

S3-06 Secondary PI Sets the proportional gain of the secondary PI controller. A setting Default: 1.00
(321F) Proportional Gain PI2 Gain of 0.00 disables P control. Min.: 0.00 –
Setting Max.: 25.00
S3-07 Sets the integral time for the secondary PI controller. A setting of Default: 1.0 s
(3220) Secondary PI Integral 0.0s disables integral control.
PI2 I Time Min.: 0.0 –
Time Setting Max.: 360.0

S3-08 Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator. Default:
(3221) Secondary PI Integral 100.0%
PI2 I Limit –
Limit Setting Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
S3-09 Sets the maximum output possible from the secondary PI Default:
(3222) Secondary PI Output controller. 100.0%
PI2 Upper Limit –
Upper Limit Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
S3-10 Sets the minimum output possible from the secondary PI Default: 0.00%
(3223) Secondary PI Output controller.
PI2 Lower Lim Min.: -100.00 –
Lower Limit Max.: 100.00
S3-11 PI2 Out Lvl Sel 0: Normal Output (direct acting)
(3224) Secondary PI Output Default: 0
0: Normal Character 1: Reverse Output (reverse acting) –
Level Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Rev Character
PI2 Disable Mode 0: No output (0%)
S3-12 0: No output 1: Lower Limit (S3-10)
(3225) Secondary PI Disable Default: 0
1: Lower Limit 2: Setpoint –
Mode Range: 0 to 2
(S3-10)
2: Setpoint
Sets the secondary PI low feedback detection level. Default: 0.00
S3-13 Secondary PI Low <1>
(3226) Feedback Detection PI2 Low FB Lvl Min.: 0.00 –
Level Max.: 600.00
<2>

S3-14 Secondary PI Low Sets the secondary PI low feedback detection delay time in Default: 1.0 s
(3227) Feedback Detection PI2 Low FB Time seconds. Min.: 0.0 –
Time Max.: 25.5
Sets the secondary PI high feedback detection level. Default: 100.00
S3-15 <1>
(3228) Secondary PI High PI2 High FB Lvl Min.: 0.00 –
Feedback Level
Max.: 600.00
<2>

S3-16 Secondary PI High Sets the secondary PI high feedback detection delay time in Default: 1.0 s
(3229) Feedback Detection PI2 High FB Tim seconds. Min.: 0.0 –
Time Max.: 25.5
S3-17 0: Secondary PI enabled
Secondary PI Feedback PI2 FB Det Sel
(322A) 1: Always Default: 0
0: PI2 Enabled –
Detection Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Always

<1> Unit is determined by S3-04.

<2> Upper limit is S3-02, decimal placeholder is determined by S3-03.

324 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.11 S: Special Application

u S4: Bypass Operation

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
S4-01 BP Fault Trnsfer 0: No transfer after fault
(322B) BP Auto Transfer on 0: Disabled 1: Transfer to bypass after fault Default: 1 –
Fault Enable Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
S4-02 Delta used to determine when to switch into Energy Save Bypass. Default: 0 Hz
(322C) Secondary PI User BP Enrgy Sav Lvl This allows for lower frequency output values to also trigger Min.: 0 –
Display Energy Save Bypass functionality. Max.: 20
S4-03 Sets the time in seconds that the drive should run at the specified Default: 60 s
(322D) BP Energy Save Bypass BP Enrgy Sav TMR speed before entering Energy Save Bypass mode. Min.: 10 –
Timer Max.: 60000
S4-04 Sets the value in Hz that the drive will increase the output Default: 6 Hz
(322E) BP Energy Save Bypass BP Enrgy Sav Inc frequency above E1-04 before performing an Energy Save Min.: 0 –
Speed Increase transfer to bypass. Max.: 10

u S5: HOA Keypad Parameters

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
HAND Fref Source 0: HOA keypad
0: Operator 1: Terminals
S5-01 HAND Frequency 1: Terminals 2: d1-16 Default: 0 –
(322F) Reference Selection 2: d1-16 3: S5-05 Range: 0 to 4
3: S5-05 4: Determined by b1-01
4: Set by b1-01
HAND/AUTO 0: Disabled
S5-02 HAND/AUTO During @Run 1: Enabled Default: 1 –
(3230) Run Selection 0: Disabled Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled
S5-03 HAND Mode PI Sel 0: Disabled
(3231) HAND Mode PI 1: Enabled Default: 1
0: Disabled –
Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Enabled

HAND BehaviorSel 0: Legacy operation mode

1: Normal operation mode
HAND Mode Behavior 0: Legacy
S5-04 2: Normal with memory Default: 1
1: Normal –
(3232) Selection Range: 0 to 2
2: Normal w/ Note: The drive will always be in AUTO mode at power
Memory up with S5-04 = 1.
S5-05 Sets the frequency reference used in HAND mode when S5-01 is Default: 0.00
(3233) HAND Frequency set to 2. Hz
HAND Freq Ref 2 –
Reference 1 Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
Determines whether the HAND key on the HOA keypad will be
HAND Key Function Oper HAND Key
S5-07 enabled for switching between HAND and AUTO. Default: 1
Selection (HOA 0: Disabled –
(3235) 0: Disabled Range: 0, 1
Keypad) 1: Enabled 1: Enabled
Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 325
B.11 S: Special Application

u S6: Z1000 Protection

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
Sets the speed command used in Emergency Override mode when Default: 0.00
S6-01 Emergency Override S6-02 = 0. Hz
E Override Speed –
(3236) Speed Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
Selects the frequency reference source for the Emergency
Override function (H1-oo= AF or B0).
0: Use S6-01 Reference
1: Use AUTO Reference
E OverrideRefSel Note: In drive software versions PRG: 1013 and earlier, Default: 0
S6-02 Emergency Override 0: Use S6-01 Ref if the CALL alarm is displayed, the Emergency –
(3237) Reference Selection Range: 0, 1
1: Use AUTO Ref Override Forward (H1-0o = AF) and Emergency
Override Reverse (H1-0o = B0) inputs are
ignored. In drive software versions PRG: 1014 and
later, the Emergency Override inputs will function
even if the CALL alarm is displayed.
Sets the detection time of ov2 in 0.1 s increments. Default: 10.0 s
S6-03 ov2 Detect Time ov2 Detect Time Min.: 0.0 –
(3238) Max.: 1200.0
Determines the action the drive should take when a fault occurs
FAN1 Fault Sel with the external cooling fan.
Main Contactor and
S6-04 0: Ramp to Stop 0: Ramp to stop Default: 1
Cooling Fan Power –
(3239) 1: Coast to stop 1: Coast to Stop Range: 0 to 2
Supply Failure 2: Fast-Stop 2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in
C1-09)
Output Phase Loss Sets the output phase loss detection level for Dynamic Audible Default:
S6-07 Detection Level for Noise Control. Decrease the setting in steps of 10% when output 100.0%
Dynamic Audible Noise Outp Ph Loss Lv1
–
(323C) phase loss is detected erroneously. This setting rarely needs to be Min.: 10.0
Control changed. Max.: 100.0

326 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.12 T: Motor Tuning

B.12 T: Motor Tuning

Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance.

u T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
T1-01 Tuning Mode Sel 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
(701) Auto-Tuning Mode 2: Term Resistance 3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Energy Saving Default: 2 146
<1> Selection 3: On- Range: 2, 3
DelayCompTune
Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate. Default: <2>
T1-02 Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower Min.: 0.00 kW
Motor Rated Power Mtr Rated Power 146
(702) into kilowatts: 1HP = 0.746 kW. Max.: 650.00
kW
Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate. Default: 200.0
T1-03 V <3>
Motor Rated Voltage Rated Voltage 146
(703) Min: 0.0
Max: 255.0 <3>
Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate. Default: <2>
Min.: 10% of
T1-04 drive rated
Motor Rated Current Rated Current current 147
(704)
Max.: 200% of
drive rated
current
Sets the rated frequency of the motor as specified on the motor Default: 60.0
T1-05 nameplate. Hz
Motor Base Frequency Rated Frequency 147
(705) Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor Default: 4
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles Number of Poles nameplate. Min.: 2 147
(706) Max.: 48
Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor Default: 1750 r/
T1-07 nameplate. min
Motor Base Speed Rated Speed 147
(707) Min.: 0
Max.: 14400
Sets the iron loss for determining the Energy Saving coefficient. Default: 14 W
T1-11 The value is set to E2-10 (motor iron loss) set when the power is <4>
Motor Iron Loss Mtr Iron Loss(W) cycled. If T1-02 is changed, a default value appropriate for the Min.: 0 147
(70B)
motor capacity that was entered will appear. Max.: 65535
T1-12 The drive starts tuning. No setting
T1 Tuning Start Tuning Ready 147
(FFF0) available
<1> The availability of certain Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode selected for the drive.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<3> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
<4> Default setting value differs depending on the motor code value and motor parameter settings.

u T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning Parameter List

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning PM Tuning Mode OLV/PM Default: 0 –
(750) Mode Selection 0: Standard Tuning 0: PM Motor Parameter Settings Range: 0

T2-03 PM Motor Type OLV/PM

Default: 1 B
PM Motor Type 0: IPM motor 0: IPM motor –
(752) Range: 0, 1
1: SPM motor 1: SPM motor

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 327
B.12 T: Motor Tuning

No.
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Values Page
Hex)
OLV/PM
Default: <1>
T2-04 Sets the motor rated power. Min.: 0.00 kW
PM Motor Rated Power Mtr Rated Power –
(730) Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower Max.: 650.00
into kilowatts: 1 HP = 0.746 kW. kW
OLV/PM Default: 200.0
T2-05 PM Motor Rated <2>
Rated Voltage Enter the motor rated voltage as indicated on the motor nameplate. V –
(732) Voltage Min.: 0.0
Max.: 255.0 <2>
OLV/PM Default: <1>
Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate. Min.: 10% of
T2-06 drive rated
PM Motor Rated Current Rated Current current –
(733)
Max.: 200% of
drive rated
current
OLV/PM Default: 87.5
T2-07 PM Motor Base Enter the motor base frequency as indicated on the motor Hz
Base Frequency –
(753) Frequency nameplate. Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
OLV/PM Default: 6
T2-08 Number of PM Motor
(734) Poles Enter the number of motor poles for the PM motor as indicated Min.: 2 –
on the motor nameplate. Max.: 48

T2-10 PM Motor Stator

OLV/PM Default: <3>
Arm Resistance Enter the rotor resistance for the PM motor as indicated on the Min.: 0.000 Ω –
(754) Resistance
motor nameplate. Max.: 65.000 Ω
OLV/PM Default: <3>
T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Enter the d-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the Min.: 0.00 mH
d-Axis Induct –
(735) Inductance motor nameplate. Max.: 600.00
mH
OLV/PM Default: <3>
T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Enter the q-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the Min.: 0.00 mH
q-Axis Induct –
(736) Inductance motor nameplate. Max.: 600.00
mH
OLV/PM
Iduct Volt Unit 0: mV/(r/min). E5-09 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-24 Default: 0
T2-13 Induced Voltage
Constant Unit Selection 0: mV/RPM will be used. –
(755) Range: 0, 1
1: mV/(rad/sec) 1: mV/(rad/sec). E5-24 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-09
will be used.
OLV/PM
T2-14 PM Motor Induced Default: <3>
Induct Volt Coef Enter the induced voltage coefficient for the PM motor as Min.: 0.1 –
(737) Voltage Constant indicated on the motor nameplate. Setting units are determined Max.: 2000.0
by parameter T2-13, Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection.
OLV/PM
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for Pull-In I Lvl Default: 30%
Sets the amount of pull-in current to use for Auto-Tuning as a Min.: 0 –
(756) PM Motor Tuning percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this setting for Max.: 120
high inertia loads.
T2-18 OLV/PM No setting
T2 Tuning Start T2 Tuning Start –
(FFF1) The drive starts tuning. available
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameter T2-02, PM Motor Code Selection, and the drive capacity.

328 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.13 U: Monitors

B.13 U: Monitors
Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.

u U1: Operation Status Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
U1-01 Monitors the frequency reference. Display units are determined 10 V: Max
Frequency Reference Frequency Ref 0.01 Hz
(40) by o1-03. frequency
U1-02 Displays the output frequency. Display units are determined by 10 V: Max
Output Frequency Output Freq 0.01 Hz
(41) o1-03. frequency
U1-03 Displays the output current. 10 V: Drive <1> <2>
Output Current Output Current
(42) rated current
U1-04 0: V/f Control No signal output
Control Method Control Method –
(43) available
U1-06 Output Voltage Displays the output voltage. 10 V: 200 Vrms
Output Voltage <3> 0.1 Vac
(45) Reference
U1-07 Displays the DC bus voltage. 10 V: 400 V
DC Bus Voltage DC Bus Voltage 1 Vdc
(46) <3>

Displays the output power (this value is calculated internally). 10 V: Drive

U1-08 <4>
Output Power Output kWatts rated power
(47) (kW)
Displays the input terminal status.
U1 - 10= 00000000
1 Digital input 1
(terminal S1 enabled)
1 Digital input 2
(terminal S2 enabled)

U1-10
1 Digital input 3
No signal output
(terminal S3 enabled)
Input Terminal Status Input Term Sts –
(49) 1 Digital input 4 available
(terminal S4 enabled)
1 Digital input 5
(terminal S5 enabled)
1 Digital input 6
(terminal S6 enabled)
1 Digital input 7
(terminal S7 enabled)

Displays the output terminal status.

U1 - 11= 00000000
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M1-M2)

U1-11 1 Multi-Function
Digital Output No signal output
Output Terminal Status Output Term Sts –
(4A) (terminal M3-M4) available
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M5-M6)
0 Not Used
1 Fault Relay
Parameter List
(terminal MA-MC closed
MA/MB-MC open)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 329
B.13 U: Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
Verifies the drive operation status.
U1 - 12= 00000000
1 During run
1 During zero-speed
1 During REV
U1-12 1 During fault reset No signal output
Drive Status Int Ctl Sts 1 –
(4B) signal input available
1 During speed agree
1 Drive ready
1 During alarm
detection
1 During fault detection
U1-13 Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A1.
Terminal A1 Input Level Term A1 Level 10 V: 100% 0.1%
(4E)
U1-14 Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A2.
Terminal A2 Input Level Term A2 Level 10 V: 100% 0.1%
(4F)
U1-16 Output Frequency after Displays output frequency with ramp time and S-curves. Units 10 V: Max
SFS Output 0.01 Hz
(53) Soft Starter determined by o1-03. frequency
U1-18 Displays the parameter number that caused the oPEoo or Err No signal output
oPE Fault Parameter OPE Error Code –
(61) (EEPROM write error) error. available
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.
U1 - 19= 00000000
1 CRC Error
1 Data Length Error
U1-19 MEMOBUS/Modbus Transmit Err
0 Not Used No signal output –
(66) Error Code 1 Parity Error available
1 Overrun Error
1 Framing Error
1 Timed Out
0 Not Used
U1-25 Software Number FLASH ID No signal output
CPU 1 SW Number –
(4D) (Flash) available
U1-26 ROM ID No signal output
Software No. (ROM) CPU 2 SW Number –
(5B) available
U1-27 OPR ID No signal output
Message ID (OPR) MessageID (OPR) –
(7A8) available
U1-28 INV ID No signal output
Message ID (INV) MessageID (INV) –
(7A9) available
<1> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for
a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is
higher than 11 kW.
<2> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
<3> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives.
<4> This value has two decimal places (0.01 kW) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one
decimal place (0.1 kW) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.

u U2: Fault Trace

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
U2-01 Current Fault Displays the current fault. No signal output
Current Fault –
(80) available
U2-02 Previous Fault Displays the previous fault. No signal output
Last Fault –
(81) available

330 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.13 U: Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
U2-03 Frequency Reference at Displays the frequency reference at the previous fault. No signal output
Frequency Ref 0.01 Hz
(82) Previous Fault available
U2-04 Output Frequency at Displays the output frequency at the previous fault. No signal output
Output Freq 0.01 Hz
(83) Previous Fault available
U2-05 Output Current at Displays the output current at the previous fault. No signal output <1> <2>
Output Current
(84) Previous Fault available
U2-07 Output Voltage at Displays the output voltage at the previous fault. No signal output
Output Voltage 0.1 Vac
(86) Previous Fault available
U2-08 DC Bus Voltage at Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault. No signal output
DC Bus Voltage 1 Vdc
(87) Previous Fault available
U2-09 Output Power at Displays the output power at the previous fault. No signal output
Output kWatts 0.1 kW
(88) Previous Fault available
U2-11 Input Terminal Status at Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed No signal output
Input Term Sts –
(8A) Previous Fault as in U1-10. available
U2-12 Output Terminal Status Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the same No signal output
Output Term Sts –
(8B) at Previous Fault status displayed in U1-11. available
U2-13 Drive Operation Status Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault. No signal output
Inverter Status –
(8C) at Previous Fault Displays the same status displayed in U1-12. available
U2-14 Cumulative Operation Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault. No signal output
Elapsed time 1h
(8D) Time at Previous Fault available
Soft Starter Speed Displays the speed reference for the soft starter at the previous No signal output
U2-15 Reference at Previous SFS Output fault. 0.01 Hz
(7E0) available
Fault
U2-16 Motor q-Axis Current at Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault. No signal output 0.10%
Motor Iq Current
(7E1) Previous Fault available
U2-17 Motor d-Axis Current at Motor Id Current OLV/PM No signal output 0.10%
(7E2) Previous Fault Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault. available
U2-20 Heatsink Temperature at Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent
No signal output
Actual Fin Temp 1 °C
(8E) Previous Fault fault occurred. available
U2-30 Date Year at Previous Displays the year when the most recent fault occurred. No signal output
Date Year YYYY –
(3008) Fault available
U2-31 Date Month and Day at Date Mo Day MMDD Displays the date and day when the most recent fault occurred. available
No signal output –
(3009) Previous Fault
U2-32 Time Hours and Minutes Time Hr Min HHMM Displays the time when the most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(300A) at Previous Fault available
<1> This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal
place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<2> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.

u U3: Fault History

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
U3-01 to Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.
U3-04
(90 to 93 First to 4th Most Recent No signal output
Fault Fault Message o available –
Parameter List

(800 to
803))
Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults.
U3-05 to After ten faults, data for the oldest fault is deleted. The most
U3-10 5th to 10th Most Recent No signal output
(804 to Fault Fault Message o recent fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent fault available –
appearing in U3-02. The data is moved to the next monitor
809) parameter each time a fault occurs.
U3-11 to Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the
B
U3-14 Cumulative Operation fourth most recent faults occurred. No signal output
(94 to 97 Time at 1st to 4th Most Elapsed Time o available 1h
(80A to Recent Fault
80D))

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 331
B.13 U: Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
U3-15 to Cumulative Operation Displays the cumulative operation time when the fifth to the tenth
U3-20 most recent faults occurred. No signal output
(80E to Time at 5th to 10th Most Elapsed Time o available 1h
813) Recent Fault

U3-21 Date Year at Most Fault 1 YYYY Displays the year when the most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(300B) Recent Fault available
U3-22 Date Month and Day at Fault 1 MMDD Displays the date and day when the most recent faults occurred. No signal output –
(300C) Most Recent Fault available
U3-23 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 1 HHMM Displays the time when the most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(300D) at Most Recent Fault available
U3-24 Date Year at 2nd Most Fault 2 YYYY Displays the year when the second most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(300E) Recent Fault available
U3-25 Date Month and Day at Fault 2 MMDD Displays the date and day when the second most recent fault No signal output –
(300F) 2nd Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-26 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 2 HHMM Displays the time when the second most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3010) at 2nd Most Recent Fault available
U3-27 Date Year at 3rd Most Fault 3 YYYY Displays the year when the most third recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3011) Recent Fault available
U3-28 Date Month and Day at Fault 3 MMDD Displays the date and day when the third most recent fault No signal output –
(3012) 3rd Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-29 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 3 HHMM Displays the time when the third most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3013) at 3rd Most Recent Fault available
U3-30 Date Year at 4th Most Fault 4 YYYY Displays the year when the fourth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3014) Recent Fault available
U3-31 Date Month and Day at Fault 4 MMDD Displays the date and day when the fourth most recent fault No signal output –
(3015) 4th Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-32 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 4 HHMM Displays the time when the fourth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3016 at 4th Most Recent Fault available
U3-33 Date Year at 5th Most Fault 5 YYYY Displays the year when the fifth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3017) Recent Fault available
U3-34 Date Month and Day at Fault 5 MMDD Displays the date and day when the fifth most recent fault No signal output –
(3018) 5th Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-35 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 5 HHMM Displays the time when the fifth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3019) at 5th Most Recent Fault available
U3-36 Date Year at 6th Most Fault 6 YYYY Displays the year when the sixth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(301A) Recent Fault available
U3-37 Date Month and Day a Fault 6 MMDD Displays the date and day when the sixth most recent fault No signal output –
(301B) 6th Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-38 Time Hours and Minutes Displays the time when the most sixth recent fault occurred. No signal output
Fault 6 HHMM –
(301C) at 6th Most Recent Fault available
U3-39 Date Year at 7th Most Fault 7 YYYY Displays the year when the most seventh recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(301D) Recent Fault available
U3-40 Date Month and Day at Fault 7 MMDD Displays the date and day when the seventh most recent fault No signal output –
(301E) 7th Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-41 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 7 HHMM Displays the time when the seventh most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(301F) at 7th Most Recent Fault available
U3-42 Date Year at 8th Most Fault 8 YYYY Displays the year when the eighth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3020) Recent Fault available
U3-43 Date Month and Day 8th Fault 8 MMDD Displays the date and day when the eighth most recent fault No signal output –
(3021) at Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-44 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 8 HHMM Displays the time when the eighth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3022) at 8th Most Recent Fault available
U3-45 Date Year at 9th Most Fault 9 YYYY Displays the year when the ninth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3023) Recent Fault available
U3-46 Date Month and Day at Fault 9 MMDD Displays the date and day when the ninth most recent fault No signal output –
(3024) 9th Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-47 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 9 HHMM Displays the time when the ninth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3025) at 9th Most Recent Fault available

332 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.13 U: Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
U3-48 Date Year at 10th Most Fault 10 YYYY Displays the year when the tenth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3026) Recent Fault available
U3-49 Date Month and Day at Fault 10 MMDD Displays the date and day when the tenth most recent fault No signal output –
(3027) 10th Most Recent Fault occurred. available
U3-50 Time Hours and Minutes Fault 10 HHMM Displays the time when the tenth most recent fault occurred. No signal output –
(3028) at 10th Most Recent available

u U4: Maintenance Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
Displays the cumulative operation time of the drive. The value
for the cumulative operation time counter can be reset in
U4-01 Cumulative Operation parameter o4-01. Use parameter o4-02 to determine if the No signal output
Drv Elapsed Time 1h
(4C) Time operation time should start as soon as the power is switched on available
or only while the Run command is present. The maximum
number displayed is 99999, after which the value is reset to 0.
Displays the number of times the Run command is entered. Reset
U4-02 Number of Run No signal output 1 Time
RUN Cmd Counter the number of Run commands using parameter o4-13. This value
(75) Commands will reset to 0 and start counting again after reaching 65535. available

Displays the cumulative operation time of the cooling fan. The

U4-03 Cooling Fan Operation default value for the fan operation time is reset in parameter No signal output
Fan Elapsed TIme 1h
(67) Time o4-03. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after available
reaching 99999.
Displays main cooling fan usage time as a percentage of its
U4-04 Cooling Fan No signal output
Fan Life Mon expected performance life. Parameter o4-03 can be used to reset 1%
(7E) Maintenance available
this monitor.
Displays main circuit capacitor usage time as a percentage of their
U4-05 No signal output
Capacitor Maintenance Cap Life Mon expected performance life. Parameter o4-05 can be used to reset 1%
(7C) available
this monitor.
Displays the soft charge bypass relay maintenance time as a
U4-06 Soft Charge Bypass No signal output
ChgCirc Life Mon percentage of its estimated performance life. Parameter o4-07 can 1%
(7D6) Relay Maintenance available
be used to reset this monitor.
U4-08 Displays the heatsink temperature.
Heatsink Temperature Heatsink Temp 10 V: 100 °C 1 °C
(68)
U4-09 Lights all segments of the LED to verify that the display is No signal output
LED Check LED Oper Check –
(5E) working properly. available
U4-10 Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9-digit No signal output 1 kWh
kWh, Lower 4 Digits kWh Lower 4 dig
(5C) number displayed across two monitor parameters, U4-10 and available
U4-11.
Example:
U4-11 12345678.9 kWh is displayed as: No signal output 1 MWh
kWh, Upper 5 Digits kWh Upper 5 dig
(5D) U4-10: 678.9 kWh available
U4-11: 12345 MWh
U4-13 Displays the highest current value that occurred during run. No signal output 0.01 A
Peak Hold Current Current PeakHold
(7CF) available <1>

U4-14 Peak Hold Output Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in No signal output 0.01 Hz
Freq@ I PeakHold
(7D0) Frequency U4-13 occurred. available
U4-16 Motor Overload Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator. 10 V: 100%
Parameter List

Motor OL1 Level 0.1%

(7D8) Estimate (oL1) 100% is equal to the oL1 detection level.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 333
B.13 U: Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
Displays the source for the frequency reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
0 = OFF
1 = AUTO
2 = HAND
Y-nn: indicates the reference source
U4-18 Frequency Reference 0-01 = HOA keypad No signal output
Reference Source –
(7DA) Source Selection 1-00 = Analog (not assigned) available
1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)
1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)
2-02 to 17 = Multi-step speed (d1-02 to 17)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4-01 = Communication option card
9-01 = Up/Down
Frequency Reference Displays the frequency reference provided by MEMOBUS/
U4-19 No signal output 0.01%
from MEMOBUS/ MEMOBUS Freq Ref Modbus (decimal).
(7DB) available
Modbus Comm.
U4-20 Option Frequency Displays the frequency reference input by an option card No signal output
Option Freq Ref –
(7DC) Reference (decimal). available
Displays the source for the Run command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Run source is used:
0 = OFF
1 = AUTO
2 = HAND
Y: Input power supply data
0 = HOA keypad
1 = External terminals
3 = Serial communications (APOGEE FLN, BACnet,
MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2)
4 = Communication option card
nn: Run command limit status data
U4-21 Run Command Source Run Cmd Source No signal output
00: No limit status. –
(7DD) Selection available
01: Run command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode
02: Run command was left on when switching from LOCAL to
REMOTE operation
03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv
or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)
04: Waiting for “Run command prohibited” time period to end
05: Fast Stop (digital input, HOA keypad)
06: b1-17 (Run command given at power-up)
07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Frequency reference is below minimal reference during
baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
MEMOBUS/Modbus Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus
U4-22 No signal output
Communications MEMOBUS Ref Reg communications register no. 0001H as a four-digit hexadecimal –
(7DE) available
Reference number.
U4-23 Communication Option Option Ref Reg Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit No signal output –
(7DF) Card Reference hexadecimal number. available
<1> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.

u U5: PI Monitors
No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
U5-01 Displays the PI feedback value.
PI Feedback PID Feedback 1 10 V: 100% 0.01%
(57)
U5-02 Displays the amount of PI input (deviation between PI setpoint 10 V: 100%
PI Input PID Input 0.01%
(63) and feedback).
U5-03 Displays PI control output.
PI Output PID Output 10 V: 100% 0.01%
(64)
U5-04 Displays the PI setpoint.
PI Setpoint PID Setpoint 10 V: 100% 0.01%
(65)
U5-05 Displays the second PI feedback value if differential feedback is
PI Differential Feedback PID Feedback 2 10 V: 100% 0.01%
(7D2) used (H3-oo = 16).

334 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 B.13 U: Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
Displays the difference of both feedback values if differential
U5-06 feedback is used (U5-01 - U5-05).
PI Adjusted Feedback PID Diff Fdbk 10 V: 100% 0.01%
(7D3) If differential feedback is not used, then U5-01 and U5-06 will
be the same.
U5-07 AUTO Mode Frequency AUTO mode Fref Displays the Frequency reference value at AUTO Mode. No signal output 0.01 Hz
(72) Reference Value available
U5-08 HAND Mode Frequency HAND mode Fref Displays the Frequency reference value at HAND Mode. No signal output 0.01 Hz
(73) Reference Value available
Displays Custom PI output. U5-14 shows the upper 4 digits. 10V: (b5-43 x
U5-14 PI Output Upper 4 Digits PI Output U4 10000) + b5-44 1
(86B) <1>

U5-15 Displays Custom PI output. U5-15 shows the lower 4 digits. No signal output
PI Output Lower 4 Digits PI Output L4 0.01
(86C) available
U5-17 Displays the secondary PI setpoint. 10 V: Max
PI2 Setpoint PI2 Set-point 0.01%
(302A) frequency
U5-18 Displays the secondary PI feedback value. 10 V: Max
PI2 Feedback PI2 Feedback 0.01%
(302B) frequency
U5-19 Displays the secondary PI input (deviation between PI target and 10 V: Max
PI2 Input PI2 Input 0.01%
(302C) feedback). frequency
U5-20 Displays the secondary PI control output. 10 V: Max
PI2 Output PI2 Output 0.01%
(302D) frequency
U5-30 Displays the current time (Hours and Minutes). No signal output
Time Hr Min HHMM Time Hr Min HHMM 1
(3000) available
U5-31 Displays the current year. No signal output
Date Year Date Year 1
(3001) available
U5-32 Displays the current date (Month and Day). No signal output
Date Mo Day MMDD Date Mo Day MMDD 1
(3002) available
Date Week Displays the current day of the week.
0: Sun 0: Sunday
1: Mon 1: Monday
U5-33 2: Tues 2: Tuesday No signal output
Day of the Week 1
(3003) 3: Wed 3: Wednesday available
4: Thur 4: Thursday
5: Fri 5: Friday
6: Sat 6: Saturday
<1> Analog Output selection text is: “PI Output 2”.

u U6: Operation Status Monitors

No. Analog
(Addr. Name LCD Display Description Unit
Output Level
Hex)
Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor 10 V: Motor
U6-01 Motor Secondary Mot SEC Current rated secondary current is 100%. secondary rated 0.1%
(51) Current (Iq) current
OLV/PM 10 V: Motor
U6-02 Motor Excitation Mot EXC Current Displays the value calculated for the motor excitation current (Id). secondary rated 0.1%
(52) Current (Id) current
Motor rated secondary current is 100%. Parameter List

U6-05 Output Voltage OLV/PM 10 V: 200 Vrms 0.1 Vac

Voltage Ref (Vq)
(59) Reference (Vq) Output voltage reference (Vq) for the q-Axis. <1>

U6-06 Output Voltage OLV/PM 10 V: 200 Vrms 0.1 Vac

Voltage Ref (Vd)
(5A) Reference (Vd) Output voltage reference (Vd) for the d-Axis. <1>

U6-21 Offset Frequency Displays the frequency added to the main frequency reference.
Offset Frequency – 0.1%
(7D5)
U6-80 to Output monitor for option card.
B
U6-99 Option Monitors 1 to Refer to Option Instruction manual for details No signal output
– –
(7B0 to 20 available.
7F9)
<1> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double the values for 400 V class drives.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 335
B.13 U: Monitors

This Page Intentionally Blank

336 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Appendix: C

BACnet Communications

C.1 BACNET CONFIGURATION................................................................................338

C.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS................................................................339
C.3 CONNECTING TO A NETWORK.........................................................................340
C.4 BACNET SETUP PARAMETERS........................................................................342
C.5 DRIVE OPERATIONS BY BACNET....................................................................346
C.6 COMMUNICATIONS TIMING...............................................................................347
C.7 BACNET OBJECTS SUPPORTED......................................................................348
C.8 ACCESSING DRIVE PARAMETERS AND THE ENTER COMMAND................353
C.9 COMMUNICATION ERRORS..............................................................................354
C.10 SELF-DIAGNOSTICS...........................................................................................355
C.11 BACNET PROTOCOL IMPLEMENTATION CONFORMANCE STATEMENT....356

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 337
C.1 BACnet Configuration

C.1 BACnet Configuration

Drives can be monitored and controlled by a controller on a Building Automation and Control network (BACnet) using RS-485
technology and MS-TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) protocol. The drives conform to the BACnet application specific
controller (B-ASC) device profile.
Up to 127 drives can communicate on a single BACnet MS-TP network. If more drives or BACnet devices are required, then
a BACnet router is required to allow another MS-TP network to be available with up to another 127 drives.
The BACnet node address is configurable by a parameter in the drive. This defines the physical address of the drive on the
MS-TP network. In addition, both the Device Object instance ID and the Device Object Name are configurable. These allow
the drive to have a virtual address, thus simplifying controller configuration.
Once the addressing is set, a controller can initiate communication to the drive. The drive will perform the specified function
and then send a response back to the controller. The drive will usually respond immediately, but may delay its response until
it gets the token for commands that may take extra local processing time.
BACnet over Ethernet

Router Router

MS-TP MS-TP
BACnet
Workstation

Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive

Figure C.1 Connecting Multiple Drives to a BACnet Workstation

338 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.2 Communication Specifications

C.2 Communication Specifications

BACnet specifications appear in the following table:
Item Specifications
MS-TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing)
Interface RS-485
Communication Speeds: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 bps
Data Length: 8-bit (fixed)
Communication Parameters Parity: Select Even, Odd, or None
Stop Bit: 1-bit (fixed)
Protocol BACnet MS-TP
Max Number of Drives 127 per MS-TP Network Segment

Communications
BACnet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 339
C.3 Connecting to a Network

C.3 Connecting to a Network

This section explains how to connect the drive to a BACnet network and the network termination required for a connection.

u Network Cable Connection

Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to a BACnet network.
1. With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminal TB4 for BACnet.

(TB4)
IG R+ R- S+ S-

S– Send (–)
S+ Send (+)
R– Receive (–)
R+ Receive (+)
IG Shield Ground

Figure C.2 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminal (TB4)

Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for
the communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485
communications, connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the diagram below.
2. Check or set the termination resistor selection at all slaves. Use the description in Network Termination on page
341 for slaves that are Z1000 drives.
3. Switch the power on.
4. Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the digital operator.
5. Shut the power off and wait until the display on the digital operator goes out completely.
6. Turn the power back on.
7. The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.

340 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.3 Connecting to a Network

u Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connections

Figure C.3 explains the wiring diagrams for multiple connections using BACnet communication.
n RS-485 Interface

R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+ ON
IG

Figure C.3 RS-485 Interface

Note: 1. Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position on the drive located at the end of the network. Set DIP switch S2 to the OFF positions on all other
slave devices.
2. Set H5-07 to 1 when using the RS-485 interface.

u Network Termination
The two ends of the BACnet network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination resistor that can be enabled
Communications

or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the termination resistor by setting
DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not located at the network line end.
BACnet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 341
C.4 BACnet Setup Parameters

C.4 BACnet Setup Parameters

u BACnet Serial Communication
This section describes parameters necessary to set up BACnet communications.
n H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for communications.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-01 Drive Slave Address 0 to FFH 1FH

Each slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address for serial communications to work. Slave addresses do not need to
be assigned in sequential order, but no two drives may share the same address.
n H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the communications speed for APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, and Metasys N2.
Note: 1. Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.
2. When Metasys N2 communications are selected (H5-08 = 1), selecting a baud rate other than 9600 bps will trigger an oPE29 error.
3. When APOGEE FLN (P1) communications are selected (H5-08 = 2), selecting a baud rate other than 4800 bps will trigger an oPE29
error.
4. When BACnet communications are selected (H5-08 = 3), selecting 115200 bps (Setting 8) will trigger an oPE29 error.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-02 Communication Speed Selection 0 to 8 <1>

<1> Default depends on H5-08 setting:

H5-08 = 0, MEMOBUS/Modbus; default: 3
H5-08 = 1, N2 (Metasys); default: 3
H5-08 = 2, P1 (APOGEE FLN); default: 2
H5-08 = 3, BACnet; default: 3

H5-02 Communication Speed H5-02 Communication Speed

0 <1> 1200 bps 5 <1> 38400 bps
1 <1> 2400 bps 6 <1> 57600 bps
2 4800 bps 7 <1> 76800 bps
3 <1> 9600 bps 8 <1> <2> 115200 bps
4 <1> 19200 bps
<1> Not available when H5-08 is set to 2 P1 (APOGEE FLN).
<2> Not available when H5-08 is set to 0 (MEMOBUS/Modbus) or 1 (Metasys N2).

n H5-03: Communication Parity Selection

Sets the parity used for communications.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-03 Communication Parity Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
n H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.

342 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.4 BACnet Setup Parameters

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-04 Stopping Method after CE 0 to 4 3
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
Uses the deceleration time currently enabled.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm Only - Operation Continues
Setting 4: Run at d1-04
n H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the CE detection for communications.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered and
the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
n H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time 5 to 65 ms 5 ms
Controller→Drive Drive →Controller Controller →Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

24-bit length H5-06 setting

Figure C.4 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting

n H5-07: RTS Control Selection

Enables or disables RTS control.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-07 RTS Control Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Use this setting with point-to-point RS-422 communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting with RS-485 communications or when using multi-drop RS-422 communications.
Communications
BACnet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 343
C.4 BACnet Setup Parameters

n H5-08: Communications Protocol Selection

Selects the communications protocol.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-08 Communications Protocol Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: MEMOBUS/Modbus
Setting 1: N2 (Metasys)
Setting 2: P1 (APOGEE FLN)
Setting 3: BACnet
n H5-09: Communications Fault Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-09 Communications Fault Detection Time 0.0 to 10.0 s 2.0 s

n H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H

Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: 0.1 V units

Setting 1: 1 V units
n H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection
Selects whether an Enter command is necessary to change parameter values via MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Refer
to Enter Command on page 353.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-11 Communications Enter Function Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Enter command necessary
Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last parameter
change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
n H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
(b1-02, b1-16 = 2).
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-12 Run Command Method Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop

Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1 will
start and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.

344 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.4 BACnet Setup Parameters

n H5-14, H5-15: BACnet Device Object Identifiers 0 and 1

These parameters set the Instance Identifier of the BACnet Device Object, where the H5-14 value is the least significant word
and the H5-15 value is the most significant word.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-14 BACnet Device Object Identifier 0 0 to FFFFH 1
H5-15 BACnet Device Object Identifier 1 0 to 3FH 0
Example 1: Set Device Object Instance Identifier of “1234”
1234 decimal is equal to 4D2H (hexadecimal)
Set H5-14 to 4D2H and set H5-15 to 0.
Example 2: Set Device Object Instance Identifier of “1234567”
12334567 decimal is equal to 12D687H
Set H5-14 to D687H and set H5-15 to 12H.

Communications
BACnet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 345
C.5 Drive Operations by BACnet

C.5 Drive Operations by BACnet

The drive operations that can be performed by BACnet communication depend on drive parameter settings. This section
explains the functions that can be used and related parameter settings.

u Observing the Drive Operation

A controller can perform the following actions with BACnet communications at any time regardless of parameter settings
(except for H5-ooparameters):
• Observe drive status and drive control terminal status from a controller
• Read and write parameters
• Set and reset faults
• Set multi-function inputs.
Note: Input settings from the input terminals So and from BACnet communications are both linked by a logical OR operation.

u Controlling the Drive

Select an external reference and adjust the parameters in Table C.1 accordingly to start and stop the drive or set the frequency
reference using BACnet communications.
Table C.1 Setting Parameters for Drive Control from BACnet
Reference Source Parameter Name Required Setting
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 2
External Reference 1
b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 2
b1-15 Frequency Reference Selection 2 2
External Reference 2
b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 2

Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO Mode on page 127 and Refer to b1-02: Run Command Selection
for AUTO Mode on page 129 for details on external reference parameter selections.

346 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.6 Communications Timing

C.6 Communications Timing

To prevent a communications overrun in the slave drive, the master should wait a certain time between sending messages to
the same drive. In the same way, the slave drive must wait before sending response messages to prevent an overrun in the
master. This section explains the message timing.

u Command Messages from Master to Drive

The master must wait for a specified time between receiving a response and resending the same type of command to the same
slave drive to prevent overrun and data loss. The minimum wait time depends on the command as shown in Table C.2.
Table C.2 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Minimum
Command Type Example Wait Time
• Control command (Run, Stop)
1 • Set inputs/outputs 5 ms <1>

• Read monitors and parameter values

H5-11 = 0: 50 ms
2 Write parameters
H5-11 = 1: 200 ms <1>
200 ms to 2 s, depending on the
3 Save changes using an Enter command number of parameters that
were changed <1>
4 Enter with storage to drive EEPROM after initialization 5s
<1> If the drive receives command type 1 data during the minimum wait time, it will perform the command and then respond. However, if it receives
a command type 2 or 3 during that time, either a communication error will result or the command will be ignored.
Controller →Drive Drive →Controller Controller→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

Master Send
24 bit length
Wait Time

Figure C.5 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages

Set a timer in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no response is received
within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.

u Response Messages from Drive to Master

If the drive receives a command from the master, it will process the data received and wait for the time set in H5-06 until it
responds. Increase H5-06 if the drive response causes overrun in the master.
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

24 bit length H5-06

setting
Communications

Figure C.6 Minimum Response Wait Time

BACnet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 347
C.7 BACnet Objects Supported

C.7 BACnet Objects Supported

u Present Value Access
The Present Value (PV) of BACnet objects can always be read. In addition, some PVs can be written or commanded. A
commandable PV is similar to writing the value, but the value is actually written into a priority array. The value occupying
the highest priority in the array will be used by the drive. The convention for showing how the PV is accessed is shown in
Table C.3 and will be noted for the PV of each object.
Table C.3 Present Value Access Values
PV Access Name Description
C Commandable Value written to a priority array. The highest priority value in the array is then written to the drive.
R Readable Value is read-only
W Writable Value written to the drive

u Supported Properties of Objects

Table C.4 Object Properties
Object Type
Property Analog Analog Analog Binary Binary Binary
Device Input Output Value Output Output Value
Object_Identifier Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Object_Name Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Object_Type Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
System_Status Yes – – – – – –
Vendor_Name Yes – – – – – –
Vendor_Identifier Yes – – – – – –
Model_Name Yes – – – – – –
Firmware_Revision Yes – – – – – –
Protocol_Version Yes – – – – – –
Protocol_Revision Yes – – – – – –
Protocol_Services_Supported Yes – – – – – –
Protocol_Object_Types_Supported Yes – – – – – –
Object_List Yes – – – – – –
Max_ADPU_Length_Accepted Yes – – – – – –
Segmentation_Supported Yes – – – – – –
Local_Time Yes – – – – – –
Local_Date Yes – – – – – –
ADPU_Timeout Yes – – – – – –
Number_Of_ADPU_Retries Yes – – – – – –
Max_Masters Yes – – – – – –
Max_Info_Frames Yes – – – – – –
Device_Address_Binding Yes – – – – – –
Database_Revision Yes – – – – – –
Present_Value – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Status_Flags – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Event_State – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Reliability – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Out_Of_Service – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Units – Yes Yes Yes – – –
Priority_Array – – Yes <1> Yes <1> – Yes Yes
Relinquish_Default – – Yes <1> Yes <1> – Yes Yes
Polarity – – – – Yes Yes –

348 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.7 BACnet Objects Supported

Object Type
Property Analog Analog Analog Binary Binary Binary
Device Input Output Value Output Output Value
Inactive_Text – – – – Yes Yes Yes
Active_Text – – – – Yes Yes Yes
<1> For Commandable Object Instances only.

u Analog Input Objects

Table C.5 Analog Input Objects
Modbus
Object ID Object Name Precision Range Units PV Access
Address
AI1 Analog Input 1 Level 004EH XXXX.X – % R
AI2 Analog Input 2 Level 004FH XXXX.X – % R
AI3 Not used – – – – –
AI4 Not used – – – – –
AI5 Not used – – – – –
AI6 Display Format o1-03 0502H XXXXX – – R
AI7 Scale Format b5-20 01E2H XXXXX – – R
AI8 Inverter Model o2-04 0508F XXXXX – – R
AI9 Rated Current n9-01 05D0H XXXX.X – Amps R

u Analog Output Objects

Table C.6 Analog Output Objects
Modbus
Object ID Object Name Precision Range Units PV Access
Address
AO1 Analog Output 1 Level 0007H XXXX.X 0 to 100.0 % C
AO2 Analog Output 2 Level 0008H XXXX.X 0 to 100.0 % C

u Analog Value Objects

Table C.7 Analog Value Objects
Modbus
Object ID Object Name Precision Range Units PV Access
Address
AV1 Not used – – – – –
XXX.XX Hz
AV2 Frequency Command 0002H Depends on 0.00 to 600.00 Depends on C
o1-03 o1-03
AV3 PI Setpoint 0006H XXX.XX 0.00 to 100.00 % C
AV4 Not used – – – – –
AV5 Not used – – – – –
AV6 Not used – – – – –
AV7 Not used – – – – –
AV8 Not used – – – – –
XXX.XX Hz
AV9 Frequency Reference 0040H Depends on – Depends on R
Communications

o1-03 o1-03
XXX.XX Hz
AV10 Output Frequency 0041H Depends on – Depends on R
BACnet

o1-03 o1-03
AV11 Output Voltage 0045H XXXX.X – Volts R

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 349
C.7 BACnet Objects Supported

Modbus
Object ID Object Name Precision Range Units PV Access
Address
XXXX.X
(for drives rated
above 11 kVA)
AV12 Output Current 0042H – Amps R
XXX.XX
(for drives rated
11 kVA or lower)
XXXX.X
(for drives rated
above 11 kVA)
AV13 Output Power 0047H – Watts R
XXX.XX
(for drives rated
11 kVA or lower)
AV14 Torque Reference 0048H XXXX.X – % R
AV15 Not used – – – – –
AV16 Not used – – – – –
AV17 Not used – – – – –
AV18 DC Bus Voltage 0031H XXXX.X – Volts R
AV19 PI Feedback Level 0038H XXXX.X – % R
AV20 PI Input Level 0039H XXXX.X – % R
AV21 PI Output Level 003AH XXXX.X – % R
AV22 CPU Software 005BH XXXXX – – R
AV23 Flash Number 004DH XXXXX – – R
AV24 Not used – – – – –
AV25 kVA Setting 003EH XXXXX – – R
AV26 Control Method 003FH XXXXX – – R
XXXX.X 0.0 to 6000.0
(when C1-10 = 1) (when C1-10 = 1)
AV27 Accel Time 0200H Sec W
XXX.XX 0.00 to 600.00
(when C1-10 = 0) (when C1-10 = 0)
XXXX.X 0.0 to 6000.0
(when C1-10 = 1) (when C1-10 = 1)
AV28 Decel Time 0201H Sec W
XXX.XX 0.00 to 600.00
(when C1-10 = 0) (when C1-10 = 0)
AV29 <1> Param Number – XXXXX 0 to FFFFH – W
AV30 <1> Param Data – XXXXX 0 to FFFFH – W
<1> Refer to Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command on page 353 for an explanation of how to read and write drive parameters not
listed in the analog or binary objects.

u Binary Input Objects

Table C.8 Binary Input Objects
Modbus
Object ID Object Name Active Text Inactive Text PV Access
Address
BI1 Input Terminal 1 002BH:bit 0 ON OFF R
BI2 Input Terminal 2 002BH:bit 1 ON OFF R
BI3 Input Terminal 3 002BH:bit 2 ON OFF R
BI4 Input Terminal 4 002BH:bit 3 ON OFF R
BI5 Input Terminal 5 002BH:bit 4 ON OFF R
BI6 Input Terminal 6 002BH:bit 5 ON OFF R
BI7 Input Terminal 7 002BH:bit 6 ON OFF R
BI8 Multi-Function Out 1 0020H:bit 5 ON OFF R
BI9 Multi-Function Out 2 0020H:bit 6 ON OFF R

350 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.7 BACnet Objects Supported

u Binary Output Objects

Table C.9 Binary Output Objects
Modbus
Object ID Object Name Active Text Inactive Text PV Access
Address
BO1 MF Output M1-M2 0009H:bit 0 ON OFF C
BO2 MF Output M3-M4 0009H:bit 1 ON OFF C
BO3 MF Output MA-MC 0009H:bit 2 ON OFF C
BO4 Ref Sel: PI Setpoint 000FH:bit 1 ON OFF C
BO5 Ref Sel: Term S5 IN 000FH:bit 12 ON OFF C
BO6 Ref Sel: Term S6 IN 000FH:bit 13 ON OFF C
BO7 Refl Sel: Term S7 IN 000FH:bit 14 ON OFF C

u Binary Value Objects

Table C.10 Binary Value Objects
Modbus
Object ID Object Name Active Text Inactive Text PV Access
Address
BV1 RUN FWD 0001H:bit 0 RUN OFF C
BV2 RUN REV 0001H:bit 1 REV OFF C
BV3 EXT FAULT 0001H:bit 2 FAULT OFF C
BV4 FAULT RESET 0001H:bit 3 RESET OFF C
BV5 COM NET 0001H:bit 4 COM LOCAL C
BV6 COM CNTRL 0001H:bit 5 COM LOCAL C
BV7 MF Input 3 Cmd 0001H:bit 6 ON OFF C
BV8 MF Input 4 Cmd 0001H:bit 7 ON OFF C
BV9 MF Input 5 Cmd 0001H:bit 8 ON OFF C
BV10 MF Input 6 Cmd 0001H:bit 9 ON OFF C
BV11 MF Input 7 Cmd 0001H:bit 10 ON OFF C
BV12 Set Fault Contact Cmd 0009H:bit 6 ENABLE OFF C
BV13 RUN-STOP 0020H:bit 0 RUN OFF R
BV14 REV-FWD 0020H:bit 1 REV FWD R
BV15 READY 0020H:bit 2 READY OFF R
BV16 FAULT 0020H:bit 3 FAULTED OFF R
BV17 Data Set Error 0020H:bit 4 ERROR OFF R
BV18 Overcurrent – Ground Fault 0021H:bit 0 OC-GF OFF R
BV19 Main Circuit Overvoltage 0021H:bit 1 OV OFF R
BV20 Drive Overload 0021H:bit 2 OL2 OFF R
BV21 Drive Overheat 0021H:bit 3 OH1-OH2 OFF R
BV22 Fuse Blown 0021H:bit 5 PUF OFF R
BV23 PI Feedback Loss 0021H:bit 6 FBL OFF R
BV24 External Fault 0021H:bit 7 EF0-EF OFF R
BV25 Hardware Error 0021H:bit 8 CPF OFF R
BV26 Mtr Ovrld-OvrTorque 0021H:bit 9 OL1-OL3 OFF R
Communications

BV27 Overspeed 0021H:bit 10 OS-DEV OFF R

BV28 Main CKT Undervoltage 0021H:bit 11 UV OFF R
BV29 MCU, Cntl Pwr Sy Err 0021H:bit 12 UV1-2-3 OFF R
BACnet

BV30 Output Phase Loss 0021H:bit 13 LF OFF R

BV31 Communication Error 0021H:bit 14 CE OFF R
BV32 Operator Disconnect 0021H:bit 15 OPR OFF R
BV33 Operating 002CH:bit 0 OPERATING OFF R
C
BV34 Aero Speed 002CH:bit 1 ON OFF R

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 351
C.7 BACnet Objects Supported

Modbus
Object ID Object Name Active Text Inactive Text PV Access
Address
BV35 Frequency Agree 002CH:bit 2 ON OFF R
BV36 Desired Frequency Agree 002CH:bit 3 ON OFF R
BV37 Frequency Detect 1 002CH:bit 4 ON OFF R
BV38 Frequency Detect 2 002CH:bit 5 ON OFF R
BV39 Drive Startup Complete 002CH:bit 6 ON OFF R
BV40 Low Voltage Detect 002CH:bit 7 ON OFF R
BV41 Base Block 002CH:bit 8 ON OFF R
BV42 Frequency Reference Mode 002CH:bit 9 COM LOCAL R
BV43 Run Command Mode 002CH:bit 10 COM LOCAL R
BV44 Overtorque Detect 002CH:bit 11 ON OFF R
BV45 Frequency Refer Lost 002CH:bit 12 ON OFF R
BV46 Retry Error 002CH:bit 13 ON OFF R
BV47 Modbus Comms Error 002CH:bit 14 ON OFF R
BV48 Modbus Timeout Error 002CH:bit 15 ON OFF R
BV49 CRC Error 003DH:bit 0 ON OFF R
BV50 Invalid Data Length 003DH:bit 1 ON OFF R
BV51 Parity Error 003DH:bit 3 ON OFF R
BV52 Overrun Error 003DH:bit 4 ON OFF R
BV53 Framing Error 003DH:bit 5 ON OFF R
BV54 Timeout Error 003DH:bit 6 ON OFF R
BV55 <1> Parameter Accept 0910H:bit 0 ON OFF W
BV56 <1> Parameter Enter 0900H:bit 0 ON OFF W
BV57 Drive Comm Error - ON OFF R
<1> Refer to Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command on page 353 for an explanation of how to read and write drive parameters not
listed in the analog or binary objects.

u Device Object
The Device Object fully describes the BACnet device to the network. Notable is that the Device Object Instance ID and the
Device Object Name are configurable.
The Device Object Instance ID is a unique internetwork-wide numerical value. It is a 22-bit value that can range from 0 to
4,194,303. It is configurable by parameters H5-14 and H5-15. Any changes to these parameters will not take effect until the
power is cycled to the drive.
The Device Object Name is a unique internetwork-wide character string. It is a 20-character string. It is writable from the
BACnet network. Any new string written will not take effect until the power is cycled to the drive.

352 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.8 Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command

C.8 Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command

u Reading Drive Parameters
Reading drive parameters not listed in the analog or digital objects is accomplished using AV29 and AV30 as shown below:
1. In decimal, write the desired Modbus register to AV29.
2. In decimal, read the value at the given register from AV30.
For example, to read the Frequency Reference Upper Limit, read from parameter d2-01.
Parameter d2-01 is located at Modbus register 0289H, which is decimal 649.
Set AV29 to “649”
Read AV30 to get the value.

u Writing Drive Parameters

Writing drive parameters not listed in the analog or digital objects is accomplished using AV29, AV30, and BV55 or BV56
as shown below:
1. In decimal, write the desired Modbus register to AV29.
2. In decimal, write the value to be written into AV30.
3. At this point the value is written to the drive, but the location is pending. If necessary, write in more values this way,
then the drive will accept these settings by one of two methods:
Set BV55 to “ON” to move data to active memory.
Set BV56 to “ON” to move data into active memory and save to non-volatile memory.
For example, to reset the KWH Monitor, write a value of “1” to parameter o1-12.
Parameter o1-12 is located at Modbus register 0512H, which is decimal 1298.
Set AV29 to “1298”
Set AV30 to “1”
Set BV55 to “ON”.

u Enter Command
Enter Commands are only required when using AV29 and AV30 to access drive parameters. An Enter command is not required
when reading or writing to the other BACnet objects.
When writing parameters to the drive from a controller using BACnet communications, parameter H5-11 determines if an
Enter command must be issued to enable these parameters. This section describes the types and functions of the Enter
commands.
n Enter Command Types
The drive supports two types of Enter commands as shown in Table C.11.
Table C.11 Enter Command Types
BACnet Object Modbus Address Description
BV55 (Write “ON”) 0910H (Write 0) Writes data in the RAM only. Parameter changes are lost when the drive is shut off.
Simultaneously writes data into the EEPROM (non-volatile memory) of the drive and
BV56 (Write “ON”) 0900H (Write 0) enables the data in RAM. Parameter changes remain after cycling power.
Communications

Note: The EEPROM can only be written to 100,000 times, so it is recommended to limit the number of times writing to the EEPROM. The Enter
command registers 0900H and 0910H are write-only and if these registers are read, the register address will be invalid. However, BACnet
objects BV55 and BV56 can be read without error.
BACnet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 353
C.9 Communication Errors

C.9 Communication Errors

Errors that may occur when accessing drive parameters using the BACnet objects are shown in Table C.12.
Table C.12 MEMOBUS to BACnet Error Conversion
Error Code Description
BN_ERR_DEVICE_IS_BUSY
03d Writing to a parameter was attempted while the drive was saving parameters to non-volatile memory.
BN_ERR_READ_ACCESS_DENIED
27d Invalid parameter register number used when reading.
BN_ERR_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE
37d Value written to the parameter is out of the valid range.
BN_ERR_WRITE_ACCESS_DENIED
An invalid parameter register number was used when writing.
40d Writing to a parameter was attempted while the drive was in a mode that disables writing (i.e., writing while the drive was
Auto-Tuning).
Writing to a parameter was attempted while the DC Bus had an Undervoltage (Uv) fault

354 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.10 Self-Diagnostics

C.10 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-diagnosis
function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply
is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least
one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
1. Turn on the power to the drive.
2. Note the present terminal S6 function selection setting (H1-06) and set it for the communications test mode
(H1-06 = 67).
3. Turn off the power to the drive.
4. With the power off, wire the drive as shown in the following diagram, connecting terminals R+ and S+, R- and S-, and
S6 and SP.

+V
AC
A1
A2
FM
AM
AC
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
SN
SC
SP
+P
FE

IG R+ R- S+ S-

Figure C.7 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics

5. Connect a wire jumper between terminals SN and SC to change to source mode.

6. Turn the power to the drive back on.
7. During normal operation, the drive will display “Pass” to indicate that the communications test mode is operating
normally.
When a fault occurs, the drive will display “CE” on the keypad display.
8. Turn off the power supply.
9. Remove the wire jumpers from terminal R+, R-, S+, S-, and S6-SP. Reset the wire jumper to its original position and
Communications

set terminal S6 to its original function.

10.Return to normal operation.
BACnet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 355
C.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement

C.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement

Date: 1/4/2011 Vendor Name: Yaskawa America, Inc.
Product Name: AC Motor Controller Product
Model Number: CIMR-ZU□A-□□□□
Application Software Version: 1.3 / Firmware Revision: VSE90101X / BACnet Protocol Revision: 4
Product Description:
The Yaskawa Z1000 Drive and Bypass products are high performance products specifically designed for commercial building
automation applications. The Yaskawa BACnet feature connects the Z1000 Drive and Bypass products to a standard BACnet
MS/TP network. These products may be fully controlled and monitored over BACnet. All drive parameters are available for
reading and writing
BACnet Standardized Device Profile (Annex L):
□ BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS)
□ BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)
■ BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC)
□ BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)
□ BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)
□ BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
List all BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks Supported (Annex K):
• Data Sharing-ReadProperty-B (DS-RP-B)
• Data Sharing-WriteProperty-B (DS-WP-B
• Data Sharing - ReadProperty Multiple - B (DS-RPM-B)
• Data Sharing - WriteProperty Multiple - B (DS-WPM-B)
• Device Management-Dynamic Device Binding-B (DM-DDB-B)
• Device Management-Dynamic Object Binding-B (DM-DOB-B)
• Device Management-DeviceCommunicationControl-B (DM-DCC-B)
• Device Management-ReinitializeDevice-B (DM-RD-B)
• Device Management-TimeSyncronization-B (DM-TS-B)
Segmentation Capability:
□ Segmented requests supported / Window Size
□ Segmented responses supported / Window Size
Standard Object Types Supported:
• Device Object
• Analog Input Object
• Analog Output Object
• Analog Value Object
• Binary Input Object
• Binary Output Object
• Binary Value Object
Data Link Layer Options:
□BACnet IP, (Annex J)
□BACnet IP, (Annex J), Foreign Device
□ISO 8802-3, Ethernet (Clause 7)
□ ANSI/ATA 878.1, 2.5 Mb. ARCNET (Clause 8)
□ANSI/ATA 878.1, RS-485 ARCNET (Clause 8), baud rate(s)
■MS/TP master (Clause 9), baud rate(s): 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, 115200
□MS/TP slave (Clause 9), baud rate(s):

356 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 C.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement

□Point-To-Point, EIA 232 (Clause 10), baud rate(s):

□Point-To-Point, modem, (Clause 10), baud rate(s):
□LonTalk, (Clause 11), medium:
□Other:
Device Address Binding:
Is static device binding supported? (This is currently necessary for two-way communication with MS/TP slaves and certain
other devices.) □Yes ■ No
Networking Options:
□Router, Clause 6 - List all routing configurations, e.g., ARCNET-Ethernet, Ethernet-MS/TP, etc.
□Annex H, BACnet Tunneling Router over IP
□BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device (BBMD)
Does the BBMD support registrations by Foreign Devices? □Yes ■ No
Character Sets Supported:
Indicating support for multiple character sets does not imply that they can all be supported simultaneously.
■ ANSI X3.4
□ IBM/Microsoft
□ DBCS
□ ISO 8859-1
□ ISO 10646 (UCS-2)
□ ISO 10646 (UCS-4)
□ JIS C 6226
If this product is a communication gateway, describe the types of non-BACnet equipment/networks(s) that the gateway
supports: Not supported

Communications
BACnet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 357
C.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement

This Page Intentionally Blank

358 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Appendix: D

Standards Compliance
This appendix explains the guidelines and criteria for maintaining CE and UL standards.

D.1 SECTION SAFETY...............................................................................................360

D.2 EUROPEAN STANDARDS..................................................................................362
D.3 UL/CUL STANDARDS.........................................................................................368

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 359
D.1 Section Safety

D.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply
is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock,
wait for at least the time specified on the warning label; After all indicators are OFF, measure the DC bus voltage level to
confirm it has reached a safe level.
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or
shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work
on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

360 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 D.1 Section Safety

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded wire for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair wires
and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
If a fuse is blown or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) is tripped, check the wiring and the selection of the
peripheral devices.
Contact your supplier if the cause cannot be identified after checking the above.
Do not restart the drive immediately operate the peripheral devices if a fuse is blown or a GFCI is tripped.
Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting the
drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.

Standards Compliance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 361
D.2 European Standards

D.2 European Standards

Figure D.1 CE Mark

The CE mark indicates compliance with European safety and environmental regulations. It is required for engaging in business
and commerce in Europe.
European standards include the Machinery Directive for machine manufacturers, the Low Voltage Directive for electronics
manufacturers, and the EMC guidelines for controlling noise.
This drive displays the CE mark based on the EMC guidelines and the Low Voltage Directive.
• Low Voltage Directive: 2006/95/EC
• EMC Guidelines: 2004/108/EC
Devices used in combination with this drive must also be CE certified and display the CE mark. When using drives displaying
the CE mark in combination with other devices, it is ultimately the responsibility of the user to ensure compliance with CE
standards. After setting up the device, verify that conditions meet European standards.

u CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance

This drive has been tested according to European standard IEC/EN 61800-5-1, and it fully complies with the Low Voltage
Directive.
To comply with the Low Voltage Directive, be sure to meet the following conditions when combining this drive with other
devices:
n Area of Use
Do not use drives in areas with pollution higher than severity 2 and overvoltage category 3 in accordance with IEC/EN 664.
n Installing Fuses on the Input Side
Always install input fuses. Select fuses according to the table below.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this manual. Failure to comply
could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel. The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more
than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac (200 V class) and 480 Vac (400 V class), when protected by branch circuit protection
devices specified in this manual.
Branch circuit protection shall be provided by any of the following: Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300% of the drive input
rating, or Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating, or MCCB sized at 200% maximum of the drive input
rating.
Table D.1 Recommended Input Fuse Selection
Manufacturer: Bussmann
Model
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0011 FWH-40B 40
2A0017 FWH-50B 50
2A0024 FWH-80B 80
2A0031 FWH-100B 100
2A0046 FWH-150B 150
2A0059 FWH-175B 175
2A0075 FWH-225A 225
2A0088 FWH-225A 225
2A0114 FWH-250A 250
2A0143 FWH-275A 275
2A0169 FWH-350A 350
2A0211 FWH-400A 400
2A0273 FWH-450A 450

362 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 D.2 European Standards

Manufacturer: Bussmann
Model
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
2A0343 FWH-600A 600
2A0396 FWH-600A 600
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0005 FWH-40B 40
4A0008 FWH-40B 40
4A0011 FWH-45B 45
4A0014 FWH-45B 45
4A0021 FWH-60B 60
4A0027 FWH-60B 60
4A0034 FWH-125B 125
4A0040 FWH-150B 150
4A0052 FWH-200B 200
4A0065 FWH-225A 225
4A0077 FWH-225A 225
4A0096 FWH-225A 225
4A0124 FWH-250A 250
4A0156 FWH-300A 300
4A0180 FWH-350A 350
4A0240 FWH-400A 400
4A0302 FWH-600A 600
4A0361 FWH-800A 800
4A0414 FWH-800A 800
4A0480 FWH-700A 700
4A0590 FWH-1000A 1000

n Grounding
The drive is designed to be used in T-N (grounded neutral point) networks. If installing the drive in other types of grounded
systems, contact your Yaskawa representative for instructions.
n Guarding Against Harmful Materials
When installing IP00/Open Type enclosure drives, use an enclosure that prevents foreign material from entering the drive
from above or below.

u EMC Guidelines Compliance

This drive is tested according to European standards IEC/EN 61800-3: 2004.
n EMC Filter Installation
Note: Drive models CIMR-Zo2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0005 to 4A0302 have a built-in EMC filter.
The following conditions must be met to ensure continued compliance with guidelines. Refer to EMC Filters on page 367
for EMC filter selection.
Installation Method for CIMR-Zo2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0005 to 4A0302
Verify the following installation conditions to ensure that other devices and machinery used with this drive comply with EMC
Standards Compliance

guidelines.
1. Move the screws to the ON position to enable the internal EMC filter.
2. Use braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring, or run the wiring through a metal conduit.
3. Keep wiring as short as possible. Ground the shield on both the drive side and the motor side.
Installation Method for CIMR-Zo2A0343, 2A0396, and 4A0361 to 4A0590
Verify the following installation conditions to ensure that other devices and machinery used in combination with this drive
also comply with EMC guidelines. D
1. Install an EMC noise filter to the input side specified by Yaskawa for compliance with European standards.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 363
D.2 European Standards

2. Place the drive and EMC noise filter in the same enclosure.
3. Use braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring, or run the wiring through a metal conduit.
4. Keep wiring as short as possible. Ground the shield on both the drive side and the motor side.
B

A D C
U/T1 U
V/T2 V
M
W/T3 W

E
A – Drive D – Metal conduit
B – 10 m max. cable length between E – Ground wire should be as short as
drive and motor possible.
C – Motor
Figure D.2 Installation Method

5. Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations.

C B
A – Braided shield cable C – Cable clamp (conductive)
B – Metal panel
Figure D.3 Ground Area

364 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 D.2 European Standards

Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class (2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0011 to 4A0302)

D
B
C

CIMR-Z2A0011 to 2A0273
CIMR-Z4A0005 to 4A0302 E

D
F
I L3
A
L2 G
PE L1

A – Ground the cable shield F – Motor cable (braided shield cable,

B – Enclosure panel max. 10 m)
C – Metal plate G – Motor
D – Grounding surface (remove any H – Cable Clamp
paint or sealant) I – Make sure the ground wire is
E – Drive grounded
Figure D.4 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance (2A0011 to 2A0273 and 4A0011 to 4A0302)

Standards Compliance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 365
D.2 European Standards

Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class (2A0343, 2A0396, and 4A0361 to 4A0590)

L3
L2
K
L1
PE

B
C
D

CIMR-ZШ2A0343 and 2A0396

CIMR-ZШ4A0414 to 4A0590

– +1 +3
E
L3 L2 L1

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

D
I

H F

A
G

A – Ground the cable shield G – Motor

B – Enclosure panel H – Cable Clamp
C – Metal plate I – Ground plate (scrape off any
D – Grounding surface (remove any visible paint)
paint or sealant) J – EMC noise filter
E – Drive K – Make sure the ground wire is
F – Motor cable (braided shield cable, grounded
max. 10 m)
Figure D.5 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance (2A0343, 2A0396, and 4A0361 to 4A0590)

366 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 D.2 European Standards

n EMC Filters
Install the drive with the EMC filters listed below for 2A0343, 2A0396, and 4A0361 to 4A0590.
Table D.2 IEC/EN 61800-3 Filters
Filter Data (Manufacturer: Schaffner)
Model Dimensions
Type Rated Current (A) Weight (lb) Y x X (in)
[W x D x H] (in)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0343
FS5972-600-99 600 24.3 10.2 × 5.3 × 15.2 9.3 × 4.7
2A0396
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0361 FS5972-410-99 410 23.1 10.2 × 4.5 × 15.2 9.3 × 4.7
4A0414
FS5972-600-99 600 24.3 10.2 × 5.3 × 15.2 9.3 × 4.7
4A0480
4A0590 FS5972-800-99 800 69.4 11.8 × 6.3 × 28.2 10.8 × 8.3

W
Y

H
X

Figure D.6 EMC Filter Dimensions

Standards Compliance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 367
D.3 UL/cUL Standards

D.3 UL/cUL Standards

u UL Standards Compliance
The UL/cUL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada. It indicates that UL has performed product testing and
evaluation, and determined that their stringent standards for product safety have been met. For a product to receive UL
certification, all components inside that product must also receive UL certification.

Figure D.7 UL/cUL Mark

This drive is tested in accordance with UL standard UL508C and complies with UL requirements. The conditions described
below must be met to maintain compliance when using this drive in combination with other equipment:
n Installation Area
Do not install the drive to an area greater than pollution degree 2 (UL standard).
n Ambient Temperature
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, External Heatsink (2A0011 to 2A0073 and 4A0005 to 4A0302): -10 to +40 °C (14 to 104 °F)
IP00/Open Type Enclosure (2A0343 and 2A0396 and 4A0361 to 4A0590): -10 to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F)
n Main Circuit Terminal Wiring
Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. To maintain UL/cUL approval, UL Listed
closed-loop crimp terminals are specifically required when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models 2A0031 to
2A0396 and 4A0034 to 4A0590. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping. Refer to Closed-
Loop Crimp Terminal Size on page 368 for closed-loop crimp terminal recommendations.
The wire gauges listed in the following tables are Yaskawa recommendations. Refer to NEC table 310-16 for proper wire
gauge selection for terminals -M, +M, -1, +3, and ground.
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 83 to select the appropriate wires and crimp terminals for use in the
United States.
Note: The mark indicates the terminals for protective ground connection as defined in IEC/EN 60417-5019.
Grounding impedance:
200 V: 100 Ω or less
400 V: 10 Ω or less
Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Recommendations
Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. To maintain UL/cUL approval, UL Listed
closed-loop crimp terminals are specifically required when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models 2A0031 to
2A0396 and 4A0034 to 4A0590. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping. Yaskawa
recommends crimp terminals made by JST and Tokyo DIP (or equivalent) for the insulation cap.
Table D.3 matches the wire gauges and terminal screw sizes with Yaskawa-recommended crimp terminals, tools, and insulation
caps. Refer to the appropriate Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications table for the wire gauge and screw size for your drive
model. Place orders with a Yaskawa representative or the Yaskawa sales department. Refer to local codes for proper selections.
Table D.3 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size
Tool Insulation
Terminal Crimp Terminal
Wire Gauge Screws Model Number Cap Code <1>
Machine No. Die Jaw Model No.
2 mm2 M4 R2-4 YA-4 AD-900 TP-003 100-054-028
14 AWG
3.5 / 5.5 mm2 M4 5.5-4NS YA-4 AD-900 TP-005 100-064-248
12 / 10 AWG

368 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 D.3 UL/cUL Standards

Tool
Terminal Crimp Terminal Insulation
Wire Gauge Screws Model Number Cap Code <1>
Machine No. Die Jaw Model No.

8 mm2 M4 8-4NS YA-4 AD-901 TP-008 100-064-249

8 AWG M5 R8-5 YA-4 AD-901 TP-008 100-054-032
14 mm2 M5 R14-5 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014 100-054-034
6 AWG M8 R14-8 YA-5 AD-952 TP-014 100-054-035
22 mm2 M5 22-5NS YA-5 AD-953 TP-022 100-051-262
4 AWG M8 R22-8 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022 100-051-263
30 / 38 mm2 M8 R38-8 YA-5 AD-954 TP-038 100-051-264
3 / 2 AWG
50 / 60 mm2
1 AWG M8 R60-8 YA-5 AD-955 TP-060 100-051-265
1/0 AWG
1/0 AWG × 2P
CB70-S8 100-064-417
70 mm2 M8 YF-1 YET-300-1 TD-322,TD-311 TP-080
2/0 AWG 70-8 100-064-250
2/0 AWG × 2P M10 70-10 YF-1 YET-300-1 TD-322,TD-311 TP-080 100-064-251
80 mm2 M10 80-10 YF-1 YET-300-1 TD-323,TD-312 TP-080 100-051-267
3/0 AWG × 2P
3/0 AWG × 4P M12 80-L12 YF-1 YET-300-1 TD-323,TD-312 TP-080 100-051-558
100 mm2
4/0 AWG × 2P M12 100-L12 YF-1 YET-300-1 TD-324,TD-312 TP-100 100-051-560
4/0 AWG × 4P
150 mm2
250 kcmil × 2P M12 150-L12 YF-1 YET-300-1 TD-325,TD-313 TP-150 100-051-562
300 kcmil × 2P
<1> Codes refer to a set of three crimp terminals and three insulation caps. Prepare input and output wiring using two sets for each connection.
Example 1: Models with 300 kcmil for both input and output require one set for input terminals and one set for output terminals, so the user should
order two sets of [100-051-272].
Example 2: Models with 4/0 AWG × 2P for both input and output require two sets for input terminals and two sets for output terminals, so the user
should order four sets of [100-051-560].
Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated shrink tubing for wiring connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum allowable
temperature of 75 °C 600 Vac UL-approved vinyl-sheathed insulation.

n Factory Recommended Branch Circuit Protection

WARNING! Fire Hazard. Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this manual. Failure to comply
could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel. The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more
than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac (200 V class) and 480 Vac (400 V class), when protected by branch circuit protection
devices specified in this manual.
Branch circuit protection shall be provided by any of the following: Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300% of the drive input
rating, or Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating, or MCCB sized at 200% maximum of the drive input
rating.
Yaskawa recommends installing one of the following types of branch circuit protection to maintain compliance with UL508C.
Semiconductor protective type fuses are preferred. Alternate branch circuit protection devices are also listed in Table 6.3.
Table D.4 Factory Recommended Z1000 AC Drive Branch Circuit Protection
Bussmann
Non-time Delay Semiconductor
Nominal Output AC Drive Input MCCB Rating (A) Time Delay Fuse Fuse Model
Model Fuse Rating (A)
Power (HP) (A) <1> Rating (A) <2> <3> (Fuse Ampere)
<4>
Standards Compliance

Three-Phase 200 V Class

2A0011 3 10.6 20 17.5 30 FWH-40B (40)
2A0017 5 16.7 30 25 50 FWH-50B (50)
2A0024 7.5 24.2 40 40 70 FWH-80B (80)
2A0031 10 30.8 60 50 90 FWH-100B (100)
2A0046 15 46.2 90 80 125 FWH-150B (150)
2A0059 20 59.4 110 100 175 FWH-175B (175)
2A0075 25 74.8 150 125 200 FWH-225A (225) D

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 369
D.3 UL/cUL Standards

Bussmann
Non-time Delay Semiconductor
Nominal Output AC Drive Input MCCB Rating (A) Time Delay Fuse Fuse Model
Model Fuse Rating (A)
Power (HP) (A) <1> Rating (A) <2> <3> (Fuse Ampere)
<4>

2A0088 30 88 175 150 250 FWH-225A (225)

2A0114 40 114 225 175 300 FWH-250A (250)
2A0143 50 143 250 250 400 FWH-275A (275)
2A0169 60 169 300 275 500 FWH-350A (350)
2A0211 75 211 400 350 600 FWH-400A (400)
2A0273 10 273 500 450 FWH-450A (450)
2A0343 125 343 600 600 <5> FWH-600A (600)
2A0396 150 396 700 <5> FWH-600A (600)
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0005 3 4.8 15 8 12 FWH-40B (40)
4A0008 5 7.6 15 12 20 FWH-40B (40)
4A0011 7.5 11 20 17.5 30 FWH-45B (45)
4A0014 10 14 25 20 40 FWH-45B (45)
4A0021 15 21 40 35 60 FWH-60B (60)
4A0027 20 27 50 45 80 FWH-60B (60)
4A0034 25 34 60 50 100 FWH-125B(125)
4A0040 30 40 75 70 110 FWH-150B (150)
4A0052 40 52 100 90 150 FWH-200B (200)
4A0065 50 65 125 110 175 FWH-225A (225)
4A0077 60 77 150 125 225 FWH-225A (225)
4A0096 75 96 175 150 275 FWH-225A (225)
4A0124 100 124 225 200 350 FWH-250A(250)
4A0156 125 156 300 250 450 FWH-300A (300)
4A0180 150 180 350 300 500 FWH-350A (350)
4A0240 200 240 450 400 <5>
FWH-400A (400)
4A0302 250 302 600 500 FWH-600A (600)
4A0361 300 346 600 600 1000 <6> FWH-800A (800)
4A0414 350 410 800 700 1200 <6> FWH-800A (800)
4A0480 400 480 900 <5> <5> FWH-700A (700)
FWH-1000A
4A0590 500 590 1100 (1000)
<1> Maximum MCCB rating is 15 A, or 200% of drive input current rating, whichever value is larger. MCCB voltage rating must be 600 Vac or greater.
<2> Maximum Time delay fuse is 175% or drive input current rating. This covers any Class J, T, or CC fuse.
<3> Maximum Non-time delay fuse is 300% of drive input current rating. This covers any Class J, T, or CC fuse.
<4> When using semiconductor fuses, Bussmann FWH fuses are required for UL compliance.
<5> Consult factory.
<6> Class L fuse is also approved for this rating.

n Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals

Wire low voltage wires with NEC Class 1 circuit conductors. Refer to national state or local codes for wiring. The external
power supply shall be a UL listed Class 2 power supply source or equivalent only. Refer to NEC Article 725 Class 1, Class
2, and Class 3 Remote-Control, Signaling, and Power Limited Circuits for requirements concerning class 1 circuit conductors
and class 2 power supplies.
Table D.5 Control Circuit Terminal Power Supply
Input / Output Terminal Signal Power Supply Specifications
Multi-function digital inputs S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, SC, SP, SN Use the internal control power supply of the drive or an
Multi-function analog inputs +V, A1, A2, AC, FM, AM external class 2 power supply.

370 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 D.3 UL/cUL Standards

n Drive Short Circuit Rating

The drive is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical Amperes, 240 Vac
maximum (200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class), when protected by Bussmann Type FWH or FWP fuses as
specified in Installing Fuses on the Input Side on page 362.

u Drive Motor Overload Protection

Set parameter E2-01 (motor rated current) to the appropriate value to enable motor overload protection. The internal motor
overload protection is UL listed and in accordance with the NEC and CEC.
n E2-01: Motor Rated Current
Setting Range: Model-dependent
Default Setting: Model-dependent
Parameter E2-01 protects the motor when parameter L1-01 is not set to 0. The default for L1-01 is 1, which enables protection
for standard induction motors.
If Auto-Tuning has been performed successfully, the motor data entered to T1-04 is automatically written to parameter E2-01.
If Auto-Tuning has not been performed, manually enter the correct motor rated current to parameter E2-01.
n L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function (oL1) based on time, output current, and output frequency that protects
the motor from overheating. The electronic thermal overload function is UL-recognized, so it does not require an external
thermal relay for single motor operation.
This parameter selects the motor overload curve used according to the type of motor applied.
Table D.6 Overload Protection Settings
Setting Description
0 Disabled Disabled the internal motor overload protection of the drive.
Selects protection characteristics for a standard self-cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities
1 Standard fan-cooled motor when running below the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically
reduced when running below the motor rated speed.
Permanent Magnet motor with variable Selects protection characteristics for a variable torque PM motor. The motor overload detection
4 torque level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below the motor rated speed.

When connecting the drive to more than one motor for simultaneous operation, disable the electronic overload protection
(L1-01 = 0) and wire each motor with its own motor thermal overload relay.
Enable motor overload protection (L1-01 = 1, 2, or 4) when connecting the drive to a single motor, unless another motor
overload preventing device is installed. The drive electronic thermal overload function causes an oL1 fault, which shuts off
the output of the drive and prevents additional overheating of the motor. The motor temperature is continually calculated while
the drive is powered up.
n L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range: 0.1 to 5.0 min
Factory Default: 1.0 min
Parameter L1-02 determines how long the motor is allowed to operate before the oL1 fault occurs when the drive is running
a hot motor at 60 Hz and at 150% of the full load amp rating (E2-01) of the motor. Adjusting the value of L1-02 can shift the
set of oL1 curves up the y axis of the diagram below, but will not change the shape of the curves.
Standards Compliance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 371
D.3 UL/cUL Standards

Operation time (minutes)

10
7

3 Cold start
(characteristics when an
overload occurs at a
1 complete stop)

Hot start
0.4 (characteristics when an
overload occurs during
continuous operation at 100%)
0.1
Motor current (%)
0 100 150 200 E2-01 = 100% motor current

Figure D.8 Motor Overload Protection Time

u Precautionary Notes on External Heatsink (IP00/Open-Type Enclosure)

When using an external heatsink, UL compliance requires covering exposed capacitors in the main circuit to prevent injury
to surrounding personnel.
The portion of the external heatsink that projects out can be protected with the enclosure or with the appropriate capacitor
cover after completing drive installation. Use Table D.7 to match drive models with available capacitor covers. Order capacitor
covers from a Yaskawa representative or directly from the Yaskawa sales department.
Table D.7 Capacitor Cover
Model CIMR-Zo Code Number Model Figure
2A0343
100-061-278 ECAT31698-11
2A0396
4A0361 100-061-278 ECAT31698-11
Figure D.9
4A0414 100-061-279 ECAT31740-11
4A0480
100-061-280 ECAT31746-11
4A0590
A

E
D
A – Drive (outside panel) D – Installation screws
B – Drive (inside panel) E – Capacitor cover
C – Opening to capacitors
Figure D.9 Capacitor Cover

372 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Appendix: E

Quick Reference Sheet

This section provides tables to keep record of the drive specifications, motor specifications, and drive
settings. Fill in the table data after commissioning the application and have them ready when contacting
Yaskawa for technical assistance.

E.1 DRIVE AND MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS.............................................................374

E.2 BASIC PARAMETER SETTINGS........................................................................375
E.3 USER SETTING TABLE.......................................................................................377

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 373
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications

E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications

u Drive Specifications

Items Description
Model CIMR-Z
Serial Number
Software Version (PRG)
Options used
Date of Usage

u Motor Specifications
n Induction Motor
Items Description Items Description
Motor Rated Current
Manufacturer A
(T1-04)
Motor Base
Model Hz
Frequency (T1-05)
Motor Rated Power Number of Motor
HP
(T1-02) Poles (T1-06)
Motor Rated Voltage Motor Base Speed
V r/min
(T1-03) (T1-07)
Note: These values must be entered as part of the Auto-Tuning process.

n Permanent Magnet Motor

Items Description Items Description
Induction Voltage
Manufacturer mVs/rad
Constant
Induction Voltage mV/
Model Constant (r/min)
PM Motor Rated PM Motor Rated
HP A
Power (T2-04) Current (T2-06)
PM Motor Rated PM Motor Base
V Hz
Voltage (T2-05) Frequency (T2-07)
Number of PM Motor
q-Axis Inductance mH Poles (T2-08)
d-Axis Inductance mH
Note: These values must be entered as part of the Auto-Tuning process.

374 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 E.2 Basic Parameter Settings

E.2 Basic Parameter Settings

Use the following tables to keep records of important parameters. Have this data available when contacting Yaskawa technical
support.

u Basic Setup
Item Setting Value Memo
Control Mode A1-02 =
Input Voltage Setting E1-01=

u Motor Setup
Motor Type Item Setting Value Memo
Motor Rated Current E2-01 =
Motor Rated Slip E2-02 =
Induction Motor No-Load Current E2-03 =
No. of Motor Poles E2-04 =
Line-to-Line Resistance E2-05 =
Motor Rated Power E5-02 =
Motor Rated Current E5-03 =
No. of Motor Poles E5-04 =
Permanent Motor Stator Resistance E5-05 =
Magnet Motor d-Axis Inductance E5-06 =
Motor q-Axis Inductance E5-07 =
Induction Volt. Const. 1 E5-09 =
Induction Volt. Const. 2 E5-24 =

u Multi-Function Digital Inputs

Setting Value
Terminal Input Used Memo
and Function Name
S1 H1-01 =
S2 H1-02 =
S3 H1-03 =
S4 H1-04 =
S5 H1-05 =
S6 H1-06 =
S7 H1-07 =

u Analog Inputs
Setting Value
Terminal Input Used Memo
and Function Name
A1 H3-02 =
A2 H3-10 =
Quick Reference Sheet

E
YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 375
E.2 Basic Parameter Settings

u Multi-Function Digital Outputs

Setting Value
Terminal Output Used Memo
and Function Name
M1-M2 H2-01 =
M3-M4 H2-02 =
M5-M6 H2-03 =

u Monitor Outputs
Setting Value
Terminal Output Used Memo
and Function Name
FM H4-01 =
AM H4-04 =

376 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 E.3 User Setting Table

E.3 User Setting Table

Use the Verify Menu to see which parameters have been changed from their original default settings
below the parameter number indicates that the parameter setting can be changed during run.
Parameter names in bold face type are included in the Setup Group of parameters.
User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
A1-00 b3-24 Speed Search Method Selection
Language Selection
b3-25 Speed Search Wait Time
A1-01 b3-27 Start Speed Search Select
Access Level Selection
Speed Search Selection when Run Command is
b3-33 Given during Uv
A1-02 Control Method Selection
b4-01 Timer Function On-Delay Time
A1-03 Initialize Parameters
b4-02 Timer Function Off-Delay Time
A1-04 Password
b5-01 PI Function Setting
A1-05 Password Setting
b5-02
A1-06 Application Preset Proportional Gain Setting (P)
A2-01 to User Parameters, 1 to 32 b5-03
A2-32
Integral Time Setting (I)
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic Selection
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 b5-04
Integral Limit Setting
b1-02 Run Command Selection 1
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection b5-06
PI Output Limit
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection
Run Command Selection while in Programming b5-07
b1-08 Mode PI Offset Adjustment
b1-11 Drive Delay Time Setting
b5-08
b1-14 Phase Order Selection PI Primary Delay Time Constant
b1-15 Frequency Reference Selection 2
b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 b5-09 PI Output Level Selection
b1-17 Run Command at Power Up b5-10 PI Output Gain Setting
b1-18 HAND Frequency Reference 1 b5-11 PI Output Reverse Selection
b1-19 HAND Frequency Reference 2 b5-12 PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency b5-13 PI Feedback Loss Detection Level
b2-02 DC Injection Braking Current b5-14 PI Feedback Loss Detection Time
b2-03 DC Injection Braking Time at Start b5-15 PI Sleep Function Start Level
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop b5-16 PI Sleep Delay Time
b2-09 Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 b5-17 PI Accel/Decel Time
b2-12 Short Circuit Brake Time at Start b5-18 PI Setpoint Selection
b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop b5-19
PI Setpoint Value
b2-18 Short Circuit Braking Current
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start b5-20 PI Setpoint Scaling
b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current b5-21 PI Sleep Input Source
b3-03 Speed Search Deceleration Time b5-22 PI Snooze Level
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search b5-23 PI Snooze Delay Time
b3-05 Speed Search Delay Time b5-24 PI Snooze Deactivation Level
Quick Reference Sheet

b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search b5-25 PI Setpoint Boost Setting
b3-10 Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain b5-26 PI Maximum Boost Time
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection b5-27 PI Snooze Feedback Level
b3-17 Speed Search Restart Current Level b5-28 PI Feedback Function Selection
b3-18 Speed Search Restart Detection Time b5-29 PI Square Root Gain
b3-19 Number of Speed Search Restarts b5-30 PI Feedback Offset

E
YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 377
E.3 User Setting Table

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
b5-34 d1-02
PI Output Lower Limit Frequency Reference 2

b5-35 d1-03
PI Input Limit Frequency Reference 3

b5-36 PI Feedback High Detection Level d1-04

Frequency Reference 4
b5-37 PI Feedback High Detection Time
b5-38 PI Setpoint User Display d1-16
Frequency Reference 16
b5-39 PI Setpoint Display Digits
b5-40 Frequency Reference Monitor Content during PI d1-17
b5-41 PI Unit Selection Jog Frequency Reference
b5-42 d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit
PI Output Monitor Calculation Method
d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit
b5-43 d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
Custom PI Output Monitor 1
d3-01 Jump Frequency 1
b5-44 d3-02 Jump Frequency 2
Custom PI Output Monitor 2
d3-03 Jump Frequency 3
b5-45 d3-04 Jump Frequency Width
Custom PI Output Monitor 3
d4-01 Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection
b5-46 PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection d4-10 Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection
b5-47 Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PI Output d6-01 Field Weakening Level
b5-48 PI 4-20 mA Feedback Loss Detection Level d6-02 Field Weakening Frequency Limit
b5-49 PI 4-20 mA Feedback Loss Detection Time d7-01
Offset Frequency 1
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value d7-02
Offset Frequency 2
b8-05 Power Detection Filter Time
b8-06 Search Operation Voltage Limit d7-03
Offset Frequency 3
C1-01
Acceleration Time 1
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting
C1-02 E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
Deceleration Time 1
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency
C1-03 E1-05 Maximum Voltage
Acceleration Time 2
E1-06 Base Frequency
C1-04 E1-07 Middle Output Frequency
Deceleration Time 2
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage
C1-09 Fast-Stop Time E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2
C2-02 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2
C4-01 E1-13 Base Voltage
Torque Compensation Gain E2-01 Motor Rated Current
C4-02 E2-02 Motor Rated Slip
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time E2-03 Motor No-Load Current
E2-04 Number of Motor Poles
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit
E2-11 Motor Rated Power
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain
E5-02 Motor Rated Power
d1-01
Frequency Reference 1 E5-03 Motor Rated Current
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles

378 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 E.3 User Setting Table

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM
H4-07 Signal Level Selection
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance H4-08 Signal Level Selection
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 H5-01 Drive Slave Address
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 H5-02 Communication Speed Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function
H1-01 H5-03 Communication Parity Selection
Selection
H5-04 Stopping Method After Communication Error (CE)
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function
H1-02 Selection H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time
H1-03 Selection H5-07 RTS Control Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function
H1-04 H5-08 Communication Protocol Selection
Selection
H5-09 CE Detection Time
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
H1-05 Selection Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register
H5-10 0025H
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
H1-06 Selection H5-11 Communications ENTER Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function H5-12 Run Command Method Selection
H1-07 Selection H5-14 BACnet Device Object ID
H2-01 Multi-Function Contact Output (terminal M1-M2) H5-15 BACnet Device Object ID
Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-
H2-02 L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection
M4)
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-
H2-03 M6) Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC
L1-03 input)
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC
H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection L1-04 input)
H3-03
Terminal A1 Gain Setting L1-05 Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input)
L1-08 oL1 Current Level
H3-04 L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
Terminal A1 Bias Setting
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Selection L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
H3-11 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp
Terminal A2 Gain Setting L2-04 Time
H3-12 L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv1)
Terminal A2 Bias Setting L2-06 KEB Deceleration Time
L2-07 KEB Acceleration Time
H3-13 Analog Input Filter Time Constant
L2-08 Frequency Gain at KEB Start
H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
L2-10 KEB Detection Time (Minimum KEB Time)
H3-16 Terminal A1 Offset
L2-11 DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB
H3-17 Terminal A2 Offset
L2-29 KEB Method Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM
H4-01 L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Monitor Selection
H4-02 L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain
L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
H4-03 L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during Run
L3-06 Stall Prevention Level during Run
Quick Reference Sheet

Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM

H4-04 Monitor Selection L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
H4-05 Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain L3-17 Suppression and Stall Prevention
L3-20 DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain
H4-06
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias L3-21 Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain

E
YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 379
E.3 User Setting Table

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during n1-05 Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
L3-22 Acceleration n3-01 High-Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention
L3-23 n3-02 High-Slip Braking Current Limit
during Run
n3-03 High-Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
n3-04 High-Slip Braking Overload Time
L3-25 Load Inertia Ratio
n3-13 Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
L3-26 Additional DC Bus Capacitors
n3-21 High-Slip Suppression Current Level
L3-27 Stall Prevention Detection Time
n3-23 Overexcitation Operation Selection
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level
n8-45 Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width
n8-47 Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)
n8-48 Pull-In Current
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control
L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
n8-51 Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
n8-54 Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant
L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection Selection
n8-55 Load Inertia
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts
n8-62 Output Voltage Limit
L5-02 Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov
L5-03 Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts n8-65 Suppression
L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Time o1-01
L5-05 Fault Reset Operation Selection Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1
o1-02
L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1 User Monitor Selection After Power Up
L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection
L6-13 Motor Underload Protection Selection
o1-06 User Monitor Selection Mode
Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum
L6-14 o1-07 Second Line Monitor Selection
Frequency
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level o1-08 Third Line Monitor Selection
L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection o1-09 Frequency Reference Display Units
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
L8-06 Input Phase Loss Detection Level o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Frequency Reference and Frequency Related
o1-13 Monitor Custom Units 1
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection o1-14 Monitor Custom Units 2
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay Time Frequency Reference and Frequency Related
o1-15
L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting Monitor Custom Units 3
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds o1-16 F1 Key Function Selection
L8-18 Software Current Limit Selection o1-17 F2 Key Function Selection
Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat o1-18 User-Defined Parameter Upper
L8-19 Pre-Alarm o1-19 User-Defined Parameter Lower
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) o2-03 User Parameter Default Value
Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply o2-04 Drive Model Selection
L8-32 Failure Selection
o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
L8-35 Installation Method Selection
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection o2-06 Disconnected
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection o2-15 HAND Key Function Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection during oH o2-19 Selection of Parameter Write during Uv
L8-97 Pre-Alarm
o3-01 Copy Function Selection
n1-01 Hunting Prevention Selection
o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection
n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant

380 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 E.3 User Setting Table

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection S3-08
Secondary PI Integral Limit Setting
o4-03 Cooling Fan Maintenance Operation Time Setting
o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting S3-09
Secondary PI Output Upper Limit
o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting
o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting S3-10
o4-11 U2, U3 Initialize Selection Secondary PI Output Lower Limit
o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization S3-11
o4-13 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization Secondary PI Output Level Selection
o4-17 Real Time Clock Setting
S3-12
S1-01 Stillness Control Selection Secondary PI Disable Mode
S1-02 Voltage Reduction Rate
S3-13
S1-03 Voltage Restoration Level Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Level
S1-04 Voltage Restoration Complete Level
S3-14
S1-05 Voltage Restoration Sensitivity Time Constant Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Time
S1-06 Voltage Restoration Time Constant at Impact
S2-01 Sequence Timer 1 Start Time S3-15
Secondary PI High Feedback Level
S2-02 Sequence Timer 1 Stop Time
S2-03 Sequence Timer 1 Day Selection S3-16
Secondary PI High Feedback Detection Time
S2-04 Sequence Timer 1 Selection
S2-05 Sequence Timer 1 Reference Source S3-17
Secondary PI Feedback Detection Selection
S2-06 Sequence Timer 2 Start Time
S2-07 Sequence Timer 2 Stop Time S4-01
BP Auto Transfer on Fault Enable
S2-08 Sequence Timer 2 Day Selection
S2-09 Sequence Timer 2 Selection S4-02
S2-10 Sequence Timer 2 Reference Source BP Energy Save Bypass Trigger Level
S2-11 Sequence Timer 3 Start Time S4-03
S2-12 Sequence Timer 3 Stop Time BP Energy Save Bypass Timer
S2-13 Sequence Timer 3 Day Selection
S4-04
S2-14 Sequence Timer 3 Selection BP Energy Save Bypass Speed Increase
S2-15 Sequence Timer 3 Reference Source
S5-01 HAND Frequency Reference Selection
S2-16 Sequence Timer 4 Start Time
S5-02 HAND/AUTO During Run Selection
S2-17 Sequence Timer 4 Stop Time
S5-03
S2-18 Sequence Timer 4 Day Selection HAND Mode PI Selection
S2-19 Sequence Timer 4 Selection
S5-04 HAND Mode Behavior Selection
S2-20 Sequence Timer 4 Reference Source
S5-05
S3-01 HAND Frequency Reference 1
Secondary PI Enable Selection
S5-07 HAND Key Function Selection (HOA Keypad)
S3-02
Secondary PI User Display S6-01 Emergency Override Speed
S6-02 Emergency Override Reference Selection
S3-03
Secondary PI Display Digits S6-03 ov2 Detect Time
Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply
S3-04 S6-04 Failure
Secondary PI Unit Selection
S7-01 oH1 Detection Selection for Cooling Fan Failure
Quick Reference Sheet

S3-05 Carrier Frequency Reduction Rate during oH Pre-

Secondary PI Setpoint Value S7-02 Alarm
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
S3-06
Secondary PI Proportional Gain Setting T1-02 Motor Rated Power
T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage
S3-07
Secondary PI Integral Time Setting T1-04 Motor Rated Current

E
YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 381
E.3 User Setting Table

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
T1-05 Motor Base Frequency T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles T2-07 PM Motor Base Frequency
T1-07 Motor Base Speed T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles
T1-11 Motor Iron Loss T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance
T2-02 PM Motor Code Selection T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance
T2-03 PM Motor Type T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant
T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning

382 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Index
+ Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection........................ 179
+V..............................................................................91 Auto Restart Operation Selection........................................ 312
Auto-Tuning .................................................... 142, 143, 146
Numerics Auto-Tuning Codes........................................................ 229
24 V Power Supply ........................................................ 246 Auto-Tuning Errors........................................................ 204
2-Wire Initialization ....................................................... 156 Auto-Tuning Fault Codes................................................. 144
3-Wire Initialization ....................................................... 156 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection............................................. 229
5th Most Recent Fault..................................................... 331 Auto-Tuning Fault Solutions ............................................. 229
Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors ...................................... 142
A
Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors........................... 143
A/D Conversion Error..................................................... 206
Auto-Tuning Input Data ............................................ 142, 143
A1 ..............................................................................91
Auto-Tuning Interruption Codes......................................... 144
A1-01 ........................................................................ 152
Auto-Tuning Mode Selection ................................ 146, 191, 327
A1-03 ........................................................................ 152
A1-04 ........................................................................ 236 B
A1-05 ........................................................................ 236 b2-02......................................................................... 240
A2 ..............................................................................91 b2-04......................................................................... 240
A2-01 ........................................................................ 152 Backing Up Parameter Values ........................................... 152
A2-32 ........................................................................ 152 BACnet Configuration .................................................... 338
A2-33 ........................................................................ 152 BACnet Objects Supported............................................... 348
AC ........................................................................ 91, 92 BACnet Serial Communication .......................................... 342
Accel/Decel Time.................................................... 200, 272 BACnet Setup Parameters ................................................ 342
Acceleration Error ......................................................... 230 BACnet Specifications .................................................... 339
Acceleration Time ......................................................... 132 Baseblock ................................................................... 218
Acceleration Time Pull-In Current ...................................... 317 Base Frequency ............................................................ 134
Access Level Selection.............................................. 152, 155 Base Voltage ............................................................... 134
Adjusted Slip Calculation Error ......................................... 229 Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations......................................... 143
Alarms and Errors ......................................................... 201 Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning........................................ 120
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ......... 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271 bAT .......................................................................... 205
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation ............ 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271 bb............................................................................. 218
ALM LED Light ........................................................... 107 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection ................................. 160
Altitude........................................................................42 Binary Input Objects ...................................................... 350
AM.............................................................................92 Binary Output Objects .................................................... 351
Ambient Temperature .......................................................42 Binary Value Objects...................................................... 351
Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating ............ 278 BP Auto Transfer on Fault Enable ...................................... 325
Ambient Temperature Setting................................ 182, 277, 314 BP Energy Save Bypass Speed Increase................................ 325
Analog Filter Time Constant ............................................. 200 BP Energy Save Bypass Timer .......................................... 325
Analog Input Objects...................................................... 349 BP Program Error.......................................................... 228
Analog Output Objects.................................................... 349 Braking Torque ............................................................ 272
Analog Value Objects ..................................................... 349 bUS .................................................................... 205, 218
Application Presets ........................................................ 124
Application Selection ..................................................... 124
C
Attachment for External Heatsink ................................. 246, 255 C2-01 and C2-02........................................................... 200
AUTO Key ................................................................. 107 C4-01 ........................................................................ 198
AUTO LED and HAND LED Indications ............................. 109 C4-02 ........................................................................ 198
AUTO Light ................................................................ 107 C6-02 ...................................................... 104, 198, 239, 240
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during Run ... 311 C6-05 ........................................................................ 240
Cable Length Between Drive and Motor .................................87

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 383
Index

CALL............................................................................. 218 Control Mode Selection..........................................................26

Cannot Change Parameter Settings........................................... 235 Control Power Supply Voltage Fault......................................... 216
Cannot Reset .................................................................... 219 Cooling Fan................................................. 30, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36
Capacitor Maintenance......................................................... 333 Cooling Fan Maintenance ..................................................... 333
Capacitor Maintenance Setting ......................................... 190, 320 Cooling Fan Maintenance Setting (Operation Time) ...................... 320
Capacitor Maintenance Time.................................................. 221 Cooling Fan Maintenance Time .............................................. 221
Carrier Frequency................................. 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271 Cooling Fan Operation Time.................................................. 333
Carrier Frequency Derating ................................................... 276 Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting......................................... 189
Carrier Frequency Lower Limit............................................... 169 Cooling Tower Fan Application .............................................. 125
Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain ........................................ 169 Cooling Tower Fan with PI Control Application........................... 126
Carrier Frequency Reduction.................................................. 314 CoPy .............................................................................. 231
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time ............................. 185 Copy Allowed Selection ....................................................... 189
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time.............................. 314 Copy Function................................................................... 153
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection...................................... 184 Copy Function Errors .......................................................... 201
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection during oH Pre-Alarm ........... 314 Copy Function Selection....................................................... 189
Carrier Frequency Selection...............................................87, 198 Copy Unit Error ................................................................. 231
Carrier Frequency Setting Error .............................................. 227 CopyUnitManager .............................................................. 153
Carrier Frequency Upper Limit ............................................... 169 CPEr .............................................................................. 231
CE........................................................................... 205, 218 CPF00 or CPF01 ................................................................ 206
CE Detection Time ....................................................... 178, 344 CPF02 ............................................................................ 206
CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance ..................................... 362 CPF03 ............................................................................ 206
CE mark.......................................................................... 362 CPF06 ............................................................................ 206
Changing Parameter Settings or Values ..................................... 115 CPF07 ............................................................................ 206
Circulation Fan....................................................................36 CPF08 ............................................................................ 206
Clock Adjustment Mode ....................................................... 112 CPF20 ............................................................................ 206
Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size.............................................83 CPF21 ............................................................................ 206
Coast to stop ..................................................................... 129 CPF22 ............................................................................ 207
Coast with Timer................................................................ 131 CPF23 ............................................................................ 207
CoF ............................................................................... 205 CPF24 ............................................................................ 207
Comm. option card connection error (CN5) ................................ 211 CPyE ............................................................................. 231
Command Messages from Master to Drive ................................. 347 CrST .............................................................................. 219
Communication Error .......................................................... 231 CSEr .............................................................................. 231
Communication Errors ......................................................... 354 Cumulative Operation Time................................................... 333
Communication Fault Detection Selection ............................ 177, 343 Cumulative Operation Time at 5th Most Recent Fault .................... 332
Communication Option Card Reference..................................... 334 Cumulative Operation Time at Most Recent Fault ......................... 331
Communication Parity Selection ....................................... 177, 342 Cumulative Operation Time at Previous Fault.............................. 331
Communications Enter Function Selection ........................... 178, 344 Cumulative Operation Time Selection................................. 189, 320
Communication Speed Selection ....................................... 176, 342 Cumulative Operation Time Setting ................................... 189, 320
Communications Protocol Selection ................................... 178, 344 Current Alarm ................................................................... 220
Communications Timing ...................................................... 347 Current Detection Error ........................................................ 230
Comparing Parameter Settings................................................ 232 Current Fault .................................................................... 330
Component Names ...............................................................30 Current Offset Fault ............................................................ 205
Conduit bracket .............................................................. 30, 31 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2).................................... 183, 314
Conduit Bracket Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 ......................55 Customer Safety ................................................................ 223
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates ..................... 240 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 1/2 ...................................... 167
Connecting an AC Reactor .................................................... 253 Custom PI Output Monitor Setting 3......................................... 168
Connecting a Surge Absorber ................................................. 253
D
Connecting Peripheral Devices ............................................... 247
Connecting to a BACnet Network............................................ 340 d2-01.............................................................................. 241
Connecting to a PC (USB)..................................................... 102 d3-01.............................................................................. 240
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection ........................... 309 d3-01 through d3-04............................................................ 200
Control Board Connection Error........................................ 206, 207 d3-04.............................................................................. 240
Control Circuit Error ........................................................... 206 DC Bus Overvoltage ........................................................... 222
Control Circuit Input Terminals ................................................91 DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting ........................... 190
Control Circuit Output Terminals ..............................................92 DC Bus Undervoltage .......................................................... 216
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions ....................................91 DC Bus Voltage................................................................. 329
Control Method Selection ..................................................... 127 DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain ........................................... 311
Control Mode.............................................................. 127, 329 DC Bus Voltage at Previous Fault............................................ 331
Control Mode Mismatch ....................................................... 231 DC Injection Braking at Stop ................................................. 240
Control Modes and their Features ..............................................26 DC Injection Braking Current........................................... 158, 240

384 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Index

DC Injection Braking Start Frequency....................................... 129 EMC Filters...................................................................... 363

DC Injection Braking Time at Start .......................................... 158 EMC filter switch SW1 ..........................................................37
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop .......................................... 158 EMC filter switch SW2 ..........................................................37
DC Injection Braking to Stop ................................................. 130 EMC Guidelines ................................................................ 362
Deceleration Rate Calculation Gain.......................................... 311 EMC Guidelines Compliance ................................................. 363
Deceleration Time .............................................................. 132 Emergency Override Reference Selection................................... 326
Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration............... 311 Emergency Override Speed ................................................... 326
Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB ....................................... 310 Enclosure Types ..................................................................29
Device Object ................................................................... 352 End................................................................................ 231
dFPS .............................................................................. 231 End3 .............................................................................. 229
Diagnosing and Resetting Faults ............................................. 233 End4 .............................................................................. 229
Dimensions for IP00/Open-Type Enclosure: 200 V Class ..................58 End5 .............................................................................. 229
Dimensions for IP00/Open-Type Enclosure: 400 V Class ..................58 End7 .............................................................................. 229
Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure: 200 V Class..............52 Energy Saving Constants Error ............................................... 227
Dimensions for IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure: 400 V Class..............52 Enter Command................................................................. 178
DIP Switch S2.....................................................................37 Enter command necessary ............................................... 178, 344
dnE................................................................................ 219 Enter command not necessary .......................................... 179, 344
Down Arrow Key ............................................................... 107 Enter Command Types......................................................... 353
Drive/kVA Selection ........................................................... 319 Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate....................................... 145
Drive Capacity Setting Fault .................................................. 225 ENTER Key ..................................................................... 107
Drive Cover......................................................32, 33, 34, 35, 36 Er-01.............................................................................. 229
Drive Derating Data ............................................................ 276 Er-02.............................................................................. 229
Drive Disabled .................................................................. 219 Er-03.............................................................................. 230
Drive Mode ................................................................ 112, 115 Er-04.............................................................................. 230
Drive Model Mismatch ........................................................ 231 Er-05.............................................................................. 230
Drive Models and Types.........................................................49 Er-08.............................................................................. 230
Drive Model Selection ......................................................... 188 Er-09.............................................................................. 230
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection ................................... 185, 318 Er-12.............................................................................. 230
Drive Nameplate ..................................................................27 Err................................................................................. 208
Drive Operations by BACnet ................................................. 346 Error Reading Data ............................................................. 232
Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault.................................... 331 Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function...................... 204
Drive Overheat Warning....................................................... 222 Error Writing Data.............................................................. 231
Drive Overload.................................................................. 213 European Standards ............................................................ 362
Drive Ready ..................................................................... 103 Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation ......................... 239
Drive Slave Address...................................................... 176, 342 Excessive PI Feedback ................................................... 208, 220
Drive Specifications ............................................................ 272 Exterior and Mounting Dimensions ............................................49
Drive Status...................................................................... 330 External Fault ............................................................. 207, 220
Drive Transmit Wait Time .............................................. 177, 343 External Interlock............................................................... 103
Drive Unit Signal Fault ........................................................ 207
F
Drive Watt Loss Data .......................................................... 274
Dynamic Audible Noise Control Function Selection ...................... 321 F1/F2 Key Function Selection ................................................ 187
F1 Key Function Selection .................................................... 319
E F2 Key Function Selection .................................................... 319
E1-04 ............................................................................. 241 FAn ............................................................................... 208
E1-08 ............................................................................. 198 Fan Application ................................................................. 124
E1-10 ............................................................................. 198 Fan Bracket .......................................................... 32, 33, 34, 35
E2-03 ............................................................................. 229 Fan Cover ..........................................................................30
EEPROM Memory Data Error................................................ 206 Fan Finger Guard .................................................................30
EEPROM Write Error.......................................................... 208 Fan Guard........................................................32, 33, 34, 35, 36
EF ................................................................................. 219 Fan with PI Control Application.............................................. 125
EF0 ......................................................................... 207, 219 Fault Causes and Solutions .................................................... 205
EF1 ......................................................................... 207, 220 Fault Detection .................................................................. 205
EF2 ......................................................................... 207, 220 Fault Displays ................................................................... 205
EF3 ......................................................................... 207, 220 Fault History..................................................................... 192
EF4 ......................................................................... 207, 220 Fault Relay Output................................................................92
EF5 ......................................................................... 207, 220 Fault Reset Interval Time................................................ 179, 312
EF6 ......................................................................... 207, 220 Fault Reset Methods............................................................ 201
EF7 ......................................................................... 207, 220 Fault Reset Operation Selection ........................................ 179, 313
EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance.............. 365, 366 Faults ....................................................................... 201, 202
EMC Filter Installation......................................................... 363 Fault Trace................................................................. 192, 233

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 385
Index

FbH ......................................................................... 208, 220 HAND Key Function Selection (HOA Keypad) ........................... 325
FbL ......................................................................... 208, 220 HAND Light..................................................................... 107
FE ...................................................................................91 HAND Mode Behavior Selection ............................................ 325
Ferrule Dimensions...............................................................94 HAND Mode PI Selection..................................................... 325
Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes ..............................................94 HCA .............................................................................. 220
Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals ...................................................94 Heatsink .................................................30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors.................. 199 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time ...................................... 182
Fine-Tuning V/f Control ....................................................... 198 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Delay Time .............................. 314
FM ..................................................................................92 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection............................ 182, 314
Fn1 ................................................................................ 208 Heatsink Overheat ........................................................ 211, 221
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error............................... 219 Heatsink Temperature.......................................................... 333
Frequency Accuracy (Temperature Fluctuation) ........................... 272 High Current Alarm Selection .......................................... 185, 314
Frequency Control Range...................................................... 272 High-Slip Braking Current Limit ............................................. 316
Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm............. 183, 314 High-Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width......................... 316
Frequency Reference ........................................................... 329 High-Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop ...................................... 316
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 1 318 High-slip Braking oL........................................................... 213
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 1 to 3 High-Slip Braking Overload Time ........................................... 316
..................................................................................... 187 High-Slip Suppression Current Level........................................ 316
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 2 318 HOA Keypad .............................................................34, 35, 30
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 3 319 HOA keypad.....................................................30, 31, 32, 33, 36
Frequency Reference at Previous Fault ...................................... 331 HOA Keypad Battery Voltage Low .......................................... 205
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss............................... 138, 312 HOA Keypad Connection Fault .............................................. 213
Frequency Reference Display Units.......................................... 318 HOA Keypad Dimensions .......................................................47
Frequency Reference from MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. ................ 334 HOA Keypad Display Selection ........................................ 186, 318
Frequency Reference Inputs.....................................................91 HOA Keypad Installation Methods and Required Tools ....................47
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection ...................... 138, 312 HOA Keypad Menu and Screen Structure .................................. 111
Frequency Reference Lower Limit ........................................... 133 HOA Keypad Remote Installation..............................................47
Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI ......................... 166 HOA Keypad Remote Usage....................................................46
Frequency Reference Selection 1............................................. 236 Humidity ...........................................................................42
Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO Mode .......................... 127 Hunting Prevention Gain ...................................................... 198
Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO mode .......................... 282 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting ............................................. 316
Frequency Reference Setting / Decimal Display ........................... 318 Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse ................................. 316
Frequency Reference Setting and User-Set Display ....................... 318 Hunting Prevention Selection ................................................. 316
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection...................... 141, 319 Hunting Prevention Time Constant .......................................... 316
Frequency Reference Source Selection ...................................... 334 Hybrid IC Failure ............................................................... 207
Frequency Reference Upper Limit ........................................... 133
Frequency Setting Resolution ................................................. 272
I
Frequency Setting Signal ...................................................... 272 I/O Connections...................................................................92
Front Cover .............................................30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 IEC/EN 61800-3 Filters........................................................ 367
Front Cover Screw........................................................... 34, 35 iFEr ............................................................................... 231
Fuse Selection .........................................................81, 362, 369 IG ...................................................................................92
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) .............................................. 221
G IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) ............................................. 223
General Safety Information......................................................14 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection ................................... 149
GF................................................................................. 209 Initialize Parameters...................................................... 152, 141
Ground Fault .................................................................... 209 Initial Operation................................................................. 119
Ground Terminal..................................................................37 Input Current ...................................... 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271
Ground Wiring ....................................................................87 Input Fuses.............................................................81, 362, 369
Ground Wiring for Multiple Drives ............................................87 Input Phase Detection Level .................................................. 314
Input Phase Loss ................................................................ 214
H
Input Phase Loss Detection Level ............................................ 181
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections................................. 300
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection ................................. 181, 313
H3-01 ............................................................................. 101
Input Terminal Status .......................................................... 329
H3-09 ............................................................................. 101
Input Terminal Status at Previous Fault ..................................... 331
H3-13 ....................................................................... 200, 240
Input Voltage Setting........................................................... 134
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings................................... 306
Inrush Prevention Circuit Fault ............................................... 216
HAND/AUTO During Run Selection........................................ 325
Inrush Prevention Relay Maintenance Setting .............................. 320
HAND Frequency Reference 1 ............................................... 325
Installation Area ..................................................................42
HAND Frequency Reference Selection...................................... 325
Installation Environment.........................................................42
HAND Key ...................................................................... 107
Installation Method Selection ........................................... 184, 314

386 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Index

Installation Orientation...........................................................43 M
Installation Orientation and Spacing ...........................................43 M1 ..................................................................................92
Installation Spacing...............................................................43 M2 ..................................................................................92
Installing a GFCI................................................................ 252 M3 ..................................................................................92
Installing a Magnetic Contactor ................................................18 M4 ..................................................................................92
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB)..........................18 M5 ..................................................................................92
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output . 263 M6 ..................................................................................92
Installing Peripheral Devices.................................................. 252 MA..................................................................................92
Integral Limit Setting........................................................... 161 Main Circuit Connection Diagram ........................................ 65, 90
Integral Time Setting (I) ....................................................... 161 Main Circuit Terminal ...........................................................37
Interlock Circuit Example ..................................................... 103 Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring.....................................86
Interlock Open .................................................................. 221 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration ..................................68
inTLK ............................................................................ 221 Main Circuit Terminal Functions...............................................81
IP00/Open-Type Enclosure......................................................29 Main Circuit Terminal Wiring ..................................................71
IP20/NEMA Type 1 Enclosure .................................................29 Main Circuit Wiring ..............................................................81
J Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure .................. 326
Jog Frequency Reference ...................................................... 169 Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure Selection ...... 314
Jumper S1 Settings ............................................................. 100 Maintenance Monitors ......................................................... 192
Jumper switch S1 .................................................................37 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit ....................................... 170
Jumper switch S5 .................................................................37 Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity ........ 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271
Jump Frequency................................................................. 200 Maximum Output Frequency.............. 134, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271
Jump Frequency Width ........................................................ 171 Maximum Output Voltage....................... 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271
Maximum Voltage.............................................................. 134
K MB ..................................................................................92
KEB Acceleration Time ....................................................... 310 MC ..................................................................................92
KEB Deceleration Time ....................................................... 310 MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete ....................... 223
KEB Start Output Frequency Reduction..................................... 310 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error.......................... 205, 218
Keys and Displays on the HOA Keypad..................................... 107 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reference......................... 334
kWh............................................................................... 333 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code ............................................ 330
kWh, Lower 4 Digits ........................................................... 333 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings ....................................... 101
kWh, Upper 5 Digits ........................................................... 333 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination ........................................... 101
kWh Monitor Initialization .................................................... 190 Menu Structure for HOA Keypad ............................................ 111
kWh Monitor Initial Value Selection ........................................ 320 Message ID (INV) .............................................................. 330
Message ID (OPR).............................................................. 330
L
Middle Output Frequency ..................................................... 134
L3-01 through L3-06 ........................................................... 200
Middle Output Frequency 2 ................................................... 134
L3-02 ............................................................................. 241
Middle Output Frequency Voltage ........................................... 134
L3-04 ............................................................................. 239
Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 ......................................... 134
L3-11 ............................................................................. 200
Mid Output Voltage A ......................................................... 198
L8-12 ............................................................................. 277
Minimum Output Frequency .................................................. 134
L8-35 ............................................................................. 277
Minimum Output Frequency Voltage........................................ 134
L8-38 ............................................................................. 241
Minimum Output Voltage ..................................................... 198
Language Selection............................................................. 155
Minimum Power Supply Capacity ............. 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271
LCD Display .................................................................... 108
Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages................................ 347
LED Check ...................................................................... 333
Minor Alarms ................................................................... 202
LF ................................................................................. 209
Minor Fault ...................................................................... 229
LF2 ............................................................................... 209
Minor Fault and Alarm Displays ............................................. 203
Line-to-Line Resistance Error................................................. 230
Minor Faults ..................................................................... 202
Load Current .................................................................... 317
Minor Faults and Alarms ................................................ 201, 202
Load Inertia...................................................................... 317
Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch.................................. 232
Load Inertia Ratio............................................................... 311
Model Number and Nameplate Check .........................................27
Loss of Reference Function ................................................... 138
Modes ............................................................................ 112
Low Voltage Directive ......................................................... 362
Momentary Overcurrent Protection .......................................... 272
Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals ....................... 370
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time....................... 310
LT-1 .............................................................................. 221
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection ......................... 137, 310
LT-2 .............................................................................. 221
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru .......................................... 273
LT-3 .............................................................................. 221
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time ............................. 138, 310
LT-4 .............................................................................. 221
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time .................. 310
Monitor Output....................................................................92

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 387
Index

Monitor Parameters............................................................. 329 Noise From the Drive or Motor Cables When the Drive is Powered On 239
Most Recent Fault .............................................................. 331 No-Load Current Alarm ....................................................... 229
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations ......................... 311 No-Load Current Error......................................................... 230
Motor Base Frequency ....................................... 145, 147, 191, 327 No-Load Operation ............................................................. 150
Motor Base Speed .................................................. 147, 192, 327 No-Load Operation Test Run ................................................. 150
Motor Data Error................................................................ 229 Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning ............................................ 144
Motor d-Axis Current at Previous Fault ..................................... 331 nSE ............................................................................... 210
Motor d-Axis Inductance ...................................................... 136 Number of Auto Restart Attempts...................................... 139, 312
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator................. 188, 319 Number of Motor Poles ...................................... 136, 147, 191, 327
Motor Does Not Rotate ........................................................ 236 Number of PM Motor Poles ................................................... 148
Motor Excitation Current (ld) ................................................. 335 Number of Run Commands ................................................... 333
Motor Hunting and Oscillation Control Parameters ....................... 200 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization................... 190, 320
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 ......................................... 136 Number of Speed Search Restarts ............................................ 160
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 ......................................... 136
O
Motor Iron Loss ..................................................... 147, 192, 327
Motor is Too Hot ............................................................... 237 o2-03.............................................................................. 152
Motor Overheat ................................................................. 222 oC ................................................................................. 210
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input).......................................... 211 oFA00 ............................................................................ 210
Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection ................................ 309 oFA01 ............................................................................ 211
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input) ........................................... 212 oFA05, oFA06 .................................................................. 211
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection.................................. 309 oFA10 ............................................................................ 211
Motor Overload ................................................................. 212 oFA11 ............................................................................ 211
Motor Overload Estimate (oL1) .............................................. 333 oFA12 to oFA17 ................................................................ 211
Motor Overload Protection Selection .................................. 309, 371 oFA30 to oFA43 ................................................................ 211
Motor Overload Protection Time ....................................... 309, 371 OFF button Input ............................................................... 230
Motor Performance Fine-Tuning ............................................. 198 OFF Key ......................................................................... 107
Motor Poles...................................................................... 145 OFF Key Function Selection .................................................. 319
Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection ....................................... 215 Offset Frequency................................................................ 335
Motor q-Axis Current at Previous Fault ..................................... 331 oH ........................................................................... 211, 221
Motor q-Axis Inductance ...................................................... 136 oH1 ............................................................................... 211
Motor Rated Current ............................. 135, 145, 147, 191, 327, 371 oH2 ............................................................................... 222
Motor Rated Power ........................................... 135, 146, 191, 327 oH3 ......................................................................... 211, 222
Motor Rated Voltage ......................................... 145, 146, 191, 327 oH4 ............................................................................... 212
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off ......................... 240 oL1................................................................................ 212
Motor Rotates Faster Than the Frequency Reference...................... 239 oL1 Current Level .............................................................. 309
Motor Rotates in One Direction Only........................................ 237 oL2.......................................................................... 213, 241
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) ................................................ 335 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds......................... 183, 314
Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads .................. 238 oL3.......................................................................... 213, 222
Motor Stator Resistance........................................................ 136 oL7................................................................................ 213
Motor Temperature Input Filter Time........................................ 309 oPE ............................................................................... 225
Motor Underload................................................................ 216 oPE01 ............................................................................ 225
Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency ........ 180, 313 oPE02 ............................................................................ 225
Motor Underload Protection Selection................................. 179, 313 oPE03 ............................................................................ 225
Motor Wiring......................................................................86 oPE05 ............................................................................ 226
Mounting Hole ..................................................32, 33, 34, 35, 36 oPE07 ............................................................................ 226
Mounting hole................................................................ 30, 31 oPE08 ............................................................................ 226
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error............................... 226 oPE09 ............................................................................ 227
Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings ........................... 175 oPE10 ............................................................................ 227
Multi-Function Digital Inputs ...................................................91 oPE11 ............................................................................ 227
Multi-Function Digital Output ..................................................92 oPE16 ............................................................................ 227
Multi-Function Input Selection Error ........................................ 225 oPE27 ............................................................................ 228
Multi-Step Speed Selection.................................................... 128 oPE28 ............................................................................ 228
oPE Fault Parameter............................................................ 330
E2-01 ............................................................................ 371 Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors ...................................26
L1-01 ............................................................................ 371 Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning Parameters ..................... 199
N Operating with the Load Connected.......................................... 151
Operation Errors .......................................................... 201, 203
n1-02.............................................................................. 198
Operation Selection when HOA Keypad is Disconnected .......... 188, 319
ndAT.............................................................................. 232
Operation Status Monitors............................................... 192, 193
Network Termination .......................................................... 340
Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors.................................. 122

388 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Index

Parameter Selection Error ..................................................... 226

oPr ................................................................................ 213
Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover .... 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35 Parameter Settings .............................................................. 115
Option card connection error (CN5) ......................................... 211 Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation .................. 200
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5........................ 210 PASS ............................................................................. 223
Option card connector (CN5) ...................................................37 Password ......................................................................... 152
Option card error occurred at option port CN5 ............................. 211 Password Settings............................................................... 152
Option Card External Fault.............................................. 207, 219 Peak Hold Current .............................................................. 333
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5....................................... 211 Peak Hold Output Frequency ................................................. 333
Option Communication Error ........................................... 205, 218 Permanent Magnet Motor Control............................................ 122
Option Frequency Reference .................................................. 334 PF ................................................................................. 214
Phase Order Selection .......................................................... 157
Option Installation .............................................................. 248
Option Monitors 1 to 20 ....................................................... 335PI Accel/Decel Time ........................................................... 164
PI Feedback...................................................................... 334
Oscillation or Hunting.......................................................... 240
PI Feedback Function Selection .............................................. 165
Output Current .................................................................. 329
Output Current 1 during Speed Search ...................................... 159 PI Feedback High Detection Level ........................................... 166
Output Current at Previous Fault ............................................. 331 PI Feedback High Detection Time ........................................... 166
Output Current Imbalance ..................................................... 209 PI Feedback Loss ......................................................... 208, 220
Output Frequency............................................................... 329PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection ....................................... 162
Output Frequency after Soft Start ............................................ 330 PI Feedback Low Detection Level ........................................... 163
Output Frequency at Previous Fault.......................................... 331 PI Feedback Low Detection Time ............................................ 163
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference ................ 241 PI Feedback Offset ............................................................. 166
Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm .................... 181 PI Function Setting ............................................................. 161
Output Frequency Resolution ................................................. 272 PI Input (feedback) ............................................................. 334
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection ............................. 182, 314 PI Input Limit ................................................................... 166
PI Maximum Boost Time...................................................... 165
Output Phase Loss .............................................................. 209
Output Phase Loss Detection Level for Dynamic Audible Noise Control326 PI Monitors ...................................................................... 192
...
Output Phase Loss Protection ................................................. 314 PI Offset Adjustment ........................................................... 161
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection ..................................... 182 PI Output......................................................................... 334
PI Output Fault .................................................................. 240
Output Power.................................................................... 329
Output Power at Previous Fault............................................... 331 PI Output Gain Setting ......................................................... 162
Output Terminal Status ........................................................ 329PI Output Level Selection ..................................................... 162
Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault ................................... 331 PI Output Limit ................................................................. 161
Output Voltage at Previous Fault ............................................. 331 PI Output Lower Limit......................................................... 166
Output Voltage Detection Fault......................................... 217, 224 PI Output Monitor Calculation Method...................................... 167
Output Voltage Reference ..................................................... 329 PI Output Reverse Selection .................................................. 162
Output Voltage Reference (Vd)............................................... 335 PI Primary Delay Time Constant ............................................. 162
Output Voltage Reference (Vq)............................................... 335 PI Setpoint ....................................................................... 334
PI Setpoint Boost Setting ...................................................... 165
ov............................................................................ 214, 222
PI Setpoint Display Digits ..................................................... 166
ov2 ................................................................................ 214
PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection........................................... 168
ov2 Detect Time ................................................................ 326
PI Setpoint Scaling ............................................................. 164
Overcurrent ...................................................................... 210
Overcurrent Detection Gain ............................................. 183, 314 PI Setpoint Selection ........................................................... 164
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain ............................................ 316 PI Setpoint User Display....................................................... 166
Overexcitation Operation Selection .......................................... 316 PI Setpoint Value ............................................................... 164
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat) .............................................. 211 PI Sleep Delay Time ........................................................... 163
Overheat Alarm Level.................................................... 180, 313 PI Sleep Function Start Level ................................................. 163
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection ............................. 180, 313 PI Sleep Input Source .......................................................... 164
PI Snooze Deactivation Level................................................. 165
Overload Protection ............................................................ 272
Overload Tolerance............................... 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271 PI Snooze Delay Time ......................................................... 165
PI Snooze Feedback Level .................................................... 165
Overtorque 1..................................................................... 222
Overtorque Detection 1 ........................................................ 213PI Snooze Level................................................................. 165
PI Square Root Gain............................................................ 166
Overvoltage...................................................................... 214
PI Unit Selection ................................................................ 167
Overvoltage 2 ................................................................... 214
Overvoltage Protection......................................................... 272PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection .................................... 147
ov Suppression Function Selection........................................... 311 PM Motor Base Frequency .................................................... 148
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance ................................................. 148
P
PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant ........................................ 149
Panel Cut-Out Dimensions ......................................................45 PM Motor Parameter Settings................................................. 143
Parameter Access Level........................................................ 152 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance ................................................. 149
Parameter Range Setting Error................................................ 225 PM Motor Rated Current ...................................................... 148

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 389
Index

PM Motor Rated Power........................................................ 148 Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error............ 226
PM Motor Rated Voltage ...................................................... 148 Run Command at Power Up................................................... 157
PM Motor Stator Resistance .................................................. 148 Run Command Method Selection ...................................... 179, 344
PM Motor Type ................................................................. 148 Run Command Selection ...................................................... 236
Powering Up the Drive......................................................... 123 Run Command Selection 1 .................................................... 129
Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class).......... 266, 267, 268, 269, 270 RUN Command Selection for AUTO mode ................................ 282
Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class).................................. 271 Run Command Source Selection ............................................. 334
Predefined V/f Patterns ........................................................ 172
S
Preface..............................................................................12
Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables ........................................98 S- ....................................................................................92
Present Value Access........................................................... 348 S: Special Parameters .......................................................... 321
Preset Reference Timing Diagram ........................................... 170 S/L2.................................................................................81
Previous Fault ................................................................... 330 S+ ...................................................................................92
Programming Errors............................................................ 225 S1 ...................................................................................91
Programming Mode ...................................................... 112, 115 S1: Dynamic Noise Control Function........................................ 321
Proportional Gain Setting (P) ................................................. 161 S2 ...................................................................................91
Protective Cover ..................................................................79 S2: Sequence Timers ........................................................... 321
Protective Covers, Reattaching .................................................71 S3 ...................................................................................91
Protective Covers, Removing ...................................................70 S4 ...................................................................................91
Pull-In Current .................................................................. 317 S5 ...................................................................................91
Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant.............................. 317 S6 ...................................................................................91
Pull-In Current during Accel/Decel for PM................................. 215 S7 ...................................................................................91
Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning................................ 149 SAFE ............................................................................. 223
Pump (Secondary) Application ............................................... 126 Safety Hazard Definitions .......................................................14
Pump with PI Control Application .......................................... 126 Safety Information................................................................14
SC ...................................................................................91
R Screw ................................................................. 30, 32, 33, 36
R-....................................................................................92 S-Curve Characteristics ........................................................ 200
R/L1 ................................................................................81 SE ................................................................................. 223
R+ ...................................................................................92 Secondary PI Disable Mode................................................... 324
Ramp to stop .................................................................... 129 Secondary PI Display Digits .................................................. 323
Rated Current Setting Alarm .................................................. 229 Secondary PI Enable Selection ............................................... 323
Rated Output Capacity ........................... 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271 Secondary PI Feedback Detection Selection ................................ 324
Rated Output Current............................. 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271 Secondary PI High Feedback Detection Time .............................. 324
Rated Slip Error ................................................................. 230 Secondary PI High Feedback Level .......................................... 324
Rated Voltage, Rated Frequency ............... 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271 Secondary PI Integral Limit Setting.......................................... 324
rdEr ............................................................................... 232 Secondary PI Integral Time Setting .......................................... 324
READ ............................................................................ 189 Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Level .............................. 324
rEAd .............................................................................. 232 Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Time .............................. 324
Reading BACnet Drive Parameters .......................................... 353 Secondary PI Output Level Selection ........................................ 324
Reading Parameter Settings ................................................... 232 Secondary PI Output Lower Limit ........................................... 324
Real Time Clock Setting................................................. 114, 190 Secondary PI Output Upper Limit............................................ 324
Reattaching the Front Cover ....................................................77 Secondary PI Proportional Gain Setting ..................................... 324
Reattaching the HOA Keypad ..................................................72 Secondary PI Setpoint Value.................................................. 324
Reattaching the Protective Cover...............................................80 Secondary PI Unit Selection .................................................. 323
Reattaching the Terminal Cover ................................................71 Secondary PI User Display .............................................. 323, 325
Removing the Front Cover ......................................................73 Second Line Monitor Selection ......................................... 186, 318
Removing the HOA Keypad ....................................................72 Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning .......................................... 144
Removing the Protective Cover.................................................79 Selection of Parameter Write during Uv..................................... 319
Removing the Terminal Cover..................................................70 Self-Diagnostics................................................................. 355
RESET Key...................................................................... 107 Sequence Timer 1 Day Selection ............................................. 321
Resistance Tuning Error ....................................................... 229 Sequence Timer 1 Reference Source......................................... 321
Response Messages from Drive to Master .................................. 347 Sequence Timer 1 Selection................................................... 321
Return Fan with PI Control Application..................................... 125 Sequence Timer 1 Start Time ................................................. 321
Reverse Operation Selection .................................................. 157 Sequence Timer 1 Stop Time ................................................. 321
Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PI Output................................ 168 Sequence Timer 2 Day Selection ............................................. 322
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control..................................... 142 Sequence Timer 2 Reference Source......................................... 322
RS-485 Interface ................................................................ 341 Sequence Timer 2 Selection................................................... 322
RTS Control Selection ................................................... 178, 343 Sequence Timer 2 Start Time ................................................. 322
Rubber Bushing ...................................................................30 Sequence Timer 2 Stop Time ................................................. 322

390 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 Index

Sequence Timer 3 Day Selection ............................................. 322 Stationary Auto-Tuning........................................................ 144

Sequence Timer 3 Reference Source......................................... 322 Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance ...................... 142
Sequence Timer 3 Selection................................................... 322 Status Display ................................................................... 123
Sequence Timer 3 Start Time ................................................. 322 STo ............................................................................... 215
Sequence Timer 3 Stop Time ................................................. 322 STOP Key Function Selection ................................................ 188
Sequence Timer 4 Day Selection ............................................. 323 Stopping Method after Communication Error ........................ 177, 342
Sequence Timer 4 Reference Source......................................... 323 Stopping Method Selection.................................................... 129
Sequence Timer 4 Selection................................................... 323 Storage Temperature .............................................................42
Sequence Timer 4 Start Time ................................................. 322 Supported Properties of Objects .............................................. 348
Sequence Timer 4 Stop Time ................................................. 323 Surrounding Area .................................................................42
Sequence Timer Error .......................................................... 228 Swing PWM ..................................................................... 133
SEr ................................................................................ 215
T
Serial Comms Cable Connection Terminal ................................. 340
Serial Communication Terminals...............................................92 T/L3.................................................................................81
Serial Communication Transmission Error ................................. 218 T1-03 ............................................................................. 145
Set Time.............................................................. 114, 191, 320 T1-04 ............................................................................. 145
Setup Group ..................................................................... 117 T1-05 ............................................................................. 145
Setup Group Parameters ....................................................... 118 T1-06 ............................................................................. 145
Setup Mode ...................................................................... 115 T1-07 ....................................................................... 145, 146
Shielded Twisted-Pair Cables ...................................................98 T1 Tuning Start ................................................................. 327
Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control...................................... 121 T2 Tuning Start ................................................................. 149
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group .................................... 115 Task Complete .................................................................. 231
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs ...........................91 TdE ............................................................................... 215
SN...................................................................................91 Temperature Derating .......................................................... 277
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance..................................... 333 Terminal A1 Bias Setting...................................................... 136
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time.............................. 221 Terminal A1 Function Selection.............................................. 175
Soft CLA Selection ............................................................. 314 Terminal A1 Gain Setting ..................................................... 136
Soft Starter Speed Reference at Previous Fault............................. 331 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection ......................................... 174
Software Current Limit Selection ............................................ 183 Terminal A2 Bias Setting...................................................... 137
Software No. (Flash) ........................................................... 330 Terminal A2 Function Selection.............................................. 175
Software No. (ROM) ........................................................... 330 Terminal A2 Gain Setting ..................................................... 137
Software version ..................................................................27 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection ......................................... 175
Sound from Motor .............................................................. 241 Terminal Block Configuration ..................................................68
Speed Agreement Detection Level ........................................... 312 Terminal Board .............................................................. 34, 35
Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) ..................................... 312 Terminal Board Connection Error............................................ 206
Speed Agreement Detection Width .......................................... 312 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics............. 355
Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) .................................... 312 Terminal Cover ............................................ 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 70
Speed Control Range ........................................................... 272 Terminal TB1 .....................................................................37
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain .................................... 317 Terminal TB2 .....................................................................37
Speed Response ................................................................. 272 Terminal TB3 .....................................................................37
Speed Search Deactivation Current .......................................... 159 Terminal TB4 .....................................................................37
Speed Search Deceleration Time ............................................. 159 Terminal TB5 .....................................................................37
Speed Search Delay Time ..................................................... 159 Test Run.................................................................... 143, 146
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain ............................... 160 Test Run Checklist.............................................................. 154
Speed Search Method Selection .............................................. 160 Test Run with Load Connected ............................................... 151
Speed Search Restart Current Level.......................................... 160 Third Line Monitor Selection ........................................... 186, 318
Speed Search Restart Detection Time........................................ 160 Tightening Torque ................................................................83
Speed Search Selection at Start ............................................... 159 TIM ............................................................................... 215
Speed Search Wait Time....................................................... 160 Time Data Error................................................................. 215
Stall Prevention ................................................................. 200 Time Not Set .................................................................... 215
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration ................................. 311 Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts .................................... 312
Stall Prevention Level during Run ........................................... 311 Too Many Speed Search Restarts............................................. 215
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration ................................. 311 Torque Compensation Gain ................................................... 198
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration............................. 311 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time ................................ 198
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration............................. 311 Torque Detection Level 1................................................ 141, 313
Stall Prevention Selection during Run ....................................... 311 Torque Detection Selection 1 ........................................... 140, 313
Standard Connection Diagram ..................................................62 Torque Detection Time 1 ................................................ 141, 313
Standards......................................................................... 273 Torque Specifications, Three Phase 200 V Class ............................83
Starting Torque.................................................................. 272 Torque Specifications, Three Phase 400 V Class ............................85
Start-Up Flowcharts ............................................................ 119 Troubleshooting without Fault Display...................................... 235

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 391
Index

TrPC .............................................................................. 223 vFyE .............................................................................. 232

Tuning Errors.................................................................... 201 voF .......................................................................... 217, 224
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors ......................................... 201 Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch .......................................... 232
Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors................................ 142 Voltage drop calculation formula...............................................83
Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors .................... 143 Voltage Reduction Rate........................................................ 321
Voltage Restoration Complete Level ........................................ 321
U
Voltage Restoration Level ..................................................... 321
U/T1 ................................................................................81 Voltage Restoration Sensitivity Time Constant ............................ 321
U1-01 ............................................................................. 238 Voltage Restoration Time Constant at Impact .............................. 321
U1-07 ............................................................................. 236 vrFy ............................................................................... 232
U2, U3 Initialization............................................................ 190
U2, U3 Initial Value Selection ................................................ 320 W
UL3 ......................................................................... 215, 223 W/T3................................................................................81
UL6 ......................................................................... 216, 223 Waiting for Run ................................................................. 224
UL Standards .................................................................... 368 Warranty Information ............................................................21
UL Standards Compliance.......................................................83 Watt Loss 200 V Class Three Phase Models................................ 274
Undertorque Detection 1................................................. 215, 223 Watt Loss 400 V Class Three Phase Models................................ 274
Undertorque Detection 6....................................................... 223 Wire Gauge, Three Phase 200 V Class ........................................83
Undervoltage .................................................................... 223 Wire Gauge, Three Phase 400 V Class ........................................85
Undervoltage 3 .................................................................. 216 Wire Gauges.......................................................................83
Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Circuit Fault)................................. 216 Wiring Checklist ................................................................ 104
Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv1) ........................................ 310 Wiring Distance................................................................. 133
Undervoltage Protection ....................................................... 273 Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal ...........................................71
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery............................. 240 WRITE ........................................................................... 189
Unit Code ........................................................................ 188 Writing BACnet Drive Parameters ........................................... 353
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H........... 178, 344 Writing Parameter Settings .................................................... 231
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM ..................................... 241 WrUn ............................................................................. 224
Up Arrow Key................................................................... 107
Z
USB Copy Unit ........................................................... 153, 246
USB port (type-B) ...............................30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 102 Z1000 Models .....................................................................25
User Defined Parameter Lower ............................................... 319
User Defined Parameter Upper ............................................... 319
User-Defined Parameter Upper/Lower ...................................... 188
User Monitor Selection after Power Up ............................... 185, 318
User Monitor Selection Mode........................................... 186, 318
User Parameter Automatic Selection................................... 152, 281
User Parameter Default Value .......................................... 141, 319
User Parameter Default Values ............................................... 152
User Parameters................................................................. 152
User Parameters 1 to 32.................................................. 152, 281
User-Set Display Units Decimal Display.................................... 187
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value.................................... 187
Uv ................................................................................. 223
Uv1 ............................................................................... 216
Uv2 ............................................................................... 216
Uv3 ............................................................................... 216
V
V/f Characteristics .............................................................. 272
V/f Control.........................................................................26
V/f Control Mode Tuning ..................................................... 198
V/f Control Mode Tuning Parameters ....................................... 198
V/f Data Setting Error.......................................................... 227
V/f Gain During Speed Search................................................ 159
V/f Pattern Selection ..................................................... 171, 238
V/T2 ................................................................................81
vAEr .............................................................................. 232
VERIFY.......................................................................... 189
Verifying Parameter Changes ................................................. 116
Verify Menu ..................................................................... 116

392 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
 This Page Intentionally Blank

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual 393
Revision History
The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.
MANUAL NO. 　TOEP C710616 45B
Published in U.S.A. May 2011 11-3 1

Date of original publication

Date of publication

Revision
Date of Publication Section Revised Content
Number
Updated documentation for software versions PRG: 1016 and PRG: 1017
All
Addition: Model 4A0052ooB
October 2013 4 Chapter 2 Addition: Instructions on installation using the eye bolts
Addition: NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 External Heatsink Mounting
Chapter 6 data
All Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation
Addition: Parameter settings according to software version PRG: 1015
November 2012 3 Chapter 4 H5-08: Settings 1 (Metasys N2) and 2 (APOGEE FLN P1)
Addition: Parameter settings according to software version PRG: 1015
Appendix B H5-08: Settings 1 (Metasys N2) and 2 (APOGEE FLN P1)
Removed references to model 4A0515 throughout book
Updated documentation for software versions PRG: 1013 and 1014
–
September 2012 2 Updated technical specifications for 4A0361 and 4A0414 models throughout
book
Chapter 4 Addition: Technical data for Real Time Clock function
Chapter 1 Addition: Component names
Chapter 2 Addition: Panel cut-out dimensions
Addition: Parameter settings according to software version PRG: 1012
Chapter 4 A1-03: Settings 3410 (HVAC Initialization) and 3420 (OEM Bypass
Initialization)
1 Addition: Alarm codes according to software version PRG: 1012
May 2011 Chapter 5 Interlock Open (inTLK)
Customer Safety (SAFE)
Addition: Parameter settings according to software version PRG: 1012
A1-03: Settings 3410 (HVAC Initialization) and 3420 (OEM Bypass
Appendix B Initialization)
H1-oo: Settings b1 (Customer Safeties) and b2 (BAS Interlock)
H2–oo: Setting b2 (BAS Interlock)
March 2011 – – First Edition. This manual supports drive software version PRG: 1011

394 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 45E YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 User Manual
YASKAWA AC Drive Z1000
AC Drive for HVAC Fan and Pump
User Manual

YASKAWA AMERICA, INC.

2121 Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A.
Phone: 1-800-YASKAWA (927-5292) or 1-847-887-7000 Fax: 1-847-887-7310
http://www.yaskawa.com

DRIVE CENTER (INVERTER PLANT)

2-13-1, Nishimiyaichi, Yukuhashi, Fukuoka, 824-8511, Japan
Phone: 81-930-25-3844 Fax: 81-930-25-4369
http://www.yaskawa.co.jp

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION

New Pier Takeshiba South Tower, 1-16-1, Kaigan, Minatoku, Tokyo, 105-6891, Japan
Phone: 81-3-5402-4502 Fax: 81-3-5402-4580
http://www.yaskawa.co.jp

YASKAWA ELÉTRICO DO BRASIL LTDA.

Avenida Piraporinha 777, Diadema, São Paulo, 09950-000, Brasil
Phone: 55-11-3585-1100 Fax: 55-11-3585-1187
http://www.yaskawa.com.br

YASKAWA EUROPE GmbH

Hauptstrasse 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: 49-6196-569-300 Fax: 49-6196-569-398
http://www.yaskawa.eu.com

YASKAWA ELECTRIC KOREA CORPORATION

9F, Kyobo Securities Bldg., 26-4, Yeouido-dong, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, 150-737, Korea
Phone: 82-2-784-7844 Fax: 82-2-784-8495
http://www.yaskawa.co.kr

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

151 Lorong Chuan, #04-02A, New Tech Park, 556741, Singapore
Phone: 65-6282-3003 Fax: 65-6289-3003
http://www.yaskawa.com.sg

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (CHINA) CO., LTD.

12F, Carlton Bld., No.21 HuangHe Road, HuangPu District, Shanghai 200003, China
Phone: 86-21-5385-2200 Fax: 86-21-5385-3299
http://www.yaskawa.com.cn

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (CHINA) CO., LTD. BEIJING OFFICE

Room 1011, Tower W3 Oriental Plaza, No. 1 East Chang An Ave.,
Dong Cheng District, Beijing, 100738, China
Phone: 86-10-8518-4086 Fax: 86-10-8518-4082

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TAIWAN CORPORATION

9F, 16, Nanking E. Rd., Sec. 3, Taipei, 104, Taiwan
Phone: 886-2-2502-5003 Fax: 886-2-2505-1280

YASKAWA INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED

#17/A Electronics City, Hosur Road Bangalore 560 100 (Karnataka), India
Phone: 91-80-4244-1900 Fax: 91-80-4244-1901
http://www.yaskawaindia.in

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION

In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture
thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure
to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.
© 2011-2013 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

MANUAL NO. TOEP C710616 45E

Published in Japan October 2013 11-3 4
13-7-12_YAI